munotes®

Constitutionalism Pluralism and Federalism Notes | LL.M. Semester 1 | Mumbai University | munotes

Official Notes munotes.in

Constitutionalism Pluralism and Federalism

LL.M. · SEMESTER 1

Strictly as per the University of Mumbai LL.M. syllabus in force

For LL.M. students of the University of Mumbai and all its affiliated law colleges

Open the book ↓

munotes.in Group 1 Constitutional and Administrative Law

Constitutionalism Pluralism and Federalism

Copyright © 2026 munotes.in. All rights reserved.

Written and first published by munotes.in, 2026.

This book is free for individual students to read at munotes.in. No part of it may be reproduced, distributed, stored, translated or used for institutional or classroom purposes in any form without a prior written licence from munotes.in.

Licensing and permissions: contact@munotes.in

The text of statutes and of judgments reproduced in this book is in the public domain under section 52(1)(q) of the Copyright Act 1957. The commentary, arrangement, examples and questions are the original work of munotes.in.

munotes.in is an independent study resource for MU students. It is not affiliated with, endorsed by, or officially connected to the University of Mumbai. Course names and university references describe the students and syllabus the material relates to.

munotes.in

Contents

Module I

  1. What Constitutionalism Means, and Why a Constitution Is Not Enough 1
  2. The Elements of Constitutionalism, Listed and Explained 7
  3. Constitutional Supremacy and Parliamentary Sovereignty 13
  4. The Preamble, and What a Court May Do With It 18
  5. Secularism in the Preamble, and the Forty-second Amendment 23
  6. Socialism, and the Integrity of the Nation 29
  7. The Rule of Law: Dicey, and What Survives of Him 34
  8. The Rule of Law Inside the Indian Constitution 40
  9. Limited Government: Every Power Is a Conferred Power 46
  10. Separation of Powers in the Indian Constitution 51
  11. Judicial Independence and How the Constitution Protects It 56
  12. Fundamental Rights as a Limit on Government 62
  13. Directive Principles, and the Constitutionalism of Positive Duty 69
  14. Fundamental Duties 75
  15. Procedure Established by Law, and Due Process 79
  16. Judicial Review: Where It Comes From and How Far It Goes 84
  17. The Amending Power, and the Road to Kesavananda 90
  18. The Basic Structure Doctrine 95
  19. Basic Structure After Kesavananda 100
  20. Constitutional Morality 106
  21. The Institutions That Hold a Government to Account 111
  22. Emergency, and the Constitutionalism the Forty-fourth Amendment Put Back 117
  23. Where Indian Constitutionalism Is Under Strain 122
  24. What a Federation Is 127
  25. Federal, Unitary and Confederal Government Compared 132
  26. Is India a Federation? The Quasi-Federal Argument 136
  27. The Federal Features of the Indian Constitution 141
  28. The Union and Its Territory: Articles 1 to 4 146
  29. States Reorganisation, and the Language Question 151
  30. The Division of Legislative Power and the Three Lists 156
  31. Pith and Substance, Colourable Legislation and Incidental Encroachment 162
  32. Repugnancy: Article 254 168
  33. Residuary Power, and Parliament's Power Over the State List 173
  34. Territorial Nexus and Extra-territorial Operation 178
  35. Goods and Services Tax: Article 246A and the GST Council 182
  36. Administrative Relations Between the Union and the States 187
  37. Inter-State Rivers: Article 262 192
  38. The Inter-State Council, and Cooperative Federalism 197
  39. The All India Services 202
  40. Financial Relations and the Finance Commission 207
  41. Freedom of Trade, Commerce and Intercourse: Articles 301 to 307 213
  42. The Governor: Appointment, Discretion and Assent 219
  43. President's Rule: Article 356 and S.R. Bommai 225
  44. National Emergency, and What It Does to the Federal Balance 231
  45. Judicial Review in the Federal Framework: The Court as Umpire 236
  46. Disputes Between the Union and a State: Article 131 242
  47. Central Control Against State Autonomy 247
  48. Asymmetric Federalism 252
  49. Article 370 and the Status of Jammu and Kashmir 257
  50. The 2019 Change, and In Re Article 370 262
  51. Delhi: Article 239AA and the Dispute Over Services 267
  52. The North East: Articles 371A to 371J and the Sixth Schedule 273
  53. The Fifth Schedule and the Scheduled Areas 278
  54. Union Territories 283
  55. The Third Tier: Panchayats and Municipalities 287
  56. India and the United States Compared 293
  57. Australia, Canada, and How a Federation Umpires Itself 297
  58. The Commissions on Centre-State Relations 302
  59. Federalism as a Dynamic Process 306

Module II

  1. What Pluralism Means 310
  2. India as a Plural Society 314
  3. Ethnic Pluralism 318
  4. Linguistic Pluralism, and Part XVII 323
  5. Religious Pluralism 329
  6. Cultural Pluralism 334
  7. Political Pluralism 338
  8. Legal Pluralism, and Personal Law 343
  9. Multiculturalism, and the Indian Version of It 348
  10. Secularism as India Practises It 352
  11. Freedom of Religion: Articles 25 to 28 357
  12. Essential Religious Practices 363
  13. Who Is a Minority 368
  14. The Rights of Minorities: Articles 29 and 30 374
  15. Minority Educational Institutions 380
  16. The National Commission for Minorities 386
  17. Freedom of Speech and Expression 391
  18. The Press in a Plural Society 398
  19. The Right to Dissent 405
  20. Hate Speech, and the Limits of Toleration 412
  21. Tribal Pluralism 419
  22. Caste, and the Abolition of Untouchability 427
  23. What Pluralism Is Up Against 436

Module III

  1. Article 44, and Exactly What It Says 444
  2. The Constituent Assembly Debate on Article 44 450
  3. The Personal Law Systems of India 458
  4. Is Personal Law 'Law' Under Article 13 464
  5. Shah Bano, and the Statute That Followed It 470
  6. Sarla Mudgal and Lily Thomas 477
  7. John Vallamattom, Ahmedabad Women Action Group and Pannalal Bansilal 483
  8. Shayara Bano, and the Act of 2019 488
  9. Goa, and Jose Paulo Coutinho 494
  10. The Special Marriage Act as an Optional Code 499
  11. The Case For a Uniform Civil Code 505
  12. The Case Against It, and the Middle Way 511
  13. What the Law Commission Has Said, Twice 518
  14. Uttarakhand 2024: The First State Code 524
  15. Article 14: Equality Before Law and Equal Protection of the Laws 531
  16. The Doctrine of Reasonable Classification 537
  17. Arbitrariness: The Newer Doctrine 544
  18. Equating Equals With Unequals 550
  19. Article 15: No Discrimination on the Prohibited Grounds 556
  20. Article 15(4) and 15(5): Special Provision for Backward Classes 562
  21. Article 15(6): The Economically Weaker Sections 568
  22. Article 16: Equality of Opportunity in Public Employment 574
  23. Indra Sawhney: The Mandal Judgment 580
  24. Creamy Layer, the Fifty Per Cent Ceiling, and What Has Happened to Both 586
  25. Reservation in Promotion 592
  26. Sub-classification Inside a Reserved Class 597
  27. Compensatory Discrimination as a Doctrine 603
  28. The Protections Given to Women 609
  29. The Protections Given to the Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes 616
  30. Article 17 and the Untouchability Statutes 623
  31. Who Decides Which Classes Are Backward 629
  32. Equality and Transgender Persons 635
  33. Equality and Disability 641
  34. Article 18: Titles 648

Module IV

  1. Why a Constitutional Paper Ends in International Law 653
  2. The Universal Declaration of Human Rights, 1948 659
  3. How the Constitution Mirrors the Universal Declaration 666
  4. The Two Covenants of 1966 672
  5. The Convention Against Genocide 679
  6. Genocide in Practice: What the Courts Have Made of the Convention 685
  7. Minorities in International Law 692
  8. The 1992 Declaration on the Rights of Persons Belonging to Minorities 698
  9. The Right of Self-determination 704
  10. Self-determination in Practice 712
  11. The Doctrine of Domestic Jurisdiction 719
  12. Race, Women and Children: Three More Conventions 725
  13. Indigenous and Tribal Peoples in International Law 732
  14. The European Convention and the European Court of Human Rights 738
  15. The Other Regional Systems 746
  16. How International Law Enters Indian Law 753
  17. The Protection of Human Rights Act 1993 and the Commission 760
  18. Refugees and Statelessness, and Where India Stands 769
munotes.in

Module I

munotes.in

Chapter One

What Constitutionalism Means, and Why a Constitution Is Not Enough

Syllabus topic 1, "Constitutionalism". The first of the six labels MU prints, and the word the whole paper is named after.

In one line

Constitutionalism is the idea that the power of a government must be limited by law, and that the limits must be real ones a court will enforce.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: constitutionalism is a political and legal doctrine which holds that governmental power is not original but conferred, that it is exercisable only for the purposes and by the procedures the conferring instrument lays down, and that an independent judiciary exists to hold the government to those terms. A State has a constitution when it has an instrument organising its government. It has constitutionalism only when that instrument actually restrains the government it organises.

The distinction that is the whole point of the word

Every State in the world has a constitution. Not every State has constitutionalism. This is the first sentence of any answer on this topic and most answers omit it. A constitution in the descriptive sense is simply the body of rules by which a State is organised, and a State that concentrates all power in one person still has one: it describes an autocracy accurately.

Constitutionalism is the normative sense of the word. It adds a requirement to the description: that the rules limit the ruler. C. H. McIlwain put it that constitutionalism has one essential quality, a legal limitation on government, and is the antithesis of arbitrary rule. Carl Friedrich described it as the institutionalised system of effective, regularised restraints upon governmental action.

The standard illustration is the Soviet Constitution of 1936. It contained a generous chapter of rights: work, rest, education, freedom of speech, of the press, of assembly. None of it was enforceable against the State in any court, and the party that governed was placed beyond the reach of the document. That is a constitution without constitutionalism.

The test is therefore not what a document promises but what happens when the government breaks it. If the answer is that a court will say so and the government must comply, there is constitutionalism. If the answer is that nothing happens, there is a constitution and nothing more.

Why any State would limit itself

Because power that is not limited is exercised badly, and everybody who has held it has said so. The historical case for constitutionalism is not a theory but a record: of arbitrary taxation, of imprisonment without trial, of confiscation, of the punishment of opponents by law made for the purpose.

Because a limit agreed in advance is worth more than a promise made afterwards. A government under pressure will always find a reason why this particular case is exceptional. A written limit, entrenched so that the ordinary majority cannot remove it, is a decision taken calmly which then binds the same people when they are not calm.

munotes.in1

What Constitutionalism Means, and Why a Constitution Is Not Enough

And because in a plural society the alternative is that whoever has the majority takes everything. This is where MU's paper joins up. A society divided by religion, language, caste and region cannot be governed by simple majority rule alone, because the same minority loses every time. Constitutionalism is what makes a permanent minority safe enough to stay in the arrangement, and that is why this paper puts constitutionalism, pluralism and federalism in one title.

The Indian Constitution's own claim to be constitutional

It opens by locating the power it distributes. The Preamble begins "WE, THE PEOPLE OF INDIA" and ends by recording that the people "DO HEREBY ADOPT, ENACT AND GIVE TO OURSELVES THIS CONSTITUTION". The government is therefore not the source of the document; the document is the source of the government.

Article 13 makes the limit operative. Clause (1) provides that all laws in force immediately before the commencement of the Constitution, so far as they are inconsistent with Part III, are void to the extent of the inconsistency. Clause (2) forbids the State to make any law taking away or abridging the rights conferred by Part III and declares that any law made in contravention of the clause is, to the extent of the contravention, void.

Article 32 supplies the remedy, and it is itself a right. The right to move the Supreme Court by appropriate proceedings for the enforcement of Part III rights is guaranteed by clause (1), and the Court is empowered by clause (2) to issue directions, orders or writs. Ambedkar called article 32 the very soul of the Constitution and the very heart of it, and the reason is structural rather than sentimental: a right without a remedy is a statement of policy.

Article 245 confines the legislature in terms. Parliament and the State Legislatures make law "subject to the provisions of this Constitution". A legislature in India is a body of limited competence, and the courts have said so from the first year of the Constitution's life.

And the Constitution itself began by repealing what came before it. Article 394 brought articles 5 to 9, 60, 324, 366, 367, 379 to 391, 392, 393 and 394 into force on 26 November 1949 and the rest on 26 January 1950. Article 393 gives the document its short title. Article 395 repeals the Indian Independence Act 1947 and the Government of India Act 1935. Article 392 gave the President a power, now spent, to remove difficulties in the transition.

A worked example

Take a statute that would be perfectly valid in a State with a constitution but no constitutionalism. Suppose Parliament enacts the Public Assemblies Act, which provides that no meeting of more than five persons may be held in any public place without the written permission of a District Magistrate, that permission may be refused without reasons, and that no court shall question a refusal.

munotes.in2

What Constitutionalism Means, and Why a Constitution Is Not Enough

Under a merely descriptive constitution the statute is law and that is the end of the matter. It was passed by the competent legislature in the correct manner and it says what it says.

Under the Indian Constitution three separate limits bite, and it is worth seeing them operate one after the other. First, article 19(1)(b) guarantees the right to assemble peaceably and without arms, so the statute must find shelter in article 19(3), which permits only reasonable restrictions in the interests of the sovereignty and integrity of India or public order. A permission that may be refused for any reason or none is not a reasonable restriction, because reasonableness requires that the limit be related to the purpose.

Second, article 13(2) supplies the consequence. The statute is not merely improper; it is void to the extent of the contravention, and it was void from the moment it was made.

Third, the clause ousting the courts is the point at which the statute stops being a bad law and becomes an attack on constitutionalism itself. Article 32 guarantees the right to move the Supreme Court for the enforcement of Part III, and a legislature cannot remove by ordinary law a right the Constitution confers. Our student can walk into the Supreme Court under article 32 without permission from anyone, and the Court can strike the Act down.

Notice which of the three does the real work. The first two describe a limit. The third is the machinery that makes the limit true, and a system that has the first two without the third has the appearance of constitutionalism and not the thing.

The cases

The Supreme Court has adopted the McIlwain distinction expressly. In I.R. Coelho (Dead) by LRs v. State of Tamil Nadu, (2007) 2 SCC 1; AIR 2007 SC 861, decided on 11 January 2007, a nine-judge Bench was asked whether laws placed in the Ninth Schedule after 24 April 1973 were immune from challenge merely because article 31B says so. The facts were that a Tamil Nadu Act had been struck down by the High Court and was then inserted into the Ninth Schedule by the Thirty-fourth Amendment, and the question was whether that insertion put it beyond review. Held. It did not: a law that abrogates or abridges Part III rights may or may not violate the basic structure, and where it does, whether by amending an article of Part III or by insertion in the Ninth Schedule, it must be invalidated. Every insertion completely excludes Part III at will, so every addition triggers review. Why it matters here is that the Court reasoned from the principle rather than from the text: constitutionalism requires control over the exercise of governmental power so that the democratic principle is not undermined, and article 31B could not be read to remove that control.

munotes.in3

What Constitutionalism Means, and Why a Constitution Is Not Enough

The doctrine of limited amending power is the same idea applied to the amending power itself. In Kesavananda Bharati Sripadagalvaru v. State of Kerala, AIR 1973 SC 1461; (1973) 4 SCC 225, decided on 24 April 1973, thirteen judges considered the validity of the Twenty-fourth, Twenty-fifth and Twenty-ninth Amendments. The facts were that the head of a Kerala mutt challenged Kerala land reform legislation affecting the mutt's property, and the challenge widened into the validity of the amendments protecting such legislation. Held. The Twenty-fourth Amendment was valid and Parliament may amend any part of the Constitution including Part III, but that the amending power under article 368 does not extend to altering the basic structure or framework of the Constitution. Why it matters here is that it answers the deepest objection to constitutionalism, which is that a government with a two-thirds majority can simply amend the limits away. After Kesavananda it cannot, because the power to amend is itself a conferred and therefore limited power. The case is worked in full in [The Basic Structure Doctrine].

And the price of getting this wrong is known, because India has paid it. In Additional District Magistrate, Jabalpur v. Shivakant Shukla, AIR 1976 SC 1207, the question during the Emergency of 1975 was whether a detenu could move a High Court for habeas corpus, the writ by which a court requires a detaining authority to justify a detention, when the President had suspended the right to move any court for the enforcement of articles 14, 21 and 22. Held, by four to one. In view of the Presidential Order no person had any locus standi to move a High Court under article 226 for habeas corpus on any ground including mala fides. Khanna J. dissented. Why it matters here is that the majority reasoning treats the rights as existing only because the Constitution conferred them and therefore as capable of disappearing when the Constitution's remedy was suspended. The Forty-fourth Amendment 1978 answered the case by providing that articles 20 and 21 can never be suspended, and that answer is examined in [Emergency, and the Constitutionalism the Forty-fourth Amendment Put Back].

Distinctions

A constitutionConstitutionalism
What it isThe body of rules organising a State's governmentThe doctrine that those rules must limit that government
Every State has oneYes, written or unwrittenNo
TestIs there an instrument organising the government?What happens when the government breaks it?
Can exist without the otherYes: the Soviet Constitution of 1936No: constitutionalism needs rules to be the limits
Indian homeThe document of 26 January 1950Articles 13, 32, 226, 245 and the basic structure doctrine
munotes.in4

What Constitutionalism Means, and Why a Constitution Is Not Enough

Rule of lawConstitutionalism
Concerned withHow power is exercised: by known, general, prospective rules, applied by independent courtsWhether power exists at all, and how far it goes
Answers the questionIs this exercise lawful?Was this power ever conferred, and for this purpose?
RelationshipThe rule of law is one of the elements of constitutionalism, not a synonym for it

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean a written constitution. The United Kingdom has no single constitutional document and has constitutionalism, maintained by parliamentary convention, the ordinary courts and, since 1998, the Human Rights Act. Writing helps, because a written limit is harder to deny, but it is neither necessary nor sufficient.

It does not mean judicial supremacy. Constitutionalism limits the courts too. A court that decides according to the judge's preference rather than according to the Constitution is exercising unlimited power of exactly the kind the doctrine exists to prevent, and that criticism is taken seriously in [Constitutional Morality].

It does not mean a weak government. A government under constitutional limits may be very strong within them. The doctrine is about the boundary of power, not its quantity.

And it does not mean the absence of emergency powers. Every constitution provides for crisis. What constitutionalism requires is that the emergency power itself be conferred, defined, time-limited and reviewable, which is the difference between articles 352 to 360 as they now stand and as they stood in 1975.

Quick revision

Constitutionalism is limited government under enforceable law; a constitution is the instrument organising a government, which every State has. McIlwain: a legal limitation on government, the antithesis of arbitrary rule. Friedrich: institutionalised, regularised restraints. The Soviet Constitution of 1936 is the standard example of a constitution without constitutionalism. In India the doctrine lives in the Preamble's "WE, THE PEOPLE", article 13 which voids inconsistent law, article 32 which supplies the remedy and is itself a fundamental right, article 245 which subjects legislation to the Constitution, and the basic structure doctrine of Kesavananda Bharati which limits the amending power itself. I.R. Coelho holds that even the Ninth Schedule cannot exclude review. ADM Jabalpur is what the doctrine failing looks like, and the Forty-fourth Amendment is the answer to it.

Test yourself

1. State in two sentences the difference between a constitution and constitutionalism. A constitution is the body of rules by which a State organises its government, and every State has one. Constitutionalism is the doctrine that those rules must impose real and enforceable limits on that government, and a State has it only when a court will hold the government to them.

munotes.in5

What Constitutionalism Means, and Why a Constitution Is Not Enough

2. Why is the Soviet Constitution of 1936 the standard example? Because it contained an extensive declaration of rights while providing no way for any citizen to enforce any of them against the State, which shows that the presence of a rights chapter proves nothing on its own.

3. Which three articles of the Indian Constitution carry the doctrine most directly, and what does each do? Article 13, which makes a law inconsistent with Part III void to the extent of the inconsistency; article 32, which guarantees the right to move the Supreme Court for enforcement and is itself a fundamental right; and article 245, which makes all legislative power subject to the provisions of the Constitution.

4. Why is a rights chapter without a remedy worth nothing? Because the limit only exists if breaking it has a consequence. A right the government may ignore without any court being able to intervene is a statement of policy, and that is the position the majority in ADM Jabalpur accepted.

5. How does Kesavananda Bharati answer the objection that a government with a two-thirds majority can amend the limits away? By holding that the amending power in article 368 is itself a conferred and therefore limited power, which may amend any part of the Constitution but may not alter its basic structure or framework.

6. Why does a paper on constitutionalism also cover pluralism and federalism? Because in a society permanently divided by religion, language, caste and region, majority rule alone leaves the same minorities losing every time. Constitutional limits and the vertical division of power between a Union and its States are the two devices by which such a society governs itself without any group being at the mercy of another.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in6

Chapter Two

The Elements of Constitutionalism, Listed and Explained

Syllabus topic 1, "Constitutionalism". MU's February 2026 paper asked for "the features of Constitutionalism" and then for the Indian provisions and judicial interpretations that bolster them, so this chapter is the list and the later chapters are the detail.

In one line

Constitutionalism is made of eight working parts, and a State has the doctrine only so far as it has all of them.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the features of constitutionalism are a supreme constitution, limited government, the separation of powers, the rule of law, an independent judiciary, guaranteed and enforceable fundamental rights, judicial review, and political accountability through free elections and a responsible executive. Two further features are added by writers dealing with divided societies and both are central to this paper: a federal division of power, and an entrenched amending procedure. Each is a device for making a limit on government real rather than declared.

Why the list matters more than any one item

Each feature protects the others, and removing one weakens the rest. Rights without judicial review are unenforceable. Judicial review without judicial independence is a formality. Judicial independence without an entrenched constitution can be legislated away. Elections without free speech decide nothing. This is why the list is answered as a system and not as eight separate paragraphs.

And this is why the basic structure doctrine exists in the shape it does. When the Supreme Court came to say what could not be amended, it did not produce a list of favourite articles; it produced very nearly this list.

Feature one: a supreme constitution

The constitution is the highest law, and every other law and every act of government must conform to it. This is what separates a legislature of limited competence from a sovereign one.

In India it is article 245, which makes Parliament's and a State Legislature's power to make law "subject to the provisions of this Constitution", and article 13, which voids any law inconsistent with Part III. The doctrine is worked in [Constitutional Supremacy and Parliamentary Sovereignty].

Feature two: limited government

Every power a government has was conferred on it, and may be used only for the purpose for which it was conferred and in the manner prescribed. There is no residue of inherent authority.

In India the executive power is conferred in terms: by article 53 in the President for the Union and by article 154 in the Governor for a State, and its extent is fixed by articles 73 and 162, which tie it to the matters on which the corresponding legislature may make laws. The consequence is worked in [Limited Government: Every Power Is a Conferred Power].

Feature three: the separation of powers

No single organ should make the law, apply it and adjudicate on it. The purpose is not tidiness; it is that a body which makes a rule and then judges its own compliance with it is not limited at all.

munotes.in7

The Elements of Constitutionalism, Listed and Explained

India has a functional rather than a strict separation, and the Constitution says so in places: article 50 directs the State to separate the judiciary from the executive in the public services. The Indian position is worked in [Separation of Powers in the Indian Constitution].

Feature four: the rule of law

Power is exercised through known, general and prospective rules, and everyone including the government is subject to the ordinary law administered by the ordinary courts. Dicey's formulation and what survives of it is the subject of [The Rule of Law: Dicey, and What Survives of Him].

Its Indian anchor is article 14, equality before the law and the equal protection of the laws, read with article 265, which forbids any tax except by authority of law, and article 21, which protects life and personal liberty against deprivation except according to procedure established by law.

Feature five: an independent judiciary

The court that enforces the limits must not be answerable to the body it is limiting. Independence has three practical components: how a judge is appointed, whether the judge can be removed easily, and whether the judge's pay and conditions can be reduced in retaliation.

In India, article 124 provides for appointment and for removal only by an address of both Houses supported by a special majority; article 125 charges the salaries of Supreme Court judges on the Consolidated Fund of India, and article 217 makes corresponding provision for the High Courts. Article 121 forbids discussion in Parliament of the conduct of a judge in the discharge of duties, except on a motion for removal. The subject is worked in [Judicial Independence and How the Constitution Protects It].

Feature six: guaranteed and enforceable fundamental rights

A limit that only the government may invoke is not a limit. Rights matter constitutionally because a private citizen may enforce them against the State without anyone's permission.

Part III confers them and article 32 makes them enforceable, the right to move the Supreme Court being itself a fundamental right. Article 226 gives the High Courts a wider power, extending to enforcement of any legal right. This is worked in [Fundamental Rights as a Limit on Government].

Feature seven: judicial review

A court must be able to declare a law or an executive act invalid for exceeding the constitutional limit. Without this the other features describe a moral position rather than a legal one.

In India it rests on articles 13, 32, 131, 136, 226, 227 and 245, and unlike in the United States it did not have to be inferred from the structure: the Constitution provides for it in terms. It is worked in [Judicial Review: Where It Comes From and How Far It Goes].

munotes.in8

The Elements of Constitutionalism, Listed and Explained

Feature eight: political accountability

The government must be answerable to somebody at regular intervals, and the machinery of answering must not be controlled by the government. Elections, a responsible executive, an independent audit and an independent public service are the standard devices.

Article 75(3) and article 164(2) make the Council of Ministers collectively responsible to the popular house at the Union and in a State. Article 324 vests the superintendence, direction and control of elections in an independent Election Commission. Article 148 creates the Comptroller and Auditor General, whose reports go to the legislature. This is worked in [The Institutions That Hold a Government to Account].

The two features a divided society adds

Federalism, because a vertical division of power limits a government as effectively as a horizontal one. A Union that cannot legislate on a State subject is a limited Union, and a citizen who dislikes one government has another. The whole of MU's topic 2 is this feature, beginning at [What a Federation Is].

An entrenched amending procedure, so that the limits cannot be removed by the ordinary majority they bind. Article 368 requires a majority of the total membership of each House and two-thirds of those present and voting, and for the provisions in its proviso, ratification by the legislatures of not less than one-half of the States. That is the subject of [The Amending Power, and the Road to Kesavananda].

A worked example

Take a real constitutional design problem and test it against the list. Suppose a State proposes a law creating a Special Tribunal to decide all disputes about land acquired for a named industrial project, whose members are appointed by the State government for two years at a time, whose decisions are final, and against whose orders no appeal or writ petition shall lie.

Feature by feature, ask what the design has removed. Judicial independence is gone: two-year terms held at the pleasure of the executive that is party to every dispute means the adjudicator's future depends on the litigant. Judicial review is gone: the finality clause and the bar on writ petitions attempt to exclude articles 226 and 32. The separation of powers is gone in substance, because the executive is now supplying the tribunal that decides claims against the executive.

Now ask which of those objections the Constitution actually enforces, because that is the difference between a critique and an answer. The bar on article 32 fails immediately, since a State legislature cannot take away a right the Constitution confers. The bar on article 226 fails because the High Court's writ jurisdiction has been held to be part of the basic structure. The two-year renewable term fails on the independence ground, which the Supreme Court has repeatedly applied to tribunals.

munotes.in9

The Elements of Constitutionalism, Listed and Explained

The example is worth doing because it shows the list working as a system. Any one of the three objections would be enough. The design fails several times over, and an answer that notices only the finality clause has seen a third of the problem.

The cases

The features are not an academic list: the Supreme Court has treated very nearly this list as unamendable. In Kesavananda Bharati Sripadagalvaru v. State of Kerala, AIR 1973 SC 1461; (1973) 4 SCC 225, decided on 24 April 1973 by thirteen judges. Facts. A challenge by the head of a Kerala mutt to State land reform legislation, which widened into the validity of the Twenty-fourth, Twenty-fifth and Twenty-ninth Amendments protecting such legislation. Held. Parliament may amend any part of the Constitution including Part III, but that the amending power under article 368 does not extend to altering the basic structure or framework of the Constitution. Why it matters here is what the judgments then named as basic: the supremacy of the Constitution, the republican and democratic form of government, the secular character of the Constitution, the separation of powers between the legislature, the executive and the judiciary, and the federal character of the Constitution. That is features one, three, four, eight and the federal addition, in the Court's own words.

The clearest single application is the case that struck down an amendment for offending the rule of law. In Indira Nehru Gandhi v. Raj Narain, AIR 1975 SC 2299. Facts. The Prime Minister's election had been set aside by the Allahabad High Court, and the Thirty-ninth Amendment then inserted article 329A(4), which declared that the election of a person holding the office of Prime Minister should not be void and should continue to be valid, and that no court should have jurisdiction over it. Held. Clause (4) void as destructive of the basic structure: the clause did not amend the election law at all, it decided a particular dispute by constitutional fiat and withdrew it from every court, and so violated the rule of law, free and fair elections, and the separation of the judicial function from the legislative. Why it matters here is that it shows three features of the list being used as operative law rather than as description, in a case where the ordinary text of article 368 had been complied with exactly.

Distinctions

FeatureThe question it answersIts Indian article
Supreme constitutionWhich rule wins in a conflict?13, 245
Limited governmentWas this power ever conferred?53, 73, 154, 162
Separation of powersMay one organ do all three jobs?50, 121, 211
Rule of lawIs power exercised by known rules?14, 21, 265
Independent judiciaryWho decides, and who controls them?124, 125, 217, 221
Enforceable rightsMay a citizen invoke the limit?Part III, 32, 226
Judicial reviewMay a court set the act aside?13, 32, 226, 245
AccountabilityWho answers, and how often?75(3), 148, 164(2), 324
munotes.in10

The Elements of Constitutionalism, Listed and Explained

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean that a State having all eight is beyond criticism. The features are structural minimums. A State can satisfy every one of them and still govern badly, and constitutionalism is not a theory of good government but a theory of limited government.

It does not mean the features are equally weighted. In practice the two that carry the rest are the enforceable right and the independent court, because they are the ones a citizen can use without anybody's cooperation.

And it does not mean that a feature present on paper is present in fact. Every one of the eight can be hollowed out while the article remains: an Election Commission whose members are chosen by the government it supervises, an audit report nobody debates, a court whose vacancies are left unfilled. The strain each is under in India is the subject of [Where Indian Constitutionalism Is Under Strain].

Quick revision

Eight features: supreme constitution, limited government, separation of powers, rule of law, independent judiciary, guaranteed and enforceable rights, judicial review, accountability. Two more for a divided society: federalism and an entrenched amending procedure. Indian anchors: 245 and 13; 53, 73, 154 and 162; 50; 14, 21 and 265; 124, 125 and 217; Part III with 32 and 226; 13 and 226; 75(3), 148, 164(2) and 324; the Seventh Schedule; 368. Kesavananda Bharati names supremacy, republican and democratic government, secularism, separation of powers and federalism as basic. Indira Nehru Gandhi v. Raj Narain struck article 329A(4) down for offending the rule of law, free and fair elections and the separation of powers.

Test yourself

1. Name the eight features and one Indian article for each. Supreme constitution, article 245; limited government, article 53; separation of powers, article 50; rule of law, article 14; independent judiciary, article 124; enforceable rights, article 32; judicial review, article 13; accountability, article 75(3).

2. Why are the features answered as a system rather than as eight separate items? Because each protects the others: rights without review are unenforceable, review without judicial independence is a formality, independence without entrenchment can be legislated away, and elections without free speech decide nothing.

3. Which features did the Court in Kesavananda Bharati identify as part of the basic structure? Among others, the supremacy of the Constitution, the republican and democratic form of government, the secular character of the Constitution, the separation of powers between the three organs, and the federal character of the Constitution.

munotes.in11

The Elements of Constitutionalism, Listed and Explained

4. What did article 329A(4) do, and which features did it offend? It declared the election of a person holding the office of Prime Minister valid and beyond the jurisdiction of every court. It offended the rule of law, free and fair elections, and the separation of the judicial function from the legislative.

5. Which two features does a plural society add to the standard list, and why? Federalism, because dividing power vertically limits a government and gives a citizen a second government; and an entrenched amending procedure, so that the majority the limits bind cannot remove them by an ordinary vote.

6. Give three ways a feature can be present on paper and absent in fact. An election commission appointed by the government it supervises; an audit report the legislature never debates; and a court with so many vacancies that a case takes a decade, which converts an enforceable right into a theoretical one.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in12

Chapter Three

Constitutional Supremacy and Parliamentary Sovereignty

Syllabus topic 1, "Constitutionalism".

In one line

In Britain Parliament is supreme and no court may question its Act; in India the Constitution is supreme and Parliament is a body of limited competence whose Acts a court may strike down.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: parliamentary sovereignty is the doctrine, associated with the United Kingdom, that the legislature may make or unmake any law whatever and that no person or body has the right to override or set aside its legislation. Constitutional supremacy is the doctrine that the constitution is the highest law, that the legislature holds only the powers the constitution confers, and that legislation inconsistent with the constitution is void and may be declared so by a court. India adopted the second, expressly, in articles 13 and 245.

Why the difference exists at all

Because the two constitutions were made in opposite ways. The British constitution grew: Parliament won its supremacy from the Crown over four centuries, and there was never a moment at which anyone sat down and conferred power on it. The Indian Constitution was made at a moment, by a Constituent Assembly, which distributed power that it held and kept some of it back.

A body that grants power cannot logically be bound by the grantee. Once the people of India, in the Preamble's words, gave themselves the Constitution, every organ created by it holds a delegated authority. Parliament is a creature of the Constitution and cannot be greater than the document that created it.

Dicey's own formulation shows the contrast. He said Parliament has the right to make or unmake any law whatever, and that no person or body is recognised by the law of England as having a right to override or set aside its legislation. Read that sentence against article 13(2) and the two systems are visibly incompatible.

The Indian provisions, and the exact words

Article 245(1) provides that subject to the provisions of this Constitution, Parliament may make laws for the whole or any part of the territory of India, and the Legislature of a State may make laws for the whole or any part of the State. The opening words are the whole point: the power is granted subject to the document.

Article 246 divides the field, allocating subjects between Parliament and the State Legislatures through the three Lists of the Seventh Schedule. A legislature in India therefore has two separate limits: it may not contravene Part III, and it may not legislate outside its List.

Article 13(2) provides that the State shall not make any law which takes away or abridges the rights conferred by Part III, and that any law made in contravention of the clause shall, to the extent of the contravention, be void.

munotes.in13

Constitutional Supremacy and Parliamentary Sovereignty

Article 368 confers the amending power, and it is a conferred power too. Clause (2) prescribes the special majority and, for the entries in the proviso, ratification by the legislatures of not less than one-half of the States. Because the power comes from the document, it is limited by it, which is the reasoning of the basic structure doctrine.

Three consequences that follow immediately

A law can be void from the beginning. In Britain an Act is valid until repealed. In India a law contravening Part III is void to the extent of the contravention as soon as it is made, and a court declaring it so is stating what was always the position rather than changing the law.

A court may refuse to apply an Act. This is the ordinary work of articles 32 and 226 and it would be constitutionally unthinkable in the British system.

And there is a category of change no legislature can make at all. Even the amending power, which is the greatest power the Constitution confers, stops at the basic structure. There is nothing corresponding to this in a system of parliamentary sovereignty, where the legislature can by definition do anything.

A worked example

Suppose Parliament passes the Press Regulation Act, requiring every newspaper to obtain an annual licence and empowering the licensing authority to refuse renewal in the public interest. A newspaper's licence is refused. Compare what happens in the two systems.

In a system of parliamentary sovereignty the newspaper's only arguments are about interpretation and procedure. Was "the public interest" properly applied? Was the newspaper heard? What the newspaper cannot argue is that Parliament had no business passing the Act, because on that theory Parliament had every business passing it.

In India the newspaper argues first that the Act itself is void. Freedom of speech and expression under article 19(1)(a) includes the freedom of the press, and a restriction is valid only if it is reasonable and falls within one of the eight grounds in article 19(2). "The public interest" is not one of those eight grounds. The Act therefore contravenes Part III, article 13(2) makes it void to that extent, and the newspaper may move the Supreme Court directly under article 32.

Now push the example one step further, because that is where the doctrine is really tested. Suppose Parliament, faced with that outcome, amends article 19(2) to add "the public interest" as a ninth ground. It has the special majority. Under parliamentary sovereignty that is the end of the argument.

In India it is not the end, and the reason is the last of the three consequences above. The amendment is itself subject to review, because the amending power is conferred and therefore limited. Whether a general public interest ground destroys the freedom of speech and expression as a basic feature is a serious question the courts would have to decide, and the mere fact that the special majority was obtained does not answer it.

munotes.in14

Constitutional Supremacy and Parliamentary Sovereignty

The cases

The classic statement that a legislature in India is a body of limited competence came early. In Keshavan Madhava Menon v. State of Bombay, AIR 1951 SC 128. Facts. A prosecution had been launched under the Indian Press (Emergency Powers) Act 1931 before the Constitution came into force, and the accused argued that because the Act was inconsistent with article 19(1)(a) it was void under article 13(1) and the pending prosecution must fall with it. Held. Article 13(1) is prospective: a pre-Constitution law inconsistent with Part III is not wiped out altogether but becomes void only from the date the Constitution came into force and only to the extent of the inconsistency, so rights and liabilities that had already accrued under it, including a pending prosecution, were unaffected. Why it matters here is that the whole argument only makes sense in a system of constitutional supremacy: the question was never whether the legislature had been entitled to pass the Act in 1931, but from what date the superior instrument had displaced it. That is a question no English court could be asked.

And the outer limit of the doctrine is the amending power itself. In Kesavananda Bharati Sripadagalvaru v. State of Kerala, AIR 1973 SC 1461; (1973) 4 SCC 225. Facts. They and the holding are worked in [The Basic Structure Doctrine]; the point relevant here is that the Court reasoned from the source of the power. Because article 368 is a provision of the Constitution conferring a power, the power it confers cannot be used to destroy the instrument conferring it, and the supremacy of the Constitution was itself named as one of the basic features. Why it matters here is that it completes the contrast: in Britain the legislature is the last word, and in India the last word is a document that the legislature may amend but may not unmake.

Distinctions

Parliamentary sovereigntyConstitutional supremacy
Highest lawThe latest Act of ParliamentThe Constitution
Source of legislative powerHistorical and inherentConferred by the Constitution, articles 245 and 246
May a court set an Act aside?NoYes, articles 13, 32 and 226
Status of an unconstitutional ActThe concept does not ariseVoid to the extent of the contravention, from the moment it is made
Limits on amending the constitutionNone; the constitution is ordinary lawSpecial majority, sometimes State ratification, and the basic structure
ExampleUnited KingdomIndia, the United States, Australia, Canada, Germany
munotes.in15

Constitutional Supremacy and Parliamentary Sovereignty

The contrast is not as clean as it once was. The United Kingdom's membership of the European Communities, the Human Rights Act 1998, and devolution to Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland have all placed practical limits on what Parliament does, and courts there now speak of constitutional statutes that are not impliedly repealed. The doctrine remains the formal position, and an answer should say both things.

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean the Indian Parliament is weak. Within its competence it is plenary, which means its power over a subject in its List is as complete as that of any sovereign legislature. The limits are on the field and on Part III, not on the intensity of the power inside them.

It does not mean that a court may strike a law down for being unwise. The question in judicial review is competence and consistency with the Constitution, never whether the policy was a good one, and a court that forgets this is doing exactly what constitutionalism forbids.

And it does not mean India has judicial supremacy instead. Parliament may amend the Constitution, including to reverse the effect of a judgment, and has often done so. What it may not do is destroy the basic structure. That is a limited court and a limited legislature, which is the point.

Quick revision

Britain: Parliament may make or unmake any law, and no court may set it aside. India: the Constitution is supreme, Parliament's power is conferred by article 245 "subject to the provisions of this Constitution" and divided by article 246, and article 13(2) voids a law contravening Part III to the extent of the contravention. Even the amending power in article 368 is conferred and therefore limited, which is why the basic structure doctrine is possible. Keshavan Madhava Menon holds article 13(1) prospective, so a pre-Constitution law is void only from 26 January 1950 and accrued rights survive. Indian legislative power is plenary within its field: the limits are on the field and on Part III, not on the intensity.

Test yourself

1. State Dicey's formulation of parliamentary sovereignty and say why it cannot be true in India. That Parliament has the right to make or unmake any law whatever and that no body may override or set aside its legislation. It cannot be true in India because article 245 confers legislative power subject to the Constitution and article 13(2) makes a contravening law void, so both halves of the formulation fail.

2. What are the two separate limits on an Indian legislature's competence? It may not contravene Part III, and it may not legislate outside the List allotted to it by article 246 and the Seventh Schedule.

munotes.in16

Constitutional Supremacy and Parliamentary Sovereignty

3. What does "void to the extent of the contravention" add to "invalid"? It confines the consequence to the offending part, so the rest of the statute may survive if it is severable, and it fixes the moment: the law was void when made rather than from the date of the judgment.

4. Why is article 13(1) prospective, and what did that decide in Keshavan Madhava Menon? Because a pre-Constitution law was validly made under the law as it then stood, so the Constitution displaces it only from its own commencement. That left a prosecution begun before 26 January 1950 unaffected.

5. Does constitutional supremacy make the Indian Parliament weak within its own field? No. Its power over a subject in its List is plenary, meaning as complete as that of a sovereign legislature. The limits are on which subjects it may reach and on Part III.

6. In what sense is the amending power itself an application of the same doctrine? Because article 368 is a provision of the Constitution conferring a power, and a conferred power cannot be used to destroy the instrument that confers it. That reasoning produced the basic structure doctrine.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in17

Chapter Four

The Preamble, and What a Court May Do With It

Syllabus topic 1, "Constitutionalism".

In one line

The Preamble states what the Constitution is for; it is part of the Constitution and may be amended, but it gives nobody any power and is used mainly to resolve an ambiguity and to identify what is basic.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the Preamble is the introductory statement which declares the source of the Constitution's authority, the nature of the Indian State, the objectives it is to secure and the date of its adoption. In re Berubari held that it is not part of the Constitution but is a key to open the mind of the makers. Kesavananda Bharati held that it is part of the Constitution and that it may be amended, but that its basic elements are part of the basic structure and so beyond the amending power. It confers no power on any organ and imposes no prohibition of its own, and is therefore not by itself a ground on which any law can be struck down.

What the Preamble actually says, clause by clause

The source. "WE, THE PEOPLE OF INDIA". The Constitution derives its authority from the people and not from the Constituent Assembly, the Crown or the Government of India Act 1935.

The nature of the State. "having solemnly resolved to constitute India into a SOVEREIGN SOCIALIST SECULAR DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC". Sovereign: subject to no external authority. Socialist and secular: added by the Forty-second Amendment 1976 and worked in the next two chapters. Democratic: government by the people through free elections. Republic: an elected head of State, not a hereditary one.

The four objectives. JUSTICE, social, economic and political; LIBERTY of thought, expression, belief, faith and worship; EQUALITY of status and of opportunity; and FRATERNITY assuring the dignity of the individual and the unity and integrity of the Nation. The order is not accidental: liberty and equality are listed second and third because the first objective is justice, and the fourth is what holds the other three together in a plural society.

The enactment. "IN OUR CONSTITUENT ASSEMBLY this twenty-sixth day of November, 1949, do HEREBY ADOPT, ENACT AND GIVE TO OURSELVES THIS CONSTITUTION." The date is the date of adoption; the Constitution came into force on 26 January 1950 under article 394.

What a court may and may not do with it

It may use the Preamble to resolve an ambiguity. Where the words of an article are capable of two meanings, the objectives in the Preamble may be used to choose between them. That is the highest use Berubari allowed, and it survives.

It may use the Preamble to identify what is basic. After Kesavananda the values the Preamble names are the principal evidence of what the basic structure contains, which is why the secularism and rule-of-law cases quote it.

munotes.in18

The Preamble, and What a Court May Do With It

It may not treat the Preamble as a source of power. No organ can claim a power because the Preamble names an objective. That was the Court's express reason in Berubari and no later case has disturbed it.

It may not treat the Preamble as a source of prohibition either. This is the half that students forget. Berubari said that what is true about powers is equally true about prohibitions and limitations, so a petitioner cannot argue that a statute is void because it offends the Preamble's socialism. The argument must be routed through an article.

A worked example

A State Act provides that in every private company registered in the State, at least one director shall be a person from a scheduled caste. It is challenged as violating article 19(1)(g), the right to practise any profession or carry on any occupation, trade or business. Counsel for the State argues that the Preamble declares India a SOCIALIST State committed to JUSTICE, social and economic, and that this is enough to sustain the Act.

That argument fails on the first proposition, and it is worth seeing exactly why. The Preamble is not a source of legislative power. The State must instead point to an entry in List II or List III, and then to article 19(6), which permits reasonable restrictions in the interests of the general public.

Now flip the argument, because a petitioner's Preamble argument fails for the same reason. A petitioner who says the Act is void because it offends the Preamble's guarantee of EQUALITY of opportunity has also asked the Preamble to do something it cannot do. The petitioner must plead article 14 or article 19(1)(g), and then the Preamble may be used to help construe them.

Where the Preamble does real work here is at the third stage. In deciding whether the restriction is reasonable "in the interests of the general public", a court may legitimately take account of the objectives the Preamble declares, because the phrase is open-textured and the Preamble is evidence of what the Constitution regards as the public interest.

And if the Act had been protected by a constitutional amendment, the Preamble would do a fourth kind of work: it would be the principal evidence of whether the amendment damaged a basic feature.

The cases

First position: the Preamble is not part of the Constitution. In In re Berubari Union and Exchange of Enclaves, Special Reference No. 1 of 1959, the opinion being pronounced on 14 March 1960. Facts. The Indo-Pakistan Agreement of 1958 provided for dividing Berubari Union No. 12, which the Radcliffe Award had placed in West Bengal, and for exchanging the Cooch-Behar enclaves; the President referred to the Court whether implementing it needed legislation, and if so whether a law under article 3 sufficed or article 368 was necessary. Held. Article 3 deals with the internal readjustment of the territories of States and does not authorise the cession of Indian territory to a foreign State, so a law under article 3 would be incompetent and a law under article 368 was competent and necessary. On the Preamble it held that the declaration by the people is, in Story's words, a key to open the mind of the makers, but that nevertheless the Preamble is not a part of the Constitution and has never been regarded as the source of any substantive power; that what is true about powers is equally true about prohibitions and limitations; and that at the highest, where the terms of an article are ambiguous, assistance may be sought in the objectives enshrined in the Preamble. Why it matters here is that the second and third propositions are still law, and the first is not.

munotes.in19

The Preamble, and What a Court May Do With It

Second position: it is part of the Constitution, and its basic elements cannot be amended away. In Kesavananda Bharati Sripadagalvaru v. State of Kerala, AIR 1973 SC 1461; (1973) 4 SCC 225, decided on 24 April 1973 by thirteen judges. Facts. A challenge by the head of a Kerala mutt to State land reform legislation, widening into the validity of the Twenty-fourth, Twenty-fifth and Twenty-ninth Amendments. Held. Parliament may amend any part of the Constitution including Part III, but that the amending power under article 368 does not extend to altering the basic structure or framework, and it treated the Preamble as part of the Constitution, so that it may itself be amended provided the basic features it declares are not destroyed. Why it matters here is that both halves are needed for an answer: the Preamble became amendable and became unamendable at the same time, in different respects, and the Forty-second Amendment three years later proved the first half by amending it.

Third: the Preamble as the measure of an amendment. In Minerva Mills Ltd v. Union of India, AIR 1980 SC 1789. Facts. A challenge to clauses (4) and (5) of article 368 and to the amended article 31C, all inserted by the Forty-second Amendment. Held. Clause (5) unconstitutional, saying that it demolishes the pillars on which the Preamble rests by empowering Parliament to exercise constituent power without any limitation whatever, and that the power to destroy is not a power to amend; clause (4) was equally void because a limited power cannot be made unlimited by removing the means of enforcing the limit. Why it matters here is the phrase "the pillars on which the Preamble rests". The Preamble is being used as the standard against which an amendment is measured, which is the fourth and highest of its uses.

munotes.in20

The Preamble, and What a Court May Do With It

Distinctions

In re Berubari, 1960Kesavananda Bharati, 1973
Is the Preamble part of the Constitution?NoYes
Can it be amended?The question did not ariseYes, under article 368, subject to the basic structure
Is it a source of power?NoNo; unchanged
Is it a source of prohibition?NoNot directly; but its values identify the basic structure
Use in constructionYes, where an article is ambiguousYes, and more widely
The Preamble doesThe Preamble does not
Declare the source of authority: the peopleConfer legislative or executive power
Name the nature of the State and four objectivesCreate an enforceable right
Resolve an ambiguity in an articleOverride the plain words of an article
Identify what is basic for the purposes of article 368Provide a free-standing ground to strike down a law

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean the Preamble is unenforceable in the sense of being useless. It cannot be sued on, but it decides cases, because construction and the basic structure doctrine both run through it.

It does not mean Berubari was wholly overruled. Only the first proposition went. The Preamble is still not a source of power or of prohibition.

It does not mean the Preamble cannot be amended. It has been, once, by the Forty-second Amendment in 1976, and Kesavananda is the authority that it can be.

And it does not mean the Preamble's words are merely aspirational. Sovereign, socialist, secular, democratic and republic are all descriptions the Court has treated as legally significant, and secularism in particular has been made an operative standard by S.R. Bommai.

Quick revision

The Preamble states the source (WE, THE PEOPLE), the nature of the State (sovereign, socialist, secular, democratic, republic), four objectives (justice, liberty, equality, fraternity) and the date of adoption, 26 November 1949; the Constitution came into force on 26 January 1950 under article 394. In re Berubari, opinion of 14 March 1960: the Preamble is a key to open the mind of the makers but is not part of the Constitution, is not a source of power, and equally not a source of prohibition; at the highest it resolves an ambiguity. Kesavananda Bharati, 1973: the Preamble is part of the Constitution and may be amended, but the basic features it declares may not be destroyed. Minerva Mills, 1980: article 368(5) demolished the pillars on which the Preamble rests, and the power to destroy is not a power to amend. The Preamble was in fact amended once, by the Forty-second Amendment 1976.

munotes.in21

The Preamble, and What a Court May Do With It

Test yourself

1. What did In re Berubari decide about the Preamble, and how much of it survives? That the Preamble is a key to open the mind of the makers but is not part of the Constitution, is not a source of any substantive power, and equally not a source of prohibitions or limitations, and that at the highest it may resolve an ambiguity. The first proposition was displaced by Kesavananda; the rest survives.

2. Why was a law under article 3 incompetent to implement the Berubari agreement? Because article 3 provides for the internal readjustment of the territories, boundaries and names of States, and does not authorise the cession of Indian territory to a foreign State. That required an amendment under article 368.

3. Name the four objectives in the Preamble, with their qualifying words. Justice, social, economic and political; liberty of thought, expression, belief, faith and worship; equality of status and of opportunity; and fraternity assuring the dignity of the individual and the unity and integrity of the Nation.

4. State the four uses a court makes of the Preamble. To resolve an ambiguity in an article; to identify what belongs to the basic structure; to give content to open-textured phrases such as the interests of the general public; and to measure whether an amendment has damaged a basic feature.

5. Can a statute be struck down for offending the Preamble alone? No. The Preamble is not a source of prohibition, so the challenge must be routed through an article, and the Preamble is then used in construing that article.

6. Which two dates does the Preamble and article 394 give, and what is each? 26 November 1949, the date on which the Constituent Assembly adopted, enacted and gave the Constitution to the people, which the Preamble states; and 26 January 1950, the date on which the remaining provisions came into force under article 394.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in22

Chapter Five

Secularism in the Preamble, and the Forty-second Amendment

Syllabus topic 1, "Constitutionalism".

In one line

The word "secular" was put into the Preamble in 1976 to state expressly something the Constitution had contained since 1950, and the Supreme Court has since held that secularism is part of the basic structure and cannot be amended away.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: by section 2 of the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act 1976, the words "SOVEREIGN DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC" in the Preamble were substituted by "SOVEREIGN SOCIALIST SECULAR DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC", and the words "unity of the Nation" by "unity and integrity of the Nation". The amendment declared rather than created: articles 15, 16, 25 to 28 and 29 to 30 had established a secular State from the beginning, and the Supreme Court had said so before 1976.

What the amendment actually did

The Forty-second Amendment received assent on 18 December 1976 and section 2 amended the Preamble. Three words were added in all: "SOCIALIST", "SECULAR" and "integrity". Nothing else in the Preamble was touched.

The Statement of Objects and Reasons gave the purpose. It said the amendment was to spell out expressly the high ideals of socialism, secularism and the integrity of the nation. The verb is the important one. "Spell out expressly" is what you do to something already there.

The amendment came in the Emergency, and that is part of any honest answer. The Forty-second Amendment was passed by a Parliament whose term had been extended and while a large part of the opposition was in detention, and much of it was undone by the Forty-fourth Amendment in 1978. The three Preamble words were not undone, and no party has since proposed removing them.

The Ninety-eighth to the One Hundred and Sixth Amendments have left the Preamble untouched, and the text as it stands is the text of 1976.

Why the Constitution was already secular in 1950

Because the operative articles say so, and they were there from the start. Article 15(1) forbids the State to discriminate against any citizen on grounds only of religion, race, caste, sex or place of birth. Article 16(2) forbids discrimination in public employment on the same grounds. Article 25(1) guarantees to all persons freedom of conscience and the right freely to profess, practise and propagate religion. Article 26 guarantees to every religious denomination the right to manage its own affairs in matters of religion.

Article 27 is the clearest single indicator. No person shall be compelled to pay any tax the proceeds of which are specifically appropriated in payment of expenses for the promotion or maintenance of any particular religion or religious denomination. A State that may not tax for a religion is not an establishment State.

Article 28(1) completes it. No religious instruction shall be provided in any educational institution wholly maintained out of State funds.

munotes.in23

Secularism in the Preamble, and the Forty-second Amendment

And articles 29 and 30 protect the other side of the same idea, the right of a section of citizens to conserve its culture and of a religious or linguistic minority to establish and administer educational institutions of its choice.

So the amendment added a name to a structure. That is why the drafters of 1950 could decline to use the word and still produce a secular constitution, and it is why an examiner asking about the object of inserting the word expects the candidate to know that the object was declaratory.

What Indian secularism means, in the Preamble's sense

It does not mean the separation of religion from the State on the American model. The First Amendment to the United States Constitution forbids Congress to make any law respecting an establishment of religion, and produces a wall between the two. India regulates religion constantly: article 25(2)(a) preserves the State's power to regulate secular activity associated with religious practice, and article 25(2)(b) permits laws for social welfare and reform and for throwing open Hindu religious institutions of a public character to all classes and sections of Hindus.

It means equal treatment of all religions by a State that has none of its own. The usual formulation is that the State observes principled distance: it keeps its distance from religion but may intervene, in favour of one religion or against it, where equality or a reform requires.

And it means that the State's own decisions must be made on non-religious grounds. That is what makes secularism enforceable rather than atmospheric, and it is the proposition S.R. Bommai turned into law.

A worked example

Suppose a State government announces a scheme paying a monthly stipend to the priests of one named religion, funded from the Consolidated Fund of the State, and defends it on the ground that those priests are poor. Is the scheme constitutional?

Start with article 27, because it is the article that bites first. The clause forbids compelling any person to pay a tax whose proceeds are specifically appropriated for the promotion or maintenance of a particular religion. A stipend for the priests of one religion, funded from general revenue, is on its face exactly that.

Then take the State's defence seriously, because the answer turns on it. If the scheme is genuinely a poverty measure, the State must explain why it reaches only the poor of one religious calling. Poverty is not distributed by religion, and a scheme aimed at poverty would be defined by income.

Then apply article 15(1) and article 14. A classification that selects beneficiaries by religion and cannot show that religion is relevant to the object fails the test in the chapter on reasonable classification in Module III: there is no rational nexus between the differentia, which is religion, and the object, which is relief of poverty.

munotes.in24

Secularism in the Preamble, and the Forty-second Amendment

Now vary the facts, because the variation is where marks are. Suppose instead the State maintains, out of general revenue, the buildings of temples, mosques, churches and gurdwaras alike, as monuments. That is not article 27's mischief: the appropriation is not for the promotion of any particular religion, the treatment is equal, and the purpose is the preservation of property. Indian secularism permits the second and forbids the first, which is precisely the difference between principled distance and a wall.

The cases

Secularism is a basic feature, and a State government may be dismissed for acting against it. In S.R. Bommai v. Union of India, AIR 1994 SC 1918; (1994) 3 SCC 1, a nine-judge Bench considered Proclamations under article 356 dismissing the governments of Karnataka, Nagaland and Meghalaya, and of Madhya Pradesh, Rajasthan and Himachal Pradesh on 15 January 1993 following the demolition of the disputed structure at Ayodhya. Held, among twelve conclusions. The satisfaction under article 356 is subjective but conditioned rather than absolute, that a Proclamation is not immune from judicial review and may be struck down if mala fide or based on wholly irrelevant or extraneous grounds, and that secularism is a basic feature of the Constitution: a State government which acts against the secular character of the Constitution is amenable to action under article 356. Why it matters here is that this converts secularism from a Preamble adjective into an operative standard by which a government may be removed. Its federalism aspect is worked in [President's Rule: Article 356 and S.R. Bommai].

The Preamble words became unamendable before they were even inserted. In Kesavananda Bharati Sripadagalvaru v. State of Kerala, AIR 1973 SC 1461; (1973) 4 SCC 225, the Court held that the amending power under article 368 does not extend to altering the basic structure, and the judgments named the secular character of the Constitution among the basic features. Why it matters here is the chronology, which is worth a mark: the Court identified secularism as basic in 1973, three years before Parliament wrote the word into the Preamble. The amendment therefore could not have created what the Court had already found.

Secularism does not require ignorance of religion. In Aruna Roy v. Union of India, AIR 2002 SC 3176; (2002) 7 SCC 368, decided on 12 September 2002. Facts. A petition under article 32 challenging the National Curriculum Framework for School Education published by the National Council of Educational Research and Training, mainly on the ground that it introduced religious instruction into State schools contrary to article 28. Held. The petition failed. The study of religions for the purpose of value education is distinct from religious instruction in a particular religion, and article 28 forbids the second in a wholly State-funded institution, not the first. Why it matters here is that it fixes the boundary of article 28 and shows that Indian secularism is not hostility to religion.

munotes.in25

Secularism in the Preamble, and the Forty-second Amendment

And the election process is a secular activity. In Abhiram Singh v. C.D. Commachen, (2017) 2 SCC 629; AIR 2017 SC 401, decided on 2 January 2017. Facts. A reference to seven judges on the construction of section 123(3) of the Representation of the People Act 1951, which makes it a corrupt practice to appeal for votes on the ground of "his" religion, race, caste, community or language, the issue being whose religion "his" refers to. Held, by four to three. "his" is not confined to the candidate: an appeal in the name of the religion of the candidate, of a rival, of an agent or of the voter falls within the corrupt practice, because the election process is a secular activity. The minority read the word narrowly. Why it matters here is that secularism as a Preamble value is being used to construe an ordinary statute, which is one of the two ways the Preamble does legal work.

Distinctions

American secularismIndian secularism
ModelA wall of separationPrincipled distance
State funding of religionForbiddenForbidden for a particular religion (article 27); equal support and regulation permitted
Reform of religious practice by the StateVery limitedExpressly permitted, article 25(2)(b)
Religious personal lawNot recognisedRecognised, and the subject of Module III
SourceFirst AmendmentPreamble plus articles 15, 16, 25 to 28, 29 and 30
Before the Forty-second AmendmentAfter it
Preamble wordsSOVEREIGN DEMOCRATIC REPUBLICSOVEREIGN SOCIALIST SECULAR DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC
Nationunity of the Nationunity and integrity of the Nation
Was the State secular?Yes, by articles 15, 16 and 25 to 28Yes, and now said so
Was secularism a basic feature?Yes, Kesavananda Bharati, 1973Yes

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean the amendment made India secular. The commonest error in answering this question is to write that India became a secular State in 1976. The articles were there in 1950 and the Supreme Court had identified secularism as a basic feature in 1973.

It does not mean the State may not touch religion. Article 25(2) expressly preserves the power to regulate secular activity associated with religious practice and to legislate for social welfare and reform.

It does not mean all religions must be treated identically in every respect. Articles 29 and 30 give minorities rights the majority does not have, and article 25(2)(b) applies in terms to Hindu religious institutions. Equal treatment in the Indian sense accommodates difference where the difference is relevant.

munotes.in26

Secularism in the Preamble, and the Forty-second Amendment

And it does not mean the word in the Preamble is decorative. The Preamble cannot be enforced by itself, but it is used to construe an ambiguous provision and to identify what is basic, and both uses are visible in the four cases above.

Quick revision

Section 2 of the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act 1976 substituted "SOVEREIGN SOCIALIST SECULAR DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC" for "SOVEREIGN DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC" and "unity and integrity of the Nation" for "unity of the Nation". Its Statement of Objects and Reasons said the purpose was to spell out expressly the high ideals of socialism, secularism and the integrity of the nation: declaratory, not constitutive. India was already secular by articles 15(1), 16(2), 25, 26, 27, 28, 29 and 30, and Kesavananda Bharati had named secularism a basic feature in 1973. S.R. Bommai makes it an operative standard: a State government acting against the secular character of the Constitution is amenable to article 356. Aruna Roy distinguishes the study of religions from religious instruction under article 28. Abhiram Singh holds the election process a secular activity and reads "his" in section 123(3) widely. Indian secularism is principled distance, not a wall.

Test yourself

1. Exactly what did section 2 of the Forty-second Amendment change in the Preamble? It substituted "SOVEREIGN SOCIALIST SECULAR DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC" for "SOVEREIGN DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC", and "unity and integrity of the Nation" for "unity of the Nation".

2. Was India a secular State before 1976, and how do you prove it? Yes. Articles 15(1), 16(2), 25, 26, 27 and 28 were in force from 26 January 1950, article 27 forbidding taxation for the promotion of a particular religion and article 28(1) forbidding religious instruction in a wholly State-funded institution. Kesavananda Bharati named secularism a basic feature in 1973.

3. What is the difference between the American and the Indian models? The American model erects a wall of separation. The Indian model keeps a principled distance: the State has no religion of its own but may regulate secular activity associated with religious practice and may legislate for social welfare and reform under article 25(2).

4. How did S.R. Bommai make secularism enforceable? By holding it a basic feature and holding that a State government acting against the secular character of the Constitution is amenable to action under article 356, while making the Proclamation itself reviewable.

5. What did Aruna Roy decide about article 28? That the study of religions for value education is not the religious instruction that article 28(1) forbids in a wholly State-funded institution, so the National Curriculum Framework was not unconstitutional on that ground.

munotes.in27

Secularism in the Preamble, and the Forty-second Amendment

6. Why does the chronology of 1973 and 1976 matter to this question? Because it shows the amendment was declaratory. The Court had already identified the secular character of the Constitution as part of the basic structure three years before Parliament inserted the word, so the word could not have created the character.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in28

Chapter Six

Socialism, and the Integrity of the Nation

Syllabus topic 1, "Constitutionalism".

In one line

The Forty-second Amendment added three words to the Preamble, and the two that answers usually skip are "SOCIALIST", which describes the economic goal the Directive Principles already contained, and "integrity", which was added because the unity of the country was thought to need protecting by name.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the words "SOCIALIST" and "integrity" were inserted by section 2 of the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act 1976 along with "SECULAR". Neither created a new obligation. "Socialist" states the economic direction already set by articles 38 and 39 of Part IV, and Indian socialism has been understood by the Supreme Court as a mixed economy and the removal of gross inequality rather than as State ownership of the means of production. "Integrity" reinforces a value already protected by article 19(2), which permits reasonable restrictions on speech in the interests of the sovereignty and integrity of India, and by article 51A(c), which makes it a fundamental duty of every citizen to uphold and protect the sovereignty, unity and integrity of India.

Socialism: what the word carries and what it does not

The Constitution nowhere defines it, and that is deliberate. No Indian court has read the Preamble word as requiring public ownership of industry, and the economic policy of successive governments since 1991 has moved a long way from what the word meant in 1976 without any amendment being thought necessary.

Its content comes from Part IV, which predates it by twenty-six years. Article 38(1) directs the State to strive to promote the welfare of the people by securing and protecting a social order in which justice, social, economic and political, shall inform all the institutions of national life. Article 38(2), inserted by the Forty-fourth Amendment in 1978, directs the State to strive to minimise inequalities in income, and to endeavour to eliminate inequalities in status, facilities and opportunities, not only among individuals but also among groups.

Article 39 is the operative list. The State is to direct its policy towards securing that citizens, men and women equally, have the right to an adequate means of livelihood; that the ownership and control of the material resources of the community are so distributed as best to subserve the common good; that the operation of the economic system does not result in the concentration of wealth and means of production to the common detriment; that there is equal pay for equal work for men and women; that the health and strength of workers is not abused; and that children are given opportunities to develop in conditions of freedom and dignity.

So the honest answer is that "socialist" in the Indian Preamble means a welfare State committed to reducing inequality within a mixed economy. It is a statement of direction, not a prescription of ownership, and no court has struck a privatisation down for offending it.

munotes.in29

Socialism, and the Integrity of the Nation

Integrity: why a second word was needed beside unity

The Preamble had said "unity of the Nation" since 1950. The Forty-second Amendment made it "unity and integrity of the Nation".

The two words are not synonyms in constitutional usage. Unity points at the people and at the fact that they are one political community. Integrity points at the territory and at the fact that it is not to be broken up. The distinction is worth stating in an answer because it explains why both were thought necessary.

Integrity had already entered the Constitution in 1963, by an earlier amendment. The Sixteenth Amendment inserted the words "the sovereignty and integrity of India" into article 19(2), (3) and (4), which is why a restriction on speech, on assembly and on association may be imposed in the interests of the integrity of India.

And the Forty-second Amendment gave it a companion in Part IVA. Article 51A(c) makes it a fundamental duty of every citizen to uphold and protect the sovereignty, unity and integrity of India.

Read together, the three provisions do different work. The Preamble states the value, article 19(2) makes it a permissible ground for restricting a fundamental right, and article 51A(c) makes it a duty which, though not directly enforceable, may be used to judge the reasonableness of a restriction.

A worked example

A State legislature passes an Act making it an offence, punishable with three years' imprisonment, to publish any material questioning the territorial boundaries of India as shown on the official map. A geography textbook publisher and a newspaper columnist challenge it.

Take the "integrity" ground first, because the State will rely on it. Article 19(2) permits reasonable restrictions on the freedom of speech and expression in the interests of the sovereignty and integrity of India, so the subject matter is within a permitted ground. That disposes of the argument that no restriction is possible at all.

Then apply the reasonableness requirement, which is where the Act fails. The restriction reaches any material that questions a boundary, which includes an academic article on the history of a boundary settlement, a report of a foreign court's ruling and a textbook explaining a dispute. A restriction that catches scholarship and news along with secession propaganda is wider than the interest it serves.

Now show what a valid provision would look like, because that is the constructive half of the answer. A provision aimed at material that incites the violent dismemberment of India, requiring both the incitement and a proximate connection to disorder, would answer the same interest without reaching the textbook. That is the shape article 19(2) has taken in practice.

munotes.in30

Socialism, and the Integrity of the Nation

The example also shows the Preamble doing its real work. The word "integrity" did not create the power to restrict; article 19(2) did that in 1963. What the Preamble supplies is the value against which the reasonableness of the restriction is measured.

The cases

The Preamble words became part of the basic structure by the ordinary operation of the doctrine. In Kesavananda Bharati Sripadagalvaru v. State of Kerala, AIR 1973 SC 1461; (1973) 4 SCC 225, the Court held that the amending power under article 368 does not extend to altering the basic structure of the Constitution, and the judgments named the sovereignty and territorial integrity of India, the republican and democratic form of government and the mandate to build a welfare State contained in the Directive Principles among the features that are basic. Why it matters here is that a candidate can say something more precise than "the Preamble is important": the values it names cannot be amended out, and that is a legal consequence with a date.

And the balance the word "socialist" describes was made a basic feature in terms. In Minerva Mills Ltd v. Union of India, AIR 1980 SC 1789. Facts. A challenge to clauses (4) and (5) of article 368 and to the amended article 31C, all inserted by the Forty-second Amendment. Held. Clause (5) unconstitutional because it demolishes the pillars on which the Preamble rests by empowering Parliament to exercise constituent power without any limitation whatever, the power to destroy not being a power to amend; and clause (4) equally void, since a limited power cannot be made unlimited by removing the means of enforcing the limit. On article 31C the majority held that giving the Directive Principles a blanket priority over articles 14 and 19 destroyed the harmony between Parts III and IV, and that harmony is itself a basic feature. Why it matters here is that it fixes the constitutional status of the socialist goal: the Directive Principles are a permanent mandate, but they do not override the fundamental rights, and an amendment saying they do is void.

Distinctions

Unity of the NationIntegrity of the Nation
Points atThe people as one political communityThe territory as one undivided whole
In the Preamble since19501976, Forty-second Amendment
Elsewhere in the ConstitutionArticle 51A(c) and (e)Articles 19(2), (3) and (4) since the Sixteenth Amendment 1963; article 51A(c)
Typical threatCommunal or caste divisionSecession, or a claim to territory
Socialism in the PreambleSocialism as State ownership
Requires public ownership of industryNoYes
Indian contentArticles 38 and 39: a welfare State, reduction of inequality, distribution of material resources for the common goodNationalisation as a constitutional requirement
Judicially enforcedNot as a stand-alone command; used in construction and as part of the basic structureWould be, if that were the meaning
Consistent with the reforms of 1991Yes, and no amendment was thought necessaryNo
munotes.in31

Socialism, and the Integrity of the Nation

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean the Preamble commands a particular economic policy. A court will not strike a policy down for insufficient socialism, and none has.

It does not mean "integrity" adds a new ground for restricting speech. That was done by the Sixteenth Amendment in 1963, thirteen years earlier, and the Preamble word restates the value rather than creating the power.

It does not mean the fundamental duties are enforceable. Article 51A creates duties which no court enforces directly against a citizen. Their use is interpretive: a restriction that serves a duty in article 51A is more readily found reasonable.

And it does not mean the three words stand or fall together. Secularism has been made an operative standard by S.R. Bommai; socialism has not, and integrity operates through article 19(2) rather than through the Preamble. A good answer separates them.

Quick revision

The Forty-second Amendment 1976, section 2, added SOCIALIST, SECULAR and "integrity" to the Preamble. Socialist means a welfare State reducing inequality within a mixed economy, its content coming from articles 38 and 39, and no court has read it as requiring public ownership. Article 38(2), which directs the State to minimise inequalities in income and eliminate inequalities in status, facilities and opportunities, was itself added by the Forty-fourth Amendment 1978. Integrity points at territory, unity at people; "sovereignty and integrity of India" entered article 19(2), (3) and (4) by the Sixteenth Amendment 1963, and article 51A(c) makes upholding sovereignty, unity and integrity a fundamental duty. Kesavananda Bharati puts these values in the basic structure; Minerva Mills holds that the Directive Principles may not be given blanket priority over articles 14 and 19, because the harmony between Parts III and IV is itself basic.

Test yourself

1. Which three words did the Forty-second Amendment add to the Preamble? SOCIALIST, SECULAR and "integrity", the last converting "unity of the Nation" into "unity and integrity of the Nation".

2. What does "socialist" mean in the Indian Preamble, and what does it not mean? It means a welfare State committed to reducing inequality within a mixed economy, its content supplied by articles 38 and 39. It does not require public ownership of the means of production, and no court has struck down a privatisation for offending it.

3. Distinguish unity from integrity. Unity refers to the people as one political community; integrity refers to the territory as one undivided whole. Both appear in article 51A(c); integrity alone appears in article 19(2).

munotes.in32

Socialism, and the Integrity of the Nation

4. When did "the sovereignty and integrity of India" become a ground for restricting free speech? In 1963, by the Sixteenth Amendment, which inserted the words into article 19(2), (3) and (4), thirteen years before the Preamble was amended.

5. What did Minerva Mills decide about the relationship between Parts III and IV? That the harmony and balance between fundamental rights and directive principles is itself a basic feature, so an amendment giving the Directive Principles blanket priority over articles 14 and 19 is void.

6. Why is it wrong to answer MU's stem by writing only about secularism? Because the stem names three ideals and the marks follow the question. Socialism has its own content in articles 38 and 39, and integrity has its own operation through article 19(2) and article 51A(c).

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in33

Chapter Seven

The Rule of Law: Dicey, and What Survives of Him

Syllabus topic 1, "Constitutionalism". No printed label names the rule of law, and MU has set it on three of the seven papers we hold, twice as a whole question and once as a short note.

In one line

The rule of law means that people are governed by known rules rather than by the will of whoever is in office, and that the government is under the same law as everybody else.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the rule of law is the principle that all authority must be exercised under and in accordance with law, that the law must be general, prospective, published and reasonably certain, that no person may be punished except for a distinct breach of law established before an ordinary court, and that the government itself is subject to the ordinary law administered by the ordinary courts. It is the antithesis of arbitrary power. The phrase is old, but the modern statement of it is A. V. Dicey's, in the Introduction to the Study of the Law of the Constitution (1885).

Why a society needs the idea at all

Because a rule announced in advance lets a person plan, and a decision made afterwards does not. If conduct can be made criminal after it has occurred, no amount of care protects anybody.

Because generality is the cheapest protection a minority has. A rule that applies to everyone is unlikely to be made oppressive by a majority that must live under it too. That is why a law aimed at one person, or at one identified group, is the classic rule-of-law problem, and why it recurs throughout this paper.

And because power exercised by rules can be checked, while power exercised by will cannot. A court can ask whether an officer acted within a rule. It cannot ask whether an officer's preference was the right preference.

Dicey's three meanings, and the state of each today

First meaning: the absolute supremacy of regular law as opposed to arbitrary power. No person may be punished except for a distinct breach of law established in the ordinary legal manner before the ordinary courts, and there is no room for wide discretionary authority in the government.

This limb survives, but the second half of it does not. No modern State can function without conferring discretion: a licensing officer, a tax assessor and a police officer all exercise it. The modern position is not that discretion is forbidden but that it must be conferred by law, confined by standards, and reviewable. The Indian statement of this is in E.P. Royappa, below.

Second meaning: equality before the law. Every man, whatever his rank, is subject to the ordinary law of the realm and amenable to the jurisdiction of the ordinary tribunals. Dicey contrasted this with the French droit administratif, the separate body of administrative law applied by separate administrative courts, which he thought a system of official privilege.

munotes.in34

The Rule of Law: Dicey, and What Survives of Him

This limb survives in its core and Dicey's use of it was mistaken. Equality before the law is article 14 in India and is fundamental. But Dicey's belief that a separate administrative jurisdiction means official privilege was wrong even about France: the Conseil d'Etat developed a body of law more demanding of officials than the English common law then was. And India itself has administrative tribunals under articles 323A and 323B.

Third meaning: the constitution is the result of the ordinary law of the land. In England the general principles of the constitution, such as the right to personal liberty, are the result of judicial decisions in particular cases brought by private persons, rather than of a written declaration of rights.

This limb does not apply to India at all, and saying so is worth a mark. India has a written Constitution which is the source of the rights rather than their summary. The Indian arrangement is in fact stronger: a right declared by a court can be reversed by an ordinary statute, and a right in Part III cannot.

What has replaced Dicey: the modern content

The formal or thin conception, associated with Joseph Raz, asks only about the qualities a law must have: it must be prospective, open, clear, relatively stable, made by general rules, and applied by an independent judiciary that is accessible. On this view a wicked law properly made and applied satisfies the rule of law, and the objection to it is moral rather than legal.

The substantive or thick conception adds that the law must respect certain fundamental rights, so that a State systematically denying them does not have the rule of law however regular its procedures. The International Commission of Jurists at Delhi in 1959 adopted a version of this, defining the rule of law as the principles, institutions and procedures which experience has shown to be essential for the protection of the individual against arbitrary government and for enabling the individual to enjoy the dignity of man.

India has adopted the substantive conception, and the proof is that the rule of law is enforced here through articles 14 and 21 rather than through procedural regularity alone. That is the subject of the next chapter.

A worked example

A State government issues an order transferring all pending prosecutions under a particular Act against members of one political party to a Special Court, whose procedure omits committal, allows the court to refuse cross-examination, and permits no appeal. Test the order against the three limbs.

Under the first limb the question is whether the discretion is confined. The order does not identify any principle by which a case is chosen for the Special Court. A power to pick which accused gets which procedure, exercisable for any reason, is exactly the wide discretionary authority Dicey objected to, and the Indian answer is the same: a discretion without a standard is arbitrariness.

munotes.in35

The Rule of Law: Dicey, and What Survives of Him

Under the second limb the question is whether these accused are being treated as a class of their own without a reason. Speedier trial can be a valid object, and a classification of offences or of classes of cases by reference to that object may be sustainable. A classification of persons by their political affiliation cannot be, because affiliation has no connection with the need for speed.

Under the third limb, ask what an Indian court has that an English one did not. In England before 1998 the answer would have been the presumption that Parliament does not intend to abrogate liberty, which yields to clear words. In India the answer is article 14 and article 21, which do not yield to clear words at all, and article 32, by which the accused may go directly to the Supreme Court.

Note where the example ends up. Two of Dicey's three limbs give the right answer in India, and they give it more strongly than in the system he was describing, because here they are written down as rights.

The cases

The rule of law in India is a basic feature and an amendment offending it is void. In Indira Nehru Gandhi v. Raj Narain, AIR 1975 SC 2299. Facts. The Prime Minister's election had been set aside by the Allahabad High Court, and the Thirty-ninth Amendment inserted article 329A(4) declaring that the election of a person holding the office of Prime Minister should not be void and should continue to be valid, and that no court should have jurisdiction over it. Held. Clause (4) void as destructive of the basic structure: it did not amend the election law but decided a particular dispute by constitutional fiat and withdrew it from every court, violating the rule of law, free and fair elections, and the separation of the judicial function from the legislative. Why it matters here is that it is the purest Indian application of the generality requirement. The vice was not that the rule was harsh but that it was a rule for one case and one person.

Arbitrariness and equality are the same idea, and that is how the rule of law is enforced in India. In E.P. Royappa v. State of Tamil Nadu, AIR 1974 SC 555. Facts. A senior member of the Indian Administrative Service holding the post of Chief Secretary to the Government of Tamil Nadu was transferred to two other posts he said were inferior, and alleged the transfers were mala fide and violated articles 14 and 16. Held. The plea of mala fides failed on the facts, but reasoned that article 16 is an instance of the application of the concept of equality in article 14, article 14 being the genus and article 16 a species; that equality is a dynamic concept with many aspects and dimensions which cannot be cribbed, cabined and confined within traditional and doctrinaire limits; and that equality and arbitrariness are sworn enemies, so that where an act is arbitrary it is implicit in it that it is unequal and therefore violative of article 14. Why it matters here is that it gives an Indian court a general power to strike at arbitrary State action without needing to find a comparator, which is a stronger tool than anything in Dicey.

munotes.in36

The Rule of Law: Dicey, and What Survives of Him

And the case that shows what the doctrine's absence looks like is Indian. In Additional District Magistrate, Jabalpur v. Shivakant Shukla, AIR 1976 SC 1207. Facts. During the Emergency the President had suspended the right to move any court for the enforcement of articles 14, 21 and 22, and detenus sought habeas corpus, the writ requiring a detaining authority to justify a detention. Held, by four to one. In view of the Presidential Order no person had locus standi to move a High Court under article 226 for habeas corpus on any ground including mala fides, and that section 16A(9) of the Maintenance of Internal Security Act was valid. Khanna J. dissented, holding that the State had no power to deprive a person of life or liberty without the authority of law even when article 21 was suspended, because that principle did not owe its existence to article 21 alone. Why it matters here is that Khanna J.'s dissent is the rule of law in its substantive sense, and the Forty-fourth Amendment 1978 wrote it into the Constitution by providing that articles 20 and 21 may never be suspended.

Distinctions

Dicey's limbWhat it saysIts state today
1. Supremacy of regular lawPunishment only for a distinct breach established before the ordinary courts; no wide discretionary authorityThe first half survives; discretion is now permitted but must be conferred, confined and reviewable
2. Equality before the lawEveryone, of whatever rank, subject to the ordinary law and the ordinary courtsSurvives as article 14; Dicey's attack on droit administratif was misconceived, and India has tribunals under articles 323A and 323B
3. The constitution as the result of ordinary lawRights come from judicial decisions, not a written declarationDoes not apply to India, which has a written Constitution that is the source of the rights
munotes.in37

The Rule of Law: Dicey, and What Survives of Him

Formal (thin) conceptionSubstantive (thick) conception
AsksWas the law properly made, published, prospective and applied by an independent court?All that, and does the law respect fundamental rights?
A wicked but regular lawSatisfies the rule of lawDoes not
Associated withJoseph RazThe Delhi Declaration of the International Commission of Jurists, 1959
IndiaNecessary but not sufficientAdopted, through articles 14 and 21

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean rule by lawyers or by courts. The rule of law binds judges too, and a court deciding by preference rather than by law is the problem, not the cure.

It does not mean that all discretion is unlawful. The modern requirement is that discretion be conferred by law, guided by standards and open to review, not that it be abolished.

It does not mean rule of law and rule by law are the same. Rule by law means only that the government acts through legal forms, which an oppressive government can easily do. The rule of law adds requirements about what those laws must be like and who may be reached by them.

And it does not mean Dicey is the Indian law. He described England in 1885. The Indian doctrine takes his first two limbs, rejects his third, and adds an enforceable equality clause he did not have.

Quick revision

The rule of law is government by known, general, prospective rules rather than by will, with the government itself under the ordinary law. Dicey's three meanings: supremacy of regular law and no wide discretionary authority; equality before the law and no droit administratif; and the constitution as the result of ordinary judicial decisions. Limb one survives in part, since discretion is now permitted if conferred, confined and reviewable. Limb two survives as article 14, though Dicey's attack on French administrative law was misconceived and India has tribunals under articles 323A and 323B. Limb three does not apply to India, which has a written Constitution that is the source of rights. The modern debate is formal against substantive; India has the substantive conception, and the Delhi Declaration of 1959 is its classic statement. Indira Nehru Gandhi struck down a constitutional amendment made for one case. E.P. Royappa holds equality and arbitrariness to be sworn enemies. ADM Jabalpur is the failure, and Khanna J.'s dissent became law by the Forty-fourth Amendment.

Test yourself

1. State Dicey's three meanings of the rule of law. The absolute supremacy of regular law as against arbitrary power and wide discretionary authority; equality before the law, everyone being subject to the ordinary law and the ordinary courts; and the constitution being the result of the ordinary law developed by the courts rather than of a written declaration of rights.

munotes.in38

The Rule of Law: Dicey, and What Survives of Him

2. Which of the three does not apply to India, and why? The third. India has a written Constitution which is the source of fundamental rights rather than a summary of decided cases, and that is a stronger position because a Part III right cannot be reversed by ordinary legislation.

3. Was Dicey right about droit administratif? No. He thought a separate administrative jurisdiction meant official privilege, but the Conseil d'Etat developed a law more demanding of officials than the English common law of his day. India itself has administrative tribunals under articles 323A and 323B.

4. Distinguish the formal and substantive conceptions. The formal conception asks only whether law is prospective, open, clear, stable, general and applied by an independent court, so a wicked law properly applied satisfies it. The substantive conception adds respect for fundamental rights. India has adopted the substantive conception.

5. What did Indira Nehru Gandhi v. Raj Narain add to the doctrine in India? It made the rule of law an operative limit on the amending power: article 329A(4) was struck down because it decided one dispute by constitutional fiat and removed it from every court, offending generality, free elections and the separation of powers.

6. Distinguish the rule of law from rule by law. Rule by law means only that a government acts through legal forms, which an oppressive government can do easily. The rule of law adds requirements about the quality of those laws, their generality and prospectivity, and about the government being reachable under them.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in39

Chapter Eight

The Rule of Law Inside the Indian Constitution

Syllabus topic 1, "Constitutionalism".

In one line

Every limb of the rule of law has a home in the Indian Constitution, and unlike in England each home is a right the citizen can enforce.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the rule of law in India is not a common-law presumption yielding to clear words but a set of enforceable constitutional guarantees. Its principal seats are article 14, equality before the law and the equal protection of the laws; article 21, no deprivation of life or personal liberty except according to procedure established by law, which since Maneka Gandhi means a procedure that is right, just and fair; article 20, which protects against retrospective criminal law, double jeopardy and compelled self-incrimination; article 265, no tax except by authority of law; article 300A, no deprivation of property save by authority of law; and articles 32 and 226, which supply the remedy without which none of the rest would be law.

Limb by limb, with the article that carries it

Generality and equality: article 14. The State shall not deny to any person equality before the law or the equal protection of the laws within the territory of India. "Equality before the law" is Dicey's second limb almost verbatim. "Equal protection of the laws" is borrowed from the Fourteenth Amendment to the United States Constitution and requires that likes be treated alike, which is the doctrine worked in the chapter on reasonable classification in Module III.

No punishment except under law, and no retrospective crime: article 20. Clause (1) forbids conviction except for the violation of a law in force at the time of the act, and forbids a penalty greater than that which could have been inflicted then. Clause (2) forbids prosecution and punishment for the same offence more than once. Clause (3) provides that no person accused of an offence shall be compelled to be a witness against himself.

Liberty only by fair procedure: article 21. No person shall be deprived of his life or personal liberty except according to procedure established by law.

Protection on arrest: article 22. Clauses (1) and (2) require that an arrested person be informed of the grounds, be allowed to consult a legal practitioner of his choice, and be produced before the nearest magistrate within twenty-four hours. Clauses (4) to (7) govern preventive detention and are a substantial qualification of the ordinary rule.

No taxation without law: article 265. No tax shall be levied or collected except by authority of law. The counterpart of the principle that produced the English Bill of Rights.

No deprivation of property without law: article 300A. No person shall be deprived of his property save by authority of law. Placed in Part XII by the Forty-fourth Amendment in 1978, so that it is a constitutional right and no longer a fundamental one.

munotes.in40

The Rule of Law Inside the Indian Constitution

And the remedies: articles 32 and 226. Article 32 guarantees the right to move the Supreme Court for the enforcement of Part III and is itself a fundamental right. Article 226 empowers a High Court to issue directions, orders or writs for the enforcement of Part III rights and for any other purpose, which is wider.

The two express qualifications, which an honest answer states

Article 33 permits Parliament to modify the rights in their application to the armed forces, to the forces charged with the maintenance of public order, to persons employed in intelligence or counter-intelligence organisations, and to persons employed in telecommunication systems set up for those forces, so as to ensure the proper discharge of duties and the maintenance of discipline.

Article 34 permits Parliament to indemnify acts done during martial law, by providing for the indemnification of any person in the service of the Union or of a State for any act done in connection with the maintenance or restoration of order in an area where martial law was in force, and for validating any sentence passed or act done under martial law.

Both are real derogations and both are limited. Article 33 requires an Act of Parliament and only in relation to the named services; article 34 requires an Act of indemnity and only in relation to an area where martial law was in force. The rule of law in India is therefore not absolute, and a candidate who does not mention these two articles has described the Constitution as they would like it rather than as it is.

From Gopalan to Maneka: the change that made article 21 mean something

In the beginning the rights were read as separate compartments. In A.K. Gopalan v. State of Madras, AIR 1950 SC 27. Facts. A challenge by a detenu to the Preventive Detention Act 1950. Held, upholding the Act except for section 14 which was severable. The fundamental rights are separate and self-contained: a law of preventive detention was to be tested against article 22 alone, article 19 had no application to a person lawfully detained, and "procedure established by law" in article 21 meant procedure laid down by a duly enacted law and not procedure a court would find fair. Fazl Ali J. dissented. Why it matters here is that on this reading article 21 added almost nothing to the rule of law: any procedure Parliament chose was, by definition, procedure established by law.

Twenty-eight years later the Court reversed the premise. In Maneka Gandhi v. Union of India, AIR 1978 SC 597. Facts. The petitioner's passport was impounded under the Passports Act 1967 in the public interest, without reasons and without a hearing. Held. Articles 14, 19 and 21 are not mutually exclusive but form a single scheme, so a law depriving a person of personal liberty must answer the tests of all three; that the procedure established by law in article 21 must be right, just and fair and not arbitrary, fanciful or oppressive, and that a procedure which is arbitrary is no procedure at all; and that the right to travel abroad is part of personal liberty. Why it matters here is that it imported the substance of due process into article 21 without the words, and made the Indian rule of law substantive rather than formal. The relationship between the two phrases is worked in [Procedure Established by Law, and Due Process].

munotes.in41

The Rule of Law Inside the Indian Constitution

A worked example

A municipal corporation demolishes a row of shops without notice, relying on a byelaw permitting the removal of unauthorised structures. The shopkeepers had been in occupation for eleven years and had been paying a licence fee to the corporation.

Article 300A is the first provision, and it does less work than students expect. It requires authority of law for a deprivation of property, and the byelaw is law. It does not by itself require a hearing.

Article 21 supplies the hearing, and this is the Maneka effect in practice. The shops are the shopkeepers' livelihood, livelihood has been held part of the right to life, and after Maneka the procedure by which a person is deprived must be right, just and fair. A demolition without notice, where the occupation was long and the corporation itself had been taking money for it, is not a fair procedure.

Article 14 supplies the second objection. If other unauthorised structures in the same street were left standing, the selection of these shops requires an explanation, and an unexplained selection is arbitrary, which Royappa makes a breach of article 14.

Article 226 supplies the remedy, and note that it is wider than article 32 here. The High Court may issue a writ not only for a Part III right but for any other purpose, which covers the article 300A point, and it may mould relief, for example by directing rehabilitation rather than restoration.

The example shows the Indian rule of law working as a system of rights rather than as a presumption. In a system without a written constitution the shopkeepers would be arguing that the corporation had misconstrued its byelaw. Here they are arguing that the byelaw, so applied, is void.

The cases

A law that allows the executive to choose who gets which procedure offends article 14. In State of West Bengal v. Anwar Ali Sarkar, AIR 1952 SC 75. Facts. The West Bengal Special Courts Act 1950, intituled an Act to provide for the speedier trial of certain offences, empowered the State Government by section 5(1) to direct that a Special Court try such offences, classes of offences, cases or classes of cases as it directed, the Special Court following a truncated procedure. Held. Section 5(1) discriminatory and void under article 14 so far as it permitted the State Government to refer "any case" to a Special Court; the special procedure was not on its face calculated to prejudice a fair trial and the need for a speedier trial could form the basis of a reasonable classification, so the section was unobjectionable in authorising the reference of offences or classes of offences or classes of cases. Why it matters here is that it is the generality requirement in its Indian form: classify by a criterion related to the object, and the classification stands; pick individuals, and it does not.

munotes.in42

The Rule of Law Inside the Indian Constitution

And the rule of law reaches into a police station. In D.K. Basu v. State of West Bengal, (1997) 1 SCC 416; AIR 1997 SC 610. Facts. A letter to the Chief Justice about deaths in police custody, treated as a writ petition. Held. Custodial violence strikes a blow at the rule of law and issued eleven requirements to be followed in all cases of arrest and detention, including accurate identification of the arresting officers, a memo of arrest attested by a witness and countersigned by the arrestee, notification to a friend or relative, an entry in a diary, medical examination every forty-eight hours, and communication to the local magistrate. Why it matters here is that the rule of law is enforced in India not only by striking laws down but by supplying procedure where the statute left a gap, which is a use of article 32 that Dicey's system had no equivalent for.

Distinctions

Rule-of-law requirementEnglish sourceIndian article
Government under the ordinary lawCommon law and conventionArticles 14, 21, 265, 300A
Equality before the lawDicey's second limbArticle 14, first half
Likes treated alikeNot part of DiceyArticle 14, second half, from the Fourteenth Amendment
No retrospective crimePresumption of statutory constructionArticle 20(1), which cannot be displaced
Fair procedure before deprivation of libertyNatural justice, yielding to clear wordsArticle 21 after Maneka, which does not yield
No tax without lawBill of Rights 1689Article 265
A remedyPrerogative writsArticles 32 and 226, article 32 being itself a right

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean India's rule of law has no exceptions. Articles 33 and 34, and the preventive detention clauses of article 22, are express qualifications, and preventive detention without trial is permitted by the Constitution itself.

munotes.in43

The Rule of Law Inside the Indian Constitution

It does not mean Gopalan was overruled on everything. What Maneka rejected was the compartment theory and the formal reading of "procedure established by law". Preventive detention remains constitutionally permissible.

It does not mean article 300A is as strong as a fundamental right. It was moved out of Part III by the Forty-fourth Amendment in 1978, so it cannot be enforced under article 32 as a fundamental right, though it is enforceable under article 226 and has been read with article 14.

And it does not mean the rule of law is a stand-alone ground of challenge. A petitioner does not succeed by saying a statute offends the rule of law in the abstract. The argument must be routed through an article, which is why this chapter is organised by article rather than by principle.

Quick revision

Article 14 carries equality before the law and equal protection; article 20 forbids retrospective crime, double jeopardy and compelled self-incrimination; article 21 requires a procedure that is right, just and fair after Maneka; article 22 protects on arrest and permits preventive detention; article 265 forbids tax without authority of law; article 300A forbids deprivation of property without authority of law and sits outside Part III since the Forty-fourth Amendment; articles 32 and 226 supply the remedy, article 32 being itself a fundamental right. Articles 33 and 34 are express derogations, for the armed forces and for martial law indemnity. Gopalan read the rights as compartments and "procedure established by law" formally; Maneka held articles 14, 19 and 21 a single scheme and made the procedure substantive. Anwar Ali Sarkar voids a power to pick individual cases for a special procedure. D.K. Basu supplies eleven arrest requirements where the statute was silent.

Test yourself

1. Name six articles that carry the rule of law and say what each does. Article 14, equality before the law and equal protection; article 20, no retrospective crime, no double jeopardy, no compelled self-incrimination; article 21, no deprivation of life or liberty except by fair procedure; article 265, no tax without authority of law; article 300A, no deprivation of property without authority of law; article 32, the right to move the Supreme Court for enforcement.

2. What did Gopalan decide and what did Maneka change? Gopalan held the rights separate and self-contained and read "procedure established by law" as any duly enacted procedure. Maneka held articles 14, 19 and 21 to form a single scheme and required the procedure to be right, just and fair, so that an arbitrary procedure is no procedure at all.

munotes.in44

The Rule of Law Inside the Indian Constitution

3. What are articles 33 and 34, and why must an answer mention them? Article 33 lets Parliament modify the fundamental rights in their application to the armed forces and forces charged with public order; article 34 lets Parliament indemnify acts done during martial law and validate sentences passed under it. They are express derogations, and omitting them describes a Constitution more absolute than the real one.

4. Why is article 300A weaker than a fundamental right? Because the Forty-fourth Amendment 1978 moved the right to property out of Part III into Part XII, so it cannot be enforced under article 32 as a fundamental right, though it remains enforceable under article 226.

5. What was wrong with section 5(1) of the West Bengal Special Courts Act? It let the State Government send "any case" to a Special Court with a truncated procedure without any stated criterion, so the executive chose who got which procedure. Classification by offence or class of case for speedier trial was permissible; selection of individual cases was not.

6. Give one example of the rule of law being enforced by supplying procedure rather than by striking a law down. D.K. Basu, where the Court issued eleven requirements for every arrest and detention, including a memo of arrest attested by a witness, notification to a relative and medical examination every forty-eight hours.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in45

Chapter Nine

Limited Government: Every Power Is a Conferred Power

Syllabus topic 1, "Constitutionalism".

In one line

An Indian government has no powers except those the Constitution gives it, and it may use each of them only for the purpose for which it was given.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: limited government is the constitutional principle that all governmental authority is derived and none of it is original. The executive power of the Union is vested in the President by article 52 and article 53(1) and is exercisable by him directly or through officers subordinate to him; the executive power of a State is vested in the Governor by article 154(1) on the same terms. The extent of each is fixed by article 73 and article 162 respectively, which tie executive power to the matters on which the corresponding legislature may make laws. Legislative power is conferred by articles 245 and 246 and is exercisable only over the subjects in the appropriate List. Anything outside those grants is ultra vires, which means beyond the powers, and is void.

Why this is the practical half of constitutionalism

Because it converts a philosophical limit into a question a court can answer. "Was this fair?" is a hard question. "Under what provision was this done?" is a question with an answer, and if there is no answer the act falls.

Because it puts the burden in the right place. A citizen does not have to find a prohibition. The government has to find a permission. That reversal is the whole practical value of the doctrine.

And because it applies to every organ, including the courts. A High Court exercising a power it does not have is in exactly the same position as a Collector doing so.

The four grants, and their exact limits

Article 52 creates the office and article 53(1) vests the Union executive power. There shall be a President of India, and the executive power of the Union shall be vested in the President and shall be exercised by him either directly or through officers subordinate to him in accordance with this Constitution.

Article 74(1) tells us who really exercises it. There shall be a Council of Ministers with the Prime Minister at the head to aid and advise the President, who shall act in accordance with such advice. The proviso, inserted by the Forty-second Amendment and amended by the Forty-fourth, allows the President to require the Council to reconsider, and provides that the President shall act in accordance with the advice tendered after such reconsideration. Clause (2) makes the question whether any advice was tendered non-justiciable.

Article 73 fixes the extent of Union executive power. It extends to the matters with respect to which Parliament has power to make laws, and to the exercise of rights, authority and jurisdiction exercisable by the Government of India by virtue of any treaty or agreement. The proviso keeps it out of matters in the Concurrent List within a State, except where the Constitution or a law of Parliament expressly confers it.

munotes.in46

Limited Government: Every Power Is a Conferred Power

Articles 154 and 162 do the same for a State. Executive power is vested in the Governor and exercised by him directly or through officers subordinate to him; and its extent is the matters with respect to which the Legislature of the State has power to make laws, subject to a proviso for concurrent subjects where Union law occupies the field.

Article 72 and article 161 confer the pardon powers. The President may grant pardons, reprieves, respites or remissions of punishment, or suspend, remit or commute a sentence, in the cases article 72 specifies, and a Governor has the corresponding power under article 161. Both are conferred powers, exercisable on ministerial advice, and both are reviewable on limited grounds, which is itself a good illustration of the doctrine: even a power of mercy has a source and a boundary.

The doctrine of ultra vires, in plain words

A thing done outside the grant is void, not merely wrong. Ultra vires is Latin for "beyond the powers". A municipal corporation empowered to license eating houses that purports to license bookshops has not made a bad decision; it has made no decision at all in law.

There are two kinds and both matter here. Substantive ultra vires means the authority did something it was never empowered to do. Procedural ultra vires means it had the power but failed to follow the procedure the empowering provision laid down, for example by not consulting a body the statute required it to consult.

And there is a third idea that does the most work in modern law. A power conferred for one purpose and used for another is an abuse of power, even though the authority undoubtedly had the power. A power to acquire land for a public purpose, used to punish a political opponent, is exercised for a collateral purpose and is void on that ground.

A worked example

A State government has power under a Municipalities Act to supersede a municipal council for "incompetence, or persistent default in the performance of duties". It supersedes a council three weeks after the council passes a resolution criticising the Chief Minister, giving as its reason the council's failure to complete a drainage project.

First ask whether the power exists. It does; the Act confers it, and the Act is within Entry 5 of List II, local government. So this is not substantive ultra vires.

Then ask whether the procedure was followed. If the Act requires a show-cause notice and none was given, the order falls for procedural ultra vires without anyone needing to examine the government's motive. Always take this point first, because it is the cheapest to prove.

munotes.in47

Limited Government: Every Power Is a Conferred Power

Then ask what the power was for. The purpose disclosed by the words "incompetence, or persistent default" is the protection of municipal administration. If the drainage delay was shared by twenty other councils that were not superseded, and the timing follows the resolution, the inference is that the power was used for a purpose it was not given for.

Finally identify the constitutional provision that catches it, because "abuse of power" is not itself a head of challenge. Article 14 is: an order made on an extraneous consideration is arbitrary, and after Royappa arbitrariness is inequality. That is how the doctrine of limited government reaches an Indian court.

The cases

The Indian executive has no residue of inherent power, and the leading statement of this is early. In Ram Jawaya Kapur v. State of Punjab, AIR 1955 SC 549. Facts. The Punjab government took over the business of printing and publishing school textbooks and prescribing them for schools, and private publishers complained that it was carrying on a trade without any Act authorising it. Held. The executive power of a State is not confined to executing laws already made: it extends to matters on which the legislature can legislate, so the government could carry on this business without a statute, provided it did not encroach on anyone's rights and no expenditure was incurred without appropriation. It also held that Indian government does not follow a rigid separation of powers but a sufficient differentiation of functions, the executive being responsible to the legislature. Why it matters here is that it sets the true boundary. Executive power is wide, but it is bounded by the legislative competence of the government exercising it, and it cannot touch a citizen's rights without law.

And where a right is touched, the conferred power must satisfy the whole Constitution. In Maneka Gandhi v. Union of India, AIR 1978 SC 597. Facts. The impounding of a passport under the Passports Act 1967 in the public interest, without reasons and without a hearing. Held. Articles 14, 19 and 21 form a single scheme, so the exercise of a statutory power depriving a person of liberty must be right, just and fair, and that an arbitrary procedure is no procedure at all. Why it matters here is that having a statutory power is only the first of the questions. The authority also has to show that the power, as exercised, survives Part III, which is the point at which limited government and the rule of law meet.

munotes.in48

Limited Government: Every Power Is a Conferred Power

Distinctions

Substantive ultra viresProcedural ultra viresAbuse of power
The authority had the powerNoYesYes
What went wrongThe act was outside the grant altogetherThe prescribed procedure was not followedThe power was used for a purpose it was not given for
Typical proofRead the empowering provisionRead the empowering provision and the fileCompare the stated reason with the surrounding facts
Indian constitutional homeArticles 73, 162, 245, 246Article 21 after Maneka, and natural justiceArticle 14, arbitrariness
Union executive powerState executive power
Vested inThe President, article 53(1)The Governor, article 154(1)
ExtentMatters on which Parliament may legislate, plus treaty rights, article 73Matters on which the State Legislature may legislate, article 162
Concurrent subjectsNot extended into a State except where the Constitution or a law of Parliament expressly providesThe State's power yields where Union law occupies the field
Exercised on advice ofThe Council of Ministers, article 74The Council of Ministers, article 163

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean the executive can act only where a statute authorises it. Ram Jawaya Kapur is clear that executive power extends to any matter on which the legislature could legislate, so a government may run a business or a scheme without an Act. What it may not do without an Act is take away a right or impose a burden.

It does not mean a limited government is a small one. Limited refers to the boundary of power, not its quantity, and a State with very extensive powers may still be a limited government if every one of them is conferred and reviewable.

And it does not mean every excess is a constitutional question. Most ultra vires arguments are ordinary administrative law and are decided by reading the statute. The constitutional questions arise where the excess touches Part III or crosses the federal line.

Quick revision

All governmental power in India is conferred. Article 52 creates the President and article 53(1) vests Union executive power in him; article 154(1) does the same for a Governor; articles 73 and 162 fix the extent of each by reference to the corresponding legislature's competence; article 74 makes the President act on the advice of the Council of Ministers, with a power to require reconsideration once, and clause (2) makes the tendering of advice non-justiciable. Articles 72 and 161 confer the pardon powers, which are themselves conferred and reviewable. Ultra vires means beyond the powers: substantive, procedural, or an abuse where the power is used for a collateral purpose. Ram Jawaya Kapur holds executive power co-extensive with legislative competence and does not require a statute for every executive act, but forbids encroachment on rights without law. Maneka Gandhi requires the exercise of a conferred power to satisfy articles 14, 19 and 21.

munotes.in49

Limited Government: Every Power Is a Conferred Power

Test yourself

1. Where is the executive power of the Union vested, and what fixes its extent? In the President by articles 52 and 53(1); its extent is fixed by article 73, which extends it to the matters on which Parliament may make laws and to treaty rights, with a proviso keeping it out of Concurrent List matters inside a State unless expressly conferred.

2. What does article 74 add to article 53? It provides that a Council of Ministers with the Prime Minister at its head shall aid and advise the President, who shall act in accordance with that advice, subject to one power to require reconsideration; and clause (2) makes the question whether advice was tendered non-justiciable.

3. Define ultra vires and distinguish its two forms. Beyond the powers. Substantive ultra vires is doing something the authority was never empowered to do; procedural ultra vires is having the power but failing to follow the prescribed procedure.

4. Does the Indian executive need a statute for every act? No. Ram Jawaya Kapur holds that executive power extends to all matters on which the legislature could legislate, so a government may run a scheme or a business without an Act; but it may not encroach on a citizen's rights or spend without appropriation.

5. Through which article does an abuse of power reach a court, and why? Article 14. An order made on an extraneous consideration or for a collateral purpose is arbitrary, and after E.P. Royappa arbitrariness is inequality, so abuse of power becomes a breach of a fundamental right.

6. Why does limited government put the burden on the government rather than the citizen? Because no power is original: the citizen need not find a prohibition, and the government must point to the provision conferring the power it says it exercised.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in50

Chapter Ten

Separation of Powers in the Indian Constitution

Syllabus topic 1, "Constitutionalism".

In one line

India does not separate the three organs strictly, but it does forbid each from taking over the essential function of another, and the function most strictly protected is the judicial one.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the doctrine of separation of powers, given its modern form by Montesquieu in De l'Esprit des Lois (1748), holds that the legislative, executive and judicial powers should be exercised by different organs, because concentrating any two of them in one body destroys liberty. India has adopted the doctrine in a functional rather than a formal sense. The Constitution does not distribute the three powers to three watertight organs, and the Council of Ministers sits in the legislature; but the separation of powers between the legislature, the executive and the judiciary has been held part of the basic structure, and no organ may usurp another's essential function.

What Montesquieu said, and why India could not simply copy it

Montesquieu's proposition was that liberty is lost when powers combine. If the legislative and executive powers are united in the same person, there can be no liberty; and if the judicial power is joined with either, the judge becomes a legislator or an oppressor.

The pure model exists in the United States and it is a presidential model. The President is not a member of Congress, the Cabinet is not drawn from the legislature, and the executive does not fall if it loses a vote.

India chose the parliamentary model instead, which makes a strict separation impossible. Article 75(5) requires a Minister who is not a member of either House for six consecutive months to cease to be a Minister, so Ministers are legislators. Article 75(3) makes the Council of Ministers collectively responsible to the House of the People. The executive is inside the legislature by design.

And the Constitution mixes functions in other places too. The legislature performs a judicial function when it punishes for contempt of the House. The executive performs a legislative function when the President or a Governor promulgates an ordinance under article 123 or article 213, and when a delegate makes rules. The judiciary performs an administrative function when a High Court controls the subordinate courts under article 235.

What the Constitution nevertheless insists on

Article 50 is the one directive on the subject. The State shall take steps to separate the judiciary from the executive in the public services of the State. It is a Directive Principle, unenforceable in terms, and it was implemented by the reorganisation of criminal courts under which judicial magistrates were placed under the High Court.

Articles 121 and 211 protect judges from legislative discussion. No discussion shall take place in Parliament with respect to the conduct of any judge of the Supreme Court or of a High Court in the discharge of his duties, except upon a motion for an address for his removal; article 211 forbids such discussion in a State Legislature altogether.

munotes.in51

Separation of Powers in the Indian Constitution

Articles 122 and 212 protect the legislatures from the courts. The validity of any proceeding in Parliament, or in a State Legislature, shall not be called in question on the ground of any alleged irregularity of procedure, and no officer of the legislature in whom powers are vested for regulating procedure is subject to the jurisdiction of any court in respect of the exercise of those powers.

Article 361 protects the President and the Governors. They are not answerable to any court for the exercise and performance of the powers and duties of their office, and no criminal proceedings shall be instituted against them during their term.

Read together these provisions describe a mutual restraint rather than a wall. Each organ is kept out of the internal working of the others, and the essential function of each is protected.

The essential-function test

The Indian rule is not that an organ may never do work of another kind, but that it may not perform the essential function of another organ. Delegated legislation is permissible; delegating the essential legislative function, meaning the laying down of policy and its enactment as a binding rule, is not.

The judicial function is protected most strictly of all. A legislature may change the law, including retrospectively, and may thereby remove the basis on which a judgment rested. What it may not do is declare a particular judgment wrong and reverse it, because deciding a dispute between parties is the judicial function itself.

That distinction is the single most examinable point in this chapter, and it is what Indira Nehru Gandhi turns on.

A worked example

Suppose the Supreme Court holds that a State's method of computing a cess is invalid because the empowering Act did not authorise it. The State Legislature then passes a Validation Act which (a) amends the empowering Act retrospectively to authorise that method, and (b) declares that the judgment of the Supreme Court "shall be deemed never to have been passed" and that all collections are valid notwithstanding it.

Clause (a) is valid and this surprises students. A legislature may retrospectively amend the law and thereby remove the very basis on which a judgment proceeded. The judgment stands; the law it applied has changed.

Clause (b) is void, and the reason is the essential-function test. Declaring a judgment never to have been passed is not legislation at all; it is the exercise of judicial power over a decided case. That is what article 329A(4) attempted in Indira Nehru Gandhi.

munotes.in52

Separation of Powers in the Indian Constitution

Now note the practical lesson, because it is what a good answer adds. The State gets everything it wanted through clause (a) alone. The vice in clause (b) is not that the legislature achieved its object but that it chose a form which usurped a function, and the doctrine polices form for exactly that reason: a legislature which can annul judgments can annul any judgment, including one protecting a fundamental right.

The cases

The classic Indian formulation says both halves of the position at once. In Ram Jawaya Kapur v. State of Punjab, AIR 1955 SC 549. Facts. The Punjab government took over the printing and publishing of school textbooks without any Act authorising it, and private publishers complained. Held. The executive power extends to matters on which the legislature can legislate and does not require a statute for every act, provided no right is encroached upon and no money is spent without appropriation; and that the Indian Constitution has not indeed recognised the doctrine of separation of powers in its absolute rigidity, but the functions of the different parts or branches have been sufficiently differentiated, and the executive is responsible to the legislature. Why it matters here is that it is the sentence every answer needs: differentiation of function, not rigid separation.

The limit is the essential function, and an amendment crossed it once. In Indira Nehru Gandhi v. Raj Narain, AIR 1975 SC 2299. Facts. The setting aside of the Prime Minister's election and the insertion by the Thirty-ninth Amendment of article 329A(4), declaring that election valid and beyond the jurisdiction of every court. Held. Clause (4) void as destructive of the basic structure, because it did not amend the election law but decided a particular dispute by constitutional fiat, violating the rule of law, free and fair elections and the separation of the judicial function from the legislative. Why it matters here is that separation of powers is thereby an operative limit even on the amending power, and the vice identified is precisely the usurpation of the judicial function.

And the courts have set the same limit on themselves. In Asif Hameed v. State of Jammu and Kashmir, AIR 1989 SC 1899. Facts. The case concerned admissions to a medical college and the extent to which a court could examine the government's selection policy. Held. Although the doctrine of separation of powers has not been recognised in its absolute rigidity, the Constitution has made sufficient provision delineating the functions of the three organs, and that while the judiciary determines the legality of legislative and executive action, it cannot sit in judgment over the wisdom of policy: the judiciary must confine itself to the question of legality. Why it matters here is that separation of powers cuts both ways, and an answer that treats the doctrine only as a restraint on the political branches has missed half of it.

munotes.in53

Separation of Powers in the Indian Constitution

The same warning has been repeated in stronger terms. In Divisional Manager, Aravali Golf Club v. Chander Hass, (2008) 1 SCC 683. Facts. A direction by the courts below to create a post of tractor driver and regularise two employees in it. Held. Creating a post is an executive or legislative function and the courts had no business to direct it, and it cautioned against judicial overreach, saying that judges must exercise judicial restraint and not encroach into the executive or legislative domain. Why it matters here is that it supplies the Indian statement of judicial self-restraint, which an examiner expects alongside the cases restraining the other two organs.

Distinctions

Strict separation, United StatesFunctional separation, India
Executive in the legislatureNo; the Cabinet is outside CongressYes; article 75(5) requires Ministers to be members
Executive falls on losing a voteNoYes; article 75(3), collective responsibility
Legislature may delegateYes, within limitsYes, but not the essential legislative function
Judiciary's protectionConstitutionalArticles 50, 121, 211, and the basic structure
Textual basisArticles I, II and IIINo single article; article 50 alone, plus structure
PermittedForbidden
Retrospective amendment removing the basis of a judgmentDeclaring a judgment void or deemed never passed
Delegated legislation with policy laid down by the legislatureDelegating the essential legislative function
A tribunal exercising judicial power under articles 323A and 323BExcluding judicial review of that tribunal altogether
A court reviewing the legality of policyA court substituting its own view of the wisdom of policy

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean India rejected the doctrine. Kesavananda Bharati names the separation of powers between the legislature, the executive and the judiciary among the basic features, so it is unamendable even though it is nowhere set out as a single article.

It does not mean the executive may not legislate at all. Articles 123 and 213 confer the ordinance power expressly, and delegated legislation is a daily necessity. The controls are the conditions in those articles and the limits on delegation.

It does not mean the legislature may never affect a decided case. It may change the law retrospectively, which is a different thing from reversing the decision.

And it does not mean a court may correct any wrong it sees. Asif Hameed and Aravali Golf Club are the answer to the student who treats separation of powers as a doctrine that only binds politicians.

munotes.in54

Separation of Powers in the Indian Constitution

Quick revision

Montesquieu, 1748: liberty is lost when powers combine. India adopts a functional, not a rigid, separation, because the parliamentary system puts Ministers in the legislature by article 75(5) and makes them collectively responsible by article 75(3). Article 50 directs separation of the judiciary from the executive in the public services. Articles 121 and 211 bar legislative discussion of a judge's conduct except on a removal motion; articles 122 and 212 bar courts from questioning legislative procedure; article 361 protects the President and Governors. The test is the essential function: delegated legislation yes, delegation of the essential legislative function no; retrospective amendment yes, reversal of a judgment no. Ram Jawaya Kapur: differentiation of functions, not rigid separation. Indira Nehru Gandhi: article 329A(4) void for usurping the judicial function. Asif Hameed and Aravali Golf Club: the same doctrine restrains the courts.

Test yourself

1. Why can India not adopt a strict separation of powers? Because it has a parliamentary executive. Article 75(5) requires a Minister to be a member of a House within six months, and article 75(3) makes the Council of Ministers collectively responsible to the House of the People, so the executive sits inside the legislature by design.

2. Which article states the doctrine, and what is its status? Article 50, a Directive Principle, directing the State to separate the judiciary from the executive in the public services. It is unenforceable in terms, but the separation of powers is part of the basic structure under Kesavananda Bharati.

3. What is the essential-function test? That an organ may perform work of another kind but may not perform the essential function of another organ: the legislature may delegate but not delegate the laying down of policy, and it may change the law retrospectively but not decide a case.

4. Distinguish a valid Validation Act from an invalid one. Valid: it retrospectively amends the law so that the basis of the earlier judgment disappears. Invalid: it declares the judgment itself void or deemed never passed, which is the exercise of judicial power over a decided dispute.

5. Name two articles that keep the legislature and the courts out of each other's internal working. Article 121, which bars discussion in Parliament of a judge's conduct except on a removal motion, and article 122, which bars a court from questioning the validity of parliamentary proceedings on the ground of irregularity of procedure.

6. State the Indian doctrine of judicial restraint and name a case for it. That the judiciary determines the legality of legislative and executive action but does not sit in judgment on the wisdom of policy: Asif Hameed v. State of Jammu and Kashmir, and more emphatically Divisional Manager, Aravali Golf Club v. Chander Hass, where a direction to create a post was set aside as an encroachment on the executive function.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in55

Chapter Eleven

Judicial Independence and How the Constitution Protects It

Syllabus topic 1, "Constitutionalism".

In one line

A court that can be packed, removed or starved by the government cannot limit that government, so the Constitution fixes appointment, tenure, salary and conduct beyond the executive's reach.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: judicial independence means that a judge decides according to law without fear of or favour from any other organ of the State, and it is secured structurally rather than by exhortation. The Constitution secures it by controlling appointment (articles 124 and 217), by making removal possible only by an address of both Houses supported by special majorities on the ground of proved misbehaviour or incapacity (article 124(4)), by charging salaries on the Consolidated Fund and forbidding their variation to a judge's disadvantage (articles 125 and 221), by forbidding legislative discussion of a judge's conduct (articles 121 and 211), by giving the Chief Justice control of the court's establishment (article 146), and by prohibiting practice after retirement (article 124(7)).

The three questions independence is really about

Who chooses the judge. If the executive alone chooses, it can appoint judges who will not decide against it, and no amount of security afterwards will cure that.

Who can get rid of the judge. If a judge can be removed by the body being judged, or transferred to an unpleasant place, the security of tenure is illusory.

Who controls the judge's conditions. If the salary can be cut, or the court's staff and budget squeezed, independence can be extinguished without touching any judge personally.

The Constitution answers all three, and the answers are the substance of this chapter.

Appointment: articles 124 and 217, and the collegium

Article 124(2) provides that every judge of the Supreme Court shall be appointed by the President after consultation with such judges of the Supreme Court and of the High Courts as the President may deem necessary, and that in the case of an appointment other than that of the Chief Justice, the Chief Justice of India shall always be consulted.

Article 217(1) provides that every judge of a High Court shall be appointed by the President after consultation with the Chief Justice of India, the Governor of the State, and, for a judge other than the Chief Justice, the Chief Justice of the High Court.

The word "consultation" has carried the whole argument for fifty years. Whether it means the executive must listen or must comply is the difference between an executive appointment and a judicial one, and the answer has changed three times.

Articles 126 and 127 fill the gaps. Article 126 provides for the appointment of an acting Chief Justice of India when the office is vacant or the Chief Justice is unable to perform the duties. Article 127 lets the Chief Justice, with the President's previous consent, request a High Court judge duly qualified to sit as an ad hoc judge of the Supreme Court. Article 128 lets the Chief Justice, with the President's previous consent, request a retired judge to sit and act as a judge of the Supreme Court.

munotes.in56

Judicial Independence and How the Constitution Protects It

Tenure, salary and conduct

Article 124(4) makes removal deliberately hard. A judge of the Supreme Court shall not be removed from office except by an order of the President passed after an address by each House supported by a majority of the total membership of that House and by a majority of not less than two-thirds of the members present and voting, presented in the same session, on the ground of proved misbehaviour or incapacity. Article 217(1)(b) applies the same procedure to a High Court judge.

Article 125 and article 221 protect the money. The salaries of Supreme Court and High Court judges are as provided by Parliament, and their allowances and rights in respect of leave and pension shall not be varied to their disadvantage after appointment. Article 112(3)(d) makes the salaries and pensions of Supreme Court judges expenditure charged on the Consolidated Fund of India, which means they are not submitted to the vote of Parliament.

Articles 121 and 211 protect the reputation. No discussion in Parliament with respect to the conduct of a judge of the Supreme Court or a High Court in the discharge of his duties, except on a motion for removal; and no discussion at all in a State Legislature.

Article 124(7) closes the exit. No person who has held office as a judge of the Supreme Court shall plead or act in any court or before any authority within the territory of India. Article 220 restricts a former High Court judge from practising in any court in India except the Supreme Court and the other High Courts.

Article 146 gives the Chief Justice control of the establishment. Appointments of officers and servants of the Supreme Court are made by the Chief Justice or a judge or officer directed by him, and the administrative expenses of the Court are charged on the Consolidated Fund of India.

Articles 214 to 216 constitute the High Courts as courts of record with a Chief Justice and such other judges as the President may from time to time deem it necessary to appoint, and articles 233 to 235 place the appointment, posting and promotion of district judges, and the control over the subordinate courts, with the Governor in consultation with the High Court and with the High Court respectively.

A worked example

A State government is a party to a large number of pending land acquisition appeals in the High Court. It proposes three measures: to transfer the judge hearing them to another High Court; to reduce the pension payable to judges appointed after a certain date; and to move a resolution in the Legislative Assembly deploring the judge's conduct.

munotes.in57

Judicial Independence and How the Constitution Protects It

The transfer is the subtlest and is dealt with by article 222 read with the appointment cases. A transfer is constitutionally possible, but a transfer made to punish a judge for judicial conduct is a colourable exercise of the power and is examinable, which is the point Sankalchand Sheth settled.

The pension proposal fails on the words of article 221(2). Allowances and rights in respect of leave of absence and pension shall not be varied to the disadvantage of a judge after appointment. Note the limit of the protection: it protects a judge after appointment, so a general reduction applying only to future appointees is not caught by that clause, and a good answer says so rather than overclaiming.

The Assembly resolution fails outright on article 211. No discussion shall take place in the Legislature of a State with respect to the conduct of any judge of the Supreme Court or of a High Court in the discharge of his duties. Unlike article 121, article 211 has no exception at all, because a State Legislature has no part in removal.

The example is worth doing because it separates the three protections. Appointment and transfer are protected by the consultation cases; conditions by article 221; reputation by article 211. A student who knows only "judges are independent" cannot answer any of the three.

The cases: how "consultation" changed meaning three times

First: consultation means consultation, and the executive decides. In S.P. Gupta v. President of India, AIR 1982 SC 149, the First Judges case. Facts. A group of petitions about the transfer of High Court judges, the non-extension of additional judges, and the disclosure of correspondence between the Law Minister, the Chief Justice of Delhi and the Chief Justice of India. Held. Consultation under articles 124 and 217 does not mean concurrence: the Union Government is not bound by the Chief Justice's opinion, though the consultation must be full and effective and based on identical material. It also relaxed the rule of standing so that a member of the public with sufficient interest could move the court, which is the case's other and better known contribution. Why it matters here is that it left appointment substantially with the executive for eleven years.

Second: consultation means primacy for the judiciary. In Supreme Court Advocates-on-Record Association v. Union of India, (1993) 4 SCC 441, the Second Judges case. Facts. A challenge to the position established by S.P. Gupta. Held, by a majority of nine judges. S.P. Gupta was wrongly decided on this point: in the matter of appointment of judges of the Supreme Court and the High Courts, the opinion of the Chief Justice of India, formed after consultation with his senior colleagues, has primacy, and the executive is bound by it save in exceptional circumstances. Why it matters here is that this created the collegium.

munotes.in58

Judicial Independence and How the Constitution Protects It

Third: the collegium's composition is fixed. In In re Special Reference No. 1 of 1998, (1998) 7 SCC 739, the Third Judges case. Facts. A Presidential reference under article 143 seeking clarification of the Second Judges case. Held. The Chief Justice of India must consult a collegium of the four senior-most puisne judges of the Supreme Court for an appointment to that Court, and of the two senior-most for a High Court appointment and for a transfer; that the opinions must be in writing; and that a recommendation made without following that procedure is not binding on the Government. Why it matters here is that it is the law in force today, the National Judicial Appointments Commission having been struck down in 2015 as violating the independence of the judiciary as part of the basic structure.

Transfer is a power, not a punishment. In Union of India v. Sankalchand Himatlal Sheth, AIR 1977 SC 2328. Facts. The transfer of a judge of the Gujarat High Court to the Andhra Pradesh High Court without his consent. Held. A transfer under article 222 does not require the judge's consent, but the power may be exercised only in the public interest and never by way of punishment, and the consultation with the Chief Justice of India must be full and effective; a transfer made as a punitive measure would be vitiated. Why it matters here is that it identifies the one route by which the executive could otherwise reach a sitting judge without removing him.

And independence has an internal aspect as well. In C. Ravichandran Iyer v. Justice A.M. Bhattacharjee, (1995) 5 SCC 457. Facts. An agitation by a Bar Association demanding the resignation of a Chief Justice of a High Court over the royalties he had received for a book. Held. The Bar may not sit in judgment on a judge or pressurise a judge to resign, and laid down an in-house procedure by which complaints against a judge whose conduct falls short of removal are examined within the judiciary by the Chief Justice of India and the Chief Justice of the High Court. Why it matters here is that independence is protected from the Bar and from public agitation as well as from the executive, and that the only constitutional route to removal remains article 124(4).

munotes.in59

Judicial Independence and How the Constitution Protects It

Distinctions

ProtectionProvisionWhat it prevents
AppointmentArticles 124(2), 217(1), and the collegiumAn executive choosing judges who will not decide against it
RemovalArticle 124(4): proved misbehaviour or incapacity, address of both Houses, special majoritiesRemoval by the body being judged
TransferArticle 222 as read in Sankalchand Sheth: public interest only, never punitivePunishment short of removal
Salary and pensionArticles 125 and 221; charged on the Consolidated Fund under article 112(3)(d)Financial pressure on a sitting judge
ReputationArticles 121 and 211Legislative attack on a judge for a judgment
EstablishmentArticle 146Control of the court through its staff and budget
After officeArticles 124(7) and 220A judge deciding with an eye on future practice

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean judges are unaccountable. Article 124(4) provides for removal on proved misbehaviour or incapacity, and C. Ravichandran Iyer supplies an in-house procedure for conduct falling short of that.

It does not mean the collegium is in the Constitution. The word appears nowhere in it. The collegium is the product of the Second and Third Judges cases construing the word "consultation", which is why it is criticised as judicially created and why Parliament attempted to replace it.

It does not mean salaries can never change. Parliament fixes them and may raise them; what article 125(2) and article 221(2) forbid is variation to a judge's disadvantage after appointment.

And it does not mean independence from the law. A judge is independent in order to apply the law, not to depart from it, and that is the point [Constitutional Morality] returns to.

Quick revision

Three questions: who appoints, who removes, who controls conditions. Appointment: articles 124(2) and 217(1), "consultation", now the collegium. Removal: article 124(4), proved misbehaviour or incapacity, address by both Houses with a majority of total membership and two-thirds present and voting, in the same session. Salary and pension: articles 125 and 221, no variation to disadvantage after appointment; charged on the Consolidated Fund by article 112(3)(d). Reputation: articles 121 and 211. Establishment: article 146. After office: articles 124(7) and 220. Ad hoc and retired judges: articles 127 and 128. The three Judges cases: S.P. Gupta (consultation is not concurrence), Supreme Court Advocates-on-Record Association 1993 (primacy of the Chief Justice), In re Special Reference No. 1 of 1998 (the collegium of four, or two for a High Court, opinions in writing). Sankalchand Sheth: transfer only in the public interest, never punitive. C. Ravichandran Iyer: an in-house procedure, and no pressure from the Bar.

Test yourself

1. State the procedure for removing a Supreme Court judge. An order of the President after an address by each House, supported by a majority of the total membership of that House and by not less than two-thirds of the members present and voting, presented in the same session, on the ground of proved misbehaviour or incapacity: article 124(4).

munotes.in60

Judicial Independence and How the Constitution Protects It

2. What exactly do articles 125(2) and 221(2) protect? They provide that a judge's allowances and rights in respect of leave of absence and pension shall not be varied to his disadvantage after appointment. They do not prevent Parliament from fixing different terms for future appointees.

3. Trace the meaning of "consultation" through the three Judges cases. S.P. Gupta 1981: consultation is not concurrence and the executive decides. Supreme Court Advocates-on-Record Association 1993: the Chief Justice's opinion, formed with senior colleagues, has primacy. In re Special Reference No. 1 of 1998: the collegium is the Chief Justice with the four senior-most puisne judges for the Supreme Court and the two senior-most for a High Court, opinions in writing.

4. May a High Court judge be transferred without consent? Yes, under article 222, but only in the public interest and never by way of punishment, and only after full and effective consultation with the Chief Justice of India: Sankalchand Sheth.

5. What is the difference between articles 121 and 211? Article 121 bars discussion in Parliament of a judge's conduct in the discharge of duties except on a motion for an address for removal. Article 211 bars such discussion in a State Legislature with no exception at all, because a State Legislature has no role in removal.

6. What does article 146 protect, and why is it necessary? It gives the Chief Justice of India control over appointments to the Supreme Court's staff and charges the Court's administrative expenses on the Consolidated Fund. Without it a government could throttle a court through its establishment and budget without touching any judge.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in61

Chapter Twelve

Fundamental Rights as a Limit on Government

Syllabus topic 1, "Constitutionalism".

In one line

Fundamental rights work as a limit on government because the Constitution says who is bound by them, what happens to a law that breaks them, and how a citizen makes that happen.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: Part III operates through three structural provisions. Article 12 defines "the State" for the purposes of Part III, and so decides who the rights bind. Article 13 supplies the sanction, making a pre-Constitution law void to the extent of its inconsistency and forbidding the State to make a law taking away or abridging the rights. Articles 32 and 226 supply the remedy, article 32 being itself a fundamental right. Without the first the rights would bind nobody in particular; without the second a breach would have no consequence; without the third neither would ever be tested.

Article 12: who is bound

The definition. In Part III, unless the context otherwise requires, "the State" includes the Government and Parliament of India, the Government and the Legislature of each of the States, and all local or other authorities within the territory of India or under the control of the Government of India.

"Local authority" is straightforward: a municipality, a panchayat, a district board, an improvement trust.

"Other authorities" has produced the whole of the litigation, because it decides whether a public corporation, a company owned by government, a university or a private body performing a public function is bound by Part III.

The test has moved through four stages and a student should be able to name them. First, a narrow reading confining the words to bodies exercising governmental or sovereign functions. Second, Rajasthan State Electricity Board, which rejected that confinement. Third, Ramana Dayaram Shetty and Sukhdev Singh, which developed a set of indicia of an instrumentality or agency of the State. Fourth, Pradeep Kumar Biswas, which restated those indicia as a single test of deep and pervasive control.

Article 13: what happens to a law that is not

Clause (1): pre-Constitution law. All laws in force immediately before the commencement of the Constitution, in so far as they are inconsistent with Part III, shall to the extent of the inconsistency be void.

Clause (2): post-Constitution law. The State shall not make any law which takes away or abridges the rights conferred by Part III, and any law made in contravention of this clause shall, to the extent of the contravention, be void.

Clause (3)(a) defines "law" widely, to include any Ordinance, order, byelaw, rule, regulation, notification, custom or usage having in the territory of India the force of law. That width is why an executive order or a byelaw is caught, and its limits are argued in the chapter on personal law and article 13 in Module III.

munotes.in62

Fundamental Rights as a Limit on Government

Clause (4), inserted by the Twenty-fourth Amendment 1971, provides that nothing in article 13 shall apply to any amendment made under article 368. That is what Kesavananda had to deal with.

Three doctrines grow out of these words and each has a case. Eclipse, severability, and waiver.

The three doctrines under article 13

Severability: "to the extent of the inconsistency" or "of the contravention". Only the offending part falls, if what remains can stand on its own and gives effect to what the legislature intended. That is why section 5(1) of the West Bengal Special Courts Act fell in part and stood in part in Anwar Ali Sarkar.

Eclipse: a pre-Constitution law is overshadowed, not destroyed. In Bhikaji Narain Dhakras v. State of Madhya Pradesh, AIR 1955 SC 781. Facts. A 1947 Berar Act permitting the State to take over the motor transport business had become inconsistent with article 19(1)(g) in 1950, and the First Amendment of 1951 then widened article 19(6) so that the Act would have been valid if passed after it. Held. The Act was not dead but eclipsed: an existing law inconsistent with a fundamental right is not wiped off the statute book but remains dormant as against citizens, and when the constitutional impediment is removed by amendment the shadow lifts and the law becomes enforceable again. Why it matters here is that it explains the different treatment of clauses (1) and (2), and it is the reason the First Amendment could revive earlier statutes.

And the doctrine does not apply in the same way to a post-Constitution law. In Deep Chand v. State of Uttar Pradesh, AIR 1959 SC 648. Facts. The case concerned the Uttar Pradesh Transport Service (Development) Act 1955 and its relation to a Central Act. Held, distinguishing clause (1) from clause (2). A pre-Constitution law is void only from the commencement of the Constitution whereas a law made in contravention of clause (2) is void ab initio, a still-born law, so that the doctrine of eclipse has no application to it in the same manner. Why it matters here is that the timing decides the remedy: an eclipsed law can be revived by amendment, and a still-born one has to be re-enacted.

And a right is not waivable. The reason is that Part III rights are not conferred for the individual's benefit alone but as limits on the State, and a limit which the person limited can persuade the beneficiary to give up is not a limit. This is the basis of Basheshar Nath v. Commissioner of Income-tax, Delhi, AIR 1959 SC 149. Facts. An assessee had accepted a settlement under section 8A of the Taxation on Income (Investigation Commission) Act 1947 and was later said to have waived his article 14 objection. Held. A fundamental right cannot be waived: the doctrine of waiver has no application to the fundamental rights, at the least those enacted for the benefit of the general public and not for an individual alone. Why it matters here is that it distinguishes a constitutional limit from a private right.

munotes.in63

Fundamental Rights as a Limit on Government

Article 32: the remedy that makes the rest real

Clause (1). The right to move the Supreme Court by appropriate proceedings for the enforcement of the rights conferred by Part III is guaranteed. The remedy is itself a right, which is unusual and deliberate.

Clause (2). The Supreme Court shall have power to issue directions or orders or writs, including writs in the nature of habeas corpus, mandamus, prohibition, quo warranto and certiorari, whichever may be appropriate.

Clause (4). The right guaranteed by article 32 shall not be suspended except as otherwise provided for by the Constitution, which is a reference to article 359 during an emergency, and which after the Forty-fourth Amendment cannot reach articles 20 and 21.

Article 226 is wider in one respect and narrower in another. Wider, because a High Court may issue a writ for the enforcement of Part III rights "and for any other purpose", which includes an ordinary legal right. Narrower, because it is discretionary, whereas article 32 is a guaranteed right.

A worked example

A society registered under the Societies Registration Act runs a school. Its entire recurring expenditure is met by a State government grant; the State nominates seven of its eleven governing body members; its rules require State approval for fees, staff strength and syllabus; and it was set up by a government resolution to run schools the State would otherwise have run itself. It expels a student without a hearing. Can the student move the High Court under article 226 for a violation of article 21?

The first question is article 12, and everything turns on it. The society is not a local authority, so the question is whether it is an "other authority". Apply the indicia: the entire expenditure is State-funded; the State holds a majority of the governing body; there is deep and pervasive State control over fees, staff and syllabus; and the function is one the State itself would otherwise perform. On Pradeep Kumar Biswas the body is financially, functionally and administratively dominated by the government, and the control is deep and pervasive rather than merely regulatory.

If article 12 is satisfied, the rest follows quickly. Article 21 is engaged because education has been held part of the right to life, and the procedure must be right, just and fair after Maneka. Expulsion without a hearing is not.

munotes.in64

Fundamental Rights as a Limit on Government

If article 12 is not satisfied, the student is not without a remedy, and a good answer says so. Article 226 permits a writ "for any other purpose", and the courts have entertained petitions against private bodies discharging a public duty. What the student loses is article 32, which reaches only the State.

And notice the constitutional point the example is really about. Whether Part III binds a body is not answered by its legal form. A government that could escape the Constitution by incorporating a company would have no limits at all, which is why the courts built the instrumentality test.

The cases on article 12

The narrow reading was rejected early. In Rajasthan State Electricity Board, Jaipur v. Mohan Lal, AIR 1967 SC 1857. Facts. The case concerned the service conditions of employees of the Board, a statutory corporation. Held. "other authorities" in article 12 is not to be read ejusdem generis with the preceding words and is not confined to bodies exercising governmental or sovereign functions: it includes all constitutional or statutory authorities on whom powers are conferred by law, whether or not the authority is engaged in performing commercial activities. Why it matters here is that it opened article 12 to the public sector.

Then came the indicia. In Sukhdev Singh v. Bhagatram Sardar Singh Raghuvanshi, AIR 1975 SC 1331. Facts. The case concerned the status of the regulations made by the Oil and Natural Gas Commission, the Life Insurance Corporation and the Industrial Finance Corporation and whether their employees could enforce them. Held. These statutory corporations are authorities within article 12 and their regulations have the force of law, so an employee dismissed in breach of them may be reinstated. Mathew J.'s concurring opinion introduced the idea of an instrumentality or agency of the State. In Ramana Dayaram Shetty v. International Airport Authority of India, AIR 1979 SC 1628. Facts. The acceptance of a tender for a restaurant at Bombay airport from a party who did not meet the advertised eligibility condition. Held. The Authority was an instrumentality of the State and therefore subject to article 14, and set out the indicia: the entire share capital held by government, financial assistance meeting almost the entire expenditure, a monopoly status conferred or protected by the State, deep and pervasive State control, and functions of public importance closely related to governmental functions. Why it matters here is that this is the checklist an answer applies.

And the indicia were restated as one test. In Pradeep Kumar Biswas v. Indian Institute of Chemical Biology, decided on 16 April 2002. Facts. Whether the Council of Scientific and Industrial Research is a State within article 12, an earlier Bench having held it was not. Held, by a majority of seven judges. The earlier decision was wrong and that the Council is a State: the question in each case is whether the body is financially, functionally and administratively dominated by or under the control of the Government, and that control must be particular to the body and deep and pervasive, not merely regulatory control of the kind exercised over any private body. Why it matters here is that this is the test in force.

munotes.in65

Fundamental Rights as a Limit on Government

But the test has a boundary. In Zee Telefilms Ltd v. Union of India, decided on 2 February 2005. Facts. Whether the Board of Control for Cricket in India is a State within article 12, in a dispute about the termination of telecast rights. Held, by three to two. It is not: the Board is not created by statute, no share capital is held by government, it enjoys no State monopoly conferred by law, there is no deep and pervasive State control, and its functions are not governmental, though the Court noted that a petition under article 226 may still lie against it where it discharges a public duty. Why it matters here is that it stops the test collapsing into "any important body", and it supplies the alternative route a student should always mention.

Distinctions

Article 32Article 226
CourtSupreme CourtHigh Court
For whatEnforcement of Part III onlyPart III and "for any other purpose"
NatureA fundamental right in itselfA constitutional power of the High Court
Discretion to refuseVery limitedYes, including for an alternative remedy or delay
Territorial limitAll IndiaThe High Court's territory, or where the cause of action arises
Against a non-State body discharging a public dutyDoes not lieMay lie
Article 13(1)Article 13(2)
Applies toPre-Constitution lawPost-Constitution law
Effect of inconsistencyVoid from 26 January 1950, prospectivelyVoid ab initio, a still-born law
EclipseApplies: Bhikaji Narain DhakrasDoes not apply in the same manner: Deep Chand
Revival by amendmentThe shadow lifts and the law revivesRe-enactment is needed

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean Part III binds private persons. Article 12 reaches the State. The exceptions are the rights that bind private persons in terms: article 15(2) on access to shops and public places, article 17 on untouchability, article 23 on trafficking and forced labour, and article 24 on child labour.

It does not mean a fundamental right can be given up by agreement. Basheshar Nath holds that the doctrine of waiver has no application to fundamental rights.

munotes.in66

Fundamental Rights as a Limit on Government

It does not mean article 32 lies for every grievance against the State. It lies only for the enforcement of a Part III right, which is why an ordinary illegality goes to article 226.

And it does not mean article 13(3)(a) catches everything called law. Whether uncodified personal law is "law" for this purpose is unresolved and is the subject of its own chapter.

Quick revision

Article 12 defines the State for Part III: Government and Parliament of India, Government and Legislature of each State, and all local or other authorities within India or under the control of the Government of India. "Other authorities": Rajasthan State Electricity Board rejects ejusdem generis; Sukhdev Singh and Ramana Dayaram Shetty give the indicia (share capital, funding, monopoly, deep and pervasive control, public functions); Pradeep Kumar Biswas restates them as financial, functional and administrative domination that is particular, deep and pervasive; Zee Telefilms holds the BCCI outside article 12 but leaves article 226 open. Article 13(1) voids pre-Constitution law prospectively and permits eclipse (Bhikaji Narain Dhakras); article 13(2) makes post-Constitution law void ab initio (Deep Chand); article 13(3)(a) defines law widely; article 13(4) exempts amendments. Severability follows from "to the extent of". Rights cannot be waived (Basheshar Nath). Articles 32 and 226 supply the remedy, article 32 being itself a right and article 226 being wider in scope but discretionary.

Test yourself

1. Name the three structural provisions of Part III and what each does. Article 12, which defines the State and so decides who is bound; article 13, which makes an inconsistent law void and supplies the sanction; and articles 32 and 226, which supply the remedy, article 32 being itself a fundamental right.

2. State the test for an "other authority" after Pradeep Kumar Biswas. Whether the body is financially, functionally and administratively dominated by or under the control of the Government, that control being particular to the body and deep and pervasive, rather than the regulatory control exercised over any private body.

3. Distinguish the effect of article 13(1) from that of article 13(2). A pre-Constitution law inconsistent with Part III is void from the commencement of the Constitution and only to the extent of the inconsistency, so it can be eclipsed and revived; a post-Constitution law made in contravention of clause (2) is void ab initio and must be re-enacted.

4. What is the doctrine of eclipse, and which case established it? That an existing law inconsistent with a fundamental right is not wiped off the statute book but remains dormant as against citizens, and revives when the constitutional impediment is removed: Bhikaji Narain Dhakras v. State of Madhya Pradesh.

munotes.in67

Fundamental Rights as a Limit on Government

5. Can a person waive a fundamental right? No. Basheshar Nath holds that the doctrine of waiver has no application to fundamental rights, at least those enacted for the benefit of the general public, because they are limits on the State rather than private benefits.

6. Give two differences between articles 32 and 226. Article 32 lies only for the enforcement of Part III and is itself a fundamental right; article 226 lies for Part III and for any other purpose but is discretionary. Article 32 runs throughout India; article 226 is confined to the High Court's territorial jurisdiction or where the cause of action arises.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in68

Chapter Thirteen

Directive Principles, and the Constitutionalism of Positive Duty

Syllabus topic 1, "Constitutionalism".

In one line

The Directive Principles tell the State what kind of country to build; no court will order it to, but no court will let it pretend the duty is not there either.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: Part IV, articles 36 to 51, contains the Directive Principles of State Policy. Article 37 provides that they shall not be enforceable by any court, but that they are nevertheless fundamental in the governance of the country and that it shall be the duty of the State to apply them in making laws. They are borrowed in form from the Directive Principles of Social Policy in the Irish Constitution of 1937. Their relationship with Part III has been the single most litigated structural question in Indian constitutional law, and the settled position is that the two Parts are complementary and that the harmony between them is itself part of the basic structure.

Why an unenforceable Part is not a contradiction

Because a constitution can do more than forbid. A prohibition tells a government where to stop. A directive tells it where to go. A society emerging from colonial rule with mass poverty needed the second as much as the first, and the Constituent Assembly said so.

Because the framers knew what was enforceable and chose. Article 37 is not an oversight. Making the principles justiciable would have transferred to courts decisions about taxation, land and public expenditure that a court cannot make and for which no judge is accountable.

And because unenforceable is not the same as ineffective. The principles decide cases in three ways: they are used to construe an ambiguous statute; they help decide whether a restriction on a fundamental right is reasonable; and they have been used to give content to article 21. All three are visible below.

What Part IV contains

Article 36 defines "the State" as it is defined in Part III, unless the context otherwise requires. Article 37 is the status clause set out above.

The social and economic core. Article 38: a social order in which justice informs all institutions, and the minimisation of inequalities in income, status, facilities and opportunities. Article 39: adequate means of livelihood; distribution of the material resources of the community for the common good; prevention of concentration of wealth; equal pay for equal work; the health and strength of workers; and children's opportunities to develop in freedom and dignity. Article 39A: equal justice and free legal aid. Article 41: the right to work, to education and to public assistance. Article 42: just and humane conditions of work and maternity relief. Article 43: a living wage. Article 43A: participation of workers in management. Article 43B: promotion of co-operative societies. Article 47: raising the level of nutrition and the standard of living and improving public health.

munotes.in69

Directive Principles, and the Constitutionalism of Positive Duty

The administrative and legal core. Article 40: organisation of village panchayats. Article 44: a uniform civil code, which is the whole of MU's topic 4. Article 45: early childhood care and education for children below six years. Article 46: promotion of the educational and economic interests of the Scheduled Castes, the Scheduled Tribes and other weaker sections. Article 48: organisation of agriculture and animal husbandry. Article 48A: protection of the environment and safeguarding of forests and wildlife. Article 49: protection of monuments. Article 50: separation of the judiciary from the executive. Article 51: promotion of international peace and security, which is the foundation of Module IV.

Note which two are borrowed by other parts of this paper. Article 44 belongs to Module III and article 51 to Module IV, and each is taught in its own chapter rather than here.

The relationship with Part III, in four stages

Stage one: Part III prevails. In State of Madras v. Champakam Dorairajan, AIR 1951 SC 226; 1951 SCR 525. Facts. A Madras Government communal Order allocating seats in engineering and medical colleges by community, defended on the ground that article 46 required the State to promote the interests of weaker sections. Held. The Order void: article 29(2) forbids denial of admission to a State-maintained or State-aided institution on grounds only of religion, race, caste or language, and the Directive Principles, being expressly unenforceable, must conform to and run subsidiary to the fundamental rights. Why it matters here is the immediate consequence: Parliament responded with the Constitution (First Amendment) Act 1951, which inserted article 15(4), and the whole of the reservation jurisprudence in Module III begins there.

Stage two: Parliament gives some directives priority. Article 31C, inserted by the Twenty-fifth Amendment 1971, provided that no law giving effect to the policy in article 39(b) or (c) should be void for inconsistency with article 14 or article 19, and that no such law should be called in question in any court on the ground that it does not give effect to that policy. The Forty-second Amendment 1976 widened it to cover a law giving effect to any of the Directive Principles.

Stage three: the Court accepts the narrower priority and rejects the wider. In Kesavananda Bharati Sripadagalvaru v. State of Kerala, AIR 1973 SC 1461; (1973) 4 SCC 225, the Court upheld the first part of article 31C but struck down the second, the clause excluding judicial inquiry into whether the law gave effect to the stated policy, because that would have made the declaration conclusive and removed review altogether. Why it matters here is that the Court permitted a real preference for two directives while keeping the question of whether the law was in fact such a law for itself.

munotes.in70

Directive Principles, and the Constitutionalism of Positive Duty

Stage four: harmony is a basic feature. In Minerva Mills Ltd v. Union of India, AIR 1980 SC 1789. Facts. A challenge to article 368(4) and (5) and to article 31C as widened by the Forty-second Amendment. Held. Clauses (4) and (5) void, saying the power to destroy is not a power to amend; and, on article 31C, that giving the Directive Principles a blanket priority over articles 14 and 19 destroyed the harmony and balance between Parts III and IV, and that harmony is itself part of the basic structure. Why it matters here is that it is the settled answer: neither Part is superior; the Constitution is best served when they run together, and article 31C survives only in its original, narrower form.

How the principles decide cases in practice

By giving content to article 21. In Olga Tellis v. Bombay Municipal Corporation, AIR 1986 SC 180; (1985) 3 SCC 545. Facts. The eviction of pavement and slum dwellers in Bombay under the Bombay Municipal Corporation Act 1888, the dwellers arguing that eviction would deprive them of their livelihood and so of life. Held. The right to life in article 21 includes the right to livelihood, since no person can live without the means of living, and reasoned from articles 39(a) and 41 of Part IV in reaching that conclusion; the eviction was nonetheless permitted subject to procedural safeguards, notice and a hearing. Why it matters here is that it is the standard example of an unenforceable directive becoming enforceable through the door of article 21.

By converting a directive into a right, and then Parliament converting it into an article. In Unni Krishnan, J.P. v. State of Andhra Pradesh, AIR 1993 SC 2178. Facts. Petitions by private medical and engineering colleges about capitation fees and the right to establish such institutions. Held. The right to education flows from article 21, and that it is to be understood in the light of articles 41 and 45: every child has a right to free education until the age of fourteen, and thereafter the right is subject to the limits of the State's economic capacity and development. Why it matters here is the sequel. Parliament enacted the Constitution (Eighty-sixth Amendment) Act 2002, inserting article 21A making free and compulsory education for children of six to fourteen years a fundamental right, recasting article 45 for children below six, and adding the duty in article 51A(k). A directive became a judicially recognised right and then a written one.

munotes.in71

Directive Principles, and the Constitutionalism of Positive Duty

A worked example

A State enacts a law requiring every employer of more than fifty workers to provide a creche, and fixing the minimum wage of workers in a scheduled employment at a level several employers say will make their businesses unviable. The employers challenge it under article 19(1)(g).

The employers' point is a real one and must be stated fairly. Article 19(1)(g) guarantees the right to carry on any trade or business, and a wage that makes a business unviable restricts it.

The State's answer runs through article 19(6), not through Part IV directly. Article 19(6) permits reasonable restrictions in the interests of the general public. The question is therefore whether this restriction is reasonable, and that is where the Directive Principles do their work: article 42 requires provision for just and humane conditions of work and for maternity relief, and article 43 requires a living wage. A restriction that gives effect to an express constitutional directive is much more readily found reasonable.

Now note what the State cannot say. It cannot say that because article 43 is fundamental in the governance of the country the law is immune from article 19. Since Minerva Mills the only surviving priority is the original article 31C, and that covers only articles 39(b) and (c), which is about material resources and concentration of wealth, not about wages.

And note what a court will not do. It will not order the State to fix a living wage, because article 37 makes the directive unenforceable. It will hold that a State which has fixed one has acted reasonably. That asymmetry is the whole practical meaning of Part IV.

Distinctions

Fundamental Rights, Part IIIDirective Principles, Part IV
EnforceableYes, articles 32 and 226No, article 37
NatureProhibitions on the State, mostly negativePositive duties, mostly programmatic
Against whomThe State, and a few against private personsThe State only
Borrowed fromThe United States Bill of RightsThe Irish Constitution 1937
Effect of breachThe law is voidNo legal consequence directly
Use in constructionConstrued strictly against the StateUsed to construe statutes and to judge reasonableness
Article 31C as enacted, 1971Article 31C as widened, 1976
Covers laws giving effect toArticles 39(b) and (c) onlyAny Directive Principle
Immunity fromArticles 14 and 19Articles 14 and 19
Bar on judicial inquiry into whether the law gives effect to the policyStruck down in KesavanandaStruck down in Kesavananda
Status nowSurvives in this narrower formStruck down in Minerva Mills

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean the Directive Principles are legally irrelevant. They construe statutes, they colour the reasonableness of restrictions, and they have supplied the content of article 21 in a long line of cases.

munotes.in72

Directive Principles, and the Constitutionalism of Positive Duty

It does not mean a citizen can sue to enforce one. Article 37 says so in terms, and Champakam Dorairajan applied it.

It does not mean Part IV is subordinate to Part III today. Champakam said subsidiary; Minerva Mills replaced that with harmony and balance, and made the harmony itself a basic feature.

And it does not mean every directive is equally protected. Only articles 39(b) and (c) enjoy the article 31C priority, and only against articles 14 and 19.

Quick revision

Part IV is articles 36 to 51. Article 37: not enforceable by any court, yet fundamental in the governance of the country, and it is the duty of the State to apply them in making laws. Modelled on the Irish Constitution 1937. Key articles: 38, 39, 39A, 40, 41, 42, 43, 43A, 43B, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 48A, 49, 50 and 51. Champakam Dorairajan 1951: the directives run subsidiary to Part III, and the First Amendment answered it by inserting article 15(4). Article 31C 1971 gave laws under articles 39(b) and (c) immunity from articles 14 and 19; Kesavananda upheld that and struck down the clause barring judicial inquiry; the Forty-second Amendment widened it to all directives and Minerva Mills struck the widening down, holding the harmony between Parts III and IV a basic feature. Olga Tellis reads livelihood into article 21 through articles 39(a) and 41; Unni Krishnan reads education into article 21 through articles 41 and 45, and the Eighty-sixth Amendment 2002 then inserted article 21A.

Test yourself

1. What does article 37 say, in its own terms? That the provisions of Part IV shall not be enforceable by any court, but that the principles are nevertheless fundamental in the governance of the country and it shall be the duty of the State to apply them in making laws.

2. What did Champakam Dorairajan decide, and what was Parliament's answer? That a communal Order allocating college seats by community violated article 29(2), and that the Directive Principles must run subsidiary to the fundamental rights. Parliament answered with the First Amendment 1951, inserting article 15(4).

3. Trace article 31C through its two versions. As inserted in 1971 it protected laws giving effect to articles 39(b) and (c) from articles 14 and 19 and barred any inquiry into whether the law gave effect to that policy; Kesavananda upheld the first limb and struck down the second. The Forty-second Amendment widened it to all directives, and Minerva Mills struck that widening down.

4. Name three ways an unenforceable directive still decides a case. By construing an ambiguous statute; by making a restriction on a fundamental right more readily found reasonable; and by supplying content to article 21, as in Olga Tellis and Unni Krishnan.

munotes.in73

Directive Principles, and the Constitutionalism of Positive Duty

5. How did the right to education travel from Part IV to Part III? Unni Krishnan read it into article 21 in the light of articles 41 and 45; the Eighty-sixth Amendment 2002 then inserted article 21A making free and compulsory education for children of six to fourteen a fundamental right, recast article 45, and added the duty in article 51A(k).

6. State the settled relationship between Parts III and IV. They are complementary, neither being superior to the other, and the harmony and balance between them is itself part of the basic structure: Minerva Mills.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in74

Chapter Fourteen

Fundamental Duties

Syllabus topic 1, "Constitutionalism".

In one line

Article 51A lists eleven duties every citizen owes; no court will punish a citizen for breaching one, but a court will uphold a law that enforces one.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: Part IVA consists of a single article, 51A, inserted by the Constitution (Forty-second Amendment) Act 1976 on the recommendation of the Swaran Singh Committee. It originally contained ten clauses. Clause (k) was added by the Constitution (Eighty-sixth Amendment) Act 2002, making it the duty of a parent or guardian to provide opportunities for education to a child or ward between the ages of six and fourteen, so there are now eleven. The duties are not enforceable by any court against a citizen, but they are constitutionally significant: a statute enacted to give effect to one of them is more readily upheld, and the duties are used in construing other provisions.

The eleven duties

It shall be the duty of every citizen of India:

(a) to abide by the Constitution and respect its ideals and institutions, the National Flag and the National Anthem; (b) to cherish and follow the noble ideals which inspired the national struggle for freedom; (c) to uphold and protect the sovereignty, unity and integrity of India; (d) to defend the country and render national service when called upon to do so.

(e) to promote harmony and the spirit of common brotherhood amongst all the people of India transcending religious, linguistic and regional or sectional diversities, and to renounce practices derogatory to the dignity of women; (f) to value and preserve the rich heritage of our composite culture; (g) to protect and improve the natural environment including forests, lakes, rivers and wild life, and to have compassion for living creatures.

(h) to develop the scientific temper, humanism and the spirit of inquiry and reform; (i) to safeguard public property and to abjure violence; (j) to strive towards excellence in all spheres of individual and collective activity so that the nation constantly rises to higher levels of endeavour and achievement.

(k) who is a parent or guardian, to provide opportunities for education to his child or, as the case may be, ward between the age of six and fourteen years.

Two of these are the direct business of this paper. Clause (c) is the "integrity" of the Preamble question, and clause (e), on harmony transcending religious, linguistic and regional diversities, is the pluralism topic stated as a citizen's duty.

What the duties do, since they cannot be enforced

They support a statute. Where Parliament or a State Legislature enacts a law giving effect to a duty, the law is more readily held to be a reasonable restriction. A law protecting forests and wildlife is supported by clause (g); a law penalising the destruction of public property by clause (i); a law against practices derogatory to the dignity of women by clause (e).

munotes.in75

Fundamental Duties

They are used in construction. Where an article is capable of two meanings, a construction that furthers a fundamental duty is preferred.

They may be enforced by a statute, and this is the point students miss. The duties themselves are not enforceable, but nothing prevents a legislature from making a duty a legal obligation. The Prevention of Insults to National Honour Act 1971, which predates article 51A, penalises disrespect to the National Flag and the Constitution, and clause (a) now supports it.

And they may be the foundation of a direction under article 32 or 226. Courts have relied on clause (g) in environmental litigation, where the duty of the citizen is read alongside article 48A's directive to the State.

A worked example

A State enacts a law making it an offence, punishable with a fine, for any person to fail to sing the National Anthem when it is played at a public function. A citizen who stands respectfully but does not sing is prosecuted. Is the law valid?

The State will point at clause (a) and it is entitled to. Respect for the National Anthem is a fundamental duty, so the object is a constitutional one, and the Prevention of Insults to National Honour Act shows that Parliament may legislate in this field.

But the citizen's answer is the whole of the chapter. A fundamental duty is not an exception to a fundamental right. Article 19(1)(a) includes the freedom not to speak, and article 25 protects a conscientiously held religious belief. A duty in article 51A does not by itself authorise a restriction; the restriction must still find a ground in article 19(2) and must still be reasonable.

And the case has actually been decided. In Bijoe Emmanuel v. State of Kerala, AIR 1987 SC 748; (1986) 3 SCC 615, decided on 11 August 1986. Facts. Three children of Jehovah's Witnesses in a Kerala school stood respectfully when the anthem was sung but did not join in, because their faith forbade them to sing any anthem, and they were expelled. Held. The expulsion violated articles 19(1)(a) and 25: the question is not whether a belief appeals to the court's reason or sentiment but whether it is genuinely and conscientiously held as part of the profession or practice of religion; the children had not been disrespectful, and no provision of law obliged anyone to sing. Why it matters here is that it is the clearest statement that a duty in article 51A cannot be used to cut down a right in Part III.

munotes.in76

Fundamental Duties

The cases

A duty may support a curriculum choice. In Aruna Roy v. Union of India, AIR 2002 SC 3176; (2002) 7 SCC 368, decided on 12 September 2002. Facts. A challenge under article 32 to the National Curriculum Framework for School Education, mainly on the ground that it introduced religious instruction into State schools contrary to article 28. Held. The study of religions for the purpose of value education is distinct from religious instruction in a particular religion, and dismissed the petition; and it reasoned in part from the fundamental duties, clause (e) on harmony and common brotherhood and clause (f) on the composite culture, as supporting an education that teaches children about the religions of their fellow citizens. Why it matters here is that it shows the duties operating as an aid to construction rather than as a command.

And a duty may reinforce a public trust. In M.C. Mehta v. Kamal Nath, (1997) 1 SCC 388. Facts. A private company with which a Minister's family was connected had been granted forest land on the bank of the Beas and had used earth-moving machinery to divert the river's course to protect a motel from flooding. Held. The State is the trustee of natural resources such as rivers, forests, air and the sea, which are meant for public use, and that the public trust doctrine is part of Indian law; the lease was quashed and the motel was directed to restore the environment and pay compensation. Why it matters here is that the reasoning treats the protection of the environment as a shared obligation, and article 51A(g) makes it a duty of every citizen while article 48A makes it a directive to the State.

Distinctions

Directive Principles, Part IVFundamental Duties, Part IVA
Addressed toThe StateEvery citizen
Number and placeArticles 36 to 51One article, 51A, with eleven clauses
InsertedOriginal, 1950Article 51A by the Forty-second Amendment 1976; clause (k) by the Eighty-sixth Amendment 2002
EnforceableNo, article 37No
Legal useConstruction; reasonableness of restrictions; content of article 21Construction; reasonableness of restrictions; support for a statute enforcing a duty
ModelIreland, 1937The Soviet Constitution, and the recommendation of the Swaran Singh Committee

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean a citizen can be punished under article 51A. The article creates no offence. Punishment requires a statute, and the statute must independently survive Part III.

It does not mean a duty overrides a right. Bijoe Emmanuel is the answer, and it is the point examiners look for.

It does not mean the duties are meaningless. They support legislation, guide construction and have been relied on in environmental and public-property litigation.

munotes.in77

Fundamental Duties

And it does not mean there are ten of them. There are eleven, and the eleventh arrived in 2002 with article 21A as part of the same amendment.

Quick revision

Part IVA, article 51A alone, inserted by the Forty-second Amendment 1976 on the Swaran Singh Committee's recommendation, with ten clauses; clause (k), the parent's or guardian's duty to provide education to a child of six to fourteen, added by the Eighty-sixth Amendment 2002, making eleven. Not enforceable against a citizen and creating no offence. Their legal uses: they support a statute enforcing them, they guide construction, and they may found a direction in public interest litigation. Clause (c), sovereignty, unity and integrity, and clause (e), harmony transcending religious, linguistic and regional diversities, are the two this paper uses most. Bijoe Emmanuel: a duty cannot cut down articles 19(1)(a) and 25. Aruna Roy: clauses (e) and (f) support teaching about religions as value education. M.C. Mehta v. Kamal Nath: the public trust doctrine, alongside article 48A and clause (g).

Test yourself

1. How many fundamental duties are there, and when did the last one arrive? Eleven. Ten were inserted by the Forty-second Amendment 1976; clause (k), the duty of a parent or guardian to provide educational opportunities to a child between six and fourteen, was added by the Eighty-sixth Amendment 2002.

2. Are the duties enforceable, and what follows? No court enforces them against a citizen and article 51A creates no offence. A legislature may enact a law giving effect to a duty, and that law is more readily found to be a reasonable restriction, but it must still satisfy Part III on its own.

3. Which case shows that a duty cannot override a right? Bijoe Emmanuel v. State of Kerala, where children who stood respectfully but did not sing the National Anthem were held protected by articles 19(1)(a) and 25 despite the duty in clause (a).

4. Name the two clauses most relevant to this paper and say why. Clause (c), to uphold and protect the sovereignty, unity and integrity of India, which is the "integrity" of the Preamble question; and clause (e), to promote harmony transcending religious, linguistic and regional diversities and to renounce practices derogatory to the dignity of women, which is pluralism stated as a citizen's duty.

5. Give one example of a statute that enforces a fundamental duty. The Prevention of Insults to National Honour Act 1971, which penalises disrespect to the National Flag and the Constitution and is supported by clause (a), although it predates article 51A.

6. How were the duties used in Aruna Roy? As an aid to construction: clauses (e) and (f), on harmony and on the composite culture, supported the view that teaching children about the religions of their fellow citizens is value education rather than the religious instruction article 28 forbids.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in78

Chapter Fifteen

Procedure Established by Law, and Due Process

Syllabus topic 1, "Constitutionalism". Set as a short note on Q.P. 12192 (2015).

In one line

The Constitution says a person may be deprived of life or liberty only by "procedure established by law", a phrase chosen deliberately to avoid the American "due process"; and the Supreme Court has since read due process into it anyway.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 21 provides that no person shall be deprived of his life or personal liberty except according to procedure established by law. The phrase was taken from article 31 of the Japanese Constitution of 1946 and was preferred to "due process of law" on the advice of Justice Felix Frankfurter, conveyed to B. N. Rau, on the ground that due process gave American judges an undefined power to review the substance of legislation. In A.K. Gopalan the phrase was read literally, so that any procedure enacted by a competent legislature satisfied it. In Maneka Gandhi the Court held that the procedure must be right, just and fair and not arbitrary, fanciful or oppressive, which is substantially the content of procedural due process, and later cases have gone further and reviewed the substance of a law under article 21.

The two phrases, precisely

"Due process of law" appears in the Fifth and Fourteenth Amendments to the United States Constitution: no person shall be deprived of life, liberty or property without due process of law. American courts developed it in two directions. Procedural due process asks whether the procedure was fair: notice, a hearing, an impartial adjudicator. Substantive due process asks whether the law itself was reasonable, whatever its procedure.

"Procedure established by law" points only at the existence and the observance of a procedure laid down by a valid law. On its face it asks whether there is a law and whether it was followed, not whether the law was fair.

The choice was deliberate and it is documented. The Constituent Assembly's constitutional adviser, B. N. Rau, met Frankfurter J. of the United States Supreme Court in 1947, who advised that the due process clause was undemocratic because it gave an unelected judiciary the power to strike down social legislation, and burdensome on the judiciary. The Drafting Committee adopted the Japanese formulation. Ambedkar, in the Assembly, acknowledged the force of the arguments on both sides and left the House to decide.

So the phrase is not an accident of drafting, and an answer that treats it as one has missed the point of the question.

Gopalan: the phrase read literally

In A.K. Gopalan v. State of Madras, AIR 1950 SC 27. Facts. A challenge by a detenu to the Preventive Detention Act 1950. Held, upholding the Act except for section 14 which was severable. The fundamental rights are separate and self-contained: a law of preventive detention was to be tested against article 22 alone, article 19 had no application to a person lawfully detained, and "procedure established by law" in article 21 meant procedure laid down by a law duly enacted, not procedure that a court would find fair. Fazl Ali J. dissented, holding that the rights should be read together and that certain minimum principles of natural justice were implicit in the word "procedure".

munotes.in79

Procedure Established by Law, and Due Process

The consequence was that article 21 protected very little. If Parliament enacted a procedure, however summary, that procedure was by definition the procedure established by law. The article guaranteed the form of legality and nothing about its content.

Maneka: due process without the words

In Maneka Gandhi v. Union of India, AIR 1978 SC 597. Facts. The petitioner's passport was impounded under section 10(3)(c) of the Passports Act 1967 "in the interests of the general public", without reasons and without a hearing. Held. Three things. First, that articles 14, 19 and 21 are not mutually exclusive but form a single scheme, so a law depriving a person of personal liberty must answer the tests of all three: it must not be arbitrary (article 14), it must be a reasonable restriction on any freedom in article 19 that it touches, and it must prescribe a fair procedure (article 21). Second, that the procedure established by law must be right, just and fair, and not arbitrary, fanciful or oppressive, and that a procedure which is arbitrary is no procedure at all. Third, that the right to travel abroad is part of personal liberty.

The effect is that the Indian article now does the work of the American clause. The words were not amended; the reading changed.

How far the change has gone since

Life means more than animal existence. In Francis Coralie Mullin v. Administrator, Union Territory of Delhi, AIR 1981 SC 746. Facts. A detenu's complaint about restrictions on interviews with her lawyer and family under the Conservation of Foreign Exchange and Prevention of Smuggling Activities Act. Held. The right to life includes the right to live with human dignity and all that goes with it, namely the bare necessaries of life such as adequate nutrition, clothing and shelter, and facilities for reading, writing and expressing oneself in diverse forms, and that any act which damages or injures or interferes with the use of any limb or faculty, permanently or temporarily, would be within the inhibition of article 21. Why it matters here is that it converts article 21 from a protection against unlawful procedure into a substantive guarantee.

And the substance of a law is now examined under article 21. In Justice K.S. Puttaswamy (Retd.) v. Union of India, (2017) 10 SCC 1; AIR 2017 SC 4161. Facts. A reference to nine judges on whether the Constitution guarantees a right to privacy, earlier decisions having said it did not. Held. Unanimously that the right to privacy is protected as an intrinsic part of the right to life and personal liberty under article 21 and as part of the freedoms in Part III, and that an invasion of it must satisfy legality, a legitimate State aim and proportionality. Why it matters here is that a proportionality test is substantive review: it asks not only whether the procedure was fair but whether the measure was a necessary and balanced way of achieving its object.

munotes.in80

Procedure Established by Law, and Due Process

Even so, the Court has not abandoned the distinction. In Bachan Singh v. State of Punjab, AIR 1980 SC 898. Facts. A challenge to the constitutionality of the death penalty for murder and to the sentencing procedure. Held, by four to one. The death penalty is not unconstitutional, that it may be imposed only in the rarest of rare cases when the alternative option is unquestionably foreclosed, and that the sentencing procedure in section 354(3) of the Code of Criminal Procedure, requiring special reasons, satisfies article 21. Bhagwati J. dissented. Why it matters here is that the Court applied a demanding article 21 standard and still upheld the law, which shows that reading due process into article 21 is not the same as substituting the Court's view of policy.

A worked example

A statute empowers a District Magistrate to order a person to leave a district for six months if satisfied that the person's presence is likely to cause a breach of the peace. No notice is required, no reasons need be recorded, and the order is final. Test it under both readings.

Under the Gopalan reading the statute survives. There is a law; it lays down a procedure, namely the Magistrate's satisfaction and an order; and the procedure was followed. Article 21 asks nothing more, and article 19 does not apply to a person lawfully restrained.

Under the Maneka reading the statute fails three times over. Article 21 requires a procedure that is right, just and fair, and a procedure with no notice, no hearing and no reasons is none. Article 19(1)(d), the right to move freely throughout the territory of India, is engaged, and the restriction must be reasonable under article 19(5). Article 14 is engaged because a satisfaction that need not be explained cannot be shown not to be arbitrary.

And under Puttaswamy there is a fourth question. Even a law with notice and reasons must be proportionate: is externment for six months a necessary and balanced means of preventing a breach of the peace, when binding over under the ordinary criminal law is available?

munotes.in81

Procedure Established by Law, and Due Process

The example shows the whole arc of the topic in one statute, and it is why a student should be able to answer this question by tracing a single set of facts through 1950, 1978 and 2017.

Distinctions

Due process of lawProcedure established by law
SourceFifth and Fourteenth Amendments, United StatesArticle 31, Constitution of Japan 1946
AsksWas the procedure fair, and was the law itself reasonable?Is there a law prescribing a procedure, and was it followed?
Chosen by the Constituent AssemblyNo, and deliberately notYes, on Frankfurter J.'s advice conveyed by B. N. Rau
Indian position 1950 to 1978Rejected: GopalanApplied literally
Indian position after 1978Substantially adopted in contentRead as requiring a right, just and fair procedure
Procedural due processSubstantive due process
QuestionWas there notice, a hearing, an impartial adjudicator?Is the law itself reasonable and proportionate?
Indian homeArticle 21 after ManekaArticle 21 read with articles 14 and 19; the proportionality test in Puttaswamy
DangerNone muchThat a court substitutes its policy for the legislature's, which is why the Assembly hesitated

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean the Constitution was amended. The words of article 21 are as they were in 1950. What changed is the reading, which is worth stating because it shows how much of constitutional law is interpretation rather than text.

It does not mean Gopalan is wrong in every respect. Preventive detention remains constitutionally permissible under article 22, and the specific holding upholding the Preventive Detention Act 1950 was of its time.

It does not mean article 21 now permits a court to strike down any law it thinks unwise. Bachan Singh upheld the death penalty applying a demanding standard, and the Court has repeatedly said that reasonableness is not the same as agreement.

And it does not mean the Assembly was wrong to choose as it did. The objection Frankfurter J. raised, that an undefined due process clause transfers policy to unelected judges, is the same objection made today to expansive readings of article 21, and a good answer notes that the debate did not end in 1949.

Quick revision

Article 21: no person shall be deprived of his life or personal liberty except according to procedure established by law. The phrase comes from article 31 of the Japanese Constitution 1946 and was preferred to "due process of law" on Frankfurter J.'s advice conveyed through B. N. Rau, because due process gives unelected judges power over the substance of legislation. A.K. Gopalan 1950: the rights are separate compartments and the phrase means any duly enacted procedure; Fazl Ali J. dissented. Maneka Gandhi 1978: articles 14, 19 and 21 form a single scheme, the procedure must be right, just and fair, and an arbitrary procedure is no procedure at all. Francis Coralie Mullin: life means living with human dignity. Puttaswamy 2017: privacy is part of article 21 and an invasion must satisfy legality, legitimate aim and proportionality, which is substantive review. Bachan Singh: the death penalty is constitutional, rarest of rare, which shows the standard is demanding but not a policy veto.

munotes.in82

Procedure Established by Law, and Due Process

Test yourself

1. Where does the phrase "procedure established by law" come from, and why was it chosen? From article 31 of the Japanese Constitution 1946. It was preferred to "due process of law" on the advice of Frankfurter J., conveyed to B. N. Rau, that due process is undemocratic because it gives unelected judges power to strike down social legislation, and burdensome on the judiciary.

2. What did Gopalan make of the phrase? That the fundamental rights are separate and self-contained, that a preventive detention law is tested against article 22 alone, and that the phrase means procedure laid down by a duly enacted law rather than procedure a court would find fair.

3. State the three holdings in Maneka Gandhi. That articles 14, 19 and 21 form a single scheme and a law depriving liberty must satisfy all three; that the procedure must be right, just and fair and not arbitrary, fanciful or oppressive, an arbitrary procedure being no procedure at all; and that the right to travel abroad is part of personal liberty.

4. Distinguish procedural from substantive due process, and say where each now lives in India. Procedural asks whether there was notice, a hearing and an impartial adjudicator, and lives in article 21 after Maneka. Substantive asks whether the law itself is reasonable and proportionate, and lives in article 21 read with articles 14 and 19 and in the proportionality test of Puttaswamy.

5. Does the adoption of due process reasoning mean a court may strike down an unwise law? No. Bachan Singh upheld the death penalty while applying a demanding article 21 standard, and the Court has repeatedly distinguished unreasonableness from disagreement with policy.

6. Why is this topic a good illustration of constitutionalism? Because the same words produced almost no limit on government in 1950 and a very strong one after 1978, which shows that a written limit is only as strong as the institution reading it.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in83

Chapter Sixteen

Judicial Review: Where It Comes From and How Far It Goes

Syllabus topic 1, "Constitutionalism". No printed label names judicial review, and MU has set it on FIVE of the seven papers we hold.

In one line

Judicial review is the power of a court to declare a law or an act of government invalid for exceeding the Constitution, and in India it is written into the Constitution rather than inferred from it.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: judicial review is the authority of the superior courts to examine the constitutional validity of legislative enactments and executive orders of both the Union and the State Governments, and to declare void those that transgress the Constitution. Unlike in the United States, where the power was inferred in Marbury v. Madison, decided in 1803, the Indian Constitution provides for it in terms: article 13 makes an inconsistent law void, article 32 guarantees the right to move the Supreme Court for the enforcement of Part III and is itself a fundamental right, article 226 confers a wider power on the High Courts, article 246 read with the Seventh Schedule fixes legislative competence, and articles 131 and 136 supply further routes. Judicial review is part of the basic structure and cannot be taken away by amendment.

Where the power comes from, article by article

Article 13 makes a pre-Constitution law void to the extent of its inconsistency with Part III, and forbids the State to make any law taking away or abridging those rights, any such law being void to the extent of the contravention. That is judicial review of legislation on the ground of fundamental rights.

Articles 245 and 246 with the Seventh Schedule confine each legislature to its own List, so a law outside the List is void for want of competence. That is judicial review on the federal ground.

Article 32 guarantees the right to move the Supreme Court for enforcement of Part III and empowers it to issue the five writs. The remedy is itself a right, which is why it cannot be legislated away.

Article 226 empowers a High Court to issue directions, orders or writs for the enforcement of Part III and for any other purpose, which reaches an ordinary illegality as well.

Article 227 gives every High Court superintendence over all courts and tribunals within its territory.

Article 131 gives the Supreme Court exclusive original jurisdiction in a dispute between the Union and a State or between States, and article 136 gives it discretionary special leave to appeal from any court or tribunal except a court martial.

And four articles support the exercise of the power. Article 141 makes the law declared by the Supreme Court binding on all courts within India. Article 142 empowers it to pass any decree or order necessary for doing complete justice. Article 145 lets it make rules regulating its practice and procedure, and article 147 supplies the definition of a constitutional question for the purposes of articles 132, 133 and 134.

munotes.in84

Judicial Review: Where It Comes From and How Far It Goes

The three kinds of judicial review

Review of legislation. Is the statute within the legislature's competence, and does it contravene Part III or any other constitutional limitation?

Review of executive action. Was the act within a conferred power, was the prescribed procedure followed, was it exercised for the purpose for which it was given, and does it satisfy articles 14 and 21?

Review of a constitutional amendment. Does it damage or destroy the basic structure? This is the Indian addition, worked in [The Basic Structure Doctrine].

The standards a court applies, and the standard it does not

Competence. Read the entries. This is the federal ground and it is examined in [Pith and Substance, Colourable Legislation and Incidental Encroachment].

Consistency with Part III. Does the law restrict a right, and if so is the restriction within a permitted ground and reasonable?

Arbitrariness. After E.P. Royappa and Maneka Gandhi, arbitrary State action offends article 14 without any comparator being needed.

Proportionality, where a right is invaded: legality, a legitimate aim, a rational connection, necessity, and a balance between the harm and the benefit. This is the Puttaswamy formulation.

But not the wisdom of the policy. In Asif Hameed v. State of Jammu and Kashmir, AIR 1989 SC 1899. Facts. The case concerned admissions to a medical college and how far a court could examine the government's selection policy. Held. Although the doctrine of separation of powers is not recognised in India in its absolute rigidity, the Constitution has sufficiently delineated the functions of the three organs, and that while the judiciary determines the legality of legislative and executive action it cannot sit in judgment over the wisdom of policy. Why it matters here is that it supplies the answer to the standard criticism that judicial review is undemocratic: the power is over legality, not over choice.

A worked example

Parliament enacts the Financial Disputes Tribunal Act, which creates a tribunal to decide all disputes between banks and borrowers, staffs it with retired civil servants appointed by the Central Government, and provides that its decisions shall be final and that no High Court shall entertain any petition in respect of any matter within its jurisdiction. A borrower challenges the Act.

Take the competence point first, because it is quickly answered. Banking is Entry 45 of List I, so Parliament may legislate, and article 323B permits tribunals for specified matters. Competence is not the problem.

Then take the exclusion of the High Courts, which is the real question. Article 226 is a constitutional power of the High Court, and the power of judicial review vested in the High Courts under article 226 and in the Supreme Court under article 32 is part of the basic structure. A statute cannot remove it.

munotes.in85

Judicial Review: Where It Comes From and How Far It Goes

Then take the composition, which is a separate and equally fatal objection. A tribunal replacing a court must be a real substitute for it: members appointed by the executive, without judicial members, deciding disputes to which public sector banks are party, does not satisfy the independence that judicial review presupposes.

And note what the answer is not. The tribunal is not unconstitutional because tribunals are a bad idea, and a court will not say so. It is unconstitutional because two identified constitutional limits are crossed, and that discipline is what separates a lawyer's answer from a commentator's.

The cases

Judicial review is part of the basic structure. In Kesavananda Bharati Sripadagalvaru v. State of Kerala, AIR 1973 SC 1461; (1973) 4 SCC 225. Facts. A challenge to Kerala land reform legislation which widened into the validity of the Twenty-fourth, Twenty-fifth and Twenty-ninth Amendments. Held. Parliament may amend any part of the Constitution but may not alter its basic structure, and it struck down that part of article 31C which barred any inquiry into whether a law in fact gave effect to the policy in article 39(b) or (c), precisely because such a bar would have made the legislature's declaration conclusive and removed review. Why it matters here is that judicial review is thereby beyond the reach of the amending power, which is the strongest form the doctrine can take anywhere.

A tribunal may substitute for a High Court only if it is a real substitute. In S.P. Sampath Kumar v. Union of India, AIR 1987 SC 386. Facts. A challenge to the Administrative Tribunals Act 1985, which excluded the jurisdiction of the High Courts in service matters and vested it in tribunals. Held. The Act was valid subject to modifications, on the footing that the tribunal was an effective alternative institutional mechanism or authority for judicial review, and it directed changes to the composition and appointment provisions so that the tribunal would be a genuine substitute for the High Court. Why it matters here is that it accepted the exclusion of article 226 on the theory of a substitute, and that theory did not survive.

Because the High Court's power itself is basic. In L. Chandra Kumar v. Union of India, AIR 1997 SC 1125. Facts. A reference to seven judges on the constitutional validity of clause 2(d) of article 323A and clause 3(d) of article 323B, which permitted the exclusion of the jurisdiction of the High Courts, and of section 28 of the Administrative Tribunals Act. Held. The power of judicial review vested in the High Courts under articles 226 and 227 and in the Supreme Court under article 32 is an integral and essential feature of the Constitution and part of the basic structure; that those clauses, to the extent they exclude that jurisdiction, are unconstitutional; and that tribunals will continue to function as courts of first instance, with their decisions subject to scrutiny before a Division Bench of the High Court within whose jurisdiction the tribunal falls. Why it matters here is that it is the law today, and it overrules the substitute theory of Sampath Kumar on this point.

munotes.in86

Judicial Review: Where It Comes From and How Far It Goes

And review does not run against a judicial order of a superior court. In Naresh Shridhar Mirajkar v. State of Maharashtra, AIR 1967 SC 1. Facts. A High Court judge had orally directed that the evidence of a witness in a defamation suit should not be published, and journalists moved the Supreme Court under article 32 saying the order violated article 19(1)(a). Held, by a majority of nine judges. A judicial order of a competent court cannot be said to violate a fundamental right and is not amenable to a petition under article 32; the remedy against such an order is an appeal, not a writ. Why it matters here is that it fixes an important boundary: judicial review is review of legislative and executive action, and a wrong judicial order is corrected by appeal.

Distinctions

IndiaUnited States
Source of the powerWritten: articles 13, 32, 131, 136, 226, 227, 245, 246Inferred in Marbury v. Madison, 1803
Standard for a law depriving libertyProcedure established by law, read after Maneka as fairDue process of law
Review of a constitutional amendmentYes, on the basic structureNo
Remedy as a rightYes, article 32 is itself a fundamental rightNo equivalent
Judicial reviewAppeal
What is examinedThe legality of legislative or executive actionThe correctness of a decision
Who decides the recordThe reviewing court on the material before the authorityThe appellate court on the whole record
Available against a judicial order of a superior courtNo: Naresh Shridhar MirajkarYes
Typical outcomeThe act is quashed and may be remade lawfullyThe decision is affirmed, reversed or varied

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean judicial supremacy. Parliament may amend the Constitution, including to answer a judgment, and has done so many times; what it may not do is destroy a basic feature.

It does not mean the courts may review anything. Article 122 and article 212 bar review of legislative procedure for irregularity; article 361 protects the President and Governors; the tenth Schedule limits review of a Speaker's decision to the grounds identified in Kihoto Hollohan; and a policy choice is reviewable for legality, not wisdom.

munotes.in87

Judicial Review: Where It Comes From and How Far It Goes

It does not mean an exclusion clause is always void. A statute may confine a remedy, provide for a tribunal, or prescribe a limitation period. What it may not do is exclude articles 32, 226 and 227 altogether.

And it does not mean every error is a constitutional one. Most judicial review is ordinary administrative law, and the constitutional questions arise only where a right or a federal limit is touched.

Quick revision

Judicial review is written into the Indian Constitution rather than inferred: articles 13, 32, 131, 136, 226, 227, 245 and 246, supported by articles 141, 142, 145 and 147. Three kinds: of legislation, of executive action, and of constitutional amendments. Standards: competence, consistency with Part III, arbitrariness under article 14, and proportionality where a right is invaded; not the wisdom of policy (Asif Hameed). Kesavananda Bharati makes judicial review part of the basic structure and strikes down the clause of article 31C that barred inquiry. S.P. Sampath Kumar accepted a tribunal as an alternative institutional mechanism; L. Chandra Kumar holds the power of the High Courts under articles 226 and 227 and of the Supreme Court under article 32 to be part of the basic structure, so articles 323A(2)(d) and 323B(3)(d) are unconstitutional so far as they exclude it, and tribunal decisions go to a Division Bench of the High Court. Naresh Shridhar Mirajkar: a judicial order of a superior court is not challengeable under article 32.

Test yourself

1. Name six articles that confer judicial review and say what each contributes. Article 13, which voids a law inconsistent with Part III; article 32, the guaranteed remedy in the Supreme Court; article 226, the wider writ power of a High Court; article 227, superintendence over courts and tribunals; article 246 with the Seventh Schedule, legislative competence; and article 136, discretionary special leave.

2. How does the Indian source of the power differ from the American? In the United States the power was inferred from the structure of the Constitution in Marbury v. Madison. In India it is conferred by express provisions, which is why an Indian court does not have to justify its existence before exercising it.

3. What did L. Chandra Kumar decide, and what did it displace? That the power of judicial review of the High Courts under articles 226 and 227 and of the Supreme Court under article 32 is part of the basic structure, so the clauses permitting its exclusion are unconstitutional and tribunal decisions are subject to review by a Division Bench of the High Court. It displaced the alternative-institutional-mechanism theory on which S.P. Sampath Kumar had upheld the exclusion.

munotes.in88

Judicial Review: Where It Comes From and How Far It Goes

4. Can a judicial order of a High Court be challenged under article 32? No. Naresh Shridhar Mirajkar holds that a judicial order of a competent court does not violate a fundamental right for this purpose and the remedy is an appeal.

5. State the four standards of review and the one question a court will not ask. Competence, consistency with Part III, arbitrariness under article 14, and proportionality where a right is invaded. A court will not ask whether the policy was wise: Asif Hameed.

6. Why is judicial review called the cornerstone of the Constitution? Because every other constitutional limit depends on it. Rights, the division of legislative power, the limits on the executive and the limits on the amending power are all statements about what may not be done, and none of them has any legal consequence unless a court can declare an act that crosses them invalid.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in89

Chapter Seventeen

The Amending Power, and the Road to Kesavananda

Syllabus topic 1, "Constitutionalism".

In one line

Article 368 lets Parliament amend the Constitution by a special majority, and the question that took twenty-two years to settle was whether "any provision" included the fundamental rights.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 368 confers on Parliament the power to amend by way of addition, variation or repeal any provision of the Constitution in accordance with the procedure it lays down. An amendment requires a majority of the total membership of each House and a majority of not less than two-thirds of the members of that House present and voting; and for the entrenched matters in the proviso, ratification by the legislatures of not less than one-half of the States. Whether that power extended to abridging a fundamental right was answered yes in Sankari Prasad (1951), yes again in Sajjan Singh (1964) but with doubts recorded, no in Golak Nath (1967), and finally yes but subject to the basic structure in Kesavananda Bharati (1973).

What article 368 provides

Clause (1), inserted by the Twenty-fourth Amendment 1971, states the power expressly: Parliament may in exercise of its constituent power amend by way of addition, variation or repeal any provision of this Constitution in accordance with the procedure laid down in the article. The words "in exercise of its constituent power" were the amendment's answer to Golak Nath.

Clause (2) prescribes the procedure. A Bill must be introduced in either House; it must be passed in each House by a majority of the total membership of that House and by a majority of not less than two-thirds of the members present and voting; it is then presented to the President, who shall give his assent. The words making assent obligatory were also added in 1971.

The proviso lists the entrenched matters. An amendment seeking to change article 54, 55, 73, 162, 241 or Chapter IV of Part V, Chapter V of Part VI, or Chapter I of Part XI; or any of the Lists in the Seventh Schedule; or the representation of States in Parliament; or article 368 itself, must also be ratified by the legislatures of not less than one-half of the States before it is presented to the President.

Clause (3), also of 1971, provides that nothing in article 13 shall apply to any amendment made under this article. That was the direct answer to the reasoning of Golak Nath.

Clauses (4) and (5) were inserted by the Forty-second Amendment 1976 and struck down in Minerva Mills, and are examined in [Basic Structure After Kesavananda].

Three kinds of amendment, not one

By simple majority, outside article 368 altogether. Articles 4, 169 and 239A, among others, allow Parliament to make changes by ordinary law which are expressly declared not to be amendments for the purposes of article 368. Admitting a new State, altering State boundaries and abolishing a State's Legislative Council fall here.

munotes.in90

The Amending Power, and the Road to Kesavananda

By special majority under article 368(2). The general rule.

By special majority with ratification by half the States. The proviso, which is the federal safeguard and matters again in Module I topic 2.

This threefold classification was set out in Sankari Prasad itself, and stating it is usually worth a mark because most answers give only the second.

The sequence, with dates

1951: the First Amendment and Sankari Prasad. The Constitution (First Amendment) Act 1951 inserted articles 31A and 31B and the Ninth Schedule to protect agrarian reform legislation from challenge under Part III. In Sri Sankari Prasad Singh Deo v. Union of India and State of Bihar, AIR 1951 SC 458; 1952 SCR 89, decided on 5 October 1951. Facts. A challenge by zamindars whose estates had been abolished by the Bihar, Uttar Pradesh and Madhya Pradesh land reform Acts, arguing that a constitutional amendment is "law" within article 13(2) and so cannot take away a fundamental right. Held. The amendment valid: it set out the three classes of amendment above, and held that "law" in article 13(2) means ordinary legislative law made in exercise of legislative power and not a constitutional amendment made in exercise of constituent power. Why it matters here is that it is the foundation, and its distinction between legislative and constituent power is the one the Twenty-fourth Amendment later wrote into the text.

Why the land reform cases mattered so much. In The State of Bihar v. Maharajadhiraja Sir Kameshwar Singh of Darbhanga, AIR 1952 SC 252; 1952 SCR 889. Facts. A challenge to the Bihar Land Reforms Act 1950. Held. Most of the Act valid but struck down section 4(b), which required half the arrears of rent collected by a proprietor to be deposited in the State treasury, as a fraud on the Constitution: the provision purported to be compensation while in substance taking the proprietor's own money. Why it matters here is that it shows why the political branch wanted the Ninth Schedule: even after the First Amendment, courts were finding ways to examine land legislation, and each judicial success produced another amendment.

1964: Sajjan Singh and the doubts. In Sajjan Singh v. State of Rajasthan, AIR 1965 SC 845; 1965 (1) SCR 933, decided on 30 October 1964. Facts. A challenge to the Constitution (Seventeenth Amendment) Act 1964, which added a large number of State land laws to the Ninth Schedule; the argument was that it affected article 226 and therefore needed ratification under the proviso. Held. The amendment valid, following Sankari Prasad: the amendment did not seek to make any change in article 226, so the proviso did not apply. Why it matters here is not the holding but the doubts. Mudholkar J. asked whether the Constitution has "basic features" and whether a two-thirds majority of the two Houses is all that is needed to alter the Preamble; Hidayatullah J. also doubted whether the fundamental rights were intended to be the plaything of a special majority. Those two paragraphs are the seed of the basic structure doctrine.

munotes.in91

The Amending Power, and the Road to Kesavananda

1967: Golak Nath reverses. In I.C. Golak Nath v. State of Punjab, AIR 1967 SC 1643. Facts. A challenge by a family whose land was affected by the Punjab Security of Land Tenures Act, which had been placed in the Ninth Schedule by the Seventeenth Amendment. Held, by six to five. Fundamental rights cannot be abridged or taken away by the amending procedure in article 368, because an amendment to the Constitution is "law" within article 13(2) and is therefore subject to Part III; Sankari Prasad and Sajjan Singh were overruled on that point. To avoid unsettling amendments already made and acted upon, the Court applied the doctrine of prospective overruling, so the decision operated only for the future. Why it matters here is that it produced a rigid position, that Part III could never be amended at all, which was itself unworkable: it would have frozen the reservation provisions and the land reform settlement permanently.

1971: Parliament answers. The Constitution (Twenty-fourth Amendment) Act 1971 inserted article 368(1) and (3) and amended article 13 by adding clause (4), so that article 13 does not apply to an amendment and the amending power is expressly a constituent power. The Twenty-fifth Amendment inserted article 31C.

1973: Kesavananda settles it, and that is the next chapter.

A worked example

Parliament passes an amendment adding a new entry to List I of the Seventh Schedule, transferring a subject from the State List, and passes it with a majority of the total membership of each House and two-thirds of those present and voting. Ten States object. Is the amendment valid?

The special majority is not enough, and the reason is the proviso. An amendment making a change in "any of the Lists in the Seventh Schedule" falls within the proviso to article 368(2), so it must also be ratified by the legislatures of not less than one-half of the States by resolutions to that effect, before the Bill is presented for assent.

Now vary the facts to test whether the student has read the proviso or memorised a list. Suppose the amendment instead alters the manner of electing the President. Article 54 is expressly in the proviso, so ratification is again required. Suppose it alters the qualifications of a High Court judge. Chapter V of Part VI is in the proviso, so again yes. Suppose it changes the number of members of the Council of States allotted to a State. That is the representation of States in Parliament, so again yes.

munotes.in92

The Amending Power, and the Road to Kesavananda

And suppose it simply raises the salary of a judge. Not in the proviso, so the special majority alone suffices.

Notice what the proviso is doing constitutionally. It is the federal element in the amending power: the matters entrenched are those that define the federal bargain, and they cannot be altered by the Union's own legislature acting alone. That connects this chapter directly to Module I topic 2.

Distinctions

RouteMajority neededExamples
Ordinary law, outside article 368Simple majorityArticles 4 and 169: admission of States, alteration of boundaries, abolition of a Legislative Council
Article 368(2)Majority of the total membership of each House and two-thirds of those present and votingMost amendments
Article 368(2) provisoThe same, plus ratification by not less than half the State legislaturesArticles 54, 55, 73, 162, 241; Chapter IV of Part V; Chapter V of Part VI; Chapter I of Part XI; the Seventh Schedule; representation of States; article 368 itself
CaseYearHeld
Sankari Prasad1951An amendment is not "law" in article 13(2); Part III may be amended
Sajjan Singh1964Followed Sankari Prasad; Mudholkar and Hidayatullah JJ. record doubts about basic features
Golak Nath1967An amendment is "law"; Part III cannot be amended; prospective overruling
Kesavananda Bharati1973Part III may be amended, but not so as to damage the basic structure

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean India has an easily amendable Constitution. The special majority, plus State ratification for the entrenched matters, plus the basic structure, is a demanding combination even though the Constitution has been amended over a hundred times.

It does not mean Golak Nath is wholly of historical interest. The prospective overruling technique it introduced is still used, and its concern, that a special majority should not be able to remove a right, is what Kesavananda answered in a workable form.

It does not mean the Twenty-fourth Amendment settled the matter. It removed Golak Nath's textual footing, which is why Kesavananda had to reason from the nature of a conferred power instead.

And it does not mean an amendment is immune because it was passed correctly. Procedure is necessary and not sufficient, which is the whole point of the next chapter.

Quick revision

Article 368(1): Parliament may in exercise of its constituent power amend by addition, variation or repeal any provision. Clause (2): majority of the total membership of each House and two-thirds present and voting; the proviso adds ratification by half the States for articles 54, 55, 73, 162, 241, Chapter IV of Part V, Chapter V of Part VI, Chapter I of Part XI, the Seventh Schedule, the representation of States and article 368 itself. Clause (3): article 13 does not apply to an amendment. Three routes: simple majority outside 368; special majority; special majority with ratification. Sankari Prasad 1951: an amendment is not "law" under article 13(2). Kameshwar Singh 1952: section 4(b) of the Bihar Act struck down as a fraud on the Constitution. Sajjan Singh 1964: followed, with Mudholkar J.'s "basic features" doubt. Golak Nath 1967: an amendment is "law", Part III unamendable, prospective overruling. Twenty-fourth Amendment 1971 reverses the textual basis. Kesavananda 1973 settles it.

munotes.in93

The Amending Power, and the Road to Kesavananda

Test yourself

1. State the three routes by which the Constitution may be changed. By ordinary law outside article 368, as under articles 4 and 169; by the special majority in article 368(2); and by that majority plus ratification by not less than half the State legislatures for the matters in the proviso.

2. What exactly is the special majority? A majority of the total membership of each House, and a majority of not less than two-thirds of the members of that House present and voting.

3. What did Sankari Prasad decide and on what reasoning? That the First Amendment was valid, because "law" in article 13(2) means ordinary legislative law made in exercise of legislative power and does not include a constitutional amendment made in exercise of constituent power.

4. Why is Sajjan Singh important if it merely followed Sankari Prasad? Because of the doubts recorded in it. Mudholkar J. asked whether the Constitution has basic features and whether a two-thirds majority may alter the Preamble, and Hidayatullah J. doubted whether the fundamental rights were meant to be at the mercy of a special majority. Those passages are the origin of the basic structure doctrine.

5. What did Golak Nath hold, and what technique did it invent to soften the result? That an amendment is "law" within article 13(2), so Part III cannot be abridged by amendment, overruling the two earlier cases on that point. It applied prospective overruling so that amendments already made and acted upon were not disturbed.

6. How did Parliament answer Golak Nath, and why was that not the end of the argument? By the Twenty-fourth Amendment 1971, which inserted article 368(1) and (3) and article 13(4), making the power expressly constituent and putting amendments outside article 13. It was not the end because the objection then shifted from the text to the nature of a conferred power, which is the ground Kesavananda decided on.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in94

Chapter Eighteen

The Basic Structure Doctrine

Syllabus topic 1, "Constitutionalism". Set on Q.P. 307701 (2016) in terms that assume the doctrine: "Any legislation or executive action violative of the basic structure or features of the constitution would be declared as unconstitutional or invalid. Explain."

In one line

Parliament may amend any article of the Constitution, but it may not use the amending power to damage or destroy the framework the Constitution rests on.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the basic structure doctrine holds that the power conferred by article 368 is a power to amend and not a power to abrogate, so that while any provision may be altered, an amendment which damages or destroys a basic feature of the Constitution is void. It was laid down in Kesavananda Bharati on 24 April 1973 by a Bench of thirteen judges, the largest ever constituted, by a majority of seven to six. There is no closed list of basic features; what is basic is decided case by case, and the Preamble and the structure of the Constitution are the principal evidence.

The reasoning, in four steps

Step one: the amending power is a conferred power. Article 368 is a provision of the Constitution. Whatever it confers, it confers as an authority under the document, not as an authority over it.

Step two: a power to amend is not a power to abrogate. The word "amend" means to change or improve something that continues to exist. A power to amend the Constitution which included the power to replace it with a different constitution would be a power to destroy, and the donee of a limited power cannot enlarge it by exercising it.

Step three: the Constitution has a structure, not just a set of provisions. Certain features are what make it the Constitution it is: supremacy of the Constitution, the republican and democratic form of government, secularism, separation of powers, federalism, and the dignity and freedom of the individual. Those were named in the judgments.

Step four: an amendment damaging such a feature is therefore beyond the power. Not because a court prefers the old provision, but because the amendment is not an exercise of the power at all.

That reasoning is why the Twenty-fourth Amendment could not answer the doctrine. Parliament had removed the textual argument, that an amendment is "law" under article 13. The Court reasoned instead from the nature of a conferred power, which no amendment can alter without exercising the very power in question.

The case

In Kesavananda Bharati Sripadagalvaru v. State of Kerala, AIR 1973 SC 1461; (1973) 4 SCC 225, decided on 24 April 1973. Facts. The head of the Edneer Mutt in Kerala challenged the Kerala Land Reforms Act 1963 as amended in 1969 and 1971, which affected the mutt's property; the petition widened into a challenge to the Constitution (Twenty-fourth), (Twenty-fifth) and (Twenty-ninth) Amendment Acts, which had respectively asserted the amending power over Part III, inserted article 31C, and placed the Kerala Acts in the Ninth Schedule.

munotes.in95

The Basic Structure Doctrine

Held. The Twenty-fourth Amendment was valid, so Parliament may amend any part of the Constitution including Part III, and Golak Nath was overruled to that extent; but that the amending power under article 368 does not extend to altering the basic structure or framework of the Constitution. The Twenty-ninth Amendment was upheld, article 31B being a constitutional device to place specified statutes beyond attack on the ground of inconsistency with Part III. On article 31C, the first part was upheld and the second part, which barred any court from inquiring whether a law in fact gave effect to the policy in article 39(b) or (c), was struck down, because a conclusive legislative declaration would have removed judicial review.

The margin and the mechanics are worth knowing. Thirteen judges heard the case over sixty-eight days; eleven separate opinions were delivered; the majority on the basic structure was seven to six; and the operative conclusions were recorded in a signed statement to which nine judges subscribed.

Why it matters is that it is the single most consequential decision in Indian constitutional law. It preserved the amending power that Golak Nath had denied, and it supplied a limit that Sankari Prasad and Sajjan Singh had not.

What is in the basic structure

There is no exhaustive list, deliberately. Sikri C.J. and other judges gave illustrative enumerations and the Court has added to them since. What follows is what the judgments and later cases have actually held.

From Kesavananda itself: the supremacy of the Constitution; the republican and democratic form of government; the secular character of the Constitution; the separation of powers between the legislature, the executive and the judiciary; the federal character of the Constitution; the sovereignty and territorial integrity of India; the dignity of the individual secured by the fundamental rights; the mandate to build a welfare State contained in the Directive Principles; the unity and integrity of the nation; and the parliamentary system of government.

Added by later decisions, each of which is worked in [Basic Structure After Kesavananda]: the rule of law and free and fair elections (Indira Nehru Gandhi); the limited nature of the amending power itself and the harmony between Parts III and IV (Minerva Mills); judicial review by the High Courts under article 226 and the Supreme Court under article 32 (L. Chandra Kumar); the power of judicial review over Ninth Schedule laws by the rights test (I.R. Coelho); and secularism as an operative standard (S.R. Bommai).

What is NOT basic is equally examinable. A particular article is not basic merely because it is important. The Court has repeatedly said the test is whether the identity of the Constitution is altered, not whether a valued provision is changed.

munotes.in96

The Basic Structure Doctrine

A worked example

Parliament passes an amendment providing that the President shall hold office for life, that no election shall be held for the office, and that the amendment shall not be called in question in any court. It is passed by the special majority and ratified by twenty States. Analyse it.

The procedure is faultless, and the answer must start by conceding that. Article 54 and article 55 are in the proviso to article 368(2), and ratification by more than half the States has been obtained. A candidate who answers "it was not properly passed" has misread the question.

The first feature damaged is the republican form of government. A head of State holding office for life without election is not the republic the Preamble names and Kesavananda identified as basic.

The second is free and fair elections, which Indira Nehru Gandhi added to the list.

The third is judicial review, because the ouster clause removes the courts, and L. Chandra Kumar holds review under articles 32 and 226 to be basic.

And the fourth is the limited nature of the amending power itself, because an amendment that cannot be examined has converted a limited power into an unlimited one, which Minerva Mills forbids.

Note the structure of the answer. Concede the procedure, identify the features one by one, name the case for each, and conclude. That is the shape MU's 2016 stem is asking for.

The correction MU's stem needs

The doctrine was made for amendments, and that is where it has full force. An amendment damaging a basic feature is void however correctly it was passed.

For ordinary legislation the position is different and narrower. An ordinary statute is already subject to the whole Constitution: it must be within the legislature's competence and must not contravene Part III or any other provision. The Supreme Court has said that an ordinary law cannot be struck down merely for offending the basic structure in the abstract, because the basic structure doctrine is a limit on constituent power, and the challenge to an ordinary law must be located in a specific provision.

There is one important qualification, which is what makes the stem defensible. Where a basic feature is also embodied in a specific article, a statute violating that article is void, and the fact that the feature is basic strengthens the reading of the article. I.R. Coelho takes this further for Ninth Schedule laws: their validity is tested by the rights test, that is, by their actual effect on Part III rights.

munotes.in97

The Basic Structure Doctrine

For executive action the doctrine operates through article 14. An executive act contrary to the rule of law or to secularism is struck down as arbitrary or as unconstitutional under the relevant article, and S.R. Bommai shows a Proclamation being reviewed on the secularism ground.

Distinctions

Ordinary lawConstitutional amendment
Tested againstLegislative competence and every provision of the ConstitutionThe basic structure
Effect of contravening Part IIIVoid under article 13(2)Article 13 does not apply, article 368(3)
Basic structure as a ground of challengeNot by itself; the challenge must be located in a provisionYes, and it is the principal ground
ExampleAnwar Ali SarkarIndira Nehru Gandhi, Minerva Mills
Argued to be basicHeld basic
Any provision the petitioner valuesSupremacy of the Constitution; republican and democratic government; secularism; separation of powers; federalism; judicial review; the rule of law; free and fair elections; the limited amending power; the harmony between Parts III and IV

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean Part III cannot be amended. Kesavananda expressly overruled Golak Nath on that point. Part III may be amended; what may not be done is to destroy a basic feature by doing so.

It does not mean every important provision is basic. The test is whether the identity of the Constitution is altered.

It does not mean the doctrine has no critics. The standard objections are that the Constitution nowhere authorises it, that "basic structure" has no fixed content, and that it transfers to unelected judges the final say over constitutional change. An answer that states these objections and then explains why the Court thought the alternative worse is a better answer than one that does not.

And it does not mean the doctrine is a general licence. It has been invoked far more often than it has succeeded, and the Court has upheld the great majority of the amendments challenged before it.

Quick revision

Kesavananda Bharati, 24 April 1973, thirteen judges, seven to six: Parliament may amend any part of the Constitution including Part III, overruling Golak Nath, but the amending power under article 368 does not extend to altering the basic structure or framework. Reasoning: article 368 is a conferred power; a power to amend is not a power to abrogate; the Constitution has a structure; an amendment damaging it is not an exercise of the power. The Twenty-ninth Amendment was upheld; the second part of article 31C, barring inquiry into whether a law gave effect to article 39(b) or (c), was struck down. Features named as basic include supremacy of the Constitution, republican and democratic government, secularism, separation of powers, federalism, sovereignty and territorial integrity, the dignity of the individual, the welfare-State mandate of Part IV, and the parliamentary system. There is no closed list. For ordinary legislation the doctrine is not a free-standing ground; the challenge must be located in a provision, though I.R. Coelho applies the rights test to Ninth Schedule laws. For executive action it operates through article 14 and the relevant article, as in S.R. Bommai.

munotes.in98

The Basic Structure Doctrine

Test yourself

1. State the holding of Kesavananda Bharati in one sentence. That Parliament may amend any provision of the Constitution including Part III, but the amending power under article 368 does not extend to altering the basic structure or framework of the Constitution.

2. Set out the four steps of the reasoning. Article 368 is a conferred power; a power to amend is not a power to abrogate; the Constitution has a basic structure that gives it its identity; and an amendment damaging that structure is therefore outside the power altogether.

3. Why could the Twenty-fourth Amendment not defeat the doctrine? Because the doctrine does not depend on article 13. Parliament removed the textual argument that an amendment is "law", and the Court reasoned instead from the nature of a conferred power, which cannot be enlarged by exercising it.

4. Name six features held to be basic and a case for two of them. Supremacy of the Constitution, republican and democratic government, secularism, separation of powers, federalism and judicial review. Secularism as an operative standard: S.R. Bommai. Judicial review under articles 32 and 226: L. Chandra Kumar.

5. Is an ordinary statute void merely because it offends the basic structure? Not by itself. An ordinary law is already subject to competence and to every provision of the Constitution, so the challenge must be located in a specific provision; the basic structure doctrine is a limit on constituent power. I.R. Coelho qualifies this for Ninth Schedule laws by applying the rights test.

6. State two criticisms of the doctrine and the answer to them. That it has no textual basis and that "basic structure" has no fixed content, so it transfers final authority to unelected judges. The answer is that the alternative, an unlimited amending power, would allow a temporary two-thirds majority to replace the Constitution altogether, and that the Court has in practice upheld most amendments challenged before it.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in99

Chapter Nineteen

Basic Structure After Kesavananda

Syllabus topic 1, "Constitutionalism".

In one line

Since 1973 the doctrine has struck down four constitutional amendments, drawn a date line across the Ninth Schedule, and been extended to test the Ninth Schedule itself.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the basic structure doctrine has been applied to invalidate article 329A(4) (Indira Nehru Gandhi, 1975), article 368(4) and (5) and the widened article 31C (Minerva Mills, 1980), the exclusion of the jurisdiction of the High Courts under articles 323A(2)(d) and 323B(3)(d) (L. Chandra Kumar, 1997), and the Ninety-ninth Amendment creating the National Judicial Appointments Commission (2015). It has been used to fix 24 April 1973 as the date after which Ninth Schedule entries are open to challenge (Waman Rao, 1981) and to hold that such entries are tested by their actual effect on Part III rights (I.R. Coelho, 2007). It has also been used to read down rather than strike down, as in Kihoto Hollohan (1992).

1975: the rule of law, free elections and the judicial function

In Indira Nehru Gandhi v. Raj Narain, AIR 1975 SC 2299. Facts. The Allahabad High Court had set aside the Prime Minister's election on the ground of corrupt practices; while the appeal was pending, Parliament passed the Constitution (Thirty-ninth Amendment) Act 1975 inserting article 329A, clause (4) of which declared that the election of a person holding the office of Prime Minister should not be void and should continue to be valid, and that no court should have jurisdiction over it.

Held. The appeal succeeded on the merits under the amended election law, and struck down clause (4) as destructive of the basic structure. The clause did not amend the election law; it decided a particular dispute by constitutional fiat and withdrew it from every court, violating the rule of law, free and fair elections, and the separation of the judicial function from the legislative.

Why it matters is that this is the first application of the doctrine, and it added three features to the list within two years of Kesavananda.

1980: the amending power is itself limited, and the two Parts are in harmony

In Minerva Mills Ltd v. Union of India, AIR 1980 SC 1789. Facts. A challenge to sections 4 and 55 of the Forty-second Amendment, which had inserted clauses (4) and (5) into article 368 and widened article 31C. Clause (5) declared that there shall be no limitation whatever on the constituent power of Parliament to amend the Constitution; clause (4) declared that no amendment shall be called in question in any court on any ground.

Held. Clause (5) unconstitutional: it demolishes the pillars on which the Preamble rests by empowering Parliament to exercise constituent power without any limitation whatever, and the power to destroy is not a power to amend; a limited amending power is itself a basic feature, and the donee of a limited power cannot by exercising it convert that power into an unlimited one. Clause (4) was equally void, since depriving the courts of the power to decide whether a limitation had been exceeded makes the limit unenforceable. On article 31C the majority held that giving all the Directive Principles blanket priority over articles 14 and 19 destroyed the harmony and balance between Parts III and IV, which is itself a basic feature, so the widening was void and article 31C survives only in its original form.

munotes.in100

Basic Structure After Kesavananda

Why it matters is that it closed the obvious escape route. Without it, a Parliament with a two-thirds majority could have amended away the doctrine itself.

1981: a date line across the Ninth Schedule

In Waman Rao v. Union of India, AIR 1981 SC 271. Facts. Challenges to Maharashtra land ceiling legislation placed in the Ninth Schedule, and the question was whether every entry in the Schedule was now open to attack on basic structure grounds.

Held. A line is drawn at the date of Kesavananda. Acts and Regulations placed in the Ninth Schedule by constitutional amendments made on or after 24 April 1973 are open to challenge on the ground that they damage or destroy the basic structure; amendments made before that date are not to be reopened.

Why it matters is practical. Hundreds of land reform statutes had been acted on for two decades, and reopening them would have unsettled titles across the country. The date line is a piece of judicial statesmanship rather than doctrine, and saying so is a good observation in an answer.

1992: reading down instead of striking down

In Kihoto Hollohan v. Zachillhu, (1992) 1 SCR 686. Facts. A challenge to the Tenth Schedule, inserted by the Fifty-second Amendment 1985, which disqualifies a member of a legislature for defection and, by paragraph 6(1), makes the decision of the Speaker or Chairman final; paragraph 7 barred the jurisdiction of all courts.

Held. Paragraph 7 invalid for want of ratification by the States under the proviso to article 368(2), since it affected the powers of the High Courts and the Supreme Court; and it upheld the rest of the Tenth Schedule while holding that the Speaker or Chairman, when deciding a disqualification, acts as a tribunal, so the decision is subject to judicial review, though only on limited grounds such as jurisdictional error, mala fides, non-compliance with natural justice and perversity, and not at an interlocutory stage.

munotes.in101

Basic Structure After Kesavananda

Why it matters here is that it shows the doctrine's second mode. Rather than strike the Schedule down, the Court preserved it and removed the finality, which is the technique the courts prefer where the amendment has a legitimate object.

1997 and 2015: the courts themselves

In L. Chandra Kumar v. Union of India, AIR 1997 SC 1125, the Court held that the power of judicial review vested in the High Courts under articles 226 and 227 and in the Supreme Court under article 32 is an integral and essential feature of the Constitution and part of the basic structure, and that clause (2)(d) of article 323A and clause (3)(d) of article 323B, to the extent they exclude that jurisdiction, are unconstitutional; tribunals continue as courts of first instance, subject to review by a Division Bench of the High Court.

And in 2015 the doctrine reached the appointment of judges. In Supreme Court Advocates-on-Record Association v. Union of India. Facts. A challenge to the Constitution (Ninety-ninth Amendment) Act 2014 and the National Judicial Appointments Commission Act 2014, which replaced the collegium with a Commission consisting of the Chief Justice of India, the two next senior judges, the Union Minister for Law and Justice and two eminent persons. Held, by four to one. The Amendment and the Act were unconstitutional and void, because the primacy of the judiciary in the appointment of judges is an aspect of the independence of the judiciary, which is part of the basic structure, and the composition of the Commission and its veto mechanism impaired that primacy. Why it matters here is that it is the doctrine's most contested modern application: an amendment passed by both Houses with near unanimity and ratified by twenty States was struck down.

2007: the Ninth Schedule tested by its effect

In I.R. Coelho (Dead) by LRs v. State of Tamil Nadu, (2007) 2 SCC 1; AIR 2007 SC 861, decided on 11 January 2007 by nine judges. Facts. A Tamil Nadu Act struck down by the High Court had been placed in the Ninth Schedule by the Thirty-fourth Amendment, and the question was whether an entry made after 24 April 1973 was immune merely because article 31B says so.

Held. It is not. A law that abrogates or abridges rights guaranteed by Part III may or may not violate the basic structure; where it does, whether by amending an article of Part III or by insertion in the Ninth Schedule, it must be invalidated. Each new insertion is judged on its own merits by the actual effect and impact of the law on Part III rights, which is the rights test, and all amendments adding laws to the Ninth Schedule after 24 April 1973 are open to challenge.

munotes.in102

Basic Structure After Kesavananda

Why it matters is that it completes Waman Rao: the date line said which entries could be challenged, and Coelho says how.

A worked example

Parliament, faced with a series of judgments quashing acquisitions, passes an amendment inserting a new article providing that no law relating to the acquisition of land for industrial purposes shall be called in question in any court on any ground, and placing forty such State Acts in the Ninth Schedule. It is passed by the special majority and ratified by half the States. Analyse it.

The ouster clause fails on Minerva Mills and L. Chandra Kumar. A provision barring every court on every ground removes judicial review, which is a basic feature, and it also converts a limited power into an unlimited one by removing the means of enforcing the limit.

The Ninth Schedule entries fall to be tested individually under Coelho, and this is the part students get wrong. They are not automatically void; nor are they automatically safe. Each is examined for its actual effect on Part III rights, and an Act which, for example, permits acquisition without any compensation and without any hearing may be found to damage articles 14 and 21 to a degree that offends the basic structure.

The date matters. Since the amendment is made after 24 April 1973, Waman Rao leaves the entries open; had they been inserted in 1972 they would not be reopened.

And the remedy would be partial. The ouster clause falls; the entries stand or fall one by one. That is the shape of a modern basic structure judgment, and it is worth saying so rather than concluding that the whole amendment is void.

Distinctions

CaseYearWhat the doctrine did
Indira Nehru Gandhi1975Struck down article 329A(4): rule of law, free elections, judicial function
Minerva Mills1980Struck down article 368(4) and (5) and the widened article 31C: limited amending power, harmony of Parts III and IV
Waman Rao1981Drew the date line at 24 April 1973 for Ninth Schedule entries
Kihoto Hollohan1992Struck down paragraph 7 for want of ratification; read down the Speaker's finality
L. Chandra Kumar1997Struck down the exclusion of the High Courts' jurisdiction by articles 323A and 323B
I.R. Coelho2007Ninth Schedule entries after 1973 tested by their actual effect on Part III rights
Supreme Court Advocates-on-Record Association2015Struck down the Ninety-ninth Amendment and the NJAC Act
ModeWhat the Court doesExample
Strike downDeclare the amendment voidMinerva Mills
Read downPreserve the amendment and remove the offending consequenceKihoto Hollohan
Draw a lineLimit the doctrine's retrospective reachWaman Rao
Apply a testJudge each instance on its effectI.R. Coelho
munotes.in103

Basic Structure After Kesavananda

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean the doctrine strikes down amendments often. Over fifty years and more than a hundred amendments, four have gone, and the Court has upheld far more than it has invalidated.

It does not mean the Ninth Schedule is dead. Entries made before 24 April 1973 are protected, and later ones are examined rather than presumed void.

It does not mean the doctrine is uncontroversial. The 2015 decision in particular is criticised on the ground that a court struck down an amendment about the appointment of its own members, and a good answer notes that the objection is a serious one.

And it does not mean the list of basic features is closed. It is not, by design, and the cases above added to it one at a time.

Quick revision

Indira Nehru Gandhi 1975: article 329A(4) void; adds the rule of law, free and fair elections and the separation of the judicial function. Minerva Mills 1980: article 368(4) and (5) void, the power to destroy is not a power to amend, a limited amending power is basic; the widened article 31C void, the harmony between Parts III and IV is basic. Waman Rao 1981: Ninth Schedule entries made on or after 24 April 1973 are open to challenge; earlier ones are not reopened. Kihoto Hollohan 1992: paragraph 7 of the Tenth Schedule void for want of ratification, and the Speaker acts as a tribunal so the decision is reviewable on limited grounds. L. Chandra Kumar 1997: judicial review under articles 226, 227 and 32 is basic, so articles 323A(2)(d) and 323B(3)(d) are unconstitutional so far as they exclude it. I.R. Coelho 2007: the rights test, the actual effect and impact of the law on Part III. Supreme Court Advocates-on-Record Association 2015: the Ninety-ninth Amendment and the NJAC Act void.

Test yourself

1. Which four constitutional amendments have been struck down on basic structure grounds? Article 329A(4) inserted by the Thirty-ninth Amendment; article 368(4) and (5) and the widened article 31C inserted by the Forty-second; the parts of articles 323A and 323B excluding the High Courts' jurisdiction; and the Ninety-ninth Amendment creating the National Judicial Appointments Commission.

2. What is the significance of 24 April 1973? It is the date of Kesavananda Bharati. Waman Rao held that Ninth Schedule entries made by amendments on or after that date are open to challenge for damaging the basic structure, and earlier entries are not to be reopened.

3. What is the rights test in I.R. Coelho? That the validity of each Ninth Schedule entry made after 24 April 1973 is judged on its own merits by the actual effect and impact of the law on the rights guaranteed by Part III, rather than by the form of the amendment.

munotes.in104

Basic Structure After Kesavananda

4. How did Kihoto Hollohan use the doctrine differently? It read the Tenth Schedule down rather than striking it out: paragraph 7 fell for want of State ratification, and the Speaker's decision was held to be that of a tribunal and so reviewable on limited grounds, which preserved the anti-defection law while removing its finality.

5. Why was clause (4) of article 368 as fatal as clause (5)? Because a limit that no court may examine is not a limit. Clause (5) removed the limitation and clause (4) removed the means of enforcing it, and either alone would have converted a limited power into an unlimited one.

6. State the strongest criticism of the 2015 decision and a reply to it. That the Court struck down an amendment, passed with near unanimity and ratified by twenty States, concerning the appointment of its own members, so it was a judge in its own cause. The reply is that the independence of the judiciary is a basic feature and no other body could have decided the question, which is the standing difficulty with the doctrine rather than a defect peculiar to that case.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in105

Chapter Twenty

Constitutional Morality

Syllabus topic 1, "Constitutionalism". MU's February 2026 question asked for "the constitutional provisions and judicial interpretations that bolster Constitutionalism in India", and this is the most recent of those interpretations.

In one line

Constitutional morality means that the Constitution's own values, and not the prevailing morality of society, decide what is constitutional.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: constitutional morality is the principle that the standards by which State action and legal rules are judged are those the Constitution itself lays down, namely liberty, equality, fraternity, dignity and the rule of law, rather than the moral views held by a majority at a given time. The phrase is Ambedkar's, borrowed from the historian George Grote's account of Athenian democracy and used in the Constituent Assembly on 4 November 1948. It was revived after 2017 and now does substantial work in cases where a law or a practice is defended on the ground that most people approve of it.

What Ambedkar meant by it

He was arguing about administrative detail in the Constitution. Answering the objection that the Draft Constitution contained too much administrative machinery, Ambedkar said that constitutional morality is not a natural sentiment, that it has to be cultivated, and that in India democracy is only a top dressing on an Indian soil which is essentially undemocratic. Because the people had not yet learned the habits of constitutional government, the form of administration had to be prescribed in the Constitution itself and not left to be settled later.

So the original sense was about restraint in the holders of power. Grote's description, which Ambedkar quoted, is of a paramount reverence for the forms of the constitution combined with the freedom of criticism, so that opponents fight within the rules rather than about them.

The modern judicial sense is related but wider. It is used to mean that the Constitution's values govern, and that a practice cannot be saved merely because it is old, popular or religiously sanctioned.

How the courts use it, in three ways

As the answer to an appeal to popular morality. Where a law is defended on the ground that society disapproves of the conduct it punishes, the reply is that the measure of constitutionality is constitutional morality and not social morality.

As a way of giving content to open words. Article 19(2) permits restrictions in the interests of "public order" and "morality"; article 25 makes the freedom of religion subject to "public order, morality and health". A court reading "morality" in those provisions reads it as constitutional morality, which is a real interpretive move with consequences.

As a guide in disputes between an individual and a group. Where a religious denomination's practice excludes a class of people, the doctrine directs attention to the individual's dignity and equality rather than to the antiquity of the practice.

The cases

The clearest statement is in the decriminalisation case. In Navtej Singh Johar v. Union of India, (2018) 10 SCC 1. Facts. A challenge to section 377 of the Indian Penal Code so far as it criminalised consensual sexual acts between adults. Held. Unanimously that section 377, to that extent, is unconstitutional as violating articles 14, 15, 19 and 21, and that the constitutionality of a provision is not to be judged by popular morality: constitutional morality, and not social morality, is the standard, and the rights of a minority cannot depend on the approval of the majority. It also applied the manifest arbitrariness doctrine and held that the section was irrational, indefensible and arbitrary. Why it matters here is that it is the doctrine's fullest application and the passage most often quoted.

munotes.in106

Constitutional Morality

And the most contested. In Indian Young Lawyers Association v. State of Kerala, (2019) 11 SCC 1; AIR 2018 SC 4720. Facts. The exclusion of women between the ages of ten and fifty from the Sabarimala temple. Held, by four to one. The exclusion violated the rights of women devotees under articles 25(1) and 14, that devotees of Lord Ayyappa do not constitute a separate religious denomination under article 26, and that the exclusion was not an essential religious practice; Indu Malhotra J. dissented, holding that questions of essential religious practice ought not to be decided by courts and that the petitioners were not devotees. The majority reasoned in terms of constitutional morality, treating the exclusion as inconsistent with the dignity and equality the Constitution guarantees. Why it matters here is that the aftermath is part of the topic: a review was admitted and larger questions were referred, so the doctrine's limits are unsettled, and an answer should say so rather than treat the case as closed.

The doctrine has also removed an offence that protected a husband. In Joseph Shine v. Union of India, (2019) 3 SCC 39; AIR 2018 SC 4898. Facts. A challenge to section 497 of the Indian Penal Code, which made a man liable for adultery with another man's wife without her consent, exempted the woman from punishment even as an abettor, and allowed the husband's consent to make the act lawful. Held. The section unconstitutional as violating articles 14, 15 and 21: it treated a wife as her husband's property, denied her sexual autonomy, and rested on a stereotype rather than a rational classification. Why it matters here is that it shows constitutional morality applied to a law that had stood for a century and had substantial social support.

And the doctrine's foundation is the privacy judgment. In Justice K.S. Puttaswamy (Retd.) v. Union of India, (2017) 10 SCC 1; AIR 2017 SC 4161. Facts. A reference to nine judges on whether the Constitution protects a right to privacy, earlier decisions having said it did not. Held. Unanimously that privacy is protected as an intrinsic part of the right to life and personal liberty under article 21 and of the freedoms in Part III, and that any invasion must satisfy legality, a legitimate State aim and proportionality. Why it matters here is that a right of the individual against the collective is what constitutional morality presupposes, and the three cases above all rest on it.

munotes.in107

Constitutional Morality

A worked example

A State enacts a law prohibiting inter-caste couples from residing in a village where the panchayat has passed a resolution objecting, on the ground that the practice offends the sentiments of the majority of residents and that public order will otherwise be disturbed.

The State's argument is an appeal to social morality and to public order. Both must be dealt with, and dealing with the second is what separates a good answer.

On social morality the answer is direct. Navtej Johar holds that constitutionality is measured by constitutional morality and not by popular morality, and that the rights of a minority do not depend on majority approval. Articles 14, 15(1), 19(1)(e) and 21 are all engaged.

On public order the answer is more careful, because public order is a legitimate constitutional ground. The State is not entitled to convert the threat of unlawful action by objectors into a restriction on the rights of the people threatened. That would let a majority manufacture the very disorder it relies on, which is sometimes called a heckler's veto. The proper response is to police the objectors.

And note the constitutional morality point in its strongest form. The panchayat resolution is itself an exercise of public power and is therefore bound by the same values. A body created by Part IX cannot make a rule the Constitution forbids the State to make.

Distinctions

Social or popular moralityConstitutional morality
SourcePrevailing opinion in societyThe text, structure and values of the Constitution
Changes withTime and placeAmendment and authoritative interpretation
Whose view countsThe majority'sNobody's in particular; the document's
Use in constitutional adjudicationNot a test of validityThe test of validity
ExampleThe defence of section 377Its rejection in Navtej Johar

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean judges may decide by their own moral views. That is precisely what the doctrine forbids, and it is also the criticism made of it, which is the tension at its heart.

It does not mean religion has no constitutional protection. Articles 25 and 26 are fundamental rights, and constitutional morality operates on the limits in those articles rather than in place of them.

munotes.in108

Constitutional Morality

It does not mean popular opinion is irrelevant to law. It is decisive in a legislature and irrelevant in a court asked whether a law is valid, and stating that division cleanly is worth a mark.

And it does not mean the doctrine is settled. The Sabarimala review and the reference of larger questions leave its scope open, and the criticism below is not answered by the cases.

The criticism, stated fairly

It has no textual basis. The phrase appears nowhere in the Constitution. It is drawn from a speech in the Constituent Assembly, which is a legitimate aid to construction but not a provision.

Its content is uncertain. Liberty, equality, fraternity and dignity are capable of supporting more than one result in a hard case, so the doctrine may describe a conclusion rather than produce one.

It risks displacing the political process. Deciding by constitutional morality what a legislature has decided by ordinary morality moves a contested question from an accountable body to an unaccountable one.

The reply is the one constitutionalism always makes. Some questions are removed from the majority precisely because the majority is a party to them, and a Constitution that leaves the rights of an unpopular group to a popular vote has not protected them at all. Whether the courts have drawn that line in the right places is a fair question, and answering it is what the examiner is looking for.

Quick revision

Constitutional morality: the Constitution's own values, not prevailing social morality, decide constitutionality. Ambedkar, Constituent Assembly, 4 November 1948, borrowing from Grote on Athens; his sense was reverence for constitutional forms combined with freedom of criticism, and his point was that it must be cultivated. Modern uses: as the answer to an appeal to popular morality; as the meaning of "morality" in articles 19(2) and 25; and as the guide where an individual's dignity meets a group's practice. Navtej Johar 2018: section 377 unconstitutional so far as it criminalises consensual adult acts; constitutional morality, not social morality, is the standard. Indian Young Lawyers Association 2018: Sabarimala exclusion invalid, four to one, Indu Malhotra J. dissenting; a review was admitted and larger questions referred. Joseph Shine 2018: section 497 unconstitutional. Puttaswamy 2017: privacy under article 21, with the proportionality test. Criticisms: no textual basis, uncertain content, and displacement of the political process.

Test yourself

1. Where does the phrase come from and what did Ambedkar mean by it? From George Grote's account of Athenian democracy, quoted by Ambedkar in the Constituent Assembly on 4 November 1948. He meant a paramount reverence for constitutional forms combined with freedom of criticism, and he argued that because it had to be cultivated, the administrative machinery had to be written into the Constitution rather than left to convention.

munotes.in109

Constitutional Morality

2. State the proposition Navtej Johar is cited for. That the constitutionality of a provision is judged by constitutional morality and not by popular morality, and that the rights of a minority do not depend on the approval of the majority.

3. Give two places where the doctrine changes the meaning of a constitutional word. "Morality" in article 19(2), and "morality" in article 25(1), both of which are read as constitutional morality rather than as the moral opinion of the majority.

4. Why is the Sabarimala case an incomplete authority? Because a review was admitted and larger questions about the relationship between articles 25 and 26 and the scope of judicial inquiry into religious practice were referred, so the majority's reasoning has not been finally settled.

5. State the three main criticisms of the doctrine. That it has no textual basis in the Constitution; that its content is uncertain, so it may describe a conclusion rather than produce one; and that it transfers contested moral questions from an accountable legislature to an unaccountable court.

6. What is the constitutional answer to a heckler's veto? That the State may not restrict the rights of the people threatened in order to avoid disorder threatened by objectors, because that would allow a majority to manufacture the very ground it relies on. The proper response is to police the objectors.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in110

Chapter Twenty-One

The Institutions That Hold a Government to Account

Syllabus topic 1, "Constitutionalism".

In one line

A government is limited not only by courts and rights but by the bodies that count its money, run its elections, recruit its officers and can vote it out.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: accountability is one of the features of constitutionalism, and the Indian Constitution provides for it through four independent mechanisms. Political accountability: the Council of Ministers is collectively responsible to the popular house under articles 75(3) and 164(2). Financial accountability: no money may be withdrawn from the Consolidated Fund except by appropriation made by law (article 266), and the Comptroller and Auditor General, appointed under article 148 and removable only like a Supreme Court judge, audits all receipts and expenditure and reports to the legislature under articles 149 to 151. Electoral accountability: the superintendence, direction and control of elections is vested in an independent Election Commission under article 324. And administrative accountability: recruitment to the public services is through Public Service Commissions constituted under articles 315 to 323.

Political accountability

Article 75(3) provides that the Council of Ministers shall be collectively responsible to the House of the People. Article 164(2) makes the same provision for a State and its Legislative Assembly.

Collective responsibility means three things in practice. The Council stands or falls together; a Minister who cannot support a decision publicly must resign; and the House may remove the whole government by a vote of no confidence.

Article 75(5) closes the loophole. A Minister who is not a member of either House for six consecutive months ceases to be a Minister, so a government cannot be staffed by people no legislature can question.

And the individual responsibility of a Minister to the House operates through questions, motions, committees and debates rather than through any single article.

Financial accountability

Article 266 establishes the Consolidated Fund of India and of each State, and provides that no money shall be appropriated out of the Consolidated Fund except in accordance with law and for the purposes and in the manner provided in the Constitution. Article 266(2) creates the Public Account.

Article 267 creates the Contingency Fund, placed at the disposal of the President or Governor to meet unforeseen expenditure pending authorisation by the legislature.

Article 112 requires the annual financial statement to be laid before Parliament, distinguishing expenditure charged on the Consolidated Fund, which is not submitted to the vote, from other expenditure, which is. Article 114 provides that no money shall be withdrawn from the Consolidated Fund except under an appropriation made by law.

Article 148 creates the Comptroller and Auditor General. He is appointed by the President by warrant under his hand and seal and shall be removed only in like manner and on like grounds as a judge of the Supreme Court; his salary and conditions of service shall not be varied to his disadvantage after appointment; and he is ineligible for further office under the Union or a State after ceasing to hold office. His administrative expenses are charged on the Consolidated Fund.

munotes.in111

The Institutions That Hold a Government to Account

Articles 149 to 151 give him his duties and powers, provide that he shall exercise them in relation to the accounts of the Union and of the States, and require his reports relating to the accounts of the Union to be laid before each House of Parliament and those relating to a State before the State Legislature.

The design is worth noticing. The auditor is appointed by the executive but can be removed only by the process that removes a judge, his pay cannot be cut, he cannot be offered a job afterwards, and his report goes not to the government but to the legislature. Every one of those is a device to make him useless as an instrument and effective as a check.

Electoral accountability

Article 324(1) vests the superintendence, direction and control of the preparation of the electoral rolls for, and the conduct of, all elections to Parliament, to the State Legislatures, and to the offices of President and Vice-President, in an Election Commission.

Article 324(2) provides that the Commission shall consist of the Chief Election Commissioner and such number of other Election Commissioners as the President may from time to time fix, and that appointment shall be subject to any law made by Parliament.

Article 324(5) gives the Chief Election Commissioner the same protection as a judge of the Supreme Court: he shall not be removed from office except in like manner and on the like grounds, and his conditions of service shall not be varied to his disadvantage after appointment; another Election Commissioner shall not be removed except on the recommendation of the Chief Election Commissioner.

Articles 325 to 329 complete the scheme: one general electoral roll for every constituency with no exclusion on grounds of religion, race, caste or sex (article 325); adult suffrage (article 326); Parliament's power to make provision with respect to elections (article 327); and the bar in article 329 on judicial interference in electoral matters, an election being called in question only by an election petition.

Administrative accountability

Articles 315 to 323 provide for a Public Service Commission for the Union and for each State. Members are appointed by the President or the Governor, hold office for six years or until the age of sixty-five or sixty-two respectively, and may be removed only by the President on the ground of misbehaviour after a reference to and report by the Supreme Court, or for the specified disqualifications.

munotes.in112

The Institutions That Hold a Government to Account

Article 320 makes it the duty of the Commissions to conduct examinations for appointments and to be consulted on recruitment, promotion, transfer and disciplinary matters. Article 322 charges their expenses on the Consolidated Fund, and article 323 requires their annual reports to be laid before the legislature with a memorandum explaining any non-acceptance of advice.

The requirement to explain non-acceptance is the interesting one. The advice is not binding, but a government that departs from it must say so in a document laid before the legislature, which is accountability by publicity rather than by prohibition.

A worked example

A State government awards a large contract without tender to a company, meets the expenditure from the Contingency Fund, appoints thirty officers to a new department without reference to the State Public Service Commission, and postpones local elections indefinitely by not constituting the State Election Commission. Identify the accountability failure in each and the provision that answers it.

The contract and the payment. Article 266(3) permits appropriation from the Consolidated Fund only in accordance with law, and article 267 confines the Contingency Fund to unforeseen expenditure pending authorisation. Expenditure known in advance and routed through the Contingency Fund is a device to avoid a vote, and the Comptroller and Auditor General's report under article 151 is the mechanism that will surface it.

The appointments. Article 320(3) requires the Commission to be consulted on recruitment, and article 323 requires the government to lay before the legislature a memorandum explaining any case in which the advice was not accepted. The remedy here is not primarily a court but a document the House can read.

The elections. Article 243K requires a State Election Commission for panchayat elections, and article 243ZA the same for municipalities, and the Supreme Court has repeatedly held that elections must be held before the expiry of a body's five-year term. This is where a court will intervene directly.

And the general lesson. Three of the four failures are addressed by disclosure and by a vote rather than by litigation, which is why a constitutionalism answer that mentions only the courts is incomplete.

The cases

Accountability machinery can be directed into existence. In Vineet Narain v. Union of India, (1998) 1 SCC 226; AIR 1998 SC 889. Facts. The Jain hawala diaries, in which payments were said to have been made to senior politicians and officials, and the failure of the Central Bureau of Investigation to investigate. Held. It could issue directions to ensure the performance of a statutory duty by an investigating agency, developed the technique of continuing mandamus by which a court retains a matter and monitors compliance, and laid down directions to insulate the Central Bureau of Investigation and the Central Vigilance Commission from executive control, including a fixed two-year tenure for the Director and the selection process later given statutory form. Why it matters here is that it is the clearest example of a court supplying accountability machinery where the political process had not.

munotes.in113

The Institutions That Hold a Government to Account

Accountability includes the right to know how a government behaves. In Common Cause v. Union of India, (2018) 5 SCC 1. Facts. A petition seeking recognition of a right to die with dignity and the validity of an advance directive. Held. The right to die with dignity is part of the right to life under article 21, that passive euthanasia is permissible subject to safeguards, and it laid down a detailed procedure for advance directives pending legislation. Why it matters here is narrower than the subject matter suggests: it is another instance of the Court laying down a regime that binds the executive until Parliament acts, and of the argument, made by dissenting voices in every such case, that this is accountability being supplied by the wrong organ.

And the ultimate accountability mechanism, dismissal of a government, is itself accountable. In S.R. Bommai v. Union of India, AIR 1994 SC 1918; (1994) 3 SCC 1, the nine-judge Bench held that the satisfaction under article 356 is subjective but conditioned rather than absolute, that a Proclamation is not immune from judicial review and may be struck down if mala fide or based on wholly irrelevant or extraneous grounds, and that the test of a government's majority is to be taken on the floor of the House and not in the Governor's assessment. Why it matters here is the floor test: it moves the question from an appointee's opinion to a countable vote, which is accountability in its most literal form.

Distinctions

MechanismProvisionIndependence secured by
Collective responsibilityArticles 75(3), 164(2)A vote of the popular house
AppropriationArticles 114, 266Law, and the annual vote
AuditArticles 148 to 151Removal only as a judge; no variation of pay; ineligibility for later office; report to the legislature
ElectionsArticle 324Removal of the Chief Election Commissioner only as a judge
RecruitmentArticles 315 to 323Removal only on a reference to the Supreme Court; expenses charged; reasons for non-acceptance laid before the House
Accountability byHow it worksExample
ProhibitionThe act is voidAppropriation without law, article 114
PublicityThe act stands but must be explained in publicArticle 323 memorandum on non-acceptance of advice
VoteThe government fallsArticles 75(3) and 164(2)
AdjudicationA court sets the act asideArticle 356 review after S.R. Bommai
munotes.in114

The Institutions That Hold a Government to Account

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean these bodies are beyond criticism. The appointment of the Comptroller and Auditor General and of the Election Commissioners is by the executive, which is the standing weakness in the design, and it has been the subject of litigation and of legislation.

It does not mean the Public Service Commission's advice binds. It does not; what binds is the duty to explain in public why it was not taken.

It does not mean the courts are the primary mechanism. Three of the four operate through disclosure and votes, and the courts enter mainly where the mechanism has been disabled.

And it does not mean accountability is only about corruption. Audit reports on the effectiveness of expenditure, and questions in the House about policy, are accountability in exactly the same sense.

Quick revision

Four mechanisms. Political: articles 75(3) and 164(2), collective responsibility to the popular house, with article 75(5) requiring membership within six months. Financial: article 266, no appropriation from the Consolidated Fund except by law; article 267, the Contingency Fund for unforeseen expenditure; article 114, no withdrawal except under an appropriation made by law; article 148, the Comptroller and Auditor General, removable only as a Supreme Court judge, pay not variable to his disadvantage, ineligible for later office; articles 149 to 151, duties and reports to the legislature. Electoral: article 324, an independent Election Commission with the Chief Election Commissioner protected as a judge; articles 325 to 329 complete the scheme. Administrative: articles 315 to 323, the Public Service Commissions, whose advice is not binding but whose non-acceptance must be explained in a memorandum laid before the legislature. Vineet Narain: continuing mandamus and directions insulating the investigating agencies. S.R. Bommai: the floor test.

Test yourself

1. Name the four accountability mechanisms and one article for each. Political, article 75(3); financial, article 148; electoral, article 324; administrative, article 315.

2. List four devices that make the Comptroller and Auditor General independent. Removal only in the manner and on the grounds applicable to a Supreme Court judge; conditions of service not variable to his disadvantage after appointment; ineligibility for further office under the Union or a State; and reports laid before the legislature rather than given to the government.

3. What does article 323 require, and why is it interesting? That the annual report of a Public Service Commission be laid before the legislature together with a memorandum explaining any case in which the Commission's advice was not accepted, and the reasons. It is accountability by publicity rather than by prohibition, since the advice does not bind.

4. What is the floor test and which case established it? That the majority of a government is to be determined by a vote on the floor of the House rather than by the Governor's assessment: S.R. Bommai v. Union of India.

munotes.in115

The Institutions That Hold a Government to Account

5. What is continuing mandamus? A technique developed in Vineet Narain by which a court, instead of disposing of a matter with a single direction, retains it and monitors compliance over time through periodic reports.

6. Why is an answer on constitutionalism incomplete if it mentions only rights and courts? Because most limits on a government operate before litigation: an appropriation that must be voted, an audit report the House can read, an election run by somebody the government cannot remove, and a Council of Ministers that can be voted out.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in116

Chapter Twenty-Two

Emergency, and the Constitutionalism the Forty-fourth Amendment Put Back

Syllabus topic 1, "Constitutionalism".

In one line

Every constitution provides for crisis, and the constitutional question is not whether emergency powers exist but whether the emergency power is itself limited.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 352 empowers the President to proclaim a national emergency if satisfied that a grave emergency exists whereby the security of India or of any part of it is threatened by war, external aggression or armed rebellion. During its operation article 358 suspends the freedoms in article 19 in relation to laws made to meet the emergency, and article 359 empowers the President to suspend the right to move any court for the enforcement of specified fundamental rights. The Emergency of 1975 to 1977 showed how far those provisions could be taken, and the Constitution (Forty-fourth Amendment) Act 1978 rewrote them: armed rebellion replaced internal disturbance, the Cabinet's written advice became a precondition, parliamentary approval was tightened, and articles 20 and 21 were placed beyond suspension.

The three emergencies, distinguished at the start

National emergency, article 352, on the ground of war, external aggression or armed rebellion; proclaimed three times, in 1962, 1971 and 1975.

President's rule, article 356, on the failure of the constitutional machinery in a State; worked in [President's Rule: Article 356 and S.R. Bommai].

Financial emergency, article 360, if the President is satisfied that a situation has arisen whereby the financial stability or credit of India or of any part of its territory is threatened; never proclaimed.

What article 352 now requires

The grounds. War, external aggression or armed rebellion. The Forty-fourth Amendment replaced "internal disturbance", the phrase used in 1975, with "armed rebellion", which is a far narrower ground.

The Cabinet's written advice. Clause (3) now provides that the President shall issue a Proclamation only when the decision of the Union Cabinet, meaning the Council consisting of the Prime Minister and other Ministers of Cabinet rank, has been communicated to him in writing. In 1975 the Proclamation was issued on the Prime Minister's advice alone and the Cabinet was informed afterwards.

Approval and duration. A Proclamation must be laid before each House and ceases to operate at the expiry of one month unless approved by resolutions of both Houses; once approved it continues for six months and may be extended by six months at a time. Approval requires a majority of the total membership of each House and two-thirds of those present and voting, which the Forty-fourth Amendment introduced.

Revocation. A Proclamation must be revoked if the House of the People passes a resolution disapproving it, and clause (8) obliges the Speaker to convene a special sitting within fourteen days if one-tenth of the members give notice of such a resolution.

munotes.in117

Emergency, and the Constitutionalism the Forty-fourth Amendment Put Back

And a national emergency may now be declared for a part of India, which the Thirty-eighth Amendment had made possible and which survives.

What happens to rights

Article 358: article 19 is suspended, but only partly. While a Proclamation on the ground of war or external aggression is in operation, nothing in article 19 restricts the State's power to make any law or take any executive action which it would otherwise be incompetent to make or take. The Forty-fourth Amendment narrowed this in two ways: it no longer applies to an emergency proclaimed on the ground of armed rebellion, and it protects only a law which contains a recital that it is in relation to the emergency.

Article 359: the remedy may be suspended, but not for articles 20 and 21. The President may by order declare that the right to move any court for the enforcement of such rights conferred by Part III as may be mentioned in the order shall remain suspended. Clause (1), as amended in 1978, expressly excludes articles 20 and 21. The Forty-fourth Amendment also required that a law be recited to be in relation to the emergency before it can be protected.

The distinction between the two articles is the most examinable point here. Article 358 suspends the RIGHT in article 19 automatically on a Proclamation of the specified kind. Article 359 does not suspend any right at all; it suspends the REMEDY, and only for the rights named in the Presidential Order, and never for articles 20 and 21.

What happened in 1975, and why it matters

The Proclamation of 25 June 1975 was made on the ground of internal disturbance. A Proclamation on the ground of external aggression, made during the 1971 war, was still in operation, so two ran together.

Presidential Orders under article 359 suspended the right to move any court for the enforcement of articles 14, 21 and 22. Preventive detention under the Maintenance of Internal Security Act followed on a large scale.

In Additional District Magistrate, Jabalpur v. Shivakant Shukla, AIR 1976 SC 1207. Facts. Several High Courts had entertained habeas corpus petitions from detenus notwithstanding the Presidential Order, and the Union appealed. Held, by four to one. In view of the Order no person had any locus standi to move a High Court under article 226 for habeas corpus to challenge the legality of a detention on any ground including mala fides, and that section 16A(9) of the Maintenance of Internal Security Act was valid. Khanna J. dissented, holding that the State had no power to deprive a person of life or liberty without the authority of law, and that this principle did not owe its existence to article 21 alone. Why it matters here is that the majority's position was that in an emergency there is no remedy at all against an unlawful detention, which is the collapse of the rule of law in a sentence, and it is why the Forty-fourth Amendment exists.

munotes.in118

Emergency, and the Constitutionalism the Forty-fourth Amendment Put Back

And the dissent has since been vindicated in terms. In Justice K.S. Puttaswamy (Retd.) v. Union of India, (2017) 10 SCC 1; AIR 2017 SC 4161, the nine-judge Bench, while holding that privacy is protected by article 21, expressly held that the decision in ADM Jabalpur is seriously flawed and stands overruled. Why it matters here is that a student may now say that ADM Jabalpur is not merely bad history but is no longer law, and can name the case that says so.

The Forty-fourth Amendment, item by item

The ground. "Internal disturbance" replaced by "armed rebellion" in article 352(1).

The procedure. The Cabinet's decision must be communicated to the President in writing before a Proclamation is issued.

The approval. Resolutions of both Houses within one month, by a majority of the total membership and two-thirds of those present and voting; continuance for six months at a time; revocation on a resolution of the House of the People, with a special sitting on the notice of one-tenth of the members.

The rights. Articles 20 and 21 may never be suspended under article 359. Article 358 confined to emergencies on the ground of war or external aggression, and to laws reciting their connection with the emergency.

And the right to property was moved out of Part III by the same amendment, becoming article 300A, which is a separate matter but part of the same Act.

The pattern is worth naming. Every change is a limit on the emergency power itself: on the ground, on who may decide, on how long, on what may be suspended. That is constitutionalism reasserting itself over a power that had been used against it.

A worked example

A Proclamation is issued on the ground of armed rebellion in three States. A Presidential Order under article 359 suspends the right to move any court for the enforcement of articles 14, 19, 21 and 22. A person is detained without grounds being communicated, and the detaining authority says the detention is beyond challenge.

The Order is void so far as it names articles 21 and 22 in part. Article 359(1) as amended excludes articles 20 and 21 in terms, so the right to move a court to enforce article 21 survives. That alone answers the authority's submission.

Article 358 does not help the authority either. The Proclamation is on the ground of armed rebellion, and article 358 as amended applies only to an emergency proclaimed on the ground of war or external aggression.

munotes.in119

Emergency, and the Constitutionalism the Forty-fourth Amendment Put Back

Article 22 is a separate question and must be dealt with separately. Clause (5) requires the grounds of detention to be communicated to the detenu as soon as may be. If the Order validly suspends the remedy for article 22, the detenu argues the same point through article 21, since after Maneka a procedure that gives no grounds and no opportunity to represent is not right, just and fair.

And the conclusion is the point of the chapter. In 1975 the detenu had no remedy at all. Under the same articles as they now stand, the detenu has a remedy that no Proclamation and no Presidential Order can take away.

Distinctions

Article 358Article 359
What is affectedThe rights in article 19 themselvesThe remedy, that is the right to move a court
Which rightsArticle 19 onlyThose named in the Presidential Order
How it operatesAutomatically, on a Proclamation of the specified kindOnly by a Presidential Order
Grounds of emergency to which it appliesWar or external aggression only, after 1978Any national emergency
Articles 20 and 21Not relevantCan never be suspended, after 1978
Requirement of a recitalThe law must recite its connection with the emergencyThe same
Before the Forty-fourth AmendmentAfter it
Ground included "internal disturbance""Armed rebellion"
Proclamation on the Prime Minister's adviceCabinet decision communicated in writing
Approval by simple majorityMajority of total membership and two-thirds present and voting
Articles 20 and 21 suspendableNever suspendable
Article 358 applied to every national emergencyOnly to war or external aggression

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean the Constitution disapproves of emergency powers. They are in the document, they were used in 1962 and 1971 without controversy, and a State facing war must be able to act.

It does not mean an emergency suspends the Constitution. It suspends specified rights or remedies for a limited time under conditions the Constitution prescribes, and everything else continues, including judicial review of whether the conditions were satisfied.

It does not mean ADM Jabalpur can be cited as good law. It was expressly overruled in Puttaswamy.

And it does not mean the Forty-fourth Amendment cured everything. Preventive detention remains constitutional under article 22 without any emergency, and that is a standing derogation from the rule of law which article 22 itself authorises.

Quick revision

Three emergencies: article 352 national, article 356 President's rule, article 360 financial, never used. Article 352 after 1978: grounds of war, external aggression or armed rebellion; the Cabinet's decision communicated to the President in writing; approval within a month by a majority of the total membership of each House and two-thirds present and voting; six months at a time; revocation on a resolution of the House of the People, with a special sitting on the notice of one-tenth of the members. Article 358 suspends article 19 automatically, only for an emergency on the ground of war or external aggression, and only for laws reciting the connection. Article 359 suspends the remedy for the rights named in a Presidential Order, and never for articles 20 and 21. ADM Jabalpur 1976 held there was no remedy at all against detention; Khanna J. dissented; the case was expressly overruled in Puttaswamy 2017. The Forty-fourth Amendment also moved the right to property to article 300A.

munotes.in120

Emergency, and the Constitutionalism the Forty-fourth Amendment Put Back

Test yourself

1. State the grounds on which a national emergency may now be proclaimed, and what they replaced. War, external aggression or armed rebellion. "Armed rebellion" replaced "internal disturbance", the ground used in 1975, by the Forty-fourth Amendment 1978.

2. Distinguish article 358 from article 359 in three respects. Article 358 suspends the rights in article 19 themselves, automatically, and only where the emergency is on the ground of war or external aggression. Article 359 suspends only the remedy, only for the rights named in a Presidential Order, and never for articles 20 and 21.

3. What procedural safeguards did the Forty-fourth Amendment add to the making and continuance of a Proclamation? The Cabinet's decision must be communicated to the President in writing; approval requires resolutions of both Houses within a month passed by a majority of the total membership and two-thirds of those present and voting; continuance is for six months at a time; and the House of the People may disapprove, with a special sitting to be convened on the notice of one-tenth of its members.

4. What did the majority hold in ADM Jabalpur, and what is its status now? That in view of the Presidential Order no person had locus standi to move a High Court for habeas corpus on any ground including mala fides. It was expressly overruled in Puttaswamy in 2017.

5. Why is Khanna J.'s dissent constitutionally important? Because it held that the State has no power to deprive a person of life or liberty without the authority of law, and that this principle does not owe its existence to article 21 alone. The Forty-fourth Amendment adopted its substance by making articles 20 and 21 unsuspendable.

6. Does the Forty-fourth Amendment mean India can no longer detain a person without trial? No. Article 22(4) to (7) permits preventive detention independently of any emergency, subject to the safeguards in those clauses, and that remains a standing derogation authorised by the Constitution itself.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in121

Chapter Twenty-Three

Where Indian Constitutionalism Is Under Strain

Syllabus topic 1, "Constitutionalism". MU's February 2026 question asked for the provisions and judicial interpretations that BOLSTER constitutionalism in India, and then said "discuss". An answer that only praises has not discussed.

In one line

Four devices let a government act without the consent it would ordinarily need, and the Supreme Court has said so about all four.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: constitutionalism requires that power be exercised by the body the Constitution assigns it to, in the manner it prescribes. Four practices have been identified by the Supreme Court itself as departures from that requirement: the re-promulgation of ordinances, which lets the executive legislate without the legislature; the certification of a Bill as a Money Bill, which removes the Council of States from the process; delay in assent under articles 200 and 201, which lets a Bill die without any decision being made; and the operation of the Tenth Schedule, whose finality clause was struck down and whose adjudication rests with a Speaker who belongs to a party.

One: the ordinance route

The provision. Articles 123 and 213 permit the President and a Governor to promulgate an ordinance when the legislature is not in session and immediate action is necessary. Every ordinance must be laid before the legislature and ceases to operate six weeks after its reassembly, or earlier if disapproved.

The strain is re-promulgation. In D.C. Wadhwa v. State of Bihar, 1987 AIR 579; 1987 SCR (1) 798, decided on 20 December 1986. Facts. Bihar repromulgated ordinances on a massive scale without their provisions ever being enacted into Acts: after a session was prorogued, the same ordinances were repromulgated almost as a matter of routine, some remaining in force by repromulgation for between one and fourteen years. Held. The ordinance power is an emergency power vested in the Governor for immediate action when the Legislature is not in session; that the primary law-making authority is the Legislature and not the Executive; that an ordinance necessarily has a limited life; that the power is to meet an extraordinary situation and cannot be perverted to serve political ends; and that the practice of repromulgation without bringing the ordinances before the Legislature is a subversion of the democratic process and a fraud on the Constitution.

And the position was restated and hardened thirty years later. In Krishna Kumar Singh v. State of Bihar, decided on 2 January 2017 by seven judges. Facts. A series of Bihar ordinances from 1989 to 1992 taking over Sanskrit schools, repromulgated repeatedly and never laid before the State Legislature. Held. Laying an ordinance before the legislature is a mandatory constitutional obligation, because the legislature has to determine the need for and validity of the ordinance and whether an Act should be enacted, and that failure to lay it is a serious constitutional infraction and an abuse of the constitutional process; that re-promulgation is a fraud on the Constitution; that the theory of enduring rights is no longer good law, so whether rights survive an expired ordinance is a question of construction tested by public interest and constitutional necessity; and that the satisfaction of the President and the Governor is not immune from judicial review, particularly after the Forty-fourth Amendment deleted clause (4) of both articles, the test being whether it rests on relevant material.

munotes.in122

Where Indian Constitutionalism Is Under Strain

Why this is a constitutionalism point and not a technicality. An ordinance that is never laid and is repromulgated indefinitely is legislation by the executive alone, and the feature of constitutionalism it defeats is the separation of powers.

Two: the money bill route

The provision. Article 110 defines a Money Bill and article 109 gives the Council of States only fourteen days and a power to recommend. Article 110(3) provides that if a question arises whether a Bill is a Money Bill, the decision of the Speaker of the House of the People is final.

The strain is what may be put in one. In Rojer Mathew v. South Indian Bank Ltd, decided on 13 November 2019 by five judges. Facts. Part XIV of the Finance Act 2017 restructured a large number of tribunals, altering qualifications, appointment, term and conditions of service and leaving much to rules, and the Finance Act had been passed as a Money Bill so that the Council of States had no effective say. Held. The rules framed under section 184 were invalid and directed reformulation, holding that the conditions of service and manner of appointment of tribunal members must secure judicial independence; and it held that the question whether Part XIV could have been enacted as a Money Bill, and the scope of article 110, required reconsideration by a larger Bench, and referred it.

So the money bill question is open, and an answer that states it as settled either way is wrong. What can be said is that a Constitution Bench thought the point serious enough to refer.

Three: delay in assent

The provision. Article 200 gives a Governor three courses and article 201 governs a reserved Bill, and neither prescribes any time.

The strain and its current answer. In In re Assent, Withholding or Reservation of Bills by the Governor and the President, the advisory opinion pronounced on 20 November 2025. Facts. A Presidential reference of fourteen questions after the Tamil Nadu decision. Held. The Governor has discretion in choosing among the three courses and is not bound by ministerial advice in exercising the article 200 function; that the function is not justiciable on the merits; that a court may not prescribe timelines under article 200 or article 201; that article 142 does not permit a deemed assent; but that where inaction is prolonged, unexplained and indefinite a court may issue a limited mandamus to act within a reasonable time, without commenting on the merits.

munotes.in123

Where Indian Constitutionalism Is Under Strain

The constitutionalism point is what remains after that. A Bill duly passed by an elected legislature may be delayed indefinitely by an unelected officer, and the only remedy is a direction to decide, not a direction as to the decision. Whether that is a satisfactory position is a fair question, and the answer given by the Court is that prescribing a timetable would put a court in the place of the Constitution's own silence.

Four: the Tenth Schedule

The provision. The Tenth Schedule, inserted by the Fifty-second Amendment 1985, disqualifies a member for defection, and paragraph 6(1) makes the decision of the Speaker or Chairman final.

The strain. In Kihoto Hollohan v. Zachillhu, (1992) 1 SCR 686. Facts. A challenge to the Tenth Schedule, paragraph 7 of which barred the jurisdiction of all courts. Held. Paragraph 7 invalid for want of ratification by the States under the proviso to article 368(2), since it affected the powers of the High Courts and the Supreme Court; and it upheld the rest of the Schedule while holding that the Speaker or Chairman deciding a disqualification acts as a tribunal, so the decision is subject to judicial review, though on limited grounds such as jurisdictional error, mala fides, non-compliance with natural justice and perversity, and not at an interlocutory stage.

The constitutionalism point that survives. The adjudicator is an officer of the House who belongs to a party, there is no time limit within which a decision must be made, and review is available only after the decision. A Speaker who does not decide until a term is over has decided.

A worked example

A candidate is asked MU's February 2026 question and writes two pages on the provisions that bolster constitutionalism, ending "thus the Indian Constitution firmly establishes constitutionalism". What is wrong with that answer?

It has not discussed. The stem says discuss, and an account that reports only the supporting side is a description.

It has also missed the strongest material. The four criticisms in this chapter are not the writer's opinions; they are findings of the Supreme Court. "Re-promulgation is a fraud on the Constitution" is a holding, not a view.

And it has lost the structural point. Each of the four is a device that lets a body act without a consent the Constitution ordinarily requires: the legislature's, in the ordinance and money bill cases; the elected government's, in the assent case; and an impartial adjudicator's, in the defection case. Naming that pattern is what turns four examples into an argument.

munotes.in124

Where Indian Constitutionalism Is Under Strain

The right shape is therefore three parts. The provisions and interpretations that bolster constitutionalism; the four identified strains with their cases; and a conclusion that the doctrine is well established in India and that the courts have themselves marked where it is under pressure. That answers the question MU asked.

Distinctions

PracticeProvisionWhat consent it avoidsThe Court's word for it
Re-promulgation of ordinancesArticles 123, 213The legislature'sA fraud on the Constitution: Wadhwa, Krishna Kumar Singh
Certification as a Money BillArticle 110The Council of States'Referred to a larger Bench: Rojer Mathew
Delay in assentArticles 200, 201The elected government'sLimited mandamus for prolonged, unexplained and indefinite inaction: the 2025 Reference
Speaker's delay under the Tenth ScheduleTenth Schedule, paragraph 6An impartial adjudicator'sThe Speaker acts as a tribunal and is reviewable: Kihoto Hollohan

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean the provisions themselves are unconstitutional. Articles 110, 123, 200 and 213 and the Tenth Schedule are all in the Constitution. The criticism is of use, not of validity.

It does not mean the courts have failed to respond. All four have been before the Supreme Court, and in three of them the Court has laid down a limit.

It does not mean the list is closed. Other candidates are argued for, and a student who adds one should be able to source it as these four are sourced.

And it does not mean this is a criticism of any particular government. Every one of the four practices has been used by governments of different parties in different States and at the Union, and D.C. Wadhwa itself concerned a period beginning in the 1960s.

Quick revision

Four strains, each identified by the Supreme Court. Ordinances: articles 123 and 213; D.C. Wadhwa 1986, an emergency power, the primary law-making authority is the Legislature, repromulgation is a fraud on the Constitution; Krishna Kumar Singh 2017, seven judges, laying is a mandatory constitutional obligation, failure to lay is a serious infraction, the enduring rights theory is no longer good law, and the satisfaction is reviewable on relevant material after the Forty-fourth Amendment deleted clause (4). Money bills: article 110(3) makes the Speaker's decision final; Rojer Mathew 2019 struck down the tribunal rules and referred the scope of article 110 to a larger Bench, so the question is open. Assent: articles 200 and 201 prescribe no time; the Reference of 20 November 2025 holds the function non-justiciable on the merits, forbids timelines and deemed assent, and leaves a limited mandamus for prolonged, unexplained and indefinite inaction. Defection: the Tenth Schedule; Kihoto Hollohan struck down paragraph 7 for want of ratification and held the Speaker to act as a tribunal, reviewable on limited grounds and not at an interlocutory stage.

munotes.in125

Where Indian Constitutionalism Is Under Strain

Test yourself

1. Why is re-promulgation a constitutional problem rather than a procedural one? Because an ordinance that is never laid before the legislature and is repromulgated indefinitely is legislation by the executive alone, which defeats the separation of powers. The Supreme Court has twice called it a fraud on the Constitution.

2. State three of the propositions in Krishna Kumar Singh. That laying an ordinance before the legislature is a mandatory constitutional obligation and failure to do so is a serious infraction; that the theory of enduring rights is no longer good law, survival of rights being a question of construction tested by public interest and constitutional necessity; and that the satisfaction of the President or Governor is reviewable on whether it rests on relevant material.

3. What is the current position on the money bill question? Open. In Rojer Mathew a Constitution Bench referred the question whether Part XIV of the Finance Act 2017 could have been enacted as a Money Bill, and the scope of article 110, to a larger Bench.

4. What remedy survives against indefinite delay in assent, and what does not? A limited mandamus to act within a reasonable time where the inaction is prolonged, unexplained and indefinite. What does not survive is a judicially prescribed timetable, a deemed assent under article 142, or review of the decision on its merits.

5. What did Kihoto Hollohan decide about the Speaker's role? That paragraph 7 of the Tenth Schedule was invalid for want of ratification by the States, and that the Speaker or Chairman deciding a disqualification acts as a tribunal, so the decision is subject to judicial review on limited grounds such as jurisdictional error, mala fides, breach of natural justice and perversity, but not at an interlocutory stage.

6. What is the common structure of the four criticisms? Each is a device by which a body acts without a consent the Constitution ordinarily requires: the legislature's in the ordinance and money bill cases, the elected government's in the assent case, and an impartial adjudicator's in the defection case.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in126

Chapter Twenty-Four

What a Federation Is

Syllabus topic 2, "Federalism". The second of MU's six labels, and the one that appears on all seven papers we hold in one form or another.

In one line

A federation is a State in which power is divided between one general government and several regional governments, each acting directly on the citizen, and neither able to abolish the other.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: federalism is a system of government in which sovereignty is constitutionally divided between a central authority and constituent political units, so that each has a sphere within which it is independent of the other and each derives its authority from the constitution rather than from the other. K. C. Wheare's classic formulation is that the federal principle is the method of dividing powers so that the general and regional governments are each, within a sphere, co-ordinate and independent. The essential machinery consists of a written constitution which is supreme, a division of powers between two sets of government, a rigid amending procedure protecting that division, and an independent judiciary to police it.

Why a State would divide its power at all

Because the territory is too large or too various to be governed from one place. A country of continental size cannot have its village revenue rules made in the capital and applied identically everywhere.

Because the units existed first and would not join on any other terms. The United States, Australia and Switzerland were made by units that already existed and agreed to give up some powers. India was made the other way round, by a centre dividing itself, which is why State of West Bengal v. Union of India matters.

Because in a plural society it is the only way some groups will accept a common government. A linguistic or religious minority in the country as a whole may be a majority in a State, and a federation lets it govern itself in the matters it cares about most while remaining in the union. This is the direct connection between MU's topic 2 and its topic 3, and it is the reason the two sit in one paper.

And because dividing power vertically limits government just as separating it horizontally does. A Union that cannot legislate on a State subject is a limited Union, which is why federalism appears in the list of features of constitutionalism.

The essential features of a federation

A written constitution. The division has to be recorded, because it must be capable of being proved in a court.

Supremacy of the constitution. Both governments are subordinate to it, and neither may alter the division unilaterally.

A division of powers between two sets of government. Usually by lists: some subjects to the centre, some to the units, and sometimes a shared list.

A rigid amending procedure for the federal provisions. If the centre could change the division by ordinary majority, there would be no division. In India this is the proviso to article 368(2), which requires ratification by not less than half the State legislatures for the Seventh Schedule, the representation of States in Parliament and article 368 itself.

munotes.in127

What a Federation Is

An independent judiciary as umpire. Somebody must decide whether a law is inside a list, and it cannot be either of the parties to the dispute. This is developed in [Judicial Review in the Federal Framework: The Court as Umpire].

Two further features are usually added, and India has one of them. A bicameral central legislature with a chamber representing the units, which India has in the Council of States under articles 80 and 81. And dual citizenship and separate State constitutions, which India does not have, and which is why the classical writers hesitated about it.

Wheare's test, and the two ways of failing it

Wheare's test is co-ordination and independence within a sphere. Neither government may be legally subordinate to the other in the field allotted to it.

A system fails the test if the centre can override the units at will. If the general government can legislate on a regional subject whenever it chooses, or dismiss a regional government, the regional government is not independent within any sphere.

And it fails equally if the units can leave or can nullify central law. A right of secession, or a power in a unit to declare a central law inoperative within its territory, makes the general government dependent on the units and produces a confederation.

India has to be tested against the first limb, and that is the argument of the next two chapters.

The Indian provisions that create the division

Article 1(1) declares that India, that is Bharat, shall be a Union of States. The word "Union" was chosen deliberately, and Ambedkar explained in the Assembly that the Drafting Committee wanted to make it clear that though India was to be a federation, the federation was not the result of an agreement by the States, and that no State had a right to secede.

Article 245(1) confers legislative power on Parliament for the whole or any part of the territory of India and on a State Legislature for the whole or any part of the State, in both cases subject to the provisions of the Constitution.

Article 246 allocates the fields: List I of the Seventh Schedule to Parliament exclusively, List II to the State Legislatures exclusively, and List III to both, with Parliament prevailing in a conflict under article 254.

And the executive power follows the legislative power, by articles 73 and 162, so the division reaches administration as well as legislation.

munotes.in128

What a Federation Is

A worked example

Take one ordinary subject and follow it through the machinery, because the abstract statement of the division is easy and the application is where marks are. Public health and sanitation, hospitals and dispensaries is Entry 6 of List II. Population control and family planning is Entry 20A of List III. Inter-State quarantine is Entry 81 of List I.

A State enacts a law regulating private hospitals in the State. Competent: Entry 6 of List II, and Parliament could not have made that law.

Parliament enacts a law prescribing standards for family planning services. Competent: Entry 20A of List III, and the State may also legislate on it, subject to article 254 if the two conflict.

Parliament enacts a law imposing a quarantine on movement between two States during an epidemic. Competent: Entry 81 of List I, and a State could not have made it.

Now the hard variant, which is the real work of a federal court. A State enacts a law prohibiting the movement of persons into the State during an epidemic. Is that public health under List II, or inter-State quarantine under List I? The answer is found by the doctrine of pith and substance, examined in [Pith and Substance, Colourable Legislation and Incidental Encroachment], and the point for now is that this question exists in every federation and that the umpire is a court.

The cases

India is a federation, but not one made by agreement. In State of West Bengal v. Union of India, AIR 1963 SC 1241. Facts. The Union sought to acquire coal-bearing land vested in the State of West Bengal under the Coal Bearing Areas (Acquisition and Development) Act 1957, and the State sued under article 131, arguing that it was sovereign within its own field and that Parliament could not compulsorily acquire State property. Held, by a majority. The Act was valid: the Indian Constitution is not traditionally federal in the sense of being a compact between independent sovereign units, the States were not sovereign before the Constitution, Parliament's legislative power extends to the property of a State unless the Constitution says otherwise, and there is no constitutional guarantee against acquisition of State property by the Union. Subba Rao J. dissented. Why it matters here is that it settles the character of the Indian Union: the division of power is real, but it descends from the Constitution rather than ascending from an agreement between the States.

And the federal character is nevertheless part of the basic structure. In Kesavananda Bharati Sripadagalvaru v. State of Kerala, AIR 1973 SC 1461; (1973) 4 SCC 225, the judgments named the federal character of the Constitution among the basic features that the amending power cannot destroy. Why it matters here is that it answers a natural objection to State of West Bengal: if the Union created the States, could it not abolish the division? The answer is that it may alter it by the amending procedure and may not destroy it at all.

munotes.in129

What a Federation Is

Distinctions

FeaturePresent in a federationPresent in India
Written constitutionYesYes
Supremacy of the constitutionYesYes, articles 13 and 245
Division of powers between two governmentsYesYes, article 246 and the Seventh Schedule
Rigid amendment of the federal provisionsYesYes, the proviso to article 368(2)
Independent judiciary as umpireYesYes, articles 131, 226 and 246
Bicameral central legislature with a chamber for the unitsUsuallyYes, the Council of States
Dual citizenshipUsuallyNo, single citizenship
Separate constitutions for the unitsUsuallyNo, except formerly for Jammu and Kashmir
Right of the units to secedeNoNo, expressly not

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean the units are sovereign. In no federation are they. They are independent within a sphere, which is a different and smaller claim.

It does not mean the division must be equal. Every federation gives the general government the larger and more important subjects. What matters is that the regional field exists and is protected.

It does not mean a federation must be created by agreement. Federations formed by devolution from a unitary State are still federations, and India, Belgium and Spain are examples.

And it does not mean federalism is only about legislative lists. Administrative relations, revenue sharing, the appointment of Governors, the emergency provisions and the courts are all part of the federal question, and each has its own chapter in this module.

Quick revision

A federation divides power between a general and regional governments, each co-ordinate and independent within a sphere and each deriving authority from the constitution: Wheare. Essentials: a written and supreme constitution, a division of powers, a rigid amending procedure for the federal provisions, and an independent judiciary as umpire; usually also a second chamber for the units, dual citizenship and separate unit constitutions. India has the first five and the second chamber, and does not have dual citizenship or separate State constitutions. Article 1(1): India, that is Bharat, shall be a Union of States, the word chosen to show that the federation was not the result of an agreement and that no State may secede. Article 245 confers legislative power subject to the Constitution; article 246 with the Seventh Schedule divides the fields; articles 73 and 162 make executive power follow legislative power. State of West Bengal v. Union of India 1963: not a compact between sovereign units, and Parliament may acquire State property; Subba Rao J. dissented. Kesavananda Bharati: the federal character is part of the basic structure.

munotes.in130

What a Federation Is

Test yourself

1. State Wheare's federal principle. That the method of dividing powers should be such that the general and the regional governments are each, within a sphere, co-ordinate and independent.

2. Name five essential features of a federation. A written constitution; the supremacy of that constitution over both governments; a division of powers between two sets of government; a rigid procedure for amending the federal provisions; and an independent judiciary to decide disputes about the division.

3. Why was the word "Union" used in article 1(1) rather than "Federation"? Because the Drafting Committee wished to make clear that the Indian federation was not the result of an agreement between the States and that no State had a right to secede from it.

4. What did State of West Bengal v. Union of India decide? That the Indian Constitution is not traditionally federal in the sense of a compact between sovereign units, that the States were not sovereign before it, and that Parliament may compulsorily acquire land vested in a State, there being no constitutional guarantee against it. Subba Rao J. dissented.

5. Which two usual federal features does India lack? Dual citizenship and separate constitutions for the units, Jammu and Kashmir formerly being the exception to the second.

6. Why does a paper on pluralism also deal with federalism? Because a group that is a minority in the country may be a majority in a State, so a federal division lets it govern itself in the matters it cares about most while remaining within one country. Federalism is the territorial answer to the same problem minority rights answer personally.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in131

Chapter Twenty-Five

Federal, Unitary and Confederal Government Compared

Syllabus topic 2, "Federalism".

In one line

In a unitary State the regions hold whatever the centre gives them; in a confederation the centre holds whatever the units give it; in a federation both hold what the constitution gives them.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the three forms are distinguished by where authority originates and who may withdraw it. In a unitary State all authority is vested in the central government, and regional bodies exercise powers delegated to them which may be enlarged, reduced or withdrawn by ordinary law. In a confederation the constituent States retain sovereignty, and the central body exercises only such powers as the States have conferred, usually acting on the States rather than on the citizen, with a right of withdrawal. In a federation both governments derive their authority from the constitution, each acts directly on the citizen within its own field, and neither may unilaterally alter the division.

The three forms, one by one

A unitary State. The United Kingdom, France and Japan. Local and even regional government exists, sometimes with wide powers, but it exists by statute. The Scottish Parliament has extensive competence, and it was created by an Act of the Westminster Parliament which could in law repeal it.

A confederation. The United States under the Articles of Confederation 1781 to 1789, the German Confederation, and to a degree the European Union in its intergovernmental aspects. The central body acts on the member States rather than on individuals, it usually depends on the members for revenue, and a member may leave.

A federation. The United States after 1789, Canada, Australia, Germany, Switzerland, Brazil and India. Two governments, one constitution, each acting directly on the citizen within its own field.

The decisive test is the third element in each description: who may change the division. In a unitary State the centre; in a confederation the units; in a federation neither alone.

Where India sits, and the provisions that make the question hard

The federal provisions. Article 1, a Union of States. Article 246 with the Seventh Schedule, an exclusive State List of sixty-one entries. Article 245, legislative power subject to the Constitution. The proviso to article 368(2), which protects the Lists from unilateral amendment. Articles 131 and 246, giving a court the umpire's role. Articles 268 to 281, a constitutionally regulated division of revenue with a Finance Commission.

The unitary provisions. Article 3, which lets Parliament alter the area, boundaries or name of any State by ordinary majority, the State's views being sought but not binding. Article 249, which lets Parliament legislate on a State subject if the Council of States resolves by a two-thirds majority that it is necessary in the national interest. Article 250, which lets Parliament legislate on a State subject during a national emergency. Article 356, which lets the Union assume the functions of a State government. Article 200, which lets a Governor reserve a State Bill for the President. Single citizenship, a single judiciary, a single election commission and a single audit.

munotes.in132

Federal, Unitary and Confederal Government Compared

A federation with a strong unitary bias is what most writers conclude, and the argument is worked in the next chapter.

A worked example

Suppose three constitutional changes are proposed. Which of them is possible in each of the three forms of government?

Change one: the centre abolishes a region and redistributes its territory. In a unitary State this is ordinary legislation. In a confederation it is impossible without the member's consent, and probably not even then. In a classical federation it requires the consent of the unit and usually a constitutional amendment. In India it is possible under article 3 by ordinary majority after the President has referred the Bill to the State Legislature for its views, which the Parliament is not bound to accept. That single fact is the strongest argument against calling India a classical federation.

Change two: the centre legislates on a subject reserved to the regions. Unitary: always possible. Confederal: never. Federal: not without an amendment. India: possible under article 249 if the Council of States so resolves by two-thirds, and under article 250 during an emergency, in both cases temporarily.

Change three: a region leaves the country. Unitary: no such concept. Confederal: permitted. Federal: not permitted. India: not permitted, and article 1 was drafted to say so.

The exercise is worth doing because it locates India precisely. On change three India is federal. On change two India is federal with defined temporary exceptions. On change one India is closer to unitary than any other federation, and that is the honest answer.

The cases

The Indian units were never sovereign, which rules out the confederal model at the outset. In State of West Bengal v. Union of India, AIR 1963 SC 1241. Facts. The Union's acquisition of coal-bearing land vested in West Bengal under the Coal Bearing Areas (Acquisition and Development) Act 1957, the State suing under article 131 on the footing that it was sovereign within its own field. Held, by a majority. The Constitution is not traditionally federal in the sense of a compact between sovereign units, that the States were not sovereign before it, that Parliament's legislative power extends to State property unless the Constitution provides otherwise, and that no constitutional guarantee protects a State's property from acquisition by the Union. Subba Rao J. dissented. Why it matters here is that it forecloses the confederal reading and leaves the choice between federal and quasi-federal.

munotes.in133

Federal, Unitary and Confederal Government Compared

And the territory of India is not the property of the States either. In In re Berubari Union and Exchange of Enclaves, Special Reference No. 1 of 1959, the opinion being pronounced on 14 March 1960. Facts. The Indo-Pakistan Agreement of 1958 required part of Berubari Union, which lay in West Bengal, to be transferred to Pakistan. Held. Article 3 governs the internal readjustment of the territories of States and does not authorise the cession of Indian territory to a foreign State, so a law under article 3 would be incompetent and an amendment under article 368 was necessary. Why it matters here is the shape of the answer: the internal boundary of a State can be changed by ordinary law, which is unitary; the external boundary of India cannot, which is a limit on the Union itself.

Distinctions

UnitaryConfederalFederal
Where authority originatesThe centreThe unitsThe constitution
Regional powers may be withdrawn byThe centre, by ordinary lawNot applicableNeither, without amendment
Central body acts onCitizensMember StatesCitizens, within its field
Right of a unit to leaveNo such conceptUsually yesNo
ConstitutionMay be unwrittenA treaty or compactWritten and supreme
UmpireNone neededThe membersAn independent court
ExamplesUnited Kingdom, France, JapanUnited States 1781 to 1789, German ConfederationUnited States after 1789, Australia, Canada, India
Indian provisionWhich way it points
Article 1, a Union of States; no right to secedeAgainst confederal
Article 246 and the Seventh Schedule; article 245Federal
The proviso to article 368(2)Federal
Articles 131 and 226; the Supreme Court as umpireFederal
Article 3, boundaries alterable by ordinary majorityUnitary
Articles 249 and 250Unitary, temporarily
Articles 352 to 360 and 356Unitary, during an emergency
Single citizenship, judiciary, audit and election commissionUnitary

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean a unitary State cannot have strong regional government. Devolution in the United Kingdom has given Scotland powers wider in some fields than an Indian State's. What makes it unitary is that they were given by statute and could in law be taken back.

It does not mean a confederation is a weak federation. It is a different thing: an association of States rather than a State.

It does not mean the labels settle anything by themselves. What matters is the answer to particular questions: who may alter the division, who may legislate on what, and who decides a dispute. That is why the next chapter tests India against those questions rather than against a label.

Quick revision

Unitary: all authority in the centre, regional powers delegated by statute and withdrawable; United Kingdom, France, Japan. Confederal: sovereignty in the units, the centre exercising conferred powers and usually acting on the States, with a right of withdrawal; the United States 1781 to 1789. Federal: both governments derive authority from a written and supreme constitution, each acts directly on the citizen in its own field, and neither may alter the division alone. India's federal provisions: articles 1, 245, 246 and the Seventh Schedule, the proviso to article 368(2), articles 131 and 226. Its unitary provisions: article 3, articles 249 and 250, article 356, article 200, single citizenship, a single judiciary, a single audit and a single election commission. State of West Bengal v. Union of India: the States were never sovereign, so the confederal reading is foreclosed. In re Berubari: article 3 cannot cede territory to a foreign State; that needs an amendment.

munotes.in134

Federal, Unitary and Confederal Government Compared

Test yourself

1. Give the single test that distinguishes the three forms. Who may alter the division of powers: in a unitary State the centre alone, in a confederation the units, and in a federation neither acting alone.

2. Why is devolution in the United Kingdom not federalism? Because the Scottish Parliament and the other devolved bodies were created by Acts of the Westminster Parliament, which in law retains the power to alter or repeal them, so their authority is delegated rather than constitutional.

3. Name three Indian provisions that point away from a classical federation. Article 3, which lets Parliament alter a State's area, boundaries or name by ordinary majority without the State's consent; article 249, which lets Parliament legislate on a State subject on a two-thirds resolution of the Council of States; and article 356, which lets the Union assume the functions of a State government.

4. What did In re Berubari show about the two kinds of boundary? That an internal boundary between States may be altered by ordinary law under article 3, which is a unitary feature, while the external boundary of India may not be altered except by a constitutional amendment, which is a limit on the Union itself.

5. Why does State of West Bengal v. Union of India rule out the confederal model? Because it holds that the States were not sovereign before the Constitution and that the Constitution is not a compact between sovereign units, so there was never any sovereignty in the units for a centre to have received.

6. Is a federation formed by devolution a real federation? Yes, provided the division is constitutional rather than statutory and neither government may alter it alone. India, Belgium and Spain are federations or quasi-federations formed that way.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in135

Chapter Twenty-Six

Is India a Federation? The Quasi-Federal Argument

Syllabus topic 2, "Federalism".

In one line

India is a federation whose centre is stronger than in any other, and the accurate description is not "federal" or "unitary" but federal in normal times and unitary when the Constitution says so.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: K. C. Wheare described the Indian Constitution as quasi-federal, a unitary State with subsidiary federal features rather than a federal State with subsidiary unitary features. Ambedkar, in the Constituent Assembly, said the Constitution is both unitary and federal according to the requirements of time and circumstances. The Supreme Court has moved from the language of State of West Bengal v. Union of India, that the Constitution is not traditionally federal, to that of S.R. Bommai, that federalism is a basic feature and that the States are not mere appendages of the Centre. The modern position is that India is federal, with a strong centre and with express provisions converting it to a unitary system in defined circumstances.

The case that India is not a classical federation

Article 3: the units are destructible. Parliament may by ordinary law form a new State, alter the area, boundaries or name of any State, and diminish the area of a State. The proviso requires only that the Bill be referred by the President to the State Legislature for its views within a specified period, and Parliament need not accept them. No other federation permits this. Andhra Pradesh was divided in 2014 and Jammu and Kashmir was reorganised into two Union territories in 2019.

Article 249: Parliament may enter the State List by resolution. If the Council of States declares by a resolution supported by not less than two-thirds of the members present and voting that it is necessary or expedient in the national interest, Parliament may legislate on a State List matter for one year at a time.

Article 250: and during an emergency it may do so at will. While a Proclamation of Emergency is in operation Parliament has power to make laws for the whole or any part of India with respect to any matter in the State List.

Articles 252 and 253 add two more routes. Article 252 lets Parliament legislate for two or more consenting States. Article 253 lets Parliament make any law for implementing a treaty or an international agreement, whatever the Lists say, which is examined in the chapter on how international law enters Indian law in Module IV.

Article 248 gives the residue to the Union. In the United States and Australia the residuary power belongs to the units; in India it belongs to Parliament, with Entry 97 of List I.

Articles 256, 257 and 365: the Union may direct a State, and starve it if it disobeys. A State's executive power must be so exercised as to ensure compliance with the laws of Parliament, the Union may give directions, and a failure to comply may found a Proclamation under article 356.

munotes.in136

Is India a Federation? The Quasi-Federal Argument

Article 356: the Union may dismiss a State government. Used well over a hundred times.

Article 155: the Governor is appointed by the President and holds office during his pleasure under article 156, which places the head of a State in the Union's gift.

And the machinery is single throughout. One citizenship, one judiciary with the Supreme Court above every High Court, one Election Commission, one Comptroller and Auditor General, and one All India Services cadre serving both governments.

The case that India is a federation

The division of powers is constitutional and justiciable. Article 246 gives the States an exclusive List of sixty-one entries, and a Union law on a State subject is void unless one of the express routes applies. The umpire is a court, and the courts have struck down Union laws for want of competence.

The division is entrenched. The proviso to article 368(2) requires ratification by not less than half the State legislatures before the Seventh Schedule, the representation of States in Parliament, or article 368 itself may be amended. The Union cannot alter the bargain alone.

The States have a chamber of their own. Articles 80 and 81 create a bicameral Parliament with the Council of States representing the States, and a Bill amending the entrenched provisions cannot pass without the States' legislatures.

Revenue is divided by the Constitution and by an independent body. Articles 268 to 281 allocate taxes and article 280 creates the Finance Commission, whose recommendations on the distribution of the net proceeds of taxes are made by a body neither government controls.

There is an original jurisdiction for federal disputes. Article 131 gives the Supreme Court exclusive original jurisdiction in a dispute between the Union and a State or between States.

And the federal character is unamendable. Kesavananda Bharati names it among the basic features.

How the Court's language has changed

1963: not traditionally federal. In State of West Bengal v. Union of India, AIR 1963 SC 1241. Facts. The Union's acquisition of coal-bearing land vested in the State, and Held., by a majority, that the Constitution is not traditionally federal, that the States were never sovereign, and that Parliament may acquire State property; Subba Rao J. dissented. Why it matters here is that this is the high point of the centralising reading.

1994: federalism is a basic feature and the States are not appendages. In S.R. Bommai v. Union of India, AIR 1994 SC 1918; (1994) 3 SCC 1. Facts. A group of appeals about Proclamations under article 356 dismissing State governments in Karnataka, Nagaland, Meghalaya, Madhya Pradesh, Rajasthan and Himachal Pradesh. Held. The satisfaction under article 356 is subjective but conditioned and not absolute, that relevant material is a precondition, that the Proclamation is not immune from judicial review and may be struck down if mala fide or based on wholly irrelevant or extraneous grounds, that the majority of a government is to be tested on the floor of the House, and that secularism is a basic feature. Why it matters here is that it made the strongest unitary provision in the Constitution justiciable, which changed the practical balance more than any amendment has.

munotes.in137

Is India a Federation? The Quasi-Federal Argument

2022: the States are not subordinate in a shared field. In Union of India v. Mohit Minerals Pvt Ltd, (2022) 10 SCC 700. Facts. A challenge to the levy of integrated goods and services tax on ocean freight in a contract of import, and the question whether the recommendations of the Goods and Services Tax Council bind the Union and the States. Held. The recommendations of the Council are not binding but have persuasive value, since article 246A confers simultaneous legislative power on the Union and the States and article 279A does not create a body whose recommendations displace that power; and it described Indian federalism as a dialogue in which the States and the Centre are equal participants in a shared field. Why it matters here is that it is the most recent authoritative statement, and it is the answer to the argument that the goods and services tax destroyed fiscal federalism.

A worked example

A candidate is asked whether India is a federation and writes "India is quasi-federal, as Wheare said". What is missing, and what would a good answer add?

What is missing is that the question is about a document, not a label. Wheare wrote in 1951 about a Constitution one year old, before Bommai, before the 73rd and 74th Amendments, before the Finance Commission had become the principal channel of resources, and before article 246A. A label from 1951 is a starting point.

A good answer separates the provisions from the practice. On the text, the centralising provisions are stronger than in any comparable federation. In practice, article 249 has been used rarely, article 356 is now reviewable and its use has fallen sharply since 1994, and the fiscal share going to the States is fixed by a body neither government controls.

A good answer also distinguishes normal times from emergencies. Ambedkar's formulation, that the Constitution is both unitary and federal according to the requirements of time and circumstances, is not a fudge: it describes a document that changes character in defined and reviewable circumstances, which is itself a federal design decision.

munotes.in138

Is India a Federation? The Quasi-Federal Argument

And a good answer takes a position. The defensible conclusion is that India is a federation with a strong centre, that its federal character is part of the basic structure and therefore beyond amendment, and that the unitary provisions are exceptions which the Constitution defines and the courts police, rather than the general rule.

Distinctions

Wheare's viewAmbedkar's viewThe Court's current view
Quasi-federal: a unitary State with subsidiary federal featuresBoth unitary and federal according to the requirements of time and circumstancesFederal, with a strong centre; federalism is a basic feature and the States are not appendages of the Centre
Centralising provisionFederal counterweight
Article 3, boundaries alterable by ordinary lawThe State Legislature's views must be sought; and article 4 amendments are not article 368 amendments
Article 249, entry into the State List by resolutionOnly by two-thirds of the Council of States, the chamber of the States, and for one year at a time
Article 250, legislation on State subjects in an emergencyOnly while the Proclamation lasts, and the Proclamation is now reviewable
Article 356, dismissal of a State governmentS.R. Bommai: reviewable, floor test, relevant material required
Article 248, the residue to the UnionThe State List is exclusive and justiciable
The Governor appointed and removable by the UnionArticles 163 and 200 confine the office, and delay in assent is now examinable

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean the label controls the result. No case has ever been decided by asking whether India is federal. Cases are decided by reading article 246, article 254 or article 356.

It does not mean the balance is fixed. It has moved twice by amendment, in 1976 towards the centre and in 1992 and 2016 in mixed directions, and once by judicial decision in 1994.

It does not mean a strong centre is a defect. The Constituent Assembly chose it deliberately, against the background of Partition and of five hundred and sixty-two princely States, and Ambedkar defended it on that ground.

And it does not mean the federal features can be removed. Kesavananda Bharati puts the federal character in the basic structure, so an amendment abolishing the State List would be void however it was passed.

Quick revision

Wheare: quasi-federal, a unitary State with subsidiary federal features. Ambedkar: both unitary and federal according to the requirements of time and circumstances. Centralising provisions: article 3, articles 248, 249, 250, 252, 253, articles 256, 257 and 365, article 356, articles 155 and 156, single citizenship, judiciary, election commission and audit. Federal provisions: articles 245 and 246 with an exclusive State List, the proviso to article 368(2), the Council of States, articles 268 to 281 and the Finance Commission under article 280, article 131, and the federal character as a basic feature under Kesavananda. State of West Bengal 1963: not traditionally federal, the States were never sovereign. S.R. Bommai 1994: federalism is basic, article 356 is reviewable, the floor test. Mohit Minerals 2022: the GST Council's recommendations are persuasive and not binding, because article 246A gives simultaneous power, and Indian federalism is a dialogue between equal participants.

munotes.in139

Is India a Federation? The Quasi-Federal Argument

Test yourself

1. State Wheare's and Ambedkar's descriptions and the difference between them. Wheare called the Constitution quasi-federal, a unitary State with subsidiary federal features. Ambedkar said it is both unitary and federal according to the requirements of time and circumstances. Wheare describes a permanent character; Ambedkar describes a document that changes character in defined circumstances.

2. Name five provisions that make the Indian centre stronger than in a classical federation. Article 3, alteration of State boundaries by ordinary law; article 248 and Entry 97, the residuary power in the Union; article 249, entry into the State List on a resolution of the Council of States; article 250, legislation on State subjects during an emergency; and article 356, the dismissal of a State government.

3. Name five provisions that are genuinely federal. Article 246 with an exclusive State List; the proviso to article 368(2) requiring ratification by half the States; the Council of States; articles 268 to 281 with the Finance Commission under article 280; and article 131, the original jurisdiction in Union and State disputes.

4. How did S.R. Bommai change the practical balance? By holding that the satisfaction under article 356 is conditioned rather than absolute, that a Proclamation is reviewable and may be struck down if mala fide or based on irrelevant grounds, and that a government's majority is tested on the floor of the House. That made the strongest unitary provision justiciable.

5. What did Mohit Minerals decide about the GST Council? That its recommendations are persuasive and not binding, because article 246A confers simultaneous legislative power on the Union and the States, and Indian federalism is a dialogue in which both are equal participants in the shared field.

6. Why can the federal character not be amended away? Because Kesavananda Bharati names it among the basic features, so an amendment destroying the division of powers would be beyond the amending power however it was passed.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in140

Chapter Twenty-Seven

The Federal Features of the Indian Constitution

Syllabus topic 2, "Federalism". Set as a question in its own right on Q.P. 50548 (2019), and as half of a comparison on Q.P. 12192 (2015) and Q.P. 11757 (2016).

In one line

The Indian Constitution has every structural feature a federation needs, and the answer to MU's question is those features, article by article, with the unitary features stated honestly alongside.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the federal features of the Indian Constitution are a written and supreme constitution; a division of legislative, executive and financial powers between the Union and the States; a bicameral Parliament with a Council of States representing the States; the entrenchment of the federal provisions in the proviso to article 368(2); an independent judiciary with an original jurisdiction in federal disputes; and a constitutionally regulated division of revenue with an independent Finance Commission. To these must be added that the federal character has been held part of the basic structure and so cannot be amended away.

Feature one: a written and supreme constitution

A federation cannot exist without a written constitution, because the division of powers must be provable in a court, and it cannot exist without that constitution being supreme, because otherwise either government could alter the division by ordinary law.

In India, article 245 makes all legislative power subject to the provisions of the Constitution, and article 13 voids a law inconsistent with Part III. Both governments are equally bound.

Feature two: the division of legislative power

Article 246 with the Seventh Schedule is the heart of the federal scheme. List I gives Parliament exclusive power over ninety-seven entries including defence, foreign affairs, railways, banking, currency and inter-State trade. List II gives the State Legislatures exclusive power over sixty-one entries including public order, police, public health, agriculture, land, local government and State taxes. List III gives both power over forty-seven entries including criminal law, criminal procedure, marriage and divorce, contracts, bankruptcy, trade unions, education and forests.

Article 254 resolves a conflict on the Concurrent List in favour of the Union law, subject to the saving in clause (2) where a State law reserved for the President has received his assent.

Article 248 with Entry 97 of List I gives the residue to Parliament. That is a departure from the American and Australian pattern and it is deliberate.

Feature three: the division of executive and financial power

Articles 73 and 162 make executive power follow legislative power, so the division reaches administration and not only legislation.

Articles 268 to 281 divide the revenue. Some duties are levied by the Union and collected and appropriated by the States (article 268); taxes on inter-State trade are levied and collected by the Union and assigned to the States (article 269); the net proceeds of Union taxes are divided under article 270; grants in aid are made under article 275; and article 282 permits either government to make grants for any public purpose.

munotes.in141

The Federal Features of the Indian Constitution

Article 280 creates the Finance Commission, constituted by the President every fifth year, to recommend the distribution of the net proceeds of taxes between the Union and the States and the allocation between States, and the principles governing grants in aid. It is the mechanism by which the vertical and horizontal division of money is settled by a body that is neither government.

Feature four: a chamber for the States

Articles 80 and 81 create a bicameral Parliament. The Council of States consists of not more than two hundred and thirty-eight representatives of the States and Union territories, elected by the elected members of the State Legislative Assemblies by proportional representation with a single transferable vote, plus twelve members nominated by the President.

The representation is not equal, unlike the American Senate: seats are allotted by population in the Fourth Schedule, so Uttar Pradesh has thirty-one and Sikkim one. That is a real difference and it belongs in the comparison chapter.

But the Council has two federal functions the House of the People does not. A resolution of the Council under article 249 is the only route by which Parliament may legislate on a State subject in normal times, and article 312 requires a Council resolution before Parliament may create a new All India Service.

Feature five: entrenchment

The proviso to article 368(2) requires that an amendment seeking to make a change in article 54, 55, 73, 162 or 241, in Chapter IV of Part V, Chapter V of Part VI or Chapter I of Part XI, in any of the Lists in the Seventh Schedule, in the representation of States in Parliament, or in article 368 itself, be ratified by the legislatures of not less than one-half of the States.

That is the constitutional guarantee of the federal bargain. Without it, Parliament could transfer any State subject to itself by a two-thirds vote of its own Houses.

Feature six: an umpire

Article 131 gives the Supreme Court exclusive original jurisdiction in a dispute between the Government of India and one or more States, or between two or more States, if the dispute involves a question on which the existence or extent of a legal right depends.

Articles 246 and 254 give it the working jurisdiction, since every question whether a law is inside a List reaches a court in ordinary litigation, and article 132 provides an appeal in any case involving a substantial question of law as to the interpretation of the Constitution.

And article 245 read with article 226 lets a High Court decide the same questions at first instance.

munotes.in142

The Federal Features of the Indian Constitution

A worked example

MU's question is "Explain the Federal features of the Indian Constitution". How should twenty-five marks be spent?

Open by defining a federation and naming the test, which takes two sentences: division of powers between two governments each co-ordinate and independent within a sphere, on Wheare's formulation.

Then take the six features in order, giving each its article and one sentence of explanation. Written and supreme constitution, articles 13 and 245. Division of legislative power, article 246 and the three Lists with their entry counts. Division of executive and financial power, articles 73, 162 and 268 to 281 with the Finance Commission under article 280. A chamber for the States, articles 80 and 249. Entrenchment, the proviso to article 368(2). An umpire, articles 131 and 246.

Then state the unitary features honestly, because an answer that hides them is not a discussion: articles 3, 248, 249, 250, 356 and 365, single citizenship and a single judiciary.

Then give the judicial position with two cases, State of West Bengal v. Union of India for the character of the Union and S.R. Bommai for federalism as a basic feature.

And conclude with a position. A federation with a strong centre, whose federal character is unamendable and whose unitary provisions are defined exceptions policed by the courts.

The cases

The residuary power is real and it is wide. In Union of India v. H.S. Dhillon, AIR 1972 SC 1061. Facts. A challenge to the Wealth-tax Act 1957 as amended in 1969 to include the capital value of agricultural land, on the ground that taxes on agricultural land fall within Entry 49 of List II. Held, by four to three. The amendment was valid: where a Union law is challenged, the correct approach is to ask whether it falls in List II or List III, and if it does not, Parliament's competence under Entry 97 of List I read with article 248 is established without any need to point to a specific entry in List I. Why it matters here is that it explains how the residuary power actually operates: it is not a last resort but the default position for a Union law.

The Union is not a creature of the States. In State of West Bengal v. Union of India, AIR 1963 SC 1241, the majority held that the Constitution is not traditionally federal in the sense of a compact between sovereign units, that the States were not sovereign before the Constitution, and that Parliament may compulsorily acquire land vested in a State. Subba Rao J. dissented. Why it matters here is that the federal features listed above coexist with a Union whose authority does not derive from the States.

munotes.in143

The Federal Features of the Indian Constitution

And the federal character is protected. In S.R. Bommai v. Union of India, AIR 1994 SC 1918; (1994) 3 SCC 1, the nine-judge Bench held, among twelve conclusions, that the satisfaction under article 356 is conditioned and reviewable, that the floor of the House is the place to test a majority, and that federalism and secularism are basic features. Why it matters here is that it converts the list of federal features from a description into a limit on the amending power.

Distinctions

Federal featureArticleUnitary featureArticle
Written, supreme constitution13, 245Alteration of State boundaries by ordinary law3
Division of legislative power246, Seventh ScheduleResiduary power in the Union248, Entry 97
Division of executive power73, 162Union directions to a State256, 257, 365
Division of revenue; Finance Commission268 to 281, 280Grants at the Union's discretion282
Council of States80, 249, 312Representation by population, not equalityFourth Schedule
EntrenchmentProviso to 368(2)Emergency legislation on State subjects250
Supreme Court as umpire131, 132, 246A single judiciary with no State courts214, 233

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean the lists are watertight. The Concurrent List is shared by design, and the doctrines of pith and substance and incidental encroachment exist precisely because entries overlap.

It does not mean the Council of States is a Senate. Representation is by population and members are elected by State legislators rather than directly, so it represents the States less strongly than its American counterpart.

It does not mean the Finance Commission's recommendations bind. They are recommendations, laid before Parliament with an explanatory memorandum, and their force is political and conventional rather than legal.

And it does not mean listing the features answers the question. MU's stem says "explain", and an answer that lists six articles without saying what each does has not explained anything.

Quick revision

Six federal features: a written and supreme constitution (articles 13 and 245); a division of legislative power (article 246 and the Seventh Schedule, with 97, 61 and 47 entries in Lists I, II and III, article 254 for conflicts and article 248 with Entry 97 for the residue); a division of executive and financial power (articles 73, 162 and 268 to 281, with the Finance Commission under article 280); a chamber for the States (articles 80 and 81, with the special functions in articles 249 and 312); entrenchment (the proviso to article 368(2), ratification by half the States); and an umpire (articles 131, 132 and 246). Unitary features: articles 3, 248, 249, 250, 356 and 365, single citizenship and a single judiciary. H.S. Dhillon: ask whether a Union law falls in List II or III; if not, Entry 97 with article 248 establishes competence. State of West Bengal: not a compact between sovereign units. S.R. Bommai: federalism is a basic feature.

munotes.in144

The Federal Features of the Indian Constitution

Test yourself

1. List the six federal features with one article each. Written and supreme constitution, article 245; division of legislative power, article 246; division of executive and financial power, article 73 and article 280; a chamber for the States, article 80; entrenchment, the proviso to article 368(2); an umpire, article 131.

2. How many entries are in each List, and give two examples from each. List I has 97: defence, foreign affairs. List II has 61: public order, police. List III has 47: criminal law, education.

3. What did H.S. Dhillon decide about the residuary power? That where a Union law is challenged the correct approach is to ask whether it falls within List II or List III; if it does not, Parliament's competence is established by Entry 97 of List I read with article 248 without any need to find a specific entry in List I.

4. Why is the proviso to article 368(2) a federal feature? Because it prevents the Union's own Parliament from altering the Seventh Schedule, the representation of States in Parliament, or article 368 itself, without ratification by the legislatures of not less than half the States.

5. Give two federal functions of the Council of States that the House of the People does not have. A resolution under article 249, which is the only route by which Parliament may legislate on a State subject in normal times; and a resolution under article 312, which is required before Parliament may create a new All India Service.

6. Why should an answer on federal features also state the unitary ones? Because MU asks for an explanation and not a list, and because the character of Indian federalism is precisely the coexistence of a full federal structure with an unusually strong centre. An answer that omits articles 3, 249, 250 and 356 has described a different Constitution.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in145

Chapter Twenty-Eight

The Union and Its Territory: Articles 1 to 4

Syllabus topic 2, "Federalism".

In one line

India is an indestructible Union of destructible States: the country cannot be broken up, but any State can be redrawn or abolished by an ordinary Act of Parliament.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 1 declares that India, that is Bharat, shall be a Union of States, and that the territory of India comprises the territories of the States, the Union territories specified in the First Schedule, and such other territories as may be acquired. Article 2 empowers Parliament by law to admit into the Union, or establish, new States on such terms and conditions as it thinks fit. Article 3 empowers Parliament by law to form a new State, to increase or diminish the area of any State, and to alter the boundaries or name of any State, subject only to a procedural requirement that the President recommend the Bill and refer it to the State Legislature for its views within a specified period. Article 4 provides that a law under article 2 or 3 may make consequential amendments to the First and Fourth Schedules and shall not be deemed to be an amendment for the purposes of article 368.

The words, and the two things they settle

Article 1(1): "India, that is Bharat, shall be a Union of States." Ambedkar explained the choice in the Assembly: the Drafting Committee used "Union" rather than "Federation" to make it clear that the Indian federation was not the result of an agreement by the States to join it, and that no State had a right to secede from it. So the word decides the confederal question in the first line of the document.

Article 1(2) and (3) define the territory: the States and their territories as specified in the First Schedule, the Union territories specified in that Schedule, and such other territories as may be acquired.

Article 2: admission and establishment. Parliament may by law admit into the Union, or establish, new States, on such terms and conditions as it thinks fit. Admission covers a territory already existing outside India; establishment covers a new State created from territory not previously part of any State.

Article 3: reorganisation of what is already inside. Parliament may form a new State by separating territory from any State, by uniting two or more States or parts of States, or by uniting any territory to a part of any State; increase or diminish the area of any State; and alter the boundaries or the name of any State.

The proviso is the whole of a State's protection, and it is thin. No Bill for the purpose may be introduced in either House except on the recommendation of the President, and unless, where the proposal affects the area, boundaries or name of any State, the President has referred the Bill to the Legislature of that State for expressing its views within such period as he specifies. Parliament is not bound by those views, and the President need not wait beyond the period specified.

munotes.in146

The Union and Its Territory: Articles 1 to 4

Why article 3 is the most unfederal provision in the Constitution

Because in every other federation the units are indestructible. Article IV, section 3 of the United States Constitution provides that no new State shall be formed within the jurisdiction of another, nor by the junction of two or more States or parts of States, without the consent of the legislatures concerned as well as of Congress. The Australian Constitution requires the consent of the Parliament of the State concerned and a referendum of its electors.

Because the Indian requirement is only to ask. The State's Legislature expresses views. Nothing turns on what those views are.

Because article 4 removes the last protection. A law under article 2 or 3 may amend the First Schedule, which lists the States and their territories, and the Fourth Schedule, which allots seats in the Council of States, and it is expressly not an amendment for the purposes of article 368. So a State can be abolished by simple majority, and even the entrenchment in the proviso to article 368(2) does not apply.

And the power has been used repeatedly. Andhra Pradesh was divided in 2014; Jammu and Kashmir was reorganised into two Union territories in 2019; and the States Reorganisation Act 1956 redrew the map of the whole country.

Where the power stops

It stops at the external boundary. In In re Berubari Union and Exchange of Enclaves, Special Reference No. 1 of 1959, opinion pronounced on 14 March 1960. Facts. The Indo-Pakistan Agreement of 1958 required the division of Berubari Union, which lay in West Bengal, and the exchange of the Cooch-Behar enclaves. Held. Article 3 relates to the internal readjustment of the territories of the constituent States and does not authorise the cession of Indian territory to a foreign State; a law of Parliament relatable to article 3 would be incompetent, a law relatable to article 368 is competent and necessary, and a law under both would be needed only if Parliament first amended article 3. Why it matters here is the symmetry: the States are destructible by ordinary law and the Union's own territory is not, which is exactly what "indestructible Union of destructible States" means.

And it stops at nothing else. In Babulal Parate v. State of Bombay, AIR 1960 SC 51. Facts. A challenge to the States Reorganisation Act 1956 and the Bombay Reorganisation proposals; the petitioner argued that after the Bill had been referred to the State Legislature it was substantially modified in Parliament, so that the Legislature had never expressed its views on the Bill as passed, and that the reference was therefore ineffective. Held. The proviso requires only that the Bill as introduced be referred and the State's views be obtained within the period specified; Parliament may thereafter amend the Bill, and there is no obligation to make a fresh reference of the amended Bill. Why it matters here is that it removes the last practical restraint: a State's views may be sought on one proposal and a different one enacted.

munotes.in147

The Union and Its Territory: Articles 1 to 4

A worked example

Parliament proposes to create a new State by separating three districts from State A and two from State B, to rename State A, and to transfer a border village to Bangladesh under a boundary agreement. What is required for each?

The new State and the transfer of districts. Article 3(a) and (b): a Bill on the President's recommendation, referred to the Legislatures of States A and B for their views within a specified period, then an ordinary majority in both Houses. The States cannot prevent it.

The renaming of State A. Article 3(e), same procedure. Note that the State's own view is again only a view.

The consequential changes to the First and Fourth Schedules. Article 4: the same Act may make them, and it is not an amendment for the purposes of article 368.

The village transferred to Bangladesh. This is the one that fails. In re Berubari holds that article 3 does not authorise cession to a foreign State; that requires an amendment under article 368, which is how the Constitution (One Hundredth Amendment) Act 2015 gave effect to the India and Bangladesh land boundary agreement.

Note the shape of the answer. Three things need only an ordinary Act and a formality; one needs a constitutional amendment. That contrast is the chapter.

Distinctions

Article 2Article 3
Deals withAdmission or establishment of new StatesReorganisation of existing States
Territory involvedOutside the existing States, or newly acquiredAlready within the States
The State's viewsNot requiredMust be sought, but do not bind
Presidential recommendationNot required by the provisoRequired
ExampleSikkim, admitted in 1975 by the Thirty-sixth AmendmentAndhra Pradesh divided in 2014
IndiaUnited StatesAustralia
May the centre redraw a unit's boundaries?Yes, by ordinary lawNot without the consent of the legislatures concernedNot without the State Parliament's consent and a referendum
May it abolish a unit?YesNoNo
Is such a law a constitutional amendment?No, article 4Yes in effectYes
May territory be ceded to a foreign State?Only by amendment: In re BerubariBy treatyBy treaty
munotes.in148

The Union and Its Territory: Articles 1 to 4

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean a State has no protection at all. The Union's power is legislative, and it must be exercised by an Act passed by both Houses in the ordinary way, which is a political constraint even if it is not a legal one. And a reorganisation that was mala fide or that destroyed the federal structure would be open to challenge on the basic structure ground, as was argued in the Jammu and Kashmir litigation.

It does not mean the State's views are pointless. They are laid before Parliament and they inform the debate; and where a State has been consulted and its objections recorded, the political cost of overriding them is real.

It does not mean Parliament may hand territory to another country by ordinary law. In re Berubari forecloses that.

And it does not mean a settlement of a boundary dispute is a cession. Where the boundary was always uncertain and an agreement merely ascertains it, no transfer of Indian territory occurs and no amendment is required. Where territory indisputably Indian passes to another State, it is a cession and article 368 applies.

Quick revision

Article 1: India, that is Bharat, shall be a Union of States; "Union" chosen to show the federation was not the result of an agreement and that no State may secede; the territory comprises the States, the Union territories in the First Schedule, and territories acquired. Article 2: admission or establishment of new States on such terms as Parliament thinks fit. Article 3: formation of new States, increase or diminution of area, alteration of boundaries or name; the proviso requires the President's recommendation and a reference to the State Legislature for its views within a specified period, which do not bind. Article 4: consequential amendments to the First and Fourth Schedules, and such a law is not an amendment for article 368. Babulal Parate: only the Bill as introduced need be referred, and Parliament may amend it afterwards without a fresh reference. In re Berubari: article 3 does not authorise cession to a foreign State; that requires article 368, as was done by the Hundredth Amendment 2015 for the India and Bangladesh land boundary agreement.

Test yourself

1. Why does article 1 say "Union of States" rather than "Federation"? Because the Drafting Committee wished to record that the Indian federation was not the result of an agreement by the States to join it and that no State has a right to secede.

2. What protection does a State have against being redrawn or abolished? Only that the Bill must be recommended by the President and referred to the State Legislature for its views within a period the President specifies. The views do not bind Parliament.

munotes.in149

The Union and Its Territory: Articles 1 to 4

3. What did Babulal Parate decide, and why does it matter? That the proviso requires only the Bill as introduced to be referred, so Parliament may substantially amend it afterwards without a fresh reference. It removes the last practical restraint on article 3.

4. Why is a law under article 3 not a constitutional amendment? Because article 4 provides that such a law may make the consequential changes to the First and Fourth Schedules and shall not be deemed to be an amendment for the purposes of article 368.

5. How may Indian territory be ceded to a foreign State? Only by a constitutional amendment under article 368, as In re Berubari held and as the Hundredth Amendment 2015 did for the India and Bangladesh land boundary agreement.

6. Explain the phrase "an indestructible Union of destructible States". The Union itself cannot be broken up: no State may secede and no territory may be ceded except by amendment. The States can be created, merged, renamed or abolished by an ordinary Act of Parliament under article 3.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in150

Chapter Twenty-Nine

States Reorganisation, and the Language Question

Syllabus topic 2, "Federalism".

In one line

India redrew its internal map on linguistic lines between 1953 and 1956, which is why an Indian State is usually a language community with a government.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: at independence the provinces were the administrative units of British India and the princely States were separate. The demand for States organised on linguistic lines was resisted at first and then conceded. The Linguistic Provinces Commission under S. K. Dhar reported in December 1948 against reorganisation on a linguistic basis; the JVP Committee of Jawaharlal Nehru, Vallabhbhai Patel and Pattabhi Sitaramayya reported in April 1949 to the same effect; Andhra was created in 1953 after the death of Potti Sriramulu following a fast; the States Reorganisation Commission under Fazl Ali, K. M. Panikkar and H. N. Kunzru reported in 1955; and the States Reorganisation Act 1956, with the Seventh Amendment, redrew the map into fourteen States and six Union territories.

Why the question arose at all

Because British India's provinces were administrative accidents. The Bombay Presidency contained Marathi, Gujarati, Kannada and Konkani speakers; Madras contained Tamil, Telugu, Malayalam and Kannada speakers. The boundaries followed conquest and revenue convenience.

Because the national movement had already organised itself linguistically. The Indian National Congress reorganised its own provincial committees on a linguistic basis in 1920, which created an expectation.

And because language in India is not merely a means of communication. It carries a literature, a script, a body of custom and a sense of a people, which is why the demand was so strong and why it is a pluralism question as much as a federal one. That connection is developed in the chapter on linguistic pluralism in Module II.

The four stages

1948: the Dhar Commission. The Linguistic Provinces Commission, chaired by S. K. Dhar, reported in December 1948 that reorganisation should be based on administrative convenience rather than on language, and warned that linguistic provinces would encourage sub-national loyalties.

1949: the JVP Committee. Jawaharlal Nehru, Vallabhbhai Patel and Pattabhi Sitaramayya, appointed by the Congress, reported in April 1949 that the formation of new provinces on a linguistic basis should be deferred, security and unity being the first consideration, though they allowed that Andhra might be an exception if the demand persisted.

1953: Andhra. Potti Sriramulu died on 15 December 1952 after a fast of fifty-eight days for a Telugu-speaking State. Andhra State was created on 1 October 1953 by the Andhra State Act 1953, separating Telugu-speaking areas from Madras. That conceded the principle.

1953 to 1956: the States Reorganisation Commission and the Act. The Commission under Fazl Ali, with K. M. Panikkar and H. N. Kunzru, was appointed in December 1953 and reported on 30 September 1955. It accepted language as an important but not the sole criterion, giving weight also to the unity and security of India, financial and administrative viability, and the interests of the people of the area. The States Reorganisation Act 1956, passed with the Constitution (Seventh Amendment) Act 1956, abolished the categories of Part A, B and C States and created fourteen States and six Union territories.

munotes.in151

States Reorganisation, and the Language Question

What happened after 1956

Bombay was divided in 1960 into Maharashtra and Gujarat by the Bombay Reorganisation Act 1960, after the Samyukta Maharashtra and Mahagujarat movements. It is worth noting because Babulal Parate arises from this process.

Punjab was divided in 1966 into Punjab, Haryana and the Union territory of Chandigarh, with hill areas going to Himachal Pradesh.

The north east was reorganised by the North-Eastern Areas (Reorganisation) Act 1971 and later Acts, creating Meghalaya, Manipur, Tripura, Mizoram and Arunachal Pradesh.

Three States were created in 2000 on grounds other than language: Chhattisgarh from Madhya Pradesh, Uttarakhand from Uttar Pradesh, and Jharkhand from Bihar, largely on grounds of tribal identity, terrain and neglect.

Telangana was created in 2014 from Andhra Pradesh by the Andhra Pradesh Reorganisation Act 2014, on grounds of regional development rather than language, both States speaking Telugu.

And Jammu and Kashmir was reorganised in 2019 into two Union territories, which is the subject of its own chapter.

The pattern is worth stating. Language was the organising principle from 1953 to 1971; since 2000 the grounds have been development, terrain and identity, and the two Telugu States show that language is no longer the criterion.

The language provisions that go with the map

Article 345 lets a State Legislature adopt any one or more of the languages in use in the State, or Hindi, as the official language of that State.

Article 347 empowers the President, on a demand made and if satisfied that a substantial proportion of the population of a State desire the use of a language spoken by them to be recognised, to direct that the language be officially recognised throughout the State or any part of it.

Article 344 provides for a Commission and a Committee of Parliament on official language.

And articles 350A and 350B protect the linguistic minority left inside a reorganised State, by requiring facilities for instruction in the mother tongue at the primary stage and by creating a Special Officer for linguistic minorities. Those are taken up in the chapter on linguistic pluralism in Module II.

A worked example

A movement demands a new State to be carved out of the eastern districts of an existing State, on the ground that those districts speak a distinct language, have a distinct literature, and have received a disproportionately small share of public investment. The State government opposes it. What is the constitutional route, and what stops it?

munotes.in152

States Reorganisation, and the Language Question

The route is article 3, and it is short. A Bill on the President's recommendation, referred to the State Legislature for its views within a specified period, then an ordinary majority in both Houses of Parliament. The State's opposition is a view and no more.

Nothing in the Constitution requires a linguistic basis. The criteria applied since 1955 are policy criteria, drawn from the States Reorganisation Commission's report and from practice: language, administrative and financial viability, the unity and security of India, and the interests of the people of the area. A court will not apply them, because article 3 confers a legislative power and not a discretion to be reviewed for reasonableness.

And Babulal Parate removes the procedural objection. In Babulal Parate v. State of Bombay, AIR 1960 SC 51. Facts. The Bill implementing the States Reorganisation Commission's proposals for Bombay was referred to the State Legislature and then substantially modified in Parliament, so that the Legislature had never expressed its views on the Bill as passed. Held. The proviso to article 3 requires only that the Bill as introduced be referred and the views be obtained within the period specified, and that Parliament may amend the Bill thereafter without a fresh reference. Why it matters here is that a movement cannot be defeated, and a State cannot be protected, by an argument about what exactly was referred.

What actually decides the question is political, and that is the honest answer: the constitutional threshold is low and the political threshold is high, which is why demands persist for decades.

Distinctions

BodyYearWhat it recommended
Linguistic Provinces Commission (Dhar)1948Reorganisation on administrative convenience, not language
JVP Committee (Nehru, Patel, Sitaramayya)1949Defer linguistic provinces; Andhra a possible exception
States Reorganisation Commission (Fazl Ali, Panikkar, Kunzru)1955Language an important but not the sole criterion, with unity, viability and the people's interests
Sarkaria Commission1988Nothing to do with reorganisation: it reported on Centre-State relations

The last row is in this table because MU has printed a question attributing the language recommendation to Sarkaria. It is a factual error in the printed question, and a candidate who knows what Sarkaria actually was can answer the question and say so.

PeriodOrganising principleExamples
1953 to 1971LanguageAndhra 1953, the 1956 Act, Maharashtra and Gujarat 1960, Punjab and Haryana 1966
2000Tribal identity, terrain, regional neglectChhattisgarh, Uttarakhand, Jharkhand
2014 onwardsRegional development and administrationTelangana, both States speaking Telugu

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean the Constitution requires linguistic States. Article 3 sets no criterion at all. The linguistic principle is policy, not law.

munotes.in153

States Reorganisation, and the Language Question

It does not mean every State is monolingual. Every State contains linguistic minorities, which is why articles 347, 350A and 350B exist.

It does not mean reorganisation ended in 1956. It has continued in every decade since, on shifting grounds.

And it does not mean linguistic reorganisation was a mistake or a success. The Dhar Commission's fear was that it would encourage separatism; the counter-argument is that conceding the linguistic demand removed the grievance and that India's linguistic diversity has not produced secession. An answer that states both is better than one that asserts either.

Quick revision

Dhar Commission 1948: administrative convenience, not language. JVP Committee 1949: defer, with Andhra a possible exception. Potti Sriramulu died 15 December 1952; Andhra State created 1 October 1953. States Reorganisation Commission under Fazl Ali, Panikkar and Kunzru, appointed December 1953, reported 30 September 1955: language important but not the sole criterion, with unity and security, viability and the people's interests. States Reorganisation Act 1956 with the Seventh Amendment: fourteen States and six Union territories, abolishing Parts A, B and C. Later: Bombay divided 1960, Punjab 1966, the north east from 1971, three States in 2000 on non-linguistic grounds, Telangana 2014, Jammu and Kashmir 2019. Language provisions: articles 344, 345 and 347, with 350A and 350B protecting linguistic minorities. Babulal Parate: only the Bill as introduced need be referred. The Sarkaria Commission was on Centre-State relations and reported in 1988.

Test yourself

1. Name the three bodies that considered reorganisation before 1956 and what each recommended. The Dhar Commission 1948, against a linguistic basis and for administrative convenience; the JVP Committee 1949, to defer linguistic provinces with Andhra as a possible exception; and the States Reorganisation Commission 1955, accepting language as an important but not the sole criterion alongside unity and security, viability and the interests of the people.

2. What was the Sarkaria Commission, and why is that worth knowing here? It was a commission on Centre-State relations which reported in 1988. It is worth knowing because a printed examination question has attributed the linguistic reorganisation recommendation to it, and a candidate who knows the difference can answer accurately.

3. What did the States Reorganisation Act 1956 do? It redrew the internal map into fourteen States and six Union territories and, with the Seventh Amendment, abolished the classification of States into Parts A, B and C.

4. Give two States created on grounds other than language and say what the grounds were. Jharkhand in 2000, on grounds of tribal identity and regional neglect; and Telangana in 2014, on grounds of regional development, both it and Andhra Pradesh speaking Telugu.

munotes.in154

States Reorganisation, and the Language Question

5. Does the Constitution require a State to be linguistically homogeneous? No. Article 3 lays down no criterion, and articles 347, 350A and 350B exist precisely because every State contains linguistic minorities.

6. What procedural argument did Babulal Parate close off? That where a Bill referred to a State Legislature is substantially amended in Parliament, a fresh reference is needed. The Court held that only the Bill as introduced need be referred and Parliament may amend it afterwards.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in155

Chapter Thirty

The Division of Legislative Power and the Three Lists

Syllabus topic 2, "Federalism".

In one line

The Seventh Schedule divides every subject of legislation into three lists, and the whole of Indian federalism in practice is the question of which list a given law falls in.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 246 read with the Seventh Schedule distributes legislative power. Clause (1) gives Parliament exclusive power to make laws with respect to any of the matters in List I, the Union List, notwithstanding anything in clauses (2) and (3). Clause (2) gives Parliament and the State Legislatures power over List III, the Concurrent List, notwithstanding anything in clause (3). Clause (3) gives a State Legislature exclusive power over List II, the State List, subject to clauses (1) and (2). Clause (4) gives Parliament power to make laws for any territory not included in a State. The non obstante clauses establish the order of priority: Union List, then Concurrent List, then State List.

How to read the Schedule

Each List is a list of "matters" or fields, not of statutes. Entry 22 of List I is "Railways"; every law about railways falls under it, whatever the law is called.

Entries are read widely. The settled rule of construction is that the entries in the Lists are not powers of legislation but fields of legislation, and that the widest possible amplitude must be given to the words. An entry includes all ancillary and subsidiary matters fairly and reasonably comprehended in it.

Taxing entries are separate and are read strictly. The power to tax is not implied in a general entry. List I has taxing entries at 82 to 92C and List II at 45 to 63, and a tax must be traced to a taxing entry of its own. That is one of the few places where the wide-reading rule is displaced.

And an entry in one List is read so as not to make an entry in another meaningless. Where two entries appear to overlap, the courts harmonise them, and only if harmonisation is impossible does the non obstante clause decide.

What is in each List

List I, the Union List, ninety-seven entries. Defence (1), atomic energy (6), foreign affairs (10), diplomatic representation (11), United Nations (12), treaties and agreements (14), war and peace (15), citizenship (17), railways (22), highways declared national (23), shipping (25), airways (29), posts and telegraphs (31), currency and coinage (36), foreign and inter-State trade (41 and 42), banking (45), insurance (47), stock exchanges (48), patents and copyright (49), industries declared by Parliament to be in the public interest (52), oilfields (53), regulation of mines (54), inter-State rivers (56), the Supreme Court (77 and 78), elections to Parliament (72), audit (76), and taxing entries 82 to 92C including income tax, customs, excise and corporation tax. Entry 97 is the residue.

munotes.in156

The Division of Legislative Power and the Three Lists

List II, the State List, sixty-one entries. Public order (1), police (2), officers of the State courts (3), prisons (4), local government (5), public health and sanitation and hospitals (6), pilgrimages within India (7), intoxicating liquors (8), relief of the disabled (9), libraries and museums (12), communications other than those in List I (13), agriculture (14), preservation of livestock (15), water (17), land (18), fisheries (21), gas (25), trade and commerce within the State (26), markets and fairs (28), money-lending (30), betting and gambling (34), works and land of the State (35), industries subject to Entries 7 and 52 of List I (24), State public services (41), State courts fees (3), and taxing entries 45 to 63 including land revenue, agricultural income, duties on liquor, stamp duty, taxes on vehicles and on trades.

List III, the Concurrent List, forty-seven entries. Criminal law (1), criminal procedure (2), preventive detention for reasons connected with State security (3), civil procedure (13), contempt of court (14), marriage and divorce (5), infants and minors, adoption, wills, intestacy and succession, joint family and partition (5), transfer of property other than agricultural land (6), contracts (7), actionable wrongs (8), bankruptcy (9), trusts (10), evidence and oaths (12), forests (17A), protection of wild animals and birds (17B), education (25), legal, medical and other professions (26), trade unions and industrial disputes (22), social security and social insurance (23), labour welfare (24), price control (34), electricity (38), newspapers, books and printing presses (39), and economic and social planning (20).

Entry 5 of List III is the one Module III turns on, since it names marriage and divorce, infants and minors, adoption, wills, intestacy and succession, joint family and partition, and all matters in respect of which parties in judicial proceedings were immediately before the commencement of the Constitution subject to their personal law.

The residuary power

Article 248 provides that Parliament has exclusive power to make any law with respect to any matter not enumerated in the Concurrent List or the State List, including a tax not mentioned in either. Entry 97 of List I says the same thing from the other end.

In India the residue is with the Union, unlike the United States and Australia where it is with the States, and that follows Canada's example.

A worked example

Take a real problem. A State enacts a law prohibiting the sale and consumption of liquor in the State, and provides that any person found intoxicated in a public place shall be punished with imprisonment. A distiller challenges it, saying the law is really about trade and industry, which are Union subjects.

munotes.in157

The Division of Legislative Power and the Three Lists

Start by identifying the candidate entries, and be exhaustive about it. Entry 8 of List II: intoxicating liquors, that is to say, the production, manufacture, possession, transport, purchase and sale of intoxicating liquors. Entry 6 of List II: public health. Entry 1 of List III: criminal law. Entry 33 of List III: trade and commerce in, and the production, supply and distribution of, the products of certain industries. Entry 52 of List I: industries declared by Parliament to be in the public interest.

Then read the entries. Entry 8 of List II names the very subject in terms and covers production, manufacture, possession, transport, purchase and sale. It is not a general trade entry; it is a specific entry for this commodity.

Then apply the rule about general and specific entries. A general entry yields to a specific one. Trade and commerce generally cannot be used to defeat an entry that names liquor expressly.

Then deal with the criminal provision. Creating an offence to enforce a valid law is ancillary to the field, and criminal law is in any event Entry 1 of List III.

And note the one thing that would change the answer. If Parliament had declared the distillery industry to be an industry the control of which is expedient in the public interest under Entry 52 of List I, that industry would be carved out of Entry 24 of List II, and the State's power over that aspect would be displaced. That is how Entry 52 works and it is worth knowing.

The cases

A Union law's competence is established by elimination. In Union of India v. H.S. Dhillon, AIR 1972 SC 1061. Facts. A challenge to the Wealth-tax Act 1957 as amended in 1969 to include the capital value of agricultural land in net wealth, the argument being that taxes on agricultural land are Entry 49 of List II. Held, by four to three. The amendment was valid, and laid down the method: where a law made by Parliament is challenged, the court asks whether it falls within List II or List III; if it does not, no further question arises, because Parliament's competence is established by article 248 with Entry 97 of List I without any need to identify a specific Union entry. Why it matters here is that it reverses the burden for Union legislation, and it is the single most useful proposition for answering a competence problem.

A law may incidentally cover ground in another List. In State of Bombay v. F.N. Balsara, AIR 1951 SC 318. Facts. A challenge to the Bombay Prohibition Act 1949, which prohibited the manufacture, sale, possession and consumption of liquor; the challenge included the ground that the Act encroached on the Union's power over import and export across customs frontiers under Entry 19 of List I as it then stood. Held. The Act was in pith and substance a law with respect to intoxicating liquors in the State List, and that an incidental encroachment on a Union entry did not make it invalid; certain provisions were nevertheless struck down as violating fundamental rights, including those affecting medicinal and toilet preparations containing alcohol. Why it matters here is that it shows the two questions being kept apart: competence is one enquiry and fundamental rights are another, and a law may pass the first and fail the second.

munotes.in158

The Division of Legislative Power and the Three Lists

And the doctrine came from the Privy Council under the 1935 Act. In Prafulla Kumar Mukherjee v. Bank of Commerce Ltd, Khulna, (1947) 49 Bom LR 568, decided in 1947. Facts. A challenge to the Bengal Money-Lenders Act 1940, which limited the interest and principal recoverable on loans, on the ground that it dealt with promissory notes, a Federal subject under the Government of India Act 1935. Held. The Act was in pith and substance a law about money-lending, a Provincial subject, and that its effect on promissory notes was incidental; a law must be examined as a whole and its true nature and character ascertained, and the extent of the invasion of the other field is a matter of degree. Why it matters here is that the entries were inherited from the 1935 Act along with the doctrine used to read them, and Indian courts have applied that doctrine without interruption.

Distinctions

List IList IIList III
Who may legislateParliament exclusivelyThe State Legislature exclusivelyBoth
Number of entries976147
PriorityHighest, article 246(1)Lowest, article 246(3)Middle, article 246(2)
Conflict rulePrevails over both othersYieldsUnion law prevails, article 254
Taxing entries82 to 92C45 to 63None, apart from stamp duties in Entry 44
Rule of constructionWhat it means
Entries are fields, not powersRead each entry as widely as its words allow
Ancillary and incidental matters includedA field carries the power to make it effective
General yields to specificA named commodity or subject beats a general trade entry
Taxing entries are separateA tax must be traced to a taxing entry; it is not implied
Harmonise before applying the non obstante clauseRead the Lists so that no entry is made meaningless

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean an entry can be read to defeat another. Harmonious construction comes first; the non obstante clauses in article 246 are the last resort.

It does not mean the entry numbers are stable. Entries have been amended: education moved from List II to List III by the Forty-second Amendment in 1976, and forests and the protection of wild animals moved the same way. A candidate who quotes an entry should know which List it is in today.

munotes.in159

The Division of Legislative Power and the Three Lists

It does not mean List III is a Union list. A State law on a Concurrent subject is valid and operative unless it is repugnant to a Union law, and even then article 254(2) may save it.

And it does not mean competence is the only question. Balsara is the reminder: a law within an entry may still fail against Part III.

Quick revision

Article 246: List I to Parliament exclusively (97 entries), List II to the States exclusively (61), List III to both (47), with the non obstante clauses giving priority List I, then III, then II, and clause (4) covering territory outside a State. Article 248 with Entry 97: the residue to Parliament. Rules of construction: entries are fields and are read as widely as the words allow; ancillary matters are included; a specific entry beats a general one; taxing power must be traced to a taxing entry and is never implied; harmonise before applying the non obstante clause. Entry 5 of List III carries personal law and is the foundation of Module III. Education, forests and wild animals moved from List II to List III by the Forty-second Amendment 1976. H.S. Dhillon: for a Union law, ask only whether it falls in List II or III; if not, Entry 97 with article 248 suffices. Balsara: pith and substance, incidental encroachment permitted, but Part III is a separate enquiry. Prafulla Kumar Mukherjee: the doctrine, inherited from the 1935 Act, that the extent of invasion is a matter of degree.

Test yourself

1. State the effect of the three non obstante clauses in article 246. List I prevails over both other Lists; List III prevails over List II; and the State List is exclusive but subject to both. So the order of priority is Union, Concurrent, State.

2. Where is the residuary power, and how is it used? In Parliament, by article 248 and Entry 97 of List I. On H.S. Dhillon, a Union law is competent unless it falls within List II or List III, so no specific Union entry need be identified.

3. Give the five rules for reading an entry. Entries are fields and not powers, to be given the widest amplitude; ancillary and incidental matters are included; a specific entry prevails over a general one; a taxing power must be traced to a taxing entry and is not implied in a general entry; and entries are harmonised before the non obstante clauses are applied.

munotes.in160

The Division of Legislative Power and the Three Lists

4. Which entry carries personal law, and why does it matter for this paper? Entry 5 of List III, which names marriage and divorce, infants and minors, adoption, wills, intestacy and succession, joint family and partition, and matters in which parties were subject to their personal law before the Constitution. It matters because a uniform civil code would be legislated under it, by Parliament or by a State.

5. Name three entries moved between Lists by amendment. Education, forests, and the protection of wild animals and birds, all moved from List II to List III by the Forty-second Amendment 1976.

6. Why does Balsara upholding a law under Entry 8 of List II not end the case? Because competence and fundamental rights are separate enquiries. The Act was within the State's field, and provisions of it were still struck down for violating Part III.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in161

Chapter Thirty-One

Pith and Substance, Colourable Legislation and Incidental Encroachment

Syllabus topic 2, "Federalism".

In one line

A law is judged by what it is really about, not by what it touches; a law made for a purpose the legislature cannot pursue directly is void even if it looks competent; and a valid law is not spoiled by an incidental effect on the other government's field.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: three related doctrines govern legislative competence. The doctrine of pith and substance requires a court to ascertain the true nature and character of a law by looking at the enactment as a whole, its object, scope and effect, and to allot it to the entry it is in substance about, disregarding an incidental effect on another entry. The doctrine of colourable legislation, expressed in the maxim that what cannot be done directly cannot be done indirectly, invalidates a law which in form is within the legislature's competence but in substance is an attempt to do what the legislature is forbidden to do. The doctrine of incidental encroachment permits a valid law to trespass on another List so far as is incidental to its main purpose, the extent of the invasion being a matter of degree.

Why the doctrines exist at all

Because entries overlap, and no drafting can prevent it. A law about money-lending affects promissory notes. A law about public health affects trade. A law about education affects employment. If any overlap were fatal, almost no law would survive.

Because a legislature must not be able to reach a forbidden result by dressing it up. If a State cannot tax income, a State law taxing "the privilege of earning" is the same thing with a different name.

And because somebody has to decide, which brings the umpire back in. These doctrines are the tools the court uses.

Pith and substance, step by step

Step one: read the whole Act, not the impugned section. The true nature and character is ascertained from the enactment as a whole, its object, its scope and its effect.

Step two: identify the entries in play. Both the entry the legislature claims and the entry said to be invaded.

Step three: ask what the law is really about. Its dominant purpose, not every consequence it has.

Step four: allot it, and ignore the incidental. If it is in pith and substance within the legislature's own field, it is valid, and an incidental encroachment on the other field does not invalidate it.

And the fifth step nobody teaches: ask how deep the invasion goes. The Privy Council said the extent of the invasion is a matter of degree. A law that is nominally about one thing and overwhelmingly about another is not saved by the doctrine; it is exposed by it.

munotes.in162

Pith and Substance, Colourable Legislation and Incidental Encroachment

Colourable legislation

The maxim. Quod non potest fieri directe, non debet fieri per obliquum: what cannot be done directly ought not to be done indirectly.

What it is about, and this is the point most answers get wrong. Colourability has nothing to do with the legislature's motive or bad faith. The question is one of competence alone: is the law, in substance, on a subject the legislature could not legislate on? A legislature's honest belief that it may do something does not make it competent, and a legislature's bad motive in doing something it may do does not make it incompetent.

The doctrine is therefore an application of pith and substance, not a separate enquiry with a separate test.

Note where it does NOT apply. It has no application to a plenary legislature acting within its own field, and none to a challenge under Part III, where the question is the effect of the law and not its subject.

Incidental encroachment

A valid law may trespass, and the trespass does not undo it. A State law on money-lending may affect promissory notes; a State law on liquor may affect import.

But a law cannot use an incidental power to achieve a main purpose it could not achieve directly. That is where incidental encroachment shades into colourability, and the difference is one of degree, which is why the two doctrines are taught together.

And an ancillary power is different again. The power to legislate on a field carries the power to make that legislation effective: to create offences, to impose penalties, to provide for search and seizure. That is not encroachment at all.

A worked example

A State enacts the Agricultural Produce Protection Act. Its long title says it is a law to protect agricultural produce from adulteration. Its substantive provisions (a) require every person storing more than fifty quintals of grain to obtain a licence, (b) empower the State to fix the maximum price at which stored grain may be sold, and (c) prohibit the movement of grain out of the State without a permit. Test each.

Provision (a). Entry 14 of List II is agriculture; Entry 28 is markets and fairs. Licensing storage within the State to prevent adulteration is in pith and substance about agricultural produce inside the State. Valid.

Provision (b). Price control is Entry 34 of List III, so both governments may legislate; if there is a Union law in the field, article 254 decides, and that is the next chapter. Not a competence problem in itself.

Provision (c) is the interesting one. Trade and commerce within the State is Entry 26 of List II; trade and commerce with foreign countries and among the States is Entry 42 of List I; and article 301 guarantees freedom of trade throughout the territory of India. A prohibition on moving grain OUT of the State is in pith and substance a restriction on inter-State trade, whatever the long title says. The long title cannot save it, because pith and substance looks at object, scope and effect.

munotes.in163

Pith and Substance, Colourable Legislation and Incidental Encroachment

Now suppose the State replies that (c) is merely incidental to (a) and (b). That is the argument the doctrine of incidental encroachment exists for, and it is answered by degree: the provision is not a minor consequence of a storage licensing scheme but a free-standing prohibition with its own machinery. And if the State's real object was to keep prices down inside the State by trapping supply, the provision is colourable: it does through a public health statute what article 301 and Entry 42 forbid it to do directly.

The cases

The doctrine came to India from the Privy Council. In Prafulla Kumar Mukherjee v. Bank of Commerce Ltd, Khulna, (1947) 49 Bom LR 568, decided in 1947. Facts. A challenge to the Bengal Money-Lenders Act 1940, which limited the amount of interest and principal recoverable on a loan, on the ground that it dealt with promissory notes, a Federal subject under the Government of India Act 1935, while money-lending was Provincial. Held. The Act was in pith and substance a law with respect to money-lending, and its effect on promissory notes was incidental; a law must be examined as a whole and its true nature and character ascertained, and the extent of the invasion of the other field is a matter of degree. Why it matters here is that the Seventh Schedule inherited both the Lists and the doctrine used to read them, so a 1947 Privy Council case is still the leading authority.

And it was applied to the Constitution at once. In State of Bombay v. F.N. Balsara, AIR 1951 SC 318. Facts. A challenge to the Bombay Prohibition Act 1949, which prohibited the manufacture, sale, possession, consumption and import of liquor, one ground being that it encroached on the Union's power over import across customs frontiers. Held. The Act was in pith and substance a law with respect to intoxicating liquors under Entry 8 of List II, and that an incidental encroachment on a Union entry did not invalidate it; several provisions were nevertheless struck down for violating fundamental rights, including as they applied to medicinal and toilet preparations containing alcohol. Why it matters here is that it separates the two enquiries cleanly: competence first, Part III afterwards.

Colourability is about competence, not motive. In The State of Bihar v. Maharajadhiraja Sir Kameshwar Singh of Darbhanga, AIR 1952 SC 252; 1952 SCR 889. Facts. A challenge to the Bihar Land Reforms Act 1950, which abolished intermediary estates; section 4(b) required half the arrears of rent collected by a proprietor before vesting to be deposited in the State treasury and treated as part of the compensation. Held. Most of the Act valid but struck down section 4(b) as a fraud on the Constitution: the provision purported to provide compensation while in substance taking the proprietor's own money and returning part of it as though it were compensation. Why it matters here is that it is the clearest Indian instance of the substance defeating the form, and the phrase "fraud on the Constitution" is the vocabulary an examiner expects.

munotes.in164

Pith and Substance, Colourable Legislation and Incidental Encroachment

And a law that is partly beyond competence may be severed. In R.M.D. Chamarbaugwalla v. Union of India, AIR 1957 SC 628. Facts. A challenge to the Prize Competitions Act 1955, which regulated prize competitions; the petitioners ran competitions requiring skill, and argued that the Act, if it reached competitions of skill, went beyond the entry relating to betting and gambling. Held. The Act, properly construed, applied only to competitions of a gambling nature; and it set out the rules of severability, that the intention of the legislature is the determining factor, that the valid and invalid parts are severable if they are not so inextricably mixed that what remains cannot stand independently, and that a court will read down a provision to save it where the legislature would have enacted the narrower law. Why it matters here is that competence problems are usually solved by construction rather than by invalidation, which is the point a good answer ends on.

Distinctions

Pith and substanceColourable legislationIncidental encroachment
Question askedWhat is this law really about?Is this law an indirect attempt to do a forbidden thing?May a valid law affect another field?
Relevance of motiveNoneNone; it is about competence, not bad faithNone
Effect if the answer is against the legislatureThe law is outside its field and voidThe law is void as a fraud on the ConstitutionNot applicable; the law stands
Leading casePrafulla Kumar MukherjeeKameshwar SinghBalsara
EncroachmentAncillary power
A law within one field affects another fieldA law within one field carries the power to make itself effective
Permitted if incidental, a matter of degreeNot an encroachment at all
Example: a money-lending law affecting promissory notesExample: a liquor law creating an offence of possession

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean a long title decides anything. The court looks at object, scope and effect, and a statute's own description of itself is evidence at best.

munotes.in165

Pith and Substance, Colourable Legislation and Incidental Encroachment

It does not mean motive is examinable. Colourability is decided by asking what the law does, not why the legislature did it.

It does not mean any degree of encroachment is permitted. The extent of the invasion is a matter of degree, and a law that is substantially about the other field is not saved.

And it does not mean a competent law is a valid law. Balsara is the standing reminder that Part III is a separate enquiry.

Quick revision

Pith and substance: ascertain the true nature and character of the enactment as a whole, from its object, scope and effect; allot it to the entry it is substantially about; ignore an incidental effect on another entry; and remember that the extent of the invasion is a matter of degree. Colourable legislation: what cannot be done directly cannot be done indirectly; a question of competence and never of motive; the vocabulary is "fraud on the Constitution". Incidental encroachment: a valid law may trespass so far as is incidental, and an ancillary power to make legislation effective is not encroachment at all. Prafulla Kumar Mukherjee 1947: the Bengal Money-Lenders Act, money-lending in substance, promissory notes incidentally. Balsara 1951: the Bombay Prohibition Act, Entry 8 of List II, incidental encroachment permitted, but parts struck down under Part III. Kameshwar Singh 1952: section 4(b) a fraud on the Constitution. R.M.D. Chamarbaugwalla 1957: severability and reading down, the legislature's intention being the determining factor.

Test yourself

1. State the four steps of the pith and substance enquiry. Read the enactment as a whole; identify the entries in play; ask what the law is in substance about, by its object, scope and effect; and allot it to that entry, disregarding an incidental effect on another, subject to the extent of the invasion being a matter of degree.

2. Is colourable legislation about the legislature's motive? No. It is about competence alone: whether the law, in substance, is on a subject the legislature could not legislate on. A bad motive does not make a competent law void, and an honest motive does not make an incompetent one valid.

3. Distinguish incidental encroachment from an ancillary power. Incidental encroachment is a valid law having an effect in the other government's field, which is permitted so far as it is incidental. An ancillary power is the power to make legislation in one's own field effective, for example by creating an offence, and is not an encroachment at all.

4. What was struck down in Kameshwar Singh and why? Section 4(b) of the Bihar Land Reforms Act, which required half the arrears of rent collected by a proprietor to be deposited in the treasury and treated as compensation. It was a fraud on the Constitution because it purported to compensate while in substance taking the proprietor's own money.

munotes.in166

Pith and Substance, Colourable Legislation and Incidental Encroachment

5. State the rules of severability from R.M.D. Chamarbaugwalla. The intention of the legislature is the determining factor; the valid and invalid parts are severable if they are not so inextricably mixed that what remains cannot stand independently; and a provision may be read down to save it where the legislature would have enacted the narrower law.

6. Why is a 1947 Privy Council decision still the leading Indian authority? Because the Seventh Schedule's three-List structure was inherited from the Government of India Act 1935 together with the doctrine the Privy Council had developed to read it, and Indian courts have applied that doctrine without interruption.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in167

Chapter Thirty-Two

Repugnancy: Article 254

Syllabus topic 2, "Federalism".

In one line

Where Parliament and a State have both legislated on a Concurrent subject and the two laws cannot both be obeyed, the Union law prevails and the State law is void to the extent of the repugnancy, unless the State law was reserved for and received the President's assent.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 254(1) provides that if any provision of a law made by a State Legislature is repugnant to any provision of a law made by Parliament which Parliament is competent to enact, or to any provision of an existing law with respect to one of the matters in the Concurrent List, then the law made by Parliament, whether passed before or after the State law, or the existing law, shall prevail, and the State law shall to the extent of the repugnancy be void. Article 254(2) provides that where a State law with respect to a Concurrent matter contains a provision repugnant to an earlier Parliamentary law or existing law, the State law shall prevail in that State if it has been reserved for the consideration of the President and has received his assent; but the proviso preserves Parliament's power to add to, amend, vary or repeal the State law at any time.

The two conditions, and why both are needed

Condition one: both legislatures must be competent in the same field. That means the matter must be in the Concurrent List, because that is the only List on which both may legislate.

Condition two: there must be a direct conflict. The two laws must be irreconcilable, so that obedience to one is disobedience to the other.

If the first condition fails, article 254 has nothing to operate on. A State law under List II that conflicts with a Union law under List I does not become void for repugnancy; either the State law is outside its field, in which case it fails for want of competence under the non obstante clause in article 246(1), or it is inside its field, in which case it stands and the Union law is the one in difficulty.

And if the second fails, both laws stand. Two laws on the same subject that can both be obeyed are not repugnant, however inconvenient the duplication.

The tests for a direct conflict

Three formulations are used and they come to the same thing. There is a direct conflict where the two provisions cannot stand together; where obedience to one involves disobedience to the other; and where the two occupy the same field and one makes lawful what the other forbids.

And there is a fourth situation, the occupied field. Where Parliament has enacted a complete and exhaustive code on a Concurrent matter, intending it to be the whole law on that subject, a State law on the same matter is repugnant even without a clause-by-clause conflict, because Parliament's intention to occupy the field is itself the conflict.

munotes.in168

Repugnancy: Article 254

The intention to occupy the field is inferred, not assumed. The court looks at the scheme of the Union Act, its provisions, and whether it purports to be exhaustive.

Article 254(2): the State's escape route

How it works. A State Bill on a Concurrent matter that would otherwise be repugnant to an earlier Union law may be reserved by the Governor under article 200 for the President's consideration. If the President assents, the State law prevails in that State.

Three limits. The saving operates only in the State concerned; it works only against an EARLIER Union law, not a later one; and by the proviso, Parliament may at any time add to, amend, vary or repeal the State law, so the protection lasts only as long as Parliament allows.

And the assent must be to the repugnancy. The President's assent under article 254(2) is understood to relate to the specific repugnancy for which the reservation was made, not to be a general immunisation of the State Act.

A worked example

Parliament enacts the Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act, a Concurrent subject under Entry 22 or 24 of List III, providing that a contractor employing twenty or more workers must be licensed. A State enacts a law providing that a contractor employing ten or more workers must be licensed, and imposing additional conditions. Is the State law repugnant?

Condition one is satisfied. Both laws are on a Concurrent matter, so both legislatures are competent and article 254 is in play.

Condition two is the real question, and the answer is usually no. A contractor employing fifteen workers must be licensed under the State law and need not be under the Union law. Can both be obeyed? Yes: obtaining a licence the Union law does not require is not disobedience to the Union law. A stricter State law on a Concurrent subject is generally not repugnant to a more permissive Union law.

Now change the facts so that it is. Suppose the Union Act provides that no contractor employing fewer than twenty workers SHALL BE REQUIRED to obtain a licence. Now the two cannot stand together: the Union law confers an immunity the State law removes, and the State law is void to the extent of the repugnancy.

And now change them again. Suppose the Union Act contains a complete scheme of registration, licensing, conditions of work and abolition, and states that it is to be the whole law on contract labour. Even the first State law may then be repugnant on the occupied field ground.

munotes.in169

Repugnancy: Article 254

Finally, the escape route. If the State Bill in the second or third version had been reserved by the Governor under article 200 and had received the President's assent, it would prevail in that State under article 254(2), until Parliament chose to amend or repeal it.

The cases

Repugnancy arises only in the Concurrent field. In Hoechst Pharmaceuticals Ltd v. State of Bihar, 1983 AIR 1019; (1983) 4 SCC 45, decided on 6 May 1983. Facts. Section 5(3) of the Bihar Finance Act 1981 imposed a surcharge on large dealers and forbade them to pass it on to purchasers, while paragraph 21 of the Drugs (Prices Control) Order 1979, made under the Essential Commodities Act 1955, permitted a dealer to pass on sales tax; drug manufacturers said the State provision was repugnant and must yield under article 254(1). Held. The State provision valid. Entry 54 of List II is a tax entry, so the two laws were not in the same field. The question of repugnancy under article 254(1) arises only where both legislatures are competent with respect to a matter in the Concurrent List and there is a direct conflict; only then is the State law void to the extent of the repugnancy. Article 254(1) has no application to an overlap between List II on the one hand and Lists I and III on the other: there the State law fails, if at all, for want of competence under article 246(1) read with the opening words of article 246(3), and not for repugnance. Why it matters here is that it is the authority for the boundary of the article, and it is the proposition most answers miss.

The tests for a direct conflict. In M. Karunanidhi v. Union of India, AIR 1979 SC 898. Facts. A prosecution of a former Chief Minister under the Prevention of Corruption Act 1947 and the Indian Penal Code, the accused arguing that the Tamil Nadu Public Men (Criminal Misconduct) Act 1973, a State law which had received the President's assent and had later been repealed, was repugnant to the Central Acts and had displaced them. Held. There was no repugnancy: the State Act created a distinct offence with different ingredients and did not conflict with the Central Acts, and it laid down that repugnancy arises where the two enactments contain inconsistent and irreconcilable provisions so that they cannot stand together, where obedience to one involves disobedience to the other, or where Parliament has intended to lay down an exhaustive code in respect of the subject-matter replacing the State law. Why it matters here is that it is the standard statement of the tests and it gives the occupied-field limb its Indian formulation.

munotes.in170

Repugnancy: Article 254

And the timing of the two laws matters, which article 254 conceals. In Deep Chand v. State of Uttar Pradesh, AIR 1959 SC 648. Facts. The case concerned the Uttar Pradesh Transport Service (Development) Act 1955 and its relation to the Motor Vehicles Act as amended by Parliament in 1956, the State scheme having been framed before the Central amendment. Held., distinguishing the two clauses of article 13 in a passage that has become the standard authority, that a pre-Constitution law inconsistent with a fundamental right is void only from the commencement of the Constitution, whereas a post-Constitution law made in contravention of article 13(2) is void ab initio and still-born; and on the federal question it applied the occupied-field principle to the competing transport schemes. Why it matters here is the still-born and eclipsed distinction, which is why a State law struck down for repugnancy cannot simply revive when the Union law is repealed unless it is re-enacted.

Distinctions

Article 254(1)Article 246(1) and (3)
Applies whereBoth laws are on a Concurrent matter and directly conflictA State law trespasses on List I or List III
Question askedWhich law prevails?Was the State competent at all?
ConsequenceThe State law is void to the extent of the repugnancyThe State law is ultra vires
AuthorityHoechstHoechst, same passage
Article 254(1)Article 254(2)
EffectThe Union law prevailsThe State law prevails
RequiresNothing; it operates by itselfReservation by the Governor and the President's assent
ExtentThroughout IndiaIn that State only
Against which Union lawEarlier or laterOnly an earlier one
PermanenceAbsoluteParliament may add to, amend, vary or repeal the State law at any time

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean a stricter State law is repugnant. Where both can be obeyed, there is no direct conflict, and a stricter State standard on a Concurrent subject usually stands.

It does not mean the President's assent immunises a State Act generally. The assent relates to the repugnancy for which the reservation was made, and Parliament may override the State law at any time under the proviso.

It does not mean article 254 protects a State law made without competence. A law outside the State's field is void whether or not the President assented to it.

And it does not mean repugnancy is the usual reason a State law fails. Most State laws that fail do so for want of competence or for breach of Part III, and Hoechst exists because the two enquiries were being run together.

munotes.in171

Repugnancy: Article 254

Quick revision

Article 254(1): a State law repugnant to a Parliamentary law or an existing law with respect to a Concurrent matter is void to the extent of the repugnancy, and the Parliamentary law prevails whether passed before or after. Two conditions: both legislatures competent in the same field, meaning the Concurrent List, AND a direct conflict. Hoechst: article 254 has no application to an overlap between List II and Lists I or III, where the question is competence under article 246(1) and (3) and not repugnance. M. Karunanidhi: repugnancy where the provisions are irreconcilable, where obedience to one is disobedience to the other, or where Parliament intended an exhaustive code. Deep Chand: a post-Constitution law contravening article 13(2) is void ab initio and still-born, not eclipsed. Article 254(2): a State law reserved for and assented to by the President prevails in that State against an earlier Union law, subject to the proviso letting Parliament add to, amend, vary or repeal it at any time.

Test yourself

1. State the two conditions for repugnancy under article 254(1). Both legislatures must be competent in the same field, which means the matter must be in the Concurrent List; and there must be a direct conflict between the two laws.

2. What did Hoechst decide about the boundary of article 254? That it has no application to an overlap between List II on the one hand and Lists I and III on the other. In such a case the State law fails, if at all, for want of legislative competence under the non obstante clause in article 246(1) read with the opening words of article 246(3), and not for repugnance.

3. Give the three tests of direct conflict from M. Karunanidhi. Where the two enactments contain inconsistent and irreconcilable provisions so that they cannot stand together; where obedience to one involves disobedience to the other; and where Parliament intended to lay down an exhaustive code on the subject-matter replacing the State law.

4. Is a stricter State law on a Concurrent subject repugnant to a more permissive Union law? Usually not, because both can be obeyed. It becomes repugnant if the Union law confers an immunity or a right that the State law removes, or if the Union law is an exhaustive code on the subject.

5. State three limits on the protection given by article 254(2). It operates only in the State concerned; only against an earlier Union law; and only until Parliament exercises its power under the proviso to add to, amend, vary or repeal the State law.

6. Why can a State law struck down for repugnancy not simply revive when the Union law is repealed? Because on Deep Chand a law that was void when made is still-born rather than merely eclipsed, so the removal of the impediment does not restore it and re-enactment is required.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in172

Chapter Thirty-Three

Residuary Power, and Parliament's Power Over the State List

Syllabus topic 2, "Federalism".

In one line

Anything the Constitution forgot belongs to Parliament, and there are five further doors through which Parliament may enter the State List.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 248 gives Parliament exclusive power to make any law with respect to any matter not enumerated in the Concurrent List or the State List, including the power to impose a tax not mentioned in either, and Entry 97 of List I says the same. Beyond the residue, Parliament may legislate on a State subject in five defined circumstances: on a resolution of the Council of States in the national interest (article 249); during a Proclamation of Emergency (article 250); at the request of two or more States (article 252); to implement an international treaty or agreement (article 253); and while a Proclamation under article 356 is in operation, when the powers of the State Legislature are exercisable by or under the authority of Parliament.

The residuary power

Article 248(1) gives Parliament exclusive power to make any law with respect to any matter not enumerated in the Concurrent List or the State List. Clause (2) adds that such power includes the power of making any law imposing a tax not mentioned in either of those Lists.

Entry 97 of List I is its counterpart: any other matter not enumerated in List II or List III, including any tax not mentioned in either of those Lists.

India follows Canada here rather than the United States. In the United States the Tenth Amendment reserves to the States or the people the powers not delegated to the United States; in Australia section 107 does the same. Canada gave the residue to the Dominion, and the framers of the Indian Constitution followed Canada deliberately, for the same reason they wrote "Union of States": they wanted a strong centre.

The residue is not a formality. Wealth tax on agricultural land, gift tax and the regulation of new subjects unknown in 1950 have all rested on it.

How the residuary power is actually used

In Union of India v. H.S. Dhillon, AIR 1972 SC 1061. Facts. A challenge to the Wealth-tax Act 1957 as amended in 1969 to include the capital value of agricultural land in net wealth; the challenge was that Entry 49 of List II covers taxes on lands and buildings and Entry 86 of List I excludes agricultural land from the Union's wealth tax entry.

Held, by four to three. The amendment was valid, and laid down the method for any challenge to a Union law. The court asks whether the law falls within List II or List III. If it does not, Parliament's competence is established by article 248 read with Entry 97 of List I, and there is no need to identify a specific entry in List I at all. Entry 86 does not cut down Entry 97: the exclusion of agricultural land from Entry 86 means only that a tax on it cannot be supported by that entry.

munotes.in173

Residuary Power, and Parliament's Power Over the State List

Why it matters is that this reverses the burden. For a State law the question is "which State entry does it fall in?"; for a Union law the question is "does it fall in List II or III?", and if not, the law stands.

The five doors into the State List

Article 249: the national interest, on the States' own chamber's resolution. If the Council of States declares by a resolution supported by not less than two-thirds of the members present and voting that it is necessary or expedient in the national interest that Parliament should make laws on a matter in the State List specified in the resolution, Parliament may do so for the whole or any part of India while the resolution is in force. The resolution lasts one year and may be renewed for one year at a time; a law so made ceases to have effect six months after the resolution expires.

Note who the gatekeeper is. The Council of States is the chamber that represents the States, so the route into the State List is guarded by the States' own representatives, which is a genuinely federal safeguard.

Article 250: during an emergency. While a Proclamation of Emergency is in operation, Parliament has power to make laws for the whole or any part of India with respect to any matter in the State List. Such a law ceases to have effect six months after the Proclamation ceases.

Article 251 keeps the State's power alive. Nothing in articles 249 and 250 restricts the power of a State Legislature to make any law which it has power to make, but if a State law is repugnant to a law made by Parliament under either article, the Parliamentary law prevails, and the State law is inoperative only so long as the Parliamentary law continues.

Article 252: at the request of the States. If the Legislatures of two or more States resolve that a matter in the State List should be regulated by Parliament, Parliament may pass an Act for those States; and it then applies to any other State whose Legislature adopts it by resolution. Such an Act may be amended or repealed only by Parliament. The Urban Land (Ceiling and Regulation) Act 1976 and the Transplantation of Human Organs Act 1994 were passed this way.

Article 253: to implement a treaty. Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing provisions, Parliament has power to make any law for the whole or any part of India for implementing any treaty, agreement or convention with any other country, or any decision made at any international conference, association or other body. This is the widest of the five and it has no condition attached at all beyond the existence of the treaty, which is why it is examined again in the chapter on how international law enters Indian law in Module IV.

munotes.in174

Residuary Power, and Parliament's Power Over the State List

And article 356: when the State Legislature's powers pass to Parliament. Clause (1)(b) provides that the President may declare that the powers of the Legislature of the State shall be exercisable by or under the authority of Parliament. This is not a door into the State List so much as the temporary abolition of the State Legislature, and it is worked in [President's Rule: Article 356 and S.R. Bommai].

Two further provisions in the same family

Article 247: Parliament may establish additional courts for the better administration of laws made by it or of any existing law with respect to a matter in the Union List.

Article 255: a want of recommendation or previous sanction does not invalidate. Where a Bill required the previous sanction or recommendation of the President or a Governor and it was not given, the Act is not invalid for that reason alone if assent was afterwards given by the appropriate authority. This is a saving provision and it disposes of a common technical objection.

A worked example

A serious outbreak of a communicable disease crosses several States. The Union wishes to impose a uniform quarantine, uniform hospital standards and a uniform price cap on medicines. Which route does it use for each?

Quarantine between States. Entry 81 of List I is inter-State quarantine. No door is needed; this is the Union's own field.

Hospital standards. Public health and hospitals is Entry 6 of List II. The Union has three choices. It may seek a resolution of the Council of States under article 249, which requires two-thirds of those present and voting and lasts a year. It may wait for a Proclamation of Emergency under article 250, which is not available for a disease outbreak since the grounds are war, external aggression and armed rebellion. Or it may act under article 252 if two or more States resolve to ask it to.

Price control of medicines. Entry 34 of List III is price control, and drugs are Entry 19 of List III. So the Union may legislate directly, subject to article 254 where a State law conflicts.

And a fourth possibility worth naming. If India is party to the International Health Regulations, article 253 permits Parliament to legislate on any of these matters to implement them, regardless of the Lists.

munotes.in175

Residuary Power, and Parliament's Power Over the State List

The exercise shows why article 253 is the widest door, and why the treaty power is a standing federal question rather than an international law footnote.

Distinctions

RouteConditionDuration
Article 248, Entry 97The matter is in no ListPermanent
Article 249Resolution of the Council of States by two-thirds present and voting, in the national interestOne year, renewable; the law lapses six months after
Article 250A Proclamation of Emergency is in operationThe law lapses six months after the Proclamation ceases
Article 252Two or more State Legislatures request itUntil Parliament amends or repeals it; other States may adopt it
Article 253A treaty, agreement, convention or international decision to implementPermanent
Article 356(1)(b)A Proclamation of failure of constitutional machineryWhile the Proclamation is in force
IndiaUnited States and Australia
Residuary powerWith the Union, article 248 and Entry 97With the States, Tenth Amendment; section 107
Method of testing a central lawDoes it fall in List II or III? If not, competent: H.S. DhillonMust be traced to an enumerated federal power
Routes into the units' fieldFive, each conditionedEssentially none; the commerce power is used instead

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean Parliament may enter the State List at will. Each route has a condition, and the two most useful ones are guarded by the States themselves, through the Council of States under article 249 and through the States' own resolutions under article 252.

It does not mean a law under article 249 or 250 destroys the State law. Article 251 preserves the State's power and makes the State law merely inoperative while the Parliamentary law lasts.

It does not mean article 253 has no limits. It is confined to implementing a treaty or an international decision, so a law that goes beyond what the instrument requires cannot be supported by it, and the treaty must be a real one.

And it does not mean the residuary power swallows the State List. H.S. Dhillon asks first whether the law falls within List II or III, and only if it does not does Entry 97 come into play.

Quick revision

Article 248 and Entry 97: the residue, including taxes, is with Parliament, following Canada rather than the United States and Australia. H.S. Dhillon: for a Union law, ask only whether it falls in List II or III; if not, competence is established without finding a Union entry. Five doors into the State List. Article 249: Council of States resolution by two-thirds present and voting in the national interest, one year at a time, the law lapsing six months after. Article 250: during a Proclamation of Emergency, lapsing six months after. Article 251: the State's power survives and its law is only inoperative meanwhile. Article 252: at the request of two or more States, and adoptable by others; amendable only by Parliament. Article 253: to implement a treaty, agreement, convention or international decision, with no other condition. Article 356(1)(b): the State Legislature's powers exercisable by Parliament. Article 247: additional courts. Article 255: a missing recommendation or sanction does not invalidate if assent was afterwards given.

munotes.in176

Residuary Power, and Parliament's Power Over the State List

Test yourself

1. Where does the residuary power lie in India, and how does that compare with the United States and Australia? With Parliament, by article 248 and Entry 97 of List I. In the United States the Tenth Amendment reserves the residue to the States, and in Australia section 107 does the same; India followed the Canadian model deliberately.

2. State the method laid down in H.S. Dhillon for testing a Union law. Ask whether the law falls within List II or List III. If it does not, Parliament's competence is established by article 248 with Entry 97, and no specific Union entry need be identified.

3. Name the five routes into the State List with their conditions. Article 249, a Council of States resolution by two-thirds present and voting in the national interest; article 250, during a Proclamation of Emergency; article 252, at the request of two or more State Legislatures; article 253, to implement a treaty or international decision; and article 356(1)(b), when the State Legislature's powers become exercisable by Parliament.

4. Which of the five is guarded by the States themselves, and how? Article 249, because the resolution must be passed by the Council of States, the chamber representing the States; and article 252, because it operates only at the request of the State Legislatures concerned.

5. What does article 251 preserve? The State Legislature's power to make the law it could otherwise make. A State law repugnant to a Parliamentary law under article 249 or 250 is inoperative only so long as that Parliamentary law continues.

6. Why is article 253 the widest door? Because it operates notwithstanding the distribution of powers and carries no condition other than the existence of a treaty, agreement, convention or international decision to be implemented, so Parliament may legislate on any State subject that an instrument requires.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in177

Chapter Thirty-Four

Territorial Nexus and Extra-territorial Operation

Syllabus topic 2, "Federalism".

In one line

Parliament may legislate for things happening outside India; a State may not, unless there is a real connection between the State and the thing it is taxing or regulating.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 245(1) empowers Parliament to make laws for the whole or any part of the territory of India and a State Legislature to make laws for the whole or any part of the State. Article 245(2) provides that no law made by Parliament shall be deemed to be invalid on the ground that it would have extra-territorial operation. There is no corresponding provision for a State, so a State law that operates outside the State is prima facie beyond article 245(1); the doctrine of territorial nexus saves such a law where the connection between the State and the object of the law is real and not illusory, and the liability imposed is pertinent to that connection.

Parliament: no territorial limit at all

Article 245(2) is a complete answer to any objection based on extra-territoriality. Parliament may tax a foreign company on income arising abroad, may punish an offence committed abroad by an Indian citizen, and may regulate the conduct of an Indian ship on the high seas.

What it does not do is give Parliament power over a subject it does not have. The provision removes a territorial objection, not a competence objection: the law must still fall within a Union or Concurrent entry, or the residue.

And it does not make Indian law enforceable abroad as a matter of international law. A foreign court is under no obligation to give effect to it. Article 245(2) is about the validity of the law in Indian courts.

A State: the nexus test

The two conditions, as they are usually stated, are that the connection must be real and not illusory, and that the liability sought to be imposed must be pertinent to that connection.

"Real and not illusory" means the fact relied on must be a genuine link with the State, not something manufactured to found jurisdiction.

"Pertinent to the connection" means the burden must relate to the link. A State that taxes a transaction because part of it occurred inside the State may tax that transaction; it may not use the same link to tax an unrelated business of the same person.

The commonest applications are sales tax, entertainment tax, and betting and gambling, and the reason is that all three involve activity that can straddle a border.

A worked example

A State enacts a law levying a tax on every advertisement broadcast on a television channel that is received in the State. The channel is uplinked from another State and has no office, studio or property in the taxing State. Is the tax valid?

munotes.in178

Territorial Nexus and Extra-territorial Operation

Step one: identify the entry. Taxes on advertisements other than advertisements published in newspapers and advertisements broadcast by radio or television is Entry 55 of List II. Taxes on advertisements broadcast by radio or television are excluded from the State entry, which disposes of the case on competence alone.

Now change the facts so that the doctrine has work to do. Suppose instead the State taxes an entertainment event, and the event is a lottery organised in another State whose tickets are sold in this one.

Step two: is the connection real? Tickets are sold within the State, to residents of the State, by agents operating in the State. That is a genuine link and not a contrivance.

Step three: is the liability pertinent to the connection? If the tax is on the tickets sold within the State, yes. If the tax is on the whole turnover of the lottery wherever sold, no: the link supports a tax on the local part of the activity and no more.

Step four: state the limit. The doctrine expands a State's reach where an activity straddles a boundary; it does not turn a State Legislature into a national one, and a law that uses a slender local connection to tax an essentially external activity fails on the second limb.

The case

The doctrine is applied inside the ordinary competence enquiry rather than as a separate head. In State of Bombay v. F.N. Balsara, AIR 1951 SC 318. Facts. A challenge to the Bombay Prohibition Act 1949, which prohibited the manufacture, sale, possession, consumption and import of liquor, one of the grounds being that the Act reached transactions and property connected with places outside the State and encroached on the Union's power over import across customs frontiers. Held. The Act was in pith and substance a law with respect to intoxicating liquors within Entry 8 of List II, that an incidental encroachment on a Union entry did not invalidate it, and that the prohibition operated on acts done within the State; several provisions were nevertheless struck down for violating fundamental rights, including as they applied to medicinal and toilet preparations. Why it matters here is that it shows how the territorial question is actually decided: not by asking whether the law has any external effect, but by asking what the law operates on, which is the same question pith and substance asks.

Distinctions

ParliamentA State Legislature
Territorial limit in article 245(1)The whole or any part of IndiaThe whole or any part of the State
Extra-territorial operationExpressly saved by article 245(2)Not saved; needs a territorial nexus
TestCompetence under a List onlyCompetence, plus a real and not illusory connection with a pertinent liability
Typical useIncome arising abroad; offences committed abroadSales tax, entertainment tax, betting where the activity straddles a border
munotes.in179

Territorial Nexus and Extra-territorial Operation

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean article 245(2) enlarges Parliament's subject-matter competence. It removes a territorial objection only.

It does not mean any connection will do. The connection must be real and the liability pertinent to it, and both limbs must be satisfied.

It does not mean a State may never regulate a person outside it. It may, where the person's activity has a genuine link with the State, which is exactly what the doctrine permits.

And it does not mean the doctrine is a separate head of challenge. It is applied within the competence enquiry, alongside pith and substance.

Quick revision

Article 245(1): Parliament for the whole or any part of India, a State Legislature for the whole or any part of the State. Article 245(2): a law of Parliament is not invalid on the ground that it would have extra-territorial operation, which removes the territorial objection but not a competence objection and does not make Indian law enforceable abroad. There is no corresponding saving for a State, so a State law reaching outside the State needs a territorial nexus: the connection must be real and not illusory, and the liability sought to be imposed must be pertinent to that connection. Both limbs are required. Commonest in sales tax, entertainment tax and betting. Balsara: the question is what the law operates on, which is the pith and substance enquiry.

Test yourself

1. What does article 245(2) do, and what does it not do? It provides that a law of Parliament shall not be deemed invalid on the ground that it would have extra-territorial operation. It does not enlarge Parliament's subject-matter competence, and it does not make Indian law enforceable in a foreign court.

2. State the two limbs of the territorial nexus test. The connection between the State and the object of the law must be real and not illusory; and the liability sought to be imposed must be pertinent to that connection.

3. Why does a State need the doctrine when Parliament does not? Because article 245(2) saves only a law of Parliament. Article 245(1) confines a State Legislature to laws for the whole or any part of the State, and there is no corresponding saving, so a nexus must be shown.

4. Give an example of a connection that is real but a liability that is not pertinent. Tickets of an out-of-State lottery are sold within the State, which is a real connection; a tax on the entire turnover of the lottery wherever sold is not pertinent to it, because the link supports a tax on the local part of the activity only.

munotes.in180

Territorial Nexus and Extra-territorial Operation

5. In which fields does the doctrine most often arise, and why? Sales tax, entertainment tax and betting and gambling, because in each the activity taxed can begin in one State and be completed in another.

6. Is territorial nexus a separate ground of challenge? No. It is decided inside the ordinary competence enquiry, by asking what the law in substance operates on, which is the same question the doctrine of pith and substance asks.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in181

Chapter Thirty-Five

Goods and Services Tax: Article 246A and the GST Council

Syllabus topic 2, "Federalism".

In one line

The goods and services tax gave the Union and the States power to tax the same transaction at the same time, and created a Council to agree the rates, whose recommendations do not bind.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the Constitution (One Hundred and First Amendment) Act 2016 inserted article 246A, which confers on Parliament and on every State Legislature simultaneous power to make laws with respect to goods and services tax, notwithstanding articles 246 and 254. Parliament has exclusive power where the supply takes place in the course of inter-State trade or commerce. Article 269A provides for the levy and collection of that inter-State tax by the Union and its apportionment between the Union and the States. Article 279A creates the Goods and Services Tax Council, consisting of the Union Finance Minister as Chairperson, the Union Minister of State for Revenue or Finance, and the Minister in charge of Finance or Taxation of each State, to make recommendations on rates, exemptions, model laws and thresholds. Article 366(12A) defines the tax.

Why the amendment was needed

Because the old division made a national indirect tax impossible. Before 2016, Entry 84 of List I gave the Union duties of excise on goods manufactured in India, and Entry 54 of List II gave the States taxes on the sale or purchase of goods. Neither could tax the whole chain.

Because tax cascaded. A manufacturer paid excise, a State taxed the sale, the next State taxed the resale, and none of them gave credit for the others, so tax was charged on tax.

And because inter-State trade was penalised. Central sales tax on an inter-State sale was not creditable in the destination State, so it was cheaper to trade within a State than across the country, which is precisely the mischief article 301 was meant to prevent.

What the amendment did, provision by provision

Article 246A(1) provides that notwithstanding anything contained in articles 246 and 254, Parliament, and subject to clause (2) the Legislature of every State, have power to make laws with respect to goods and services tax imposed by the Union or by that State.

Article 246A(2) gives Parliament exclusive power to make laws with respect to the tax where the supply of goods or services or both takes place in the course of inter-State trade or commerce.

The proviso postponed the application of the article to petroleum crude, high speed diesel, motor spirit, natural gas and aviation turbine fuel to a date the Council recommends, which is why those five remain outside the tax.

Article 269A(1) provides that the goods and services tax on supplies in the course of inter-State trade or commerce shall be levied and collected by the Government of India and apportioned between the Union and the States in the manner Parliament provides by law on the Council's recommendations. The Explanation treats supply in the course of import into India as inter-State supply, which is the provision Mohit Minerals turned on.

munotes.in182

Goods and Services Tax: Article 246A and the GST Council

Article 279A creates the Council within sixty days of the amendment's commencement. Its members are the Union Finance Minister as Chairperson, the Union Minister of State in charge of Revenue or Finance, and the Minister in charge of Finance or Taxation, or any other Minister nominated, of each State. Clause (9) fixes the voting: every decision requires a majority of not less than three-fourths of the weighted votes of the members present and voting, the Centre having a weightage of one-third and all the States together two-thirds.

Article 366(12A) defines goods and services tax as any tax on supply of goods, or services, or both, except taxes on the supply of the alcoholic liquor for human consumption.

The 101st Amendment also deleted or amended a long list of entries, including Entry 84 of List I and Entry 54 of List II, and provided for compensation to the States for loss of revenue for five years.

Why article 246A is a constitutional novelty

Because it is the first genuinely simultaneous power in the Constitution. The Concurrent List is not simultaneous in this sense: both may legislate, but article 254 makes the Union law prevail. Article 246A operates notwithstanding article 254, so a State law is not displaced by a Union law on the same subject.

Because it is outside the Seventh Schedule altogether. The power comes from the article, not from an entry, which is why the amendment had to delete the entries it replaced.

And because it made a bargaining institution constitutionally necessary. Two governments with power over the same tax must agree the rate or the tax cannot work, and article 279A is the machinery for that agreement.

The case

In Union of India v. Mohit Minerals Pvt Ltd, (2022) 10 SCC 700. Facts. Importers were required to pay integrated goods and services tax on ocean freight for goods imported on a cost, insurance and freight basis, on a reverse charge basis, although they had already paid the tax on the composite supply of imported goods; the Gujarat High Court had struck the notifications down. The Union argued that the Council's recommendations bound the States and the Union alike.

Held. The levy on ocean freight was bad, since the importer had already been taxed on a composite supply of which transportation was a part, and taxing the freight separately was double taxation. On the constitutional question it held that the recommendations of the Goods and Services Tax Council are not binding on the Union and the States but have persuasive value: article 246A confers simultaneous legislative power on both, article 279A does not create a body whose recommendations displace that power, and the deliberative federalism the Council embodies works by dialogue rather than by command. It described Indian federalism as a dialogue in which the States and the Centre are equal participants, and observed that both the Centre and the States are competent to legislate on the tax.

munotes.in183

Goods and Services Tax: Article 246A and the GST Council

Why it matters here is that it answers the strongest objection to the amendment. The objection was that a State which surrenders its sales tax power to a Council in which it has one thirty-first of two-thirds of the vote has lost its fiscal autonomy. The answer is that the Council recommends and the legislature enacts, so the constitutional power remains with each legislature.

The counter-argument should be stated too, because it is real. A State that legislates against a Council recommendation loses the uniformity that is the whole point of the tax, and may lose compensation. Legal freedom and practical freedom are not the same thing, and a good answer says so.

A worked example

A State wishes to reduce the rate of tax on handloom textiles produced in the State, in order to support a local industry. The Council has recommended a uniform rate. What may the State do?

Constitutionally, it may legislate. Article 246A gives the State Legislature power to make laws with respect to the tax on intra-State supply, and Mohit Minerals holds that the Council's recommendation does not bind it.

Practically, three things follow, and they are the substance of the answer. First, the tax is designed as a chain of input credits, so a State rate out of step with the rest breaks the credit chain and burdens the very industry it is meant to help when the goods leave the State. Second, the State cannot alter the integrated tax on inter-State supply at all, because article 246A(2) gives Parliament exclusive power there. Third, the compensation arrangement and the political cost of departing from a Council decision are real constraints.

And a fourth point is worth making. A State could achieve its object by a subsidy rather than a rate change, which is not a tax measure at all. That is what most States do, and it shows how the constitutional and the practical interact.

Distinctions

Concurrent List, article 246(2)Goods and services tax, article 246A
Who may legislateParliament and the StatesParliament and the States
Conflict ruleUnion law prevails, article 254Article 254 expressly displaced; both laws stand
Source of powerAn entry in List IIIThe article itself, outside the Schedule
Inter-State elementNo special ruleParliament exclusively, article 246A(2)
Institution for agreementNoneThe GST Council, article 279A
munotes.in184

Goods and Services Tax: Article 246A and the GST Council

GST Council
ChairpersonThe Union Finance Minister
MembersThe Union Minister of State for Revenue or Finance, and one Minister from each State
Decision thresholdThree-fourths of the weighted votes of members present and voting
Vote weightingCentre one-third, all States together two-thirds
Status of a recommendationPersuasive, not binding: Mohit Minerals

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean the States gave up their taxing power. They exchanged a set of entries for a simultaneous power in article 246A, and Mohit Minerals holds that power intact.

It does not mean everything is inside the tax. Alcoholic liquor for human consumption is excluded by article 366(12A), and the five petroleum products are outside until the Council recommends a date.

It does not mean the Council is a legislature. It recommends; Parliament and the State Legislatures enact.

And it does not mean the Council's decisions can be ignored without cost. The tax works only if the rates match, so the practical pressure to conform is very strong even though the legal obligation is absent.

Quick revision

Constitution (One Hundred and First Amendment) Act 2016. Article 246A: simultaneous power in Parliament and every State Legislature, notwithstanding articles 246 and 254; Parliament exclusive for inter-State supply under clause (2); five petroleum products deferred by the proviso. Article 269A: inter-State tax levied and collected by the Union and apportioned, with import treated as inter-State supply. Article 279A: the Council, chaired by the Union Finance Minister, with a Minister from each State; decisions by three-fourths of weighted votes, Centre one-third and States two-thirds. Article 366(12A): the definition, excluding alcoholic liquor for human consumption. Entry 84 of List I and Entry 54 of List II were amended. Mohit Minerals 2022: the levy on ocean freight was double taxation and bad, and the Council's recommendations are persuasive and not binding, because article 246A confers simultaneous power and Indian federalism is a dialogue between equal participants.

Test yourself

1. What is constitutionally novel about article 246A? It confers simultaneous power on Parliament and on every State Legislature over the same tax, expressly notwithstanding article 254, so neither law displaces the other; and the power comes from the article itself rather than from an entry in the Seventh Schedule.

2. Which supplies does Parliament alone tax, and which instrument says so? Supplies in the course of inter-State trade or commerce, by article 246A(2), with article 269A providing for the levy, collection and apportionment of that tax and treating import into India as an inter-State supply.

3. How does the GST Council vote? Every decision requires not less than three-fourths of the weighted votes of the members present and voting, the Centre having one-third of the weight and all the States together two-thirds.

munotes.in185

Goods and Services Tax: Article 246A and the GST Council

4. What did Mohit Minerals decide about the Council's recommendations, and on what reasoning? That they are persuasive and not binding, because article 246A confers simultaneous legislative power on the Union and the States and article 279A does not create a body whose recommendations displace it; Indian federalism is a dialogue in which both are equal participants.

5. Name two things that remain outside the tax. Alcoholic liquor for human consumption, excluded by the definition in article 366(12A); and the five petroleum products named in the proviso to article 246A, until the Council recommends a date.

6. State the strongest objection to calling the GST a federal reform, and the answer to it. That a State which surrenders its sales tax power to a Council where it holds a small fraction of the vote has lost its fiscal autonomy. The answer is that the Council only recommends and each legislature enacts, so the legal power remains; but the practical answer is weaker, since a State departing from a recommendation breaks the input credit chain and bears a real cost.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in186

Chapter Thirty-Six

Administrative Relations Between the Union and the States

Syllabus topic 2, "Federalism".

In one line

Parliament makes many laws that State governments have to carry out, and Part XI gives the Union the power to direct them and a sanction if they refuse.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 256 obliges every State to exercise its executive power so as to ensure compliance with the laws made by Parliament and any existing laws which apply in that State, and empowers the Union to give such directions to a State as may appear to the Government of India to be necessary for that purpose. Article 257(1) provides that the executive power of a State shall be so exercised as not to impede or prejudice the exercise of the executive power of the Union, and empowers the Union to give directions to that end. Article 365 supplies the sanction: where a State fails to comply with any direction given in the exercise of the executive power of the Union, it shall be lawful for the President to hold that a situation has arisen in which the government of the State cannot be carried on in accordance with the provisions of the Constitution.

Why the Union needs the power at all

Because India follows the model of executive federalism. Parliament legislates on the ninety-seven entries of List I, but the Union has almost no field administration of its own outside defence, railways, posts, customs, income tax and a few others. A Union law about food adulteration, drugs, industrial disputes or the environment is enforced by State inspectors, State police and State courts.

So a Union law without a power to direct would be a Union law nobody had to enforce. Article 256 exists to close that gap.

And the arrangement is efficient rather than merely centralising. Duplicating a field administration in every State would be enormously expensive, and the framers of the 1935 Act had already chosen this model.

The provisions

Article 256: the obligation of the States and the Union's power to direct. The executive power of every State shall be so exercised as to ensure compliance with the laws made by Parliament and any existing laws which apply in that State, and the executive power of the Union shall extend to the giving of such directions to a State as may appear to the Government of India to be necessary for that purpose.

Article 257(1): a State must not impede the Union. The executive power of every State shall be so exercised as not to impede or prejudice the exercise of the executive power of the Union, and the Union may give directions to that end.

Article 257(2) and (3): two specific subjects. The Union may direct a State as to the construction and maintenance of means of communication declared to be of national or military importance, and as to the measures to be taken for the protection of the railways within the State.

munotes.in187

Administrative Relations Between the Union and the States

Article 257(4): the Union pays. Where a direction under clause (2) or (3) causes a State to incur extra costs, the Union shall pay such sum as may be agreed or as an arbitrator appointed by the Chief Justice of India may determine.

Article 258: the Union may entrust its functions to a State. The President may, with the consent of the State Government, entrust to that Government or its officers functions relating to any matter to which the executive power of the Union extends. Clause (2) lets Parliament confer powers and impose duties on a State or its officers by a law relating to a Union subject, whether or not the State consents, and clause (3) provides for the Union to pay the extra costs.

Article 258A: and a State may entrust its functions to the Union. Inserted by the Seventh Amendment 1956, it permits the Governor, with the Union's consent, to entrust State functions to the Government of India or its officers.

Articles 259 and 260 deal respectively with the armed forces in the former Part B States, now omitted, and with the Union's jurisdiction in relation to territories outside India.

Article 261: full faith and credit. Full faith and credit shall be given throughout India to public acts, records and judicial proceedings of the Union and of every State, and final judgments or orders delivered by civil courts in any part of India are executable anywhere in India according to law.

Article 300: suits. The Government of India may sue and be sued by the name of the Union of India and the Government of a State by the name of the State, subject to any law of Parliament or of the State Legislature.

And article 365 is the sanction. Where a State has failed to comply with, or to give effect to, any directions given in the exercise of the executive power of the Union, it shall be lawful for the President to hold that a situation has arisen in which the government of the State cannot be carried on in accordance with the provisions of the Constitution. That is the language of article 356(1), so the consequence of disobedience is a Proclamation.

A worked example

Parliament enacts an Act regulating the disposal of hazardous waste, made under Entry 52 or 54 of List I. The Act is to be administered by State pollution control boards. A State declines to prosecute a large plant in the State, and refuses to act on the Union's letters. What can the Union do?

munotes.in188

Administrative Relations Between the Union and the States

Step one: identify the source of the obligation. Article 256 obliges the State to exercise its executive power so as to ensure compliance with a law made by Parliament. This is such a law, so the obligation exists.

Step two: give a direction, and give it properly. The Union's power under article 256 is to give such directions as appear to the Government of India to be necessary. A letter of complaint is not a direction: the communication should identify the law, the failure and what the State must do.

Step three: if the State still refuses, article 365 becomes available. The President may hold that a situation has arisen in which the government of the State cannot be carried on in accordance with the Constitution, which is the trigger for article 356.

Step four, and this is where a good answer stops being mechanical. After S.R. Bommai a Proclamation is reviewable, and the material must be relevant. A single refusal to prosecute one plant, however serious, is unlikely to satisfy a court that the government of the State cannot be carried on. Article 365 makes the Proclamation LAWFUL; it does not make it unreviewable, and the disproportion between the failure and the consequence is exactly what a court would examine.

Step five: the alternative the Union usually takes. Article 258(2) lets Parliament, by the Union law itself, confer powers and impose duties on State officers directly, so a well-drafted Union Act creates the duty in the officer rather than relying on directions to the State. That is why most modern Union Acts name the State officers who must act.

The case

The sanction is real but it is not unreviewable. In S.R. Bommai v. Union of India, AIR 1994 SC 1918; (1994) 3 SCC 1. Facts. Appeals and transferred cases about Proclamations under article 356 dismissing the governments of Karnataka, Nagaland, Meghalaya, and of Madhya Pradesh, Rajasthan and Himachal Pradesh on 15 January 1993. Held, in twelve conclusions. The satisfaction under article 356 is subjective but the power is conditioned and not absolute, relevant material being a precondition; that the Proclamation is not immune from judicial review and may be struck down if it is mala fide or based on wholly irrelevant or extraneous grounds; that the court examines whether the material was relevant, not whether it was correct or adequate; that the majority of a government is to be tested on the floor of the House; and that secularism is a basic feature. Why it matters here is that article 365 leads to article 356, and since 1994 the whole route is examinable by a court. Before Bommai it was not.

munotes.in189

Administrative Relations Between the Union and the States

Distinctions

ArticleWho directs whomAbout what
256Union to StateCompliance with Parliamentary and existing laws
257(1)Union to StateNot impeding the Union's executive power
257(2)Union to StateMeans of communication of national or military importance
257(3)Union to StateProtection of the railways
258(1)Union entrusts to State, with consentUnion functions
258(2)Parliament confers on State officers, without consentDuties under a Union law
258AState entrusts to Union, with consentState functions
Article 256Article 257
The State's dutyPositive: to ensure compliance with Union lawNegative: not to impede the Union's executive power
Direction availableYesYes
Extra cost borne by the UnionNot provided forYes for clauses (2) and (3), under clause (4)

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean the Union administers the States. The power is to direct in relation to the enforcement of Union law and the exercise of Union executive power, not to run a State.

It does not mean every failure justifies article 356. Article 365 makes it lawful for the President to hold that the situation has arisen; whether the material justified that conclusion is reviewable after Bommai.

It does not mean article 258(2) needs the State's consent. Clause (1) does; clause (2), by which Parliament imposes duties on State officers through a Union law, does not, and the Union pays the extra cost under clause (3).

And it does not mean article 261 makes every State's law apply everywhere. Full faith and credit is given to public acts, records and judicial proceedings; it is a rule about recognition and execution, not about the reach of legislation.

Quick revision

Executive federalism: the Union legislates and the States administer. Article 256: the State must exercise its executive power to ensure compliance with Parliamentary and existing laws, and the Union may direct it to. Article 257(1): the State must not impede the Union's executive power; clauses (2) and (3) cover national communications and the railways; clause (4) makes the Union pay the extra cost, with arbitration by an arbitrator appointed by the Chief Justice of India. Article 258: the Union may entrust functions to a State with consent, and Parliament may impose duties on State officers by a Union law without consent, the Union paying. Article 258A: a State may entrust functions to the Union. Article 261: full faith and credit, and civil decrees executable throughout India. Article 300: suits by and against the Union and the States. Article 365: failure to comply with a direction makes it lawful for the President to hold that the State's government cannot be carried on in accordance with the Constitution, which is the article 356 trigger. S.R. Bommai: that whole route is reviewable.

munotes.in190

Administrative Relations Between the Union and the States

Test yourself

1. What is executive federalism and why does it matter here? That the Union legislates on its own subjects while the States administer most of those laws, because the Union has little field administration of its own. It matters because a Union law would otherwise depend on the goodwill of the government enforcing it, which is why article 256 confers a power to direct.

2. Distinguish the duties in articles 256 and 257(1). Article 256 imposes a positive duty on a State to exercise its executive power so as to ensure compliance with Union laws. Article 257(1) imposes a negative duty not to exercise that power so as to impede or prejudice the Union's executive power.

3. What is the sanction for disobeying a direction, and where is it? Article 365: it becomes lawful for the President to hold that a situation has arisen in which the government of the State cannot be carried on in accordance with the provisions of the Constitution, which is the language that triggers article 356.

4. Does a Union law imposing duties on State officers need the State's consent? Not under article 258(2), by which Parliament may confer powers and impose duties on a State or its officers by a law relating to a Union subject whether or not the State consents; the Union pays the extra cost under clause (3). Consent is needed only for an entrustment under clause (1).

5. Who pays when a direction under article 257(2) or (3) costs a State money? The Union, under article 257(4), in such sum as may be agreed or, in default of agreement, as determined by an arbitrator appointed by the Chief Justice of India.

6. Since when has the article 365 route been examinable by a court, and on what grounds? Since S.R. Bommai in 1994. A Proclamation may be struck down if it is mala fide or based on wholly irrelevant or extraneous grounds, the court asking whether the material was relevant rather than whether it was correct or adequate.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in191

Chapter Thirty-Seven

Inter-State Rivers: Article 262

Syllabus topic 2, "Federalism".

In one line

Water disputes between States are decided by tribunals, not by courts, because article 262 lets Parliament exclude the jurisdiction of every court including the Supreme Court, and Parliament has done so.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 262(1) empowers Parliament by law to provide for the adjudication of any dispute or complaint with respect to the use, distribution or control of the waters of, or in, any inter-State river or river valley. Clause (2) provides that notwithstanding anything in the Constitution, Parliament may by law provide that neither the Supreme Court nor any other court shall exercise jurisdiction in respect of any such dispute or complaint. Parliament exercised both powers by the Inter-State River Water Disputes Act 1956, section 11 of which excludes the jurisdiction of the Supreme Court and of every other court in respect of a water dispute which may be referred to a Tribunal under the Act.

The constitutional setting

Water is a State subject, but not entirely. Entry 17 of List II gives the States water, that is to say, water supplies, irrigation and canals, drainage and embankments, water storage and water power, subject to the provisions of Entry 56 of List I.

Entry 56 of List I gives Parliament the regulation and development of inter-State rivers and river valleys to the extent to which such regulation and development under the control of the Union is declared by Parliament by law to be expedient in the public interest.

So a river inside one State is that State's; a river crossing States is the State's until Parliament declares otherwise. That is the ordinary federal arrangement and article 262 is an addition to it.

Article 262 is unusual in two ways. It authorises Parliament to exclude the Supreme Court, and it does so "notwithstanding anything in this Constitution", which reaches article 131 and article 136.

The Act of 1956

Section 3: who may complain. If it appears to the Government of a State that a water dispute with the Government of another State has arisen or is likely to arise by reason of any executive action or legislation or the failure to enter into an agreement, and that the interests of the State or of its inhabitants are likely to be prejudicially affected, the State Government may request the Central Government to refer the dispute to a Tribunal.

Section 4: constitution of a Tribunal. When such a request is received and the Central Government is of opinion that the dispute cannot be settled by negotiations, it shall by notification constitute a Water Disputes Tribunal. The Tribunal consists of a Chairman and two other members nominated by the Chief Justice of India from among persons who at the time of nomination are judges of the Supreme Court or of a High Court.

munotes.in192

Inter-State Rivers: Article 262

Section 5: the reference and the report. The Central Government refers the dispute and any connected matter to the Tribunal, which investigates and forwards a report setting out the facts and its decision. Sub-section (2) requires the Tribunal to make its decision within three years, extendable by two. Sub-section (3) allows the Central Government or a State to seek an explanation or guidance within three months, and the Tribunal to forward a further report.

Section 6: the decision is final and binding. The decision of the Tribunal, after its publication in the Official Gazette by the Central Government, shall be final and binding on the parties to the dispute and shall be given effect to by them. Sub-section (2), inserted in 2002, provides that the decision shall have the same force as an order or decree of the Supreme Court.

Section 11: the exclusion. Notwithstanding anything contained in any other law, neither the Supreme Court nor any other court shall have or exercise jurisdiction in respect of any water dispute which may be referred to a Tribunal under the Act.

Where the exclusion stops

It excludes adjudication of the dispute, not judicial review of everything connected with it. The Supreme Court has entertained petitions about whether a dispute exists, whether the Central Government has unreasonably delayed constituting a Tribunal, and whether a Tribunal's award has been implemented.

Article 136 has been used to examine an award. Because section 6(2) gives the award the force of a decree of the Supreme Court, the Court has held that it may examine an award under article 136 in the same way it examines a decree, which is a narrow but real route.

And article 32 is not excluded where a fundamental right is in issue, because article 262(2) authorises Parliament to exclude jurisdiction over the water dispute, and a claim that a citizen's article 21 right to water has been violated is a different claim.

The honest position is that the exclusion is wide and not absolute, and a candidate should say both halves.

A worked example

Two States share a river. State A builds a barrage that reduces the flow into State B by a third. State B wants relief. Trace the route and its limits.

Article 131 is closed. This is a dispute between two States about the use of the waters of an inter-State river, and section 11 of the Act of 1956 excludes the jurisdiction of the Supreme Court over any water dispute that may be referred to a Tribunal.

The route is section 3. State B requests the Central Government to refer the dispute; the Central Government forms an opinion whether it can be settled by negotiation; if not, it must constitute a Tribunal under section 4.

munotes.in193

Inter-State Rivers: Article 262

Now the practical problem, which is the real subject of the chapter. Suppose the Central Government simply does not act. Section 4 says the Central Government "shall" constitute a Tribunal when it is of opinion that the dispute cannot be settled by negotiations, and the opinion is its own. A State faced with inaction has moved the Supreme Court for a mandamus, and the Court has entertained such petitions, because the complaint is not the water dispute itself but the failure to perform a statutory duty.

And the enforcement problem, which is the other half. An award under section 6 is final and binding and has the force of a decree of the Supreme Court, but a State that does not comply presents a problem no tribunal can solve. That is where article 256 and, in the last resort, article 365 return, and where the Court has used contempt and continuing supervision.

The lesson for a federalism answer. Article 262 removes the umpire that a federation normally relies on and substitutes a specialised one. It works when the parties accept the award, and when they do not, the constitutional machinery has no answer that a court can enforce against a State government in the way it can against a person.

The case

The federal background to any such dispute is that a State is not an appendage of the Centre. In S.R. Bommai v. Union of India, AIR 1994 SC 1918; (1994) 3 SCC 1. Facts. A group of appeals about Proclamations under article 356 dismissing State governments. Held, among its twelve conclusions. Federalism is a basic feature, that the power under article 356 is conditioned and reviewable, that relevant material is a precondition, and that a government's majority is tested on the floor of the House. Why it matters here is the limit it sets on the enforcement route: a Union that wishes to compel a State to obey a water award cannot treat article 365 as an automatic gateway to dismissal, because the material must be relevant and the Proclamation is examinable.

Distinctions

Ordinary federal disputeInter-State water dispute
ForumSupreme Court, article 131A Tribunal under the Act of 1956
Source of the exclusionNoneArticle 262(2) and section 11
Composition of the forumJudges of the Supreme CourtA Chairman and two members nominated by the Chief Justice from serving Supreme Court or High Court judges
Status of the decisionA decreeFinal and binding on publication; the force of a Supreme Court decree, section 6(2)
Route to the Supreme CourtDirectOnly on collateral questions, and under article 136 against the award
munotes.in194

Inter-State Rivers: Article 262

Entry 17 of List IIEntry 56 of List I
Water supplies, irrigation and canals, drainage and embankments, water storage and water powerRegulation and development of inter-State rivers and river valleys
Belongs to the StateBelongs to Parliament to the extent it declares such regulation under Union control to be expedient in the public interest
Expressly subject to Entry 56Requires a declaration by law

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean the Supreme Court has no role at all. It has entertained petitions about whether a dispute exists, about delay in constituting a Tribunal, and about implementation, and section 6(2) has been used to bring an award within article 136.

It does not mean water is a Union subject. It is Entry 17 of List II, expressly subject to Entry 56 of List I, and a declaration by Parliament is needed before the Union's regulation displaces the State's.

It does not mean a Tribunal is an executive body. Its members are nominated by the Chief Justice of India from serving judges of the Supreme Court or a High Court.

And it does not mean the arrangement works well. Tribunals have taken decades, and section 5(2)'s three-year limit with a two-year extension was inserted in 2002 precisely because they had not. An answer that notices the gap between the design and the practice is a better answer.

Quick revision

Entry 17 of List II: water, subject to Entry 56 of List I. Entry 56 of List I: regulation and development of inter-State rivers to the extent Parliament declares by law to be expedient in the public interest. Article 262(1): Parliament may provide for adjudication of an inter-State water dispute. Clause (2): notwithstanding anything in the Constitution, Parliament may exclude the Supreme Court and every other court. Inter-State River Water Disputes Act 1956: section 3, a State's request to the Central Government; section 4, constitution of a Tribunal of a Chairman and two members nominated by the Chief Justice of India from serving judges; section 5, reference and report, with a three-year limit extendable by two since 2002; section 6, the decision final and binding on publication, with the force of a Supreme Court decree under sub-section (2); section 11, the exclusion of jurisdiction. The exclusion covers the dispute, not collateral questions such as delay in constituting a Tribunal or implementation, and article 136 has been used against an award.

Test yourself

1. What does article 262 permit that no other article does? It permits Parliament, notwithstanding anything in the Constitution, to provide that neither the Supreme Court nor any other court shall exercise jurisdiction in respect of an inter-State water dispute.

munotes.in195

Inter-State Rivers: Article 262

2. Where is water in the Seventh Schedule, and what qualifies it? Entry 17 of List II, expressly subject to Entry 56 of List I, which gives Parliament the regulation and development of inter-State rivers to the extent it declares by law that Union control is expedient in the public interest.

3. How is a Water Disputes Tribunal constituted, and by whom are its members chosen? Under section 4 of the Act of 1956, by notification of the Central Government when it is of opinion that the dispute cannot be settled by negotiation; the Chairman and two members are nominated by the Chief Justice of India from among serving judges of the Supreme Court or of a High Court.

4. What is the status of a Tribunal's decision? Under section 6 it is final and binding on the parties once published in the Official Gazette, and by sub-section (2), inserted in 2002, it has the same force as an order or decree of the Supreme Court.

5. Name two matters on which the Supreme Court may still be moved despite section 11. Whether the Central Government has unreasonably delayed constituting a Tribunal after a request under section 3, and whether an award has been implemented; and by article 136 against the award itself, because section 6(2) gives it the force of a decree.

6. Why is this topic a good illustration for a federalism answer? Because it shows a federation deliberately removing its own umpire for one class of dispute and substituting a specialised one, and because the enforcement problem that follows has no judicial answer against a State government, which is the practical limit of federal adjudication.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in196

Chapter Thirty-Eight

The Inter-State Council, and Cooperative Federalism

Syllabus topic 2, "Federalism". MU's 2019 paper set the proposition that "Federalism is understood as a dynamic process of co-operation and shared action between the two levels of Government" and asked for a comment; this is the machinery that phrase describes.

In one line

Cooperative federalism is the idea that two governments in one country have to negotiate rather than litigate, and India has built four standing institutions for that negotiation, only two of which are in the Constitution.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: cooperative federalism describes a relationship in which the Union and the States, though constitutionally distinct, act together in fields neither can manage alone, through consultation, shared institutions and agreed standards rather than through command. Article 263 empowers the President to establish an Inter-State Council charged with inquiring into and advising upon disputes between States, investigating and discussing subjects of common interest, and making recommendations for better coordination of policy and action. Article 279A creates the Goods and Services Tax Council. Article 280 creates the Finance Commission. Beyond the Constitution, the Zonal Councils under the States Reorganisation Act 1956 and the National Institution for Transforming India, established by executive resolution in 2015, complete the machinery.

Article 263 and the Inter-State Council

The article. If at any time it appears to the President that the public interests would be served by the establishment of a Council charged with the duty of inquiring into and advising upon disputes which may have arisen between States; investigating and discussing subjects in which some or all of the States, or the Union and one or more States, have a common interest; or making recommendations upon any such subject and in particular recommendations for the better coordination of policy and action with respect to that subject, it shall be lawful for the President by order to establish such a Council.

The article also lets the President define the Council's organisation, procedure and duties. That flexibility is why the body exists by Presidential order rather than by statute.

It was not established for forty years. The Sarkaria Commission on Centre-State Relations recommended it, and the Inter-State Council was constituted by Presidential order on 28 May 1990. Its members are the Prime Minister as Chairman, the Chief Ministers of all States, the Chief Ministers of Union territories with legislatures and administrators of others, and six Union Ministers nominated by the Prime Minister.

Note what article 263 does not do. The Council advises and recommends. It cannot decide a dispute, and clause (a) is expressly subject to the exclusion in article 262 for water disputes.

The other three institutions

The Finance Commission, article 280. Constituted by the President every fifth year or earlier, it recommends the distribution between the Union and the States of the net proceeds of taxes, the allocation between the States of their respective shares, the principles governing grants in aid out of the Consolidated Fund of India, the measures needed to augment the Consolidated Fund of a State to supplement the resources of panchayats and municipalities, and any other matter referred to it. It is the most important single instrument of fiscal federalism and it is worked in [Financial Relations and the Finance Commission].

munotes.in197

The Inter-State Council, and Cooperative Federalism

The Goods and Services Tax Council, article 279A. The newest of the four and the only one with a voting rule written into the Constitution: three-fourths of the weighted votes, the Centre holding one-third and the States together two-thirds. Mohit Minerals holds its recommendations persuasive and not binding.

The Zonal Councils. Created by sections 15 to 22 of the States Reorganisation Act 1956, five of them, each comprising the States and Union territories of a zone, with the Union Home Minister as chairman and the Chief Ministers as members, to discuss matters of common interest in economic and social planning, border disputes, inter-State transport and matters arising out of reorganisation. A sixth, the North Eastern Council, was created by its own Act in 1971.

The National Institution for Transforming India. Established by a Cabinet resolution of 1 January 2015 in place of the Planning Commission, with the Prime Minister as chairperson and a Governing Council of all Chief Ministers and Lieutenant Governors. It is not a constitutional or statutory body and has no power to allocate funds, which is the principal difference from the Planning Commission it replaced.

The three kinds of federalism, distinguished

Cooperative federalism: the two levels work together, through consultation and shared institutions, on subjects neither can manage alone. Article 263, the GST Council and the Zonal Councils are its machinery.

Competitive federalism: States compete with one another for investment, and the Union encourages the competition by ranking them. This is the newer language, associated with the National Institution for Transforming India, and its critics say it substitutes ranking for resources.

Coercive federalism: the Union secures compliance by directions and by control of money, through articles 256, 257 and 365 and through conditional grants under article 282. The term is used critically, and an answer that names it shows awareness that cooperation is not the only description available.

A worked example

Suppose the Union wishes to introduce a national policy on the sharing of police records and criminal databases. Police is Entry 2 of List II. What are the options, and which is cooperative?

Legislate under a Union entry if one fits. Entry 8 of List I is the Central Bureau of Intelligence and Investigation, and Entry 80 permits the extension of the powers of one State's police into another with that State's consent. Neither reaches a national database directly.

Legislate under article 249. A resolution of the Council of States by two-thirds, valid for a year. Legally available, politically expensive, and it produces a law the States did not agree to.

munotes.in198

The Inter-State Council, and Cooperative Federalism

Use article 263. Refer the subject to the Inter-State Council as one in which the Union and the States have a common interest, discuss it, and produce recommendations for better coordination. Nothing binds, but what emerges is agreed.

Or use article 282. Make grants for a public purpose on condition that a State joins the scheme. That is the route most such schemes actually take, and it is why the term coercive federalism exists: nothing compels a State, and a State that refuses loses the money.

The example is worth doing because it shows the choice is real. Article 249 is command, article 263 is cooperation, and article 282 is somewhere in between, and which one a Union chooses tells you what kind of federalism it is practising.

The cases

Cooperative federalism has a judicial definition now, and it is a dialogue. In Union of India v. Mohit Minerals Pvt Ltd, (2022) 10 SCC 700. Facts. A challenge to the levy of integrated goods and services tax on ocean freight in a contract of import, and whether the recommendations of the Goods and Services Tax Council bind the Union and the States. Held. The levy was bad as double taxation, and that the Council's recommendations are not binding but have persuasive value: article 246A confers simultaneous legislative power on the Union and the States, article 279A does not create a body whose recommendations displace that power, and Indian federalism is a dialogue in which the States and the Centre are equal participants. Why it matters here is that it supplies the vocabulary for a cooperative federalism answer from a 2022 Constitution Bench rather than from a textbook, and it sets the limit: cooperation means agreement, not obedience.

And the cooperative reading rests on the States not being subordinate. In S.R. Bommai v. Union of India, AIR 1994 SC 1918; (1994) 3 SCC 1, the nine-judge Bench held that federalism is a basic feature, that the power under article 356 is conditioned and reviewable on relevant material, and that a government's majority is tested on the floor of the House. Why it matters here is that cooperation between unequals is not cooperation, and Bommai is what makes the two levels legally comparable.

Distinctions

InstitutionSourceCompositionPower
Inter-State CouncilArticle 263; Presidential order of 28 May 1990Prime Minister as Chairman, all Chief Ministers, six Union MinistersInquire, investigate, discuss, recommend
Finance CommissionArticle 280Chairman and four members appointed by the President every fifth yearRecommend the division of taxes and the principles of grants in aid
Goods and Services Tax CouncilArticle 279AUnion Finance Minister as Chairperson, a Minister from each StateRecommend rates, exemptions, model laws; three-fourths weighted vote
Zonal CouncilsSections 15 to 22, States Reorganisation Act 1956Union Home Minister as chairman, Chief Ministers of the zoneDiscuss and advise on matters of common interest
National Institution for Transforming IndiaCabinet resolution, 1 January 2015Prime Minister as chairperson, Governing Council of all Chief MinistersAdvisory; no power to allocate funds
munotes.in199

The Inter-State Council, and Cooperative Federalism

CooperativeCompetitiveCoercive
RelationshipNegotiation and shared institutionsRivalry between States for investmentDirection and conditional money
Indian machineryArticles 263, 279A, 280; Zonal CouncilsRankings and indicesArticles 256, 257, 365; conditional grants under article 282
CriticismSlow; the Council met rarelySubstitutes ranking for resourcesErodes autonomy without amending anything

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean the Inter-State Council decides anything. It inquires, investigates, discusses and recommends, and it cannot adjudicate a dispute; water disputes are expressly outside it by the reference to article 262.

It does not mean cooperative federalism is in the Constitution by name. The phrase appears nowhere in it. What is in the Constitution is the machinery, and the phrase is the description courts and writers have given it.

It does not mean the institutions have worked as designed. The Inter-State Council was not established for forty years after the Constitution came into force, and has met infrequently since.

And it does not mean cooperation excludes conflict. The GST Council decides by a weighted majority, which means States can be outvoted, and Mohit Minerals exists because the Union argued that being outvoted was legally binding.

Quick revision

Cooperative federalism: the two levels acting together by consultation and shared institutions rather than command. Article 263: the President may establish an Inter-State Council to inquire into and advise upon disputes between States, to investigate and discuss subjects of common interest, and to recommend better coordination of policy and action; established on 28 May 1990 on the Sarkaria Commission's recommendation, with the Prime Minister as Chairman, all Chief Ministers and six Union Ministers. Article 280: the Finance Commission. Article 279A: the GST Council, three-fourths weighted vote, Centre one-third and States two-thirds. Zonal Councils: sections 15 to 22 of the States Reorganisation Act 1956, five of them, plus the North Eastern Council of 1971. The National Institution for Transforming India: Cabinet resolution of 1 January 2015, advisory, no power to allocate funds. Mohit Minerals 2022: Indian federalism is a dialogue between equal participants and the Council's recommendations are persuasive, not binding. Competitive and coercive federalism are the other two descriptions.

Test yourself

1. What are the three functions article 263 gives the Council? To inquire into and advise upon disputes which may have arisen between States; to investigate and discuss subjects in which some or all of the States, or the Union and one or more States, have a common interest; and to make recommendations on any such subject, particularly for the better coordination of policy and action.

munotes.in200

The Inter-State Council, and Cooperative Federalism

2. When was the Inter-State Council established, and on whose recommendation? By Presidential order on 28 May 1990, on the recommendation of the Sarkaria Commission on Centre-State Relations.

3. Name the four standing institutions of cooperative federalism and say which are constitutional. The Inter-State Council (article 263), the Finance Commission (article 280) and the Goods and Services Tax Council (article 279A) are constitutional; the Zonal Councils are statutory, under the States Reorganisation Act 1956; and the National Institution for Transforming India is neither, having been created by a Cabinet resolution of 1 January 2015.

4. How did Mohit Minerals describe Indian federalism? As a dialogue in which the States and the Centre are equal participants, the Council's recommendations having persuasive value and not binding force, because article 246A confers simultaneous legislative power on both.

5. Distinguish cooperative, competitive and coercive federalism. Cooperative: negotiation and shared institutions. Competitive: States competing for investment, with the Union ranking them. Coercive: the Union securing compliance by directions under articles 256, 257 and 365 and by conditional grants under article 282.

6. Which route would a Union take to secure a national scheme on a State subject without legislating, and why is it criticised? Article 282, by making grants for a public purpose on condition that the State joins the scheme. It is criticised as coercive because nothing compels a State and a State that refuses simply loses the money.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in201

Chapter Thirty-Nine

The All India Services

Syllabus topic 2, "Federalism".

In one line

The Indian Administrative Service and the Indian Police Service are recruited and controlled by the Union but serve in the States, which is either the steel frame that holds the country together or a standing intrusion into State administration, depending on who is arguing.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 312 empowers Parliament to create one or more all India services common to the Union and the States, including an all India judicial service, if the Council of States declares by a resolution supported by not less than two-thirds of the members present and voting that it is necessary or expedient in the national interest to do so. Clause (2) provides that the Indian Administrative Service and the Indian Police Service, existing at the commencement of the Constitution, shall be deemed to be services created by Parliament under the article. The members of these services are recruited by the Union Public Service Commission, allotted to State cadres, and serve under a State government, but disciplinary control and the power to remove them rest with the Union.

The provisions

Article 308 defines the scope of Part XIV, excluding Jammu and Kashmir as it then stood.

Article 309 empowers the appropriate legislature to regulate recruitment and conditions of service of persons appointed to public services and posts under the Union or a State, with a proviso allowing the President or Governor to make rules until such a law is made.

Article 310: the doctrine of pleasure. Except as expressly provided by the Constitution, a person who is a member of a defence service, of a civil service of the Union, of an all India service, or holds a post connected with defence or a civil post under the Union, holds office during the pleasure of the President; and a corresponding State servant during the pleasure of the Governor.

Article 311: the safeguards that qualify it. No person who is a member of a civil service of the Union, of an all India service or of a civil service of a State, or who holds a civil post under the Union or a State, shall be dismissed or removed by an authority subordinate to that by which he was appointed; and no such person shall be dismissed, removed or reduced in rank except after an inquiry in which he has been informed of the charges and given a reasonable opportunity of being heard in respect of those charges. The second proviso lists three cases in which the inquiry is dispensed with, including conviction on a criminal charge and where the authority is satisfied for reasons to be recorded that it is not reasonably practicable to hold an inquiry.

munotes.in202

The All India Services

Article 312: the all India services. Notwithstanding anything in Chapter VI of Part VI or Part XIV, if the Council of States has so declared by a resolution supported by two-thirds of the members present and voting, Parliament may by law provide for the creation of one or more all India services, including an all India judicial service, common to the Union and the States. Clause (2) deems the Indian Administrative Service and the Indian Police Service to be so created. Clauses (3) and (4), inserted by the Forty-second Amendment, deal with the proposed all India judicial service.

Article 312A, inserted by the Twenty-eighth Amendment 1972, gives Parliament power to vary or revoke the conditions of service of persons appointed by the Secretary of State before independence.

Articles 313 and 314 are transitional: article 313 continues the pre-Constitution law until otherwise provided, and article 314, which protected the conditions of service of officers appointed by the Secretary of State, was omitted by the Twenty-eighth Amendment.

Articles 315 to 323 create the Public Service Commissions, and article 320(1) makes it the duty of the Union Public Service Commission to conduct examinations for appointments to the services of the Union, which includes the all India services.

Why the arrangement is federally strange

The officer is recruited by the Union but employed by the State. A District Magistrate is an Indian Administrative Service officer allotted to a State cadre, working under the State government, drawing pay from the State.

But the State cannot dismiss the officer. Because an all India service is a service of the Union for the purposes of article 311, the authority competent to remove is a Union authority. A State may suspend and may report, and the ultimate disciplinary power is not its own.

And the officer's career depends on the Union. Empanelment for senior Union posts, deputation to the Union and promotion within the service are all controlled centrally, so an officer serving a State knows who decides their future.

The argument for the arrangement. Sardar Patel called the services the steel frame of India, and argued in the Constituent Assembly that an officer able to speak frankly to a Chief Minister without fear of dismissal is a protection for the rule of law in a State. The services also carry practice and standards across the country and give the Union a way of knowing what is happening in the States.

The argument against. A State government responsible to its own legislature for law and order and for administration cannot control the officers who deliver both. That is a real derogation from the accountability that makes a State government answerable, and it is the reason State governments have asked for the arrangement to be revisited.

munotes.in203

The All India Services

A worked example

A State government wishes to remove the Director General of Police, an Indian Police Service officer, after a serious failure. What can it do?

It may transfer the officer within the State. Cadre postings inside a State are within the State's power, subject to the rules and to any minimum tenure prescribed for the office.

It may place the officer under suspension and may initiate disciplinary proceedings under the All India Services (Discipline and Appeal) Rules 1969.

It may not dismiss or remove the officer. Article 311(1) provides that no member of an all India service shall be dismissed or removed by an authority subordinate to that by which he was appointed; appointment is by the President, so removal is a Union decision.

And whatever it does must satisfy article 311(2) and article 14. An inquiry with notice of the charges and a reasonable opportunity to be heard is required unless one of the three exceptions in the second proviso applies. And a transfer that is in substance a punishment is examinable: E.P. Royappa v. State of Tamil Nadu, AIR 1974 SC 555. Facts. The Chief Secretary to the Government of Tamil Nadu was moved to two posts he said were inferior and alleged the transfers were mala fide, is the standing authority. Held. The plea of mala fides failed on the facts, but that article 16 is an instance of the concept of equality in article 14, that equality is a dynamic concept, and that equality and arbitrariness are sworn enemies, so that arbitrary State action is by that fact unequal and violates article 14. Why it matters here is that the case arose from precisely this situation: a senior all India service officer and a State government disagreeing, and the constitutional check being article 14 rather than the service rules.

Distinctions

A State serviceAn all India service
Recruited byThe State Public Service CommissionThe Union Public Service Commission
ServesThe StateA State, on a State cadre
Pay borne byThe StateThe State
Disciplinary controlThe StateThe Union, article 311(1)
Created byState law under article 309Parliament under article 312, after a Council of States resolution
ExamplesState civil services, State police serviceIndian Administrative Service, Indian Police Service, Indian Forest Service
Article 310Article 311
The doctrine of pleasure: office held during the pleasure of the President or GovernorThe safeguards that qualify it
Reflects the English rule that a servant of the Crown holds at pleasureRequires removal only by an authority not subordinate to the appointing authority, and an inquiry with notice and a reasonable opportunity
Subject to the express provisions of the ConstitutionSecond proviso excludes the inquiry in three cases, including conviction and where an inquiry is not reasonably practicable for recorded reasons
munotes.in204

The All India Services

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean the Union runs State administration. Day to day postings, work and supervision inside a State are the State's.

It does not mean an all India service officer is beyond discipline. The rules provide a full disciplinary code; what the State lacks is the final power of removal.

It does not mean Parliament may create such a service at will. Article 312 requires a resolution of the Council of States supported by two-thirds of the members present and voting, so the States' own chamber is the gatekeeper, exactly as under article 249.

And it does not mean the all India judicial service exists. Article 312 has permitted one since the Forty-second Amendment, and repeated proposals have not produced it, largely because of objections from the States and the High Courts about control over the subordinate judiciary under article 235.

Quick revision

Article 312: Parliament may create an all India service, including an all India judicial service, if the Council of States so resolves by two-thirds of the members present and voting; the Indian Administrative Service and the Indian Police Service are deemed to be so created by clause (2). Article 309: the appropriate legislature regulates recruitment and conditions of service, with rules by the President or Governor meanwhile. Article 310: office held during the pleasure of the President or Governor. Article 311: no dismissal or removal by an authority subordinate to the appointing authority, and no dismissal, removal or reduction in rank except after an inquiry with notice of the charges and a reasonable opportunity to be heard, subject to three exceptions in the second proviso. Article 312A: power to vary the conditions of service of pre-independence appointees. Articles 313 and 314: transitional, 314 omitted in 1972. Recruited by the Union, serving the State, removable only by the Union. Patel's steel frame against the State's loss of control. E.P. Royappa: equality and arbitrariness are sworn enemies, and a punitive transfer is examinable under article 14.

Test yourself

1. What must happen before Parliament may create a new all India service? The Council of States must declare by a resolution supported by not less than two-thirds of the members present and voting that it is necessary or expedient in the national interest.

2. Why can a State not dismiss an Indian Administrative Service officer? Because article 311(1) forbids dismissal or removal by an authority subordinate to the appointing authority, and members of an all India service are appointed by the President, so removal is a Union decision.

munotes.in205

The All India Services

3. State the doctrine of pleasure and the two safeguards that qualify it. Article 310: except as expressly provided, a civil servant holds office during the pleasure of the President or the Governor. Article 311 qualifies it by requiring removal only by an authority not subordinate to the appointing authority, and an inquiry in which the person is informed of the charges and given a reasonable opportunity of being heard.

4. Name the three exceptions in the second proviso to article 311(2). Conviction on a criminal charge; where the authority empowered to dismiss or remove is satisfied, for reasons to be recorded in writing, that it is not reasonably practicable to hold an inquiry; and where the President or Governor is satisfied that in the interest of the security of the State it is not expedient to hold one.

5. State the argument for and against the all India services in one sentence each. For: an officer who cannot be dismissed by the State government can administer the law without fear, and the services carry common standards and information across the country. Against: a State government answerable to its legislature for law and order cannot control the officers who deliver it.

6. Does an all India judicial service exist, and why not? No. Article 312 has permitted one since the Forty-second Amendment, but repeated proposals have failed, largely because of objections from the States and the High Courts, whose control over the subordinate judiciary rests on article 235.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in206

Chapter Forty

Financial Relations and the Finance Commission

Syllabus topic 2, "Federalism".

In one line

The Constitution gives the Union the elastic taxes and the States the expensive duties, and then builds machinery to move money from one to the other.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: Part XII, articles 264 to 293, governs financial relations. The scheme has four elements. First, the taxing power is divided by the Seventh Schedule, entries 82 to 92C of List I and entries 45 to 63 of List II, with the goods and services tax now standing outside both under article 246A. Second, some taxes are levied by the Union but collected and appropriated by the States (article 268) or assigned to them (article 269), and the net proceeds of Union taxes are divided under article 270. Third, grants in aid are made to States in need under article 275, and either government may make a grant for any public purpose under article 282. Fourth, article 280 creates a Finance Commission every fifth year to recommend how the division is to be made.

The vertical imbalance, and why it is deliberate

The Union has the taxes that grow. Income tax, corporation tax, customs and excise all expand with the economy, and all are in List I.

The States have most of the spending. Public order, police, prisons, public health and hospitals, agriculture, land, irrigation, roads, schools and local government are in List II, and education, forests and social security are in List III.

That mismatch is called the vertical imbalance, and it is not a drafting error. The framers took it from the Government of India Act 1935 and provided machinery to correct it, on the view that taxes are best collected uniformly and services best delivered locally.

The consequence for federalism is the whole argument of this chapter. A State's autonomy depends on how the correction is made: by a formula fixed by an independent body, which is federal, or by discretionary grants from the Union, which is not.

The division of taxes

Article 268: duties levied by the Union and collected and appropriated by the States. Stamp duties and duties of excise on medicinal and toilet preparations mentioned in the Union List; the Union sets the rate, the State collects and keeps the proceeds.

Article 269: taxes levied and collected by the Union but assigned to the States. Taxes on the sale or purchase of goods and on the consignment of goods in the course of inter-State trade, whose net proceeds are assigned to the States and distributed according to principles Parliament formulates by law.

Article 269A: the integrated goods and services tax. Levied and collected by the Government of India on inter-State supply and apportioned between the Union and the States as Parliament provides on the Council's recommendations.

munotes.in207

Financial Relations and the Finance Commission

Article 270: the divisible pool. All taxes and duties in the Union List, except the duties and taxes in articles 268 and 269, surcharges under article 271 and cesses levied for a specific purpose, are levied and collected by the Union and distributed between the Union and the States in the manner the Finance Commission recommends.

Article 271: surcharges belong wholly to the Union. Parliament may at any time increase any of the duties or taxes in articles 269 and 270 by a surcharge, and the whole proceeds form part of the Consolidated Fund of India.

That last provision is the most important sentence in this chapter for a modern answer. A surcharge or a cess is outside the divisible pool, so a Union that raises revenue through surcharges and cesses rather than through the basic rate keeps all of it, whatever the Finance Commission has recommended about the share. The share of gross tax revenue actually transferred is therefore smaller than the headline percentage, and this is the principal State grievance in fiscal federalism today.

Grants

Article 275: statutory grants in aid. Such sums as Parliament may by law provide shall be charged on the Consolidated Fund of India as grants in aid of the revenues of such States as Parliament determines to be in need of assistance, and different sums may be fixed for different States. The proviso provides for grants for schemes of development to raise the level of administration of Scheduled Areas and for the welfare of Scheduled Tribes.

Article 282: discretionary grants. The Union or a State may make any grants for any public purpose, notwithstanding that the purpose is not one with respect to which the Parliament or the State Legislature may make laws.

Article 282 is short and it has carried an enormous weight. Centrally sponsored schemes in education, health, rural employment and housing, on subjects in List II, are made under it. A State is not obliged to join; a State that does not join loses the money. That is why the article is at the centre of the coercive federalism argument in [The Inter-State Council, and Cooperative Federalism].

The Finance Commission

Article 280(1) requires the President to constitute a Finance Commission within two years of the commencement of the Constitution and thereafter at the expiration of every fifth year or earlier if he considers it necessary. It consists of a Chairman and four other members.

Clause (3) sets the terms of reference. It is the duty of the Commission to make recommendations as to the distribution between the Union and the States of the net proceeds of taxes which are to be, or may be, divided between them and the allocation between the States of the respective shares of such proceeds; the principles which should govern the grants in aid of the revenues of the States out of the Consolidated Fund of India; the measures needed to augment the Consolidated Fund of a State to supplement the resources of the panchayats and municipalities in the State on the basis of the recommendations of the State Finance Commission; and any other matter referred to the Commission by the President in the interests of sound finance.

munotes.in208

Financial Relations and the Finance Commission

Article 281 requires the President to cause every recommendation of the Commission, together with an explanatory memorandum as to the action taken on it, to be laid before each House of Parliament.

The recommendations are not legally binding, and that is the point students should notice. Their force is conventional: no government has rejected the core recommendation on the vertical share, and the memorandum under article 281 makes any departure public.

And there is a State-level counterpart. Articles 243-I and 243Y require the Governor to constitute a State Finance Commission every fifth year to review the finances of panchayats and municipalities, which is the third tier's version of the same machinery.

Borrowing, and the rest of Part XII

Article 292: the Union may borrow upon the security of the Consolidated Fund of India within such limits as Parliament may fix.

Article 293: a State may borrow within India upon the security of its Consolidated Fund, subject to limits fixed by its Legislature; but a State may not raise a loan without the Union's consent if there is still outstanding any part of a loan made to it by the Union or in respect of which the Union has given a guarantee. That is a significant and much-used lever.

Articles 285 to 289 exempt each government's property and income from the other's taxation, with exceptions, which is the ordinary immunity of instrumentalities found in every federation.

A worked example

A State complains that although the Fifteenth Finance Commission recommended that forty-one per cent of the divisible pool go to the States, it receives far less than forty-one per cent of what the Union actually collects. Is the complaint constitutionally sound?

The arithmetic is sound and the constitutional answer is that nothing has been breached. Article 270 defines the divisible pool as the taxes in the Union List EXCEPT surcharges under article 271 and cesses levied for specific purposes. A rupee collected as a cess is not in the pool at all, so the forty-one per cent is forty-one per cent of a smaller number.

So the State's remedy is not a court. There is no provision limiting how much revenue the Union may raise through surcharges and cesses, and article 271 says in terms that the whole proceeds form part of the Consolidated Fund of India.

munotes.in209

Financial Relations and the Finance Commission

The remedies that exist are political and institutional. The Finance Commission may be asked, under the "any other matter" limb of article 280(3), to consider the treatment of cesses; the Inter-State Council under article 263 may discuss it; and the memorandum under article 281 makes the Union's action on the recommendation public.

And the example makes the general point. In fiscal federalism the constitutional text settles less than students expect, and the practice is governed by an independent recommending body whose recommendations do not bind.

The case

The newest institution in this field is the one whose recommendations were said to bind. In Union of India v. Mohit Minerals Pvt Ltd, (2022) 10 SCC 700. Facts. A challenge to integrated goods and services tax on ocean freight, and the question whether the recommendations of the Goods and Services Tax Council bind the Union and the States. Held. The levy was bad as double taxation, and that the Council's recommendations are not binding but have persuasive value, because article 246A confers simultaneous legislative power on the Union and the States and article 279A does not create a body whose recommendations displace that power; Indian federalism is a dialogue in which both are equal participants. Why it matters here is that the same reasoning explains the Finance Commission: a recommending body in a federation is powerful because both governments accept its recommendations, not because they must.

Distinctions

ArticleMechanismWho keeps the money
268Levied by the Union, collected and appropriated by the StatesThe States
269Levied and collected by the Union, assigned to the StatesThe States
269AIntegrated goods and services tax, levied and collected by the UnionApportioned between both
270The divisible pool, distributed on the Finance Commission's recommendationShared
271Surcharge on articles 269 and 270 taxesThe Union entirely
275Statutory grants in aid to States in needThe States
282Discretionary grants for any public purposeThe recipient, on the giver's conditions
Finance Commission, article 280GST Council, article 279A
CompositionA Chairman and four members appointed by the PresidentThe Union Finance Minister and a Minister from each State
ConstitutedEvery fifth year or earlierStanding
SubjectThe division of tax revenue and the principles of grantsRates, exemptions, model laws, thresholds
Force of its outputRecommendation; memorandum laid under article 281Recommendation; persuasive, not binding: Mohit Minerals

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean the States are financially helpless. Entries 45 to 63 of List II give them land revenue, stamp duty, taxes on vehicles, on professions, on entertainments and on electricity, and article 246A gives them the goods and services tax on intra-State supply.

munotes.in210

Financial Relations and the Finance Commission

It does not mean the Finance Commission's recommendations bind. They do not, and article 281 provides for a memorandum on the action taken precisely because a government may depart from them.

It does not mean article 282 is unconstitutional. It is in the Constitution and has been used since 1950; the criticism is about its use to enter the State List by conditional funding, not about its validity.

And it does not mean a State may borrow freely. Article 293(3) requires the Union's consent while any Union loan or guarantee is outstanding, which in practice is always.

Quick revision

Vertical imbalance: elastic taxes to the Union, expensive services to the States, corrected by machinery. Article 268: levied by the Union, collected and appropriated by the States. Article 269: levied and collected by the Union, assigned to the States. Article 269A: integrated goods and services tax, apportioned. Article 270: the divisible pool, excluding surcharges under article 271 and cesses, distributed on the Finance Commission's recommendation. Article 271: surcharges belong wholly to the Union, which is the principal State grievance. Article 275: statutory grants in aid to States in need, with a proviso for Scheduled Areas and Scheduled Tribes. Article 282: discretionary grants for any public purpose, the basis of centrally sponsored schemes. Article 280: the Finance Commission every fifth year, a Chairman and four members, recommending the division of taxes, the principles of grants, and measures to supplement panchayat and municipal resources. Article 281: the recommendation and an explanatory memorandum laid before each House. Article 292 and 293: borrowing, with the Union's consent required for a State while a Union loan or guarantee is outstanding.

Test yourself

1. What is the vertical imbalance, and is it accidental? That the Union holds the taxes that grow with the economy while the States carry most of the expenditure responsibilities. It is deliberate, inherited from the Government of India Act 1935, and the Constitution provides machinery to correct it.

2. Why does a State receive less than the percentage the Finance Commission recommends? Because article 270 excludes surcharges under article 271 and cesses levied for specific purposes from the divisible pool, and article 271 gives the whole proceeds of a surcharge to the Union. The percentage is a share of a smaller sum.

3. Distinguish articles 275 and 282. Article 275 provides statutory grants in aid, charged on the Consolidated Fund of India, to States Parliament determines to be in need. Article 282 permits either government to make a grant for any public purpose even outside its legislative competence, and is the basis of centrally sponsored schemes on State subjects.

munotes.in211

Financial Relations and the Finance Commission

4. State the four terms of reference of the Finance Commission. The distribution between the Union and the States of the net proceeds of divisible taxes and the allocation between the States; the principles governing grants in aid out of the Consolidated Fund of India; the measures needed to augment a State's Consolidated Fund to supplement the resources of panchayats and municipalities on the State Finance Commission's recommendations; and any other matter referred by the President in the interests of sound finance.

5. Are the Commission's recommendations binding, and what follows? No. Article 281 requires the President to lay every recommendation before each House with an explanatory memorandum on the action taken, so a departure is made public. Their force is conventional rather than legal.

6. What limits a State's power to borrow? Article 293: a State may borrow within India on the security of its Consolidated Fund within limits fixed by its Legislature, but may not raise a loan without the Union's consent while any part of a Union loan to it, or a loan guaranteed by the Union, remains outstanding.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in212

Chapter Forty-One

Freedom of Trade, Commerce and Intercourse: Articles 301 to 307

Syllabus topic 2, "Federalism".

In one line

India is one economic space, so a State may not tax or regulate goods coming from another State worse than its own, and since 2016 an ordinary non-discriminatory tax is not a restriction on that freedom at all.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 301 provides that subject to the other provisions of Part XIII, trade, commerce and intercourse throughout the territory of India shall be free. Article 302 empowers Parliament to impose restrictions in the public interest. Article 303 forbids both Parliament and a State Legislature to give preference to one State over another or to discriminate between States by virtue of any entry relating to trade and commerce, subject to Parliament's power to do so to deal with a scarcity of goods. Article 304(a) permits a State to impose on goods imported from other States any tax to which similar goods manufactured in that State are subject, so long as it does not discriminate; article 304(b) permits a State to impose reasonable restrictions in the public interest, with the President's previous sanction. Article 305 saves existing laws and State monopolies; article 307 permits Parliament to appoint an authority to carry out the purposes of the Part.

What Part XIII is for

Because a federation that allows internal customs barriers is not an economic union. Before 1947 the princely States levied duties on goods crossing their borders. Part XIII exists so that the Republic could not be reassembled into six hundred customs areas.

The freedom runs throughout the territory of India, which the 2016 judgment noted extends the ambit of the freedom across AND within State boundaries, so an internal barrier inside a State is caught as much as one at its border.

It is not absolute. The words "subject to the other provisions of this Part" mean the freedom exists only as articles 302 to 305 leave it, and those articles allow real restrictions.

The provisions, one by one

Article 301. Subject to the other provisions of this Part, trade, commerce and intercourse throughout the territory of India shall be free.

Article 302. Parliament may by law impose such restrictions on the freedom of trade, commerce or intercourse between one State and another or within any part of the territory of India as may be required in the public interest.

Article 303(1). Neither Parliament nor the Legislature of a State shall have power to make any law giving, or authorising the giving of, any preference to one State over another, or making, or authorising the making of, any discrimination between one State and another, by virtue of any entry relating to trade and commerce in any of the Lists.

munotes.in213

Freedom of Trade, Commerce and Intercourse: Articles 301 to 307

Article 303(2). Nothing in clause (1) prevents Parliament from making a law giving preference or making discrimination if it is declared by that law that it is necessary to do so for the purpose of dealing with a situation arising from scarcity of goods in any part of India. Note that this exception is available to Parliament alone.

Article 304(a). Notwithstanding anything in article 301 or 303, the Legislature of a State may by law impose on goods imported from other States or Union territories any tax to which similar goods manufactured or produced in that State are subject, so, however, as not to discriminate between goods so imported and goods so manufactured or produced.

Article 304(b). And may impose such reasonable restrictions on the freedom of trade, commerce or intercourse with or within that State as may be required in the public interest. The proviso requires the previous sanction of the President for the introduction or moving of such a Bill.

Article 305. Saves existing laws and laws providing for State monopolies so far as the President otherwise provides, and preserves article 19(6)(ii) State monopolies.

Article 306 was omitted by the Seventh Amendment 1956; it had related to the former Part B States.

Article 307. Parliament may by law appoint such authority as it considers appropriate for carrying out the purposes of articles 301 to 304 and confer powers on it. No such authority has ever been appointed, which is a small fact worth knowing.

The three stages of the case law

1960: taxes are restrictions, and the test is direct and immediate effect. In Atiabari Tea Co. Ltd v. The State of Assam, 1961 AIR 232; 1961 SCR (1) 809, decided on 16 August 1960. Facts. The Assam Taxation (on Goods Carried by Roads and Inland Waterways) Act 1954, passed under Entry 56 of List II, taxed tea and jute carried by road and inland waterways; the companies said it violated article 301 and had not obtained the previous sanction required by article 304(b). The State argued that taxing laws are governed by Part XII alone. Held, by the majority. The Act violated article 301 and was void for want of compliance with article 304(b): the freedom in article 301 is wider than that in section 297 of the Government of India Act 1935 and includes freedom from tax laws; article 301 provides that the flow of trade shall run smooth and unhampered by any restriction either at the boundaries of the States or at any other point inside them; and a law imposing a direct restriction on the movement of goods attracts article 301 and can be sustained only under article 302 or article 304. Sinha C.J. differed.

munotes.in214

Freedom of Trade, Commerce and Intercourse: Articles 301 to 307

1962: unless the tax is compensatory. In The Automobile Transport (Rajasthan) Ltd v. The State of Rajasthan, 1962 AIR 1406; 1963 SCR (1) 491, decided on 9 April 1962. Facts. Section 4(1) of the Rajasthan Motor Vehicles Taxation Act 1951 forbade the use or keeping of a motor vehicle in Rajasthan without paying the scheduled tax, and bus operators plying routes that crossed strips of Rajasthan were assessed. Held. The tax valid: the freedom in article 301 must be understood in the context of an ordinary society and of a Constitution distributing powers, so it recognises the need and legitimacy of some degree of regulatory control; regulatory measures and compensatory taxes for the use of trading facilities do not hamper trade but facilitate it, are therefore not hit by article 301, and need not comply with article 304(b); and on construction the tax was really a charge for the use of the roads, the passenger and loading capacity being merely a method of measuring it.

2016: the compensatory tax doctrine has no juristic basis. In Jindal Stainless Ltd v. State of Haryana, AIR 2016 SC 5617; (2017) 12 SCC 1, decided on 11 November 2016 by a Bench of nine judges. Facts. A very large batch of appeals about entry taxes levied under Entry 52 of List II, referred to settle whether such a tax offends article 301 and what remained of the compensatory tax doctrine.

Held, by majority. In its own numbered answers: that taxes simpliciter are not within the contemplation of Part XIII and the word "free" in article 301 does not mean free from taxation; that only taxes which are discriminatory are prohibited by article 304(a), so a non-discriminatory tax does not infringe article 301; that clauses (a) and (b) of article 304 are to be read disjunctively; that a levy violating article 304(a) cannot be saved even if article 304(b) is satisfied; that the compensatory tax theory has no juristic basis and is rejected; that Atiabari, Automobile Transport and the 2006 Jindal decision, and all judgments following them, are overruled to the extent of such reliance; that entry tax is permissible although similar goods are not produced within the taxing State; that article 304(a) frowns upon discrimination of a hostile, protectionist nature and not upon mere differentiation, so incentives and set-offs for a limited time to develop economically backward areas do not violate it; and that States may design their fiscal legislation so that the burden on imported and locally produced goods falls equally.

The judgment also said something a federalism answer should use. The federal structure is one of the basic features, and the interpretation of Part XIII must preserve the balance between the Union and the States and must not erode the autonomy of the States in the fields assigned to them. That is why the decision went the way it did: reading article 301 to catch every tax would have subjected a large part of State taxing power to the President's sanction.

munotes.in215

Freedom of Trade, Commerce and Intercourse: Articles 301 to 307

A worked example

A State levies an entry tax of five per cent on goods entering a local area for sale, and grants a two-year exemption to units set up in three designated backward districts of the State. A manufacturer in a neighbouring State challenges the tax and the exemption.

On the old law the manufacturer had a straightforward argument. Atiabari made any direct restriction on movement a breach of article 301, so the tax needed the President's previous sanction under article 304(b), and if it was not compensatory it fell.

On the law since 2016 that argument is gone. Taxes simpliciter are outside Part XIII, and the word "free" does not mean free from taxation, so the challenge must be that the tax DISCRIMINATES under article 304(a).

So the question becomes whether the exemption discriminates. The 2016 answers hold that article 304(a) frowns on discrimination of a hostile, protectionist nature and not on mere differentiation, and that incentives or set-offs granted to a specified class of dealers for a limited period in a non-hostile fashion to develop economically backward areas do not violate the article.

The manufacturer's real case must therefore be that the exemption is protectionist in effect: that it is available in practice only to local producers, or that its duration and scope make it a permanent shield rather than a development measure. That is a question of fact.

And note what does not help the manufacturer. The absence of similar goods produced within the taxing State does not invalidate the entry tax: answer (7) of the 2016 judgment says so in terms.

Distinctions

Before 11 November 2016After it
Is a tax a restriction on article 301?Yes if it directly and immediately restricts movement: AtiabariTaxes simpliciter are outside Part XIII; only discriminatory taxes are prohibited
The compensatory tax exceptionAvailable: Automobile TransportRejected as having no juristic basis
Does a State tax need the President's sanction under article 304(b)?OftenNot for a non-discriminatory tax
Article 304(a) and (b)Read together by some judgmentsRead disjunctively
Can article 304(b) save a discriminatory tax?ArguableNo
ProvisionWho may restrictOn what groundCondition
302ParliamentThe public interestNone
303(1)Neither, by a trade and commerce entryPreference or discrimination between StatesProhibited
303(2)Parliament onlyScarcity of goodsA declaration in the law
304(a)A StateTax on imported goodsNo discrimination against them
304(b)A StateReasonable restrictions in the public interestThe President's previous sanction
munotes.in216

Freedom of Trade, Commerce and Intercourse: Articles 301 to 307

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean a State may now tax freely. Article 304(a) still forbids a discriminatory tax, and a discriminatory tax cannot be saved by article 304(b).

It does not mean Atiabari and Automobile Transport are irrelevant. They were overruled to the extent of the reliance on the propositions the 2016 Court rejected, and a student must know them because the modern answers are stated as departures from them.

It does not mean non-fiscal restrictions escape article 301. Article 304(b) still governs reasonable restrictions in the public interest and still requires the President's previous sanction.

And it does not mean article 307 is a dead letter by design. Parliament may still appoint an authority to carry out the purposes of articles 301 to 304, and the fact that it never has is an observation about practice rather than about the text.

Quick revision

Article 301: trade, commerce and intercourse throughout the territory of India shall be free, subject to the rest of Part XIII, and the freedom operates across and within State boundaries. Article 302: Parliament may restrict in the public interest. Article 303(1): neither Parliament nor a State may give preference or discriminate between States by a trade and commerce entry; clause (2) lets Parliament do so to deal with scarcity, on a declaration. Article 304(a): a State may tax imported goods as it taxes its own, without discriminating; 304(b): reasonable restrictions in the public interest with the President's previous sanction. Article 305: existing laws and State monopolies saved. Article 306: omitted in 1956. Article 307: an authority Parliament has never appointed. Atiabari 1960: taxes are restrictions; direct and immediate effect. Automobile Transport 1962: compensatory taxes and regulatory measures are outside article 301. Jindal Stainless 2016, nine judges: taxes simpliciter are outside Part XIII; only discriminatory taxes are prohibited by article 304(a); (a) and (b) are disjunctive; a levy violating (a) cannot be saved by (b); the compensatory tax theory has no juristic basis; the earlier cases are overruled to that extent; entry tax is valid though similar goods are not produced locally; article 304(a) forbids hostile protectionist discrimination and not mere differentiation; and Part XIII must be read so as not to erode State fiscal autonomy, the federal structure being a basic feature.

Test yourself

1. What does article 301 guarantee, and how far does it reach? That trade, commerce and intercourse throughout the territory of India shall be free, subject to the other provisions of Part XIII. The word "throughout" extends the freedom across and within State boundaries, so an internal barrier is caught as much as a border one.

munotes.in217

Freedom of Trade, Commerce and Intercourse: Articles 301 to 307

2. State the 2016 position on whether a tax offends article 301. Taxes simpliciter are not within the contemplation of Part XIII and "free" does not mean free from taxation. Only a discriminatory tax is prohibited, by article 304(a), and a non-discriminatory tax does not infringe article 301.

3. What happened to the compensatory tax doctrine, and when? It was rejected as having no juristic basis by a Bench of nine judges on 11 November 2016 in Jindal Stainless Ltd v. State of Haryana, which also overruled Atiabari, Automobile Transport and the 2006 Jindal decision to the extent of the reliance placed on them.

4. Distinguish discrimination from differentiation under article 304(a). Article 304(a) frowns upon discrimination of a hostile, protectionist nature. Mere differentiation is permitted, so incentives or set-offs granted to a specified class of dealers for a limited period in a non-hostile fashion, in order to develop economically backward areas, do not violate the article.

5. Can a discriminatory State tax be saved by obtaining the President's sanction under article 304(b)? No. The 2016 answers hold that clauses (a) and (b) are to be read disjunctively and that a levy violating clause (a) cannot be saved even if the procedure under clause (b) or its proviso is satisfied.

6. Which federal principle did the 2016 Court rely on, and why does it matter? That the federal structure is a basic feature and the interpretation of Part XIII must preserve the balance between the Union and the States without eroding State autonomy in the fields assigned to them. It matters because reading article 301 to catch every tax would have subjected a large part of State taxing power to the President's sanction.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in218

Chapter Forty-Two

The Governor: Appointment, Discretion and Assent

Syllabus topic 2, "Federalism".

In one line

The Governor is appointed by the Union, holds office at its pleasure, must normally act on the advice of the State's ministers, and has a genuine discretion over what to do with a Bill, though not a power to sit on it for ever.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 153 provides that there shall be a Governor for each State. Article 155 provides that the Governor shall be appointed by the President by warrant under his hand and seal, and article 156 that he shall hold office during the pleasure of the President for a term of five years. Article 163(1) provides that there shall be a Council of Ministers with the Chief Minister at the head to aid and advise the Governor in the exercise of his functions, except in so far as he is by or under the Constitution required to exercise any of them in his discretion. Article 200 gives him three courses on a Bill presented to him: to assent, to withhold assent, or to reserve it for the consideration of the President; and the first proviso requires him, on withholding assent to a Bill other than a Money Bill, to return it as soon as possible with a message.

The office, and why it is contested

Appointed by the Union, removable by the Union. Article 155 and article 156 together mean that the head of a State holds office at the pleasure of a government the State did not elect, and may be removed without reasons. That is the structural fact behind every complaint about the office.

Not answerable to any court personally. Article 361 provides that the Governor shall not be answerable to any court for the exercise and performance of the powers and duties of his office or for any act done in the exercise of them, and that no criminal proceedings shall be instituted against him during his term.

But the office is not outside the Constitution. The Presidential Reference of 2025 held that although article 361 bars proceedings against the Governor personally, the office remains subject to the Court's jurisdiction, which is the distinction that makes any of this litigable at all.

And the ordinary rule is that he acts on advice. Articles 163 and 164, with article 167's duty on the Chief Minister to communicate decisions and furnish information, make the Governor a constitutional head in the same sense as the President.

Article 166 is where that constitutional headship shows itself in the paperwork of government, and it repays reading. Clause (1): ALL EXECUTIVE ACTION of the Government of a State "shall be expressed to be taken IN THE NAME OF THE GOVERNOR". Clause (2): orders and instruments made and executed in his name shall be AUTHENTICATED in such manner as rules made by the Governor specify, and the validity of an order so authenticated "shall not be called in question ON THE GROUND THAT IT IS NOT AN ORDER OR INSTRUMENT MADE OR EXECUTED BY THE GOVERNOR". Clause (3): the Governor shall make RULES OF BUSINESS for the more convenient transaction of the business of the Government and for the ALLOCATION AMONG MINISTERS of that business, "in so far as it is not business with respect to which the Governor is by or under this Constitution required to act in his discretion".

munotes.in219

The Governor: Appointment, Discretion and Assent

Read those three clauses together and they say the opposite of what clause (1) sounds like. Everything is done in the Governor's name, and clause (2) then makes the name a FORM which nobody may go behind, so that a properly authenticated order cannot be attacked by proving that the Governor never saw it. Clause (3) hands the actual allocation of the work to rules the Ministers will operate, and carves out only the discretionary business. Article 166 is therefore the textual counterpart of article 163: the Governor's name on everything, the Ministers' decision behind almost everything, and the discretionary field marked off by the same words in both articles.

Article 163: the discretion, and its four categories

In Nabam Rebia v. Deputy Speaker, Arunachal Pradesh Legislative Assembly, (2016) 8 SCC 1. Facts. The Governor of Arunachal Pradesh advanced the session of the Assembly by a month and fixed the removal of the Speaker as the first item of business, on his own initiative, against the advice of the Council of Ministers, in the middle of a defection crisis.

Held. The Governor's orders unconstitutional and set them aside, restoring the position as it stood before them. On article 163(1) it held that the Governor is bound by the advice of his Council of Ministers, and that the words "except in so far as" create only three exceptions: where he may act in his discretion as conferred BY the Constitution, where he may act in his discretion as conferred UNDER the Constitution, and where he may act in his individual judgment in instances the Constitution specifies. A fourth, narrow category has evolved by constitutional necessity in extraordinary situations. The Governor has no power to interfere in the internal proceedings of the House.

Why it matters here is that it is the modern statement of the general rule, and the general rule is that the Governor acts on advice.

Article 200: what a Governor may do with a Bill

The three courses. When a Bill has been passed by the Legislative Assembly and is presented to the Governor, he shall declare either that he assents to the Bill, or that he withholds assent, or that he reserves the Bill for the consideration of the President.

munotes.in220

The Governor: Appointment, Discretion and Assent

The first proviso. He may, as soon as possible after the presentation, return the Bill, if it is not a Money Bill, together with a message requesting the House to reconsider it or any specified provisions and to consider the desirability of introducing any recommended amendments; and when a Bill is so returned the House shall reconsider it accordingly, and if it is passed again with or without amendment and presented again, the Governor shall not withhold assent therefrom.

The second proviso. The Governor shall not assent to, but shall reserve for the consideration of the President, a Bill which in his opinion would, if it became law, so derogate from the powers of the High Court as to endanger the position that Court is designed to fill.

Article 201 then governs what the President does with a reserved Bill: he shall declare that he assents or withholds assent, and may direct the Governor to return the Bill for reconsideration, in which case the House must reconsider it within six months.

The dispute, and the two decisions of 2025

The problem was inaction. Article 200 does not prescribe any time within which the Governor must do any of the three things, and Governors in several States left Bills undecided for months and years.

On 8 April 2025 the Supreme Court held that this could be cured by timelines. In State of Tamil Nadu v. Governor of Tamil Nadu, 2025 INSC 481. Facts. Ten Bills passed by the Tamil Nadu Legislative Assembly had been pending with the Governor for long periods, and that after the Supreme Court's decision in the Punjab Governor's case he reserved all ten for the President, including Bills already returned once and repassed. Held. Article 200 gives three options and that the first proviso is not an independent fourth course but is attached to withholding; that neither a pocket veto nor an absolute veto exists, since "shall declare" leaves no room for inaction; that as a general rule the Governor may not reserve a Bill for the President in the second round after it has been returned and repassed, unless the Bill is materially different; that the reservation of the ten Bills was illegal and was set aside; that the Bills were deemed to have been assented to on the date they were presented after reconsideration; and that the Court could prescribe timelines, laying down maxima of one month and three months for the various situations.

On 20 November 2025 that was displaced. In In re Assent, Withholding or Reservation of Bills by the Governor and the President, an advisory opinion under article 143 pronounced on 20 November 2025. Facts. Following the Tamil Nadu decision the President referred fourteen questions to the Supreme Court about the powers of the Governor under article 200 and of the President under article 201, and whether a court may fix time limits for either.

munotes.in221

The Governor: Appointment, Discretion and Assent

Held., in the conclusions numbered 165.1 to 165.10: that the Governor has three options and the first proviso restricts them rather than adding a fourth, the third option being unavailable for a Money Bill; that the Governor enjoys discretion in choosing among the three and is not bound by the aid and advice of the Council of Ministers when exercising the article 200 function; that the discharge of that function is not justiciable and there can be no merits review, but that where inaction is prolonged, unexplained and indefinite the Court may issue a limited mandamus to act within a reasonable time, without commenting on the merits; that article 361 bars proceedings against the Governor personally while the office remains subject to the Court's jurisdiction; that it is not appropriate for the Court to prescribe timelines under article 200, and the same applies to the President under article 201; that neither decision is justiciable before the Bill becomes law; and that article 142 does not permit a deemed assent. Two of the fourteen questions were returned unanswered.

Why it matters is that three propositions a student might have learned in 2025 are now wrong: that the Governor must act on ministerial advice under article 200, that a court may impose a one-month or three-month limit, and that a Bill can be deemed assented to. What survives is the limited mandamus against prolonged, unexplained and indefinite inaction.

A worked example

A State Assembly passes a Bill and presents it to the Governor on 1 March. He does nothing. On 1 September the State moves the Supreme Court. What may the Court do?

It may not review the merits. Conclusion 165.3 of the Reference is that the discharge of the article 200 function is not justiciable and there can be no merits review.

It may not fix a deadline. Conclusion 165.5 is that it is not appropriate for the Court to prescribe timelines.

It may not deem the Bill assented to. Conclusion 165.10 is that article 142 does not permit a deemed assent.

It may issue a limited mandamus. Conclusion 165.3 permits a direction to act within a reasonable time where the inaction is prolonged, unexplained and indefinite, without any comment on which of the three courses the Governor should take.

munotes.in222

The Governor: Appointment, Discretion and Assent

And it may not proceed against the Governor personally. Article 361 bars that, though the office is subject to the Court's jurisdiction, so the direction runs to the office.

Now vary the facts. Suppose he returns the Bill under the first proviso, the House repasses it unchanged, and he then reserves it for the President. On the Tamil Nadu decision that was impermissible as a general rule unless the Bill was materially different. That part of the Tamil Nadu decision concerned the construction of article 200 rather than timelines, and a careful answer distinguishes what the Reference displaced, which is timelines, deemed assent and the advice question, from what it did not.

Distinctions

Before 20 November 2025After it
Is the Governor bound by ministerial advice under article 200?Yes, on the Tamil Nadu decisionNo; he enjoys discretion
May a court fix a time limit?Yes, one month or three monthsNo
May a Bill be deemed assented to?Yes, under article 142No
Is the function justiciable on the merits?ReviewableNo merits review
Remedy for indefinite inactionDeemed assentA limited mandamus to act within a reasonable time
Governor's course under article 200Consequence
AssentThe Bill becomes an Act
Withhold assentThe first proviso applies: return as soon as possible with a message, unless it is a Money Bill
Reserve for the PresidentArticle 201 applies; the President assents, withholds, or directs return for reconsideration within six months
Return under the first proviso, and the House repassesThe Governor shall not withhold assent

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean the Governor is a Union agent. He is the constitutional head of the State, bound by ministerial advice in the general run of his functions under article 163 as Nabam Rebia held, and the discretion recognised in 2025 relates to the article 200 function.

It does not mean inaction is now beyond remedy. The limited mandamus survives, and prolonged, unexplained and indefinite inaction is what it addresses.

It does not mean the whole of the Tamil Nadu decision is gone. Its construction of the three options and of the first proviso is consistent with the Reference; what went is the timelines, the deemed assent and the holding on advice.

And it does not mean the Governor may be sued. Article 361 protects the person; the office is amenable.

Quick revision

Article 153: a Governor for each State. Article 155: appointed by the President by warrant. Article 156: holds office during the President's pleasure, term five years. Article 163(1): bound by ministerial advice except where required to act in his discretion; Nabam Rebia gives three exceptions, discretion conferred by the Constitution, discretion conferred under it, and individual judgment in specified instances, with a narrow fourth by constitutional necessity, and holds that he may not interfere in the internal proceedings of the House. Article 200: assent, withhold, or reserve; the first proviso requires return as soon as possible with a message for a Bill other than a Money Bill, and on repassing the Governor shall not withhold assent; the second proviso requires reservation of a Bill derogating from the High Court's powers. Article 201: the President's course on a reserved Bill, with six months for reconsideration. State of Tamil Nadu v. Governor, 8 April 2025: no pocket or absolute veto, no reservation in the second round as a general rule, deemed assent, and timelines of one and three months. In re Assent, 20 November 2025: the Governor has discretion under article 200 and is not bound by advice; the function is not justiciable on the merits; a court may not prescribe timelines; article 142 does not permit deemed assent; but a limited mandamus lies against prolonged, unexplained and indefinite inaction; article 361 protects the person, not the office.

munotes.in223

The Governor: Appointment, Discretion and Assent

Test yourself

1. How is a Governor appointed and removed? Appointed by the President by warrant under his hand and seal under article 155, and holds office during the President's pleasure under article 156, for a term of five years.

2. State the exceptions to the rule that the Governor acts on advice, as Nabam Rebia stated them. Where he may act in his discretion as conferred by the Constitution; where he may act in his discretion as conferred under the Constitution; and where he may act in his individual judgment in instances specified by the Constitution; with a narrow further category evolved by constitutional necessity in extraordinary situations.

3. What are the three courses under article 200, and what does the first proviso add? Assent, withhold assent, or reserve for the President. The first proviso requires that, on withholding assent to a Bill other than a Money Bill, the Governor return it as soon as possible with a message for reconsideration; and if it is passed again and presented, he shall not withhold assent.

4. What did the Presidential Reference of 20 November 2025 decide about timelines and deemed assent? That it is not appropriate for a court to prescribe timelines under article 200 or article 201, and that article 142 does not permit a deemed assent.

5. What remedy survives for indefinite inaction? A limited mandamus directing the Governor to act within a reasonable time, available where the inaction is prolonged, unexplained and indefinite, and issued without any comment on the merits of which course he should take.

6. Does article 361 put the Governor beyond the Court? It bars proceedings against the Governor personally and forbids criminal proceedings during his term, but the office remains subject to the Court's jurisdiction, which is what makes a limited mandamus possible.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in224

Chapter Forty-Three

President's Rule: Article 356 and S.R. Bommai

Syllabus topic 2, "Federalism".

In one line

If the government of a State cannot be carried on in accordance with the Constitution, the Union may take it over; and since 1994 a court may ask whether that was true.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 356(1) provides that if the President, on receipt of a report from the Governor of a State or otherwise, is satisfied that a situation has arisen in which the government of the State cannot be carried on in accordance with the provisions of the Constitution, he may by Proclamation assume to himself all or any of the functions of the Government of the State and all or any of the powers vested in the Governor; declare that the powers of the Legislature of the State shall be exercisable by or under the authority of Parliament; and make such incidental and consequential provisions as appear necessary. Clause (3) requires the Proclamation to be laid before each House and to cease to operate at the expiry of two months unless approved by resolutions of both Houses. Clause (4) limits its duration to six months at a time and three years in all, and clause (5), inserted by the Forty-fourth Amendment, imposes further conditions on any continuance beyond a year.

The setting: articles 355 and 365

Article 355 is the duty that justifies the power. It shall be the duty of the Union to protect every State against external aggression and internal disturbance and to ensure that the government of every State is carried on in accordance with the provisions of the Constitution. Article 356 is the means by which the second half of that duty is performed.

Article 365 is one route to the satisfaction. Where a State has failed to comply with, or to give effect to, any directions given in the exercise of the executive power of the Union, it shall be lawful for the President to hold that a situation has arisen in which the government of the State cannot be carried on in accordance with the provisions of the Constitution.

Article 357 supplies the machinery for the exercise of legislative powers under a Proclamation, permitting Parliament to confer on the President the power of the State Legislature to make laws and to authorise the President to delegate it.

What a Proclamation does NOT do is dissolve the High Court or suspend the fundamental rights. Article 356(1)(c) expressly excludes the powers vested in or exercisable by a High Court from what the President may assume.

The safeguards, and when they arrived

Clause (3): parliamentary approval within two months. Every Proclamation shall be laid before each House and shall cease to operate at the expiry of two months unless before that period it has been approved by resolutions of both Houses.

munotes.in225

President's Rule: Article 356 and S.R. Bommai

Clause (4): six months at a time, three years in all. A Proclamation approved under clause (3) continues in force for six months from the date of issue and may be extended by further resolutions, but no Proclamation shall remain in force for more than three years.

Clause (5), inserted by the Forty-fourth Amendment 1978: a continuance beyond one year needs more. A resolution extending a Proclamation beyond one year may be passed only if a Proclamation of Emergency is in operation in the whole or part of the State at the time, and the Election Commission certifies that the continuance is necessary on account of difficulties in holding general elections to the State Assembly.

That clause is the reason article 356 is no longer used for long periods, and it is a good example of a safeguard added after abuse.

From State of Rajasthan to Bommai

1977: the satisfaction is very nearly unreviewable, and there is a reason nobody mentions. In State of Rajasthan v. Union of India, 1977 AIR 1361; 1978 SCR (1) 1, decided on 6 May 1977. Facts. After the ruling party lost the March 1977 general election, the Union Home Minister wrote on 18 April 1977 to the Chief Ministers of nine Congress-ruled States commending that they advise their Governors to dissolve the Assemblies under article 174(2)(b) and seek a fresh mandate, and the Union Law Minister said publicly that a clear case for dissolution had been made out because the party had been rejected by the electorate; six States sued under article 131 for a declaration that the letter was ultra vires and for injunctions restraining the Union from resorting to article 356.

Held, dismissing the suits. The choice between dissolution and re-election is a matter of political expediency under a democratic system and that seeking political power is not per se illegal; that giving electors a periodic opportunity to choose their legislature is an object of a democratic constitution, so a policy serving that end is not contrary to the basic structure; and that article 356(1) calls for an assessment of a situation which, so far as it embraces political and executive policy, the courts cannot interfere with unless a constitutional provision is shown to be contravened. Even so, the Court accepted that a Proclamation could be challenged if it were mala fide or based on wholly extraneous or irrelevant grounds.

The reason the language is so restrictive is a clause that no longer exists. Article 356(5), inserted by the Thirty-eighth Amendment, then provided that notwithstanding anything in the Constitution the satisfaction of the President shall be final and conclusive and shall not be questioned in any court on any ground. Read with article 74(2), which bars any inquiry into ministerial advice, the Court said it could determine validity only on whatever grounds remained or were admitted. The Forty-fourth Amendment 1978 omitted clause (5), and that omission is why Bommai could go where this case could not. Why it matters here is that a candidate who quotes the 1977 language without the clause is describing a Constitution that no longer exists.

munotes.in226

President's Rule: Article 356 and S.R. Bommai

1994: the satisfaction is conditioned and the floor is the test. In S.R. Bommai v. Union of India, AIR 1994 SC 1918; (1994) 3 SCC 1. Facts. A group of appeals and transferred cases about Proclamations dismissing the governments of Karnataka on 21 April 1989, Nagaland, Meghalaya on 11 October 1991, and Madhya Pradesh, Rajasthan and Himachal Pradesh on 15 January 1993 after the demolition of the disputed structure at Ayodhya. Held, in twelve conclusions. The satisfaction under article 356 is subjective but the power is conditioned and not absolute, relevant material being a precondition; that the Proclamation is not immune from judicial review and may be struck down if mala fide or based on wholly irrelevant or extraneous grounds, the court examining whether the material was relevant and not whether it was correct or adequate; that the majority of a government is to be tested on the floor of the House and not in the Governor's assessment; that a dissolution of the Assembly should not take place until both Houses have approved the Proclamation, so that the House can be revived if the Proclamation is struck down; and that secularism is a basic feature, so a State government acting against the secular character of the Constitution is amenable to action under article 356.

Why it matters is that it converted the strongest centralising provision into a reviewable one and changed the practice. The Karnataka, Meghalaya and Nagaland Proclamations were held bad; those relating to Madhya Pradesh, Rajasthan and Himachal Pradesh were upheld.

2006: and the Governor's report is examinable. In Rameshwar Prasad v. Union of India, decided on 24 January 2006. Facts. The Bihar election of February 2005 produced no majority, the Assembly was kept in suspended animation from 7 March 2005 without ever meeting, and the Governor reported on 27 April and 21 May 2005 that there was a serious attempt to cobble a majority, that members were being won over by various means, that parties were being targeted for a split, and that there were high pressure moves, allurements of caste, posts and money, and horse-trading; the Assembly was dissolved by a Proclamation of 23 May 2005. Held, by the majority. The Proclamation was unconstitutional. In its own words, there was no material, let alone relevant material, with the Governor to assume that there was no legitimate realignment of political parties and that there was a blatant distortion of democracy by induced defections through unfair, illegal, unethical and unconstitutional means. Disqualification for defection is vested in the Speaker and the Governor could not arrogate that authority to himself; the reports were almost identical to those from Karnataka and Nagaland that Bommai had invalidated; and the Governor had moved swiftly and with undue haste on finding that one party might be close to a majority, so the object was to prevent that party from staking a claim.

munotes.in227

President's Rule: Article 356 and S.R. Bommai

Relief was nevertheless moulded: despite the unconstitutionality, the Court declined in its discretion to order status quo ante restoring the Assembly. Why it matters here is that it extended Bommai to the report on which the President acts, which is where the material actually comes from, and that it is the standing reminder that a successful challenge does not always restore anything.

A worked example

A State government loses several members to a rival party. The Governor reports that it has lost its majority and recommends a Proclamation. The Union issues one and dissolves the Assembly the same day. Both Houses approve a month later. Advise the dismissed Chief Minister.

The first argument is the floor test. Bommai holds that the majority is to be tested on the floor of the House and not in the Governor's assessment. A Governor who reports a loss of majority without calling for a floor test has substituted his own opinion for the constitutional method.

The second is the material. After Bommai and Rameshwar Prasad, the reports and the material before the President are examinable, not for adequacy but for relevance and for whether they exist at all. A report of defections without any test on the floor may be no material for the conclusion drawn.

The third is the dissolution, and it is the strongest. Bommai holds that the Assembly should not be dissolved until both Houses have approved the Proclamation, precisely so that the House can be revived if the Proclamation falls. Dissolution on the same day forecloses the remedy.

The fourth is the remedy. If the Proclamation is struck down, the Court may restore the status quo ante, reviving the Assembly and the government. In practice relief is often moulded, as it was in Rameshwar Prasad where fresh elections had been notified, and a good answer says so rather than promising restoration.

Distinctions

Article 352, national emergencyArticle 356, President's ruleArticle 360, financial emergency
GroundWar, external aggression or armed rebellionFailure of constitutional machinery in a StateA threat to the financial stability or credit of India
Effect on the State governmentIt continues; Parliament may legislate on State subjectsIt is dismissed or suspendedIt continues, subject to directions
Effect on rightsArticles 358 and 359 operateNoneNone
ApprovalBoth Houses within one month, special majorityBoth Houses within two months, simple majorityBoth Houses within two months
Maximum durationSix months at a time, indefinitely renewableSix months at a time, three years in allIndefinite while approved
Times usedThree: 1962, 1971, 1975Well over a hundredNever
munotes.in228

President's Rule: Article 356 and S.R. Bommai

State of Rajasthan, 1977S.R. Bommai, 1994
Nature of the satisfactionSubjective, largely political, and article 356(5) then made it final and conclusiveSubjective but conditioned; clause (5) omitted in 1978
Judicial reviewAlmost none, except mala fides or wholly extraneous groundsAvailable; relevance of the material examined
Test of majorityThe Governor's assessmentThe floor of the House
DissolutionNot addressedNot before both Houses approve

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean article 356 is dead. It remains available and has been used since 1994, and its use is reviewable rather than forbidden.

It does not mean a court will ask whether the material was adequate. Bommai is express that the court examines relevance, not correctness or adequacy.

It does not mean a Proclamation suspends fundamental rights. That is article 359 under a national emergency; article 356 does not touch Part III, and article 356(1)(c) expressly excludes the powers of a High Court.

And it does not mean restoration always follows a successful challenge. Relief is moulded, and in Rameshwar Prasad the elections were allowed to proceed even though the dissolution was held unconstitutional.

Quick revision

Article 355: the Union's duty to protect a State and to ensure its government is carried on in accordance with the Constitution. Article 356(1): on the Governor's report or otherwise, the President may assume the functions of the State Government and the powers of the Governor, and declare the State Legislature's powers exercisable by Parliament, but may not assume the powers of a High Court. Clause (3): approval by both Houses within two months. Clause (4): six months at a time, three years in all. Clause (5), Forty-fourth Amendment: beyond one year only with a Proclamation of Emergency in force and an Election Commission certificate. Article 357: machinery for legislative powers. Article 365: failure to comply with a Union direction makes it lawful to hold that the machinery has failed. State of Rajasthan 1977: subjective satisfaction, review only for mala fides or wholly extraneous grounds. S.R. Bommai 1994: conditioned satisfaction, relevant material a precondition, review for relevance not adequacy, the floor test, no dissolution before both Houses approve, and secularism as a basic feature. Rameshwar Prasad 2006: the Governor's report is examinable and dissolution cannot rest on his ipse dixit.

munotes.in229

President's Rule: Article 356 and S.R. Bommai

Test yourself

1. State the ground for a Proclamation under article 356 and where the President's information comes from. That a situation has arisen in which the government of the State cannot be carried on in accordance with the provisions of the Constitution; on receipt of a report from the Governor of the State or otherwise.

2. What are the time limits, and what did the Forty-fourth Amendment add? Approval by both Houses within two months, then six months at a time up to a maximum of three years. The Forty-fourth Amendment inserted clause (5), so that continuance beyond one year requires a Proclamation of Emergency to be in operation and a certificate from the Election Commission that elections cannot be held.

3. Give four of the twelve conclusions in S.R. Bommai. The satisfaction is subjective but conditioned and relevant material is a precondition; the Proclamation is reviewable and may be struck down if mala fide or based on wholly irrelevant or extraneous grounds; the majority is to be tested on the floor of the House; and the Assembly should not be dissolved until both Houses have approved the Proclamation.

4. What did State of Rajasthan decide, and how is it still useful? That the satisfaction is subjective and largely political and the Court cannot examine the correctness or adequacy of the material, but that a Proclamation made mala fide or on wholly extraneous grounds could be challenged. That exception is the foundation Bommai built on.

5. What did Rameshwar Prasad add? That the Governor's report itself is examinable, and that a dissolution cannot rest on his ipse dixit where the reports contain no material to support the conclusion that a majority was being secured by illegal means.

6. Why does Bommai's rule about dissolution matter more than it looks? Because if the Assembly is dissolved before both Houses approve the Proclamation, a court that later strikes the Proclamation down has nothing to restore. The rule preserves the remedy.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in230

Chapter Forty-Four

National Emergency, and What It Does to the Federal Balance

Syllabus topic 2, "Federalism".

In one line

A Proclamation of Emergency turns a federal Constitution unitary for as long as it lasts, and the Constitution says so in terms.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 353 provides that while a Proclamation of Emergency is in operation the executive power of the Union shall extend to giving directions to any State as to the manner in which its executive power is to be exercised, and the power of Parliament to make laws shall extend to conferring powers and imposing duties upon the Union or its officers in respect of any matter not in the Union List. Article 250 provides that while such a Proclamation is in operation Parliament shall have power to make laws for the whole or any part of India with respect to any matter in the State List. Article 354 permits the President to modify the operation of the revenue-sharing provisions in articles 268 to 279. So during an emergency the Union may legislate on State subjects, direct State administration, and alter the financial settlement.

The three articles that change the federal balance

Article 250: legislation. While a Proclamation of Emergency is in operation, Parliament has power to make laws for the whole or any part of India with respect to any matter in the State List. Clause (2) provides that such a law ceases to have effect on the expiration of six months after the Proclamation ceases to operate, except as to things done or omitted before that.

Article 353: administration. The executive power of the Union extends to giving directions to any State as to the manner in which its executive power is to be exercised; and Parliament may confer powers and impose duties on the Union or its officers in respect of matters outside the Union List. The proviso, added by the Forty-second Amendment, applies these to a State even where the Proclamation is in operation only in another part of India, where the security of India is threatened by activities in the part where it does operate.

Article 354: money. The President may direct, while a Proclamation is in operation, that all or any of the provisions of articles 268 to 279 shall for a specified period have effect subject to such exceptions or modifications as he thinks fit. Every such order must be laid before each House.

Note what does not happen. The State Legislature is not dissolved, the State government is not dismissed, and the State's own legislative power continues. Article 251 provides that nothing in article 250 restricts the State's power to make a law it is competent to make, and that a State law repugnant to a Parliamentary law made under article 250 is inoperative only while that law continues.

munotes.in231

National Emergency, and What It Does to the Federal Balance

And elections may be postponed. The proviso to article 172(1) permits the term of a Legislative Assembly to be extended by Parliament by up to one year at a time while a Proclamation of Emergency is in operation, not extending beyond six months after the Proclamation ceases; and the same is provided for the House of the People by article 83(2).

The three occasions, and why the third matters

1962, on the ground of external aggression, during the conflict with China; it continued until 1968.

1971, on the ground of external aggression, during the conflict with Pakistan; it was still in operation in 1975.

1975, on the ground of internal disturbance, with the 1971 Proclamation still running. Two emergencies were in force at once, which is why the Forty-fourth Amendment attended to the grounds as well as the procedure.

The federal consequence of 1975 is often overlooked. The Forty-second Amendment 1976, passed while the emergency was in force, moved education, forests, weights and measures, the protection of wild animals and birds, and the administration of justice and the constitution and organisation of all courts except the Supreme Court and the High Courts, from the State List to the Concurrent List. Those transfers were not undone by the Forty-fourth Amendment and are permanent.

So an emergency changed the federal division of powers for ever, and that is worth a sentence in any answer about the durability of the federal bargain.

A worked example

A Proclamation of Emergency on the ground of external aggression is in force. Parliament enacts a law regulating the sale of essential commodities within States, fixing prices and providing for seizure, and directs the States to enforce it through their own officers. It also modifies the Finance Commission's award for two years. Analyse each element and its life expectancy.

The legislation on a State subject. Trade and commerce within the State is Entry 26 of List II and production and supply of goods is Entry 27, so ordinarily Parliament could not legislate. Article 250 permits it while the Proclamation is in operation. Under article 250(2) the law ceases to have effect six months after the Proclamation ceases.

The direction to the States. Article 353(a) permits the Union to direct a State as to the manner in which its executive power is to be exercised, which is wider than article 256, and article 353(b) permits Parliament to impose duties on Union officers in a non-Union field.

The modification of the financial award. Article 354 permits the President to direct that articles 268 to 279 have effect subject to modifications for a specified period, and every such order must be laid before each House.

munotes.in232

National Emergency, and What It Does to the Federal Balance

And the State's own law. If the State already has a price control law, article 251 keeps it alive but inoperative to the extent of the repugnancy while the Parliamentary law lasts, and it revives when that law ceases.

The example shows the design. Everything the Union gains is temporary and time-limited, everything is laid before Parliament, and the State's own competence is suspended rather than destroyed. That is a federation making provision for crisis rather than abandoning federalism.

The cases

The Emergency of 1975 is the reason the safeguards exist. In Additional District Magistrate, Jabalpur v. Shivakant Shukla, AIR 1976 SC 1207. Facts. A Presidential Order under article 359 had suspended the right to move any court for the enforcement of articles 14, 21 and 22, and several High Courts had nevertheless entertained habeas corpus petitions from detenus. Held, by four to one. No person had any locus standi to move a High Court under article 226 for habeas corpus to challenge a detention on any ground including mala fides, and that section 16A(9) of the Maintenance of Internal Security Act was valid; Khanna J. dissented, holding that the State had no power to deprive a person of life or liberty without the authority of law and that the principle did not owe its existence to article 21 alone. Why it matters here is that although it is a rights case, its federal consequence was that a citizen in a State had no protection from any court, State or Union, which is the point at which a federal division of power stops meaning anything to the person it exists for.

And the case is no longer law. In Justice K.S. Puttaswamy (Retd.) v. Union of India, (2017) 10 SCC 1; AIR 2017 SC 4161. Facts. A reference to nine judges on whether the Constitution protects a right to privacy. Held. Unanimously that privacy is an intrinsic part of the right to life and personal liberty under article 21 and of the freedoms in Part III, and it expressly held that ADM Jabalpur is seriously flawed and stands overruled. Why it matters here is that a student may state the overruling with a case name rather than as an opinion.

Distinctions

Article 356, President's ruleArticle 352, national emergency
GroundFailure of constitutional machinery in a StateWar, external aggression or armed rebellion
ExtentOne StateThe whole of India or a part
State governmentDismissed or suspendedContinues
State LegislaturePowers exercisable by ParliamentContinues; Parliament may also legislate on State subjects
Effect on Part IIINoneArticles 358 and 359 operate
Financial provisionsUntouchedMay be modified under article 354
DurationSix months at a time, three years maximumSix months at a time, renewable indefinitely with approval
munotes.in233

National Emergency, and What It Does to the Federal Balance

ArticleWhat the Union gainsFor how long
250Power to legislate on the State ListUntil six months after the Proclamation ceases
353(a)Power to direct a State on the exercise of its executive powerWhile the Proclamation is in operation
353(b)Power to confer powers and impose duties outside the Union ListWhile the Proclamation is in operation
354Power to modify articles 268 to 279The period specified in the order

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean the States cease to exist. Their governments and legislatures continue and their own legislative power survives, article 251 preserving it and making a repugnant State law merely inoperative.

It does not mean the changes are permanent. Article 250(2) puts a six-month sunset on a law made under it, and article 354 orders run for a specified period. What was permanent was the Forty-second Amendment's transfer of entries, and that was an amendment rather than an emergency power.

It does not mean article 356 and article 352 are alternatives. They address different situations, and both have been in force at once.

And it does not mean an emergency is unreviewable. The Thirty-eighth Amendment tried to make the satisfaction under article 352 final and conclusive, and the Forty-fourth Amendment removed that, so the ordinary principles of review apply.

Quick revision

Article 352: the Proclamation. Article 250: Parliament may legislate on any State List matter while it is in operation, the law lapsing six months after the Proclamation ceases. Article 251: the State's power survives and its repugnant law is only inoperative meanwhile. Article 353: the Union may direct a State as to the exercise of its executive power, and Parliament may confer powers and impose duties outside the Union List; the proviso extends this where the Proclamation runs in another part of India. Article 354: the President may modify articles 268 to 279 for a specified period, every order to be laid before each House. Articles 83(2) and 172(1) proviso: terms extendable by one year at a time, not beyond six months after the Proclamation ceases. Three Proclamations: 1962, 1971 and 1975, the last with the 1971 one still in force. The Forty-second Amendment, passed during the 1975 emergency, moved education, forests, weights and measures, protection of wild animals and birds, and the administration of justice from List II to List III, and those transfers are permanent. ADM Jabalpur, overruled in Puttaswamy.

Test yourself

1. Which three articles change the federal balance during an emergency, and what does each do? Article 250, which lets Parliament legislate on the State List; article 353, which lets the Union direct a State on the exercise of its executive power and lets Parliament impose duties outside the Union List; and article 354, which lets the President modify articles 268 to 279 on the distribution of revenue.

munotes.in234

National Emergency, and What It Does to the Federal Balance

2. What happens to a law made under article 250 when the emergency ends? It ceases to have effect on the expiration of six months after the Proclamation ceases to operate, except as respects things done or omitted before that.

3. Does a State lose its legislative power during a national emergency? No. Article 251 preserves the State's power to make any law it is competent to make, and a State law repugnant to a law made under article 250 is inoperative only so long as the Parliamentary law continues.

4. Name one permanent federal change that an emergency produced. The Forty-second Amendment 1976, passed while the 1975 emergency was in force, moved education, forests, weights and measures, protection of wild animals and birds, and the administration of justice and the constitution of courts other than the Supreme Court and the High Courts, from the State List to the Concurrent List, and those transfers were not undone.

5. Distinguish article 352 from article 356 in three respects. Article 352 rests on war, external aggression or armed rebellion, extends to the whole or part of India, and leaves the State government in office. Article 356 rests on the failure of constitutional machinery, applies to one State, and dismisses or suspends its government.

6. Why does ADM Jabalpur belong in a federalism chapter as well as a rights chapter? Because its effect was that a citizen in a State had no remedy in any court, State or Union, which is the point at which the division of power between two governments ceases to mean anything to the person it exists to protect.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in235

Chapter Forty-Five

Judicial Review in the Federal Framework: The Court as Umpire

Syllabus topic 2, "Federalism". MU set "Elaborate the significance of the Doctrine of Judicial Review in the federal framework" on Q.P. 12192 (2015) and Q.P. 50548 (2019), and asked about federal umpiring in February 2026.

In one line

A federation divides power by a written rule, and a written rule needs somebody to say what it means who is not one of the two governments bound by it.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: in a federal system the constitution allocates fields of legislation between two sets of government, and disputes about that allocation are inevitable because fields overlap and circumstances change. Neither government can be the judge of its own competence without destroying the division. Judicial review in the federal framework is therefore not an optional refinement but a structural necessity: it supplies the umpire. In India that role rests on article 246 with the Seventh Schedule, which creates the question; article 254, which resolves a Concurrent conflict; articles 131, 132 and 136, which bring the question to the Supreme Court; and article 226, which brings it to a High Court. The power of judicial review vested in the High Courts and the Supreme Court is part of the basic structure.

Why a federation needs an umpire, in four steps

Step one: the division is written, so it is capable of being disputed. An unwritten arrangement can be settled politically. A written allocation produces a legal question: is this law within this entry?

Step two: neither government can answer it. If the Union decides, the States have no protected field. If a State decides, no national law is secure. Either way the division has been abolished by the method of settling disputes about it.

Step three: the answer must therefore come from a third body, and it must be a court. The question is one of construction, which is what courts do, and it must be decided by reasons that bind in future cases.

Step four: the umpire must be independent of both. This is why judicial independence, a topic of the constitutionalism half of the module, is also a federalism topic. A court whose judges are appointed and removable by one of the two parties is not an umpire.

What the umpire actually decides

Whether a law is within the legislature's field. The doctrine of pith and substance, worked in [Pith and Substance, Colourable Legislation and Incidental Encroachment], is the method.

Which law prevails in a Concurrent conflict. Article 254, worked in [Repugnancy: Article 254], with Hoechst fixing the boundary.

Whether the Union has used a federal power for the purpose it was given. S.R. Bommai on article 356 is the leading example, and it is the point at which review of the federal balance became real.

Whether a shared institution's output binds. Mohit Minerals on the Goods and Services Tax Council is the newest example, and the only one from this decade.

munotes.in236

Judicial Review in the Federal Framework: The Court as Umpire

And whether a State's action obstructs the national economic union. Articles 301 to 307, worked in the trade chapter.

The four routes to the umpire

Article 131: the original jurisdiction. The Supreme Court has, to the exclusion of any other court, original jurisdiction in any dispute between the Government of India and one or more States, between the Government of India and any State or States on one side and one or more other States on the other, or between two or more States, if and in so far as the dispute involves any question, whether of law or fact, on which the existence or extent of a legal right depends. This is the express federal jurisdiction and it is worked in its own chapter.

Article 132: the constitutional appeal. An appeal lies to the Supreme Court from any judgment of a High Court in a civil, criminal or other proceeding if the High Court certifies that the case involves a substantial question of law as to the interpretation of the Constitution.

Article 136: special leave. The Supreme Court may in its discretion grant special leave to appeal from any judgment, decree, determination, sentence or order in any cause or matter passed by any court or tribunal in India, except a court or tribunal constituted under a law relating to the armed forces.

Article 226: the High Court. A High Court may issue directions, orders or writs for the enforcement of Part III rights and for any other purpose, and most competence questions actually arise here first, in an ordinary challenge by an affected person.

Note which route does the work. Article 131 has been used sparingly. The overwhelming majority of federal questions come up as an ordinary challenge by a taxpayer, a trader or a manufacturer under article 226, and reach the Supreme Court under article 132 or 136. That is worth saying, because it shows that the umpire is invoked by private persons rather than by governments.

A worked example

A State levies a tax on the entry of goods into a local area for consumption, use or sale. A national manufacturer challenges it, saying it is beyond the State's competence, that it conflicts with a Union law, and that it obstructs trade between States. How does the umpire work through it?

First, competence. Entry 52 of List II is taxes on the entry of goods into a local area for consumption, use or sale therein. The State is competent, and if the manufacturer's real complaint is about the amount, that is not a competence question at all.

Second, pith and substance if the entry is disputed. If the levy is in substance a tax on the sale of goods, or on manufacture, the entry relied on will not support it, and Prafulla Kumar Mukherjee supplies the method: examine the enactment as a whole and ascertain its true nature and character, an incidental effect not being fatal, the extent of the invasion being a matter of degree.

munotes.in237

Judicial Review in the Federal Framework: The Court as Umpire

Third, repugnancy, but only if the Concurrent List is in play. Hoechst holds that article 254 has no application to an overlap between List II and Lists I or III, so a conflict with a Union law made under List I is a competence question and not a repugnancy question.

Fourth, the freedom of trade. Articles 301 to 307 ask a different question from competence: a tax may be within the State's entry and still offend article 301 if it directly restricts the movement of trade, and it must then be saved by article 302 or article 304.

And fifth, the route. The manufacturer files under article 226 in the High Court, and whichever side loses seeks leave under article 136. The Union is not a party unless it chooses to be, and the State is defending its own statute. That is the umpire being invoked by a private person, which is how federal questions actually reach a court.

The cases

The umpire's method for a Union law. In Union of India v. H.S. Dhillon, AIR 1972 SC 1061. Facts. A challenge to the Wealth-tax Act 1957 as amended in 1969 to include the capital value of agricultural land. Held, by four to three. The amendment was valid and that the correct approach to a Union law is to ask whether it falls within List II or List III; if it does not, competence follows from article 248 with Entry 97 of List I without any need to find a Union entry. Why it matters here is that it shows the umpire adopting a method rather than deciding case by case, which is what makes its decisions usable by the next litigant.

The umpire's method for a State law. In State of Bombay v. F.N. Balsara, AIR 1951 SC 318. Facts. A challenge to the Bombay Prohibition Act 1949 on the ground, among others, that it encroached on the Union's power over import across customs frontiers. Held. The Act to be in pith and substance a law with respect to intoxicating liquors under Entry 8 of List II, an incidental encroachment on a Union entry not invalidating it, while striking down several provisions for violating fundamental rights. Why it matters here is that it separates the two enquiries: the umpire decides competence, and Part III is a different question decided afterwards.

The umpire reaching the political provisions. In S.R. Bommai v. Union of India, AIR 1994 SC 1918; (1994) 3 SCC 1. Facts. Proclamations under article 356 dismissing six State governments. Held. The satisfaction is subjective but conditioned, that relevant material is a precondition, that the Proclamation may be struck down if mala fide or based on wholly irrelevant or extraneous grounds, that the majority is tested on the floor of the House, and that federalism and secularism are basic features. Why it matters here is that before 1994 the umpire's writ did not run to the provision that mattered most, and after it, it does.

munotes.in238

Judicial Review in the Federal Framework: The Court as Umpire

And the umpire deciding what a shared institution's word is worth. In Union of India v. Mohit Minerals Pvt Ltd, (2022) 10 SCC 700. Facts. A challenge to integrated goods and services tax on ocean freight and the question whether the Goods and Services Tax Council's recommendations bind. Held. The levy was bad as double taxation, and that the recommendations are persuasive and not binding, because article 246A confers simultaneous power on the Union and the States and Indian federalism is a dialogue between equal participants. Why it matters here is that it is the modern statement of the umpire's federal role, and it is the case a February 2026 candidate should have reached for.

Distinctions

QuestionProvisionMethod
Is a Union law competent?Articles 246, 248, Entry 97Ask whether it falls in List II or III: H.S. Dhillon
Is a State law competent?Articles 245, 246Pith and substance: Balsara, Prafulla Kumar Mukherjee
Which law prevails on a Concurrent subject?Article 254Direct conflict or occupied field; not applicable to List II: Hoechst
Was a federal power used properly?Articles 356, 365Relevance of the material: S.R. Bommai
Does a shared body's recommendation bind?Article 279ANo; simultaneous power: Mohit Minerals
Does a State law obstruct the economic union?Articles 301 to 307Direct and immediate restriction, then articles 302 and 304
RouteWho invokes itHow often federal questions come this way
Article 131A governmentRarely
Article 226 then 136A private person affectedMost of the time
Article 132Either, on a certificateOccasionally

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean the court favours either government. It has struck down Union laws for want of competence and State laws for trespassing, and both kinds of decision are the umpire working.

It does not mean every federal disagreement is a legal question. Whether a State should receive a larger share of taxes, or whether a Bill is wise, are political questions, and article 280 and article 263 exist for them.

It does not mean the umpire is neutral about the Constitution. It is bound by it, which is why Bommai could not simply defer to the Union and why Mohit Minerals could not simply defer to the Council.

munotes.in239

Judicial Review in the Federal Framework: The Court as Umpire

And it does not mean the umpire is always effective. An award under article 262 that a State does not implement, or a direction that a government slow-walks, shows the limit: a court can declare, and enforcement against a government is a different problem.

Quick revision

A federation divides power by a written rule; the rule produces disputes; neither government can decide its own competence without abolishing the division; so the umpire must be a third body, and it must be an independent court. In India: article 246 with the Seventh Schedule creates the question; article 254 resolves a Concurrent conflict; articles 131, 132 and 136 bring it to the Supreme Court; article 226 to a High Court, which is where most federal questions actually begin, brought by a private person rather than a government. The power of review under articles 32, 226 and 227 is part of the basic structure. H.S. Dhillon: the method for a Union law. Balsara and Prafulla Kumar Mukherjee: pith and substance for a State law, with Part III a separate enquiry. Hoechst: article 254 confined to the Concurrent field. S.R. Bommai: review reaches article 356. Mohit Minerals: the GST Council recommends and does not command.

Test yourself

1. Why is judicial review structurally necessary in a federation rather than merely useful? Because the division of powers is a written rule which produces disputes, and if either government decided its own competence the division would be abolished by the method of settling disputes about it. The decision must come from a third body, and it must be a court because the question is one of construction whose answer must bind in future cases.

2. Name the four routes by which a federal question reaches the Supreme Court. Article 131, the exclusive original jurisdiction in disputes between governments; article 132, appeal on a High Court certificate that a substantial question of interpretation of the Constitution is involved; article 136, special leave; and, indirectly, article 226 in the High Court followed by an appeal.

3. Which route carries most federal questions in practice, and why does that matter? Article 226 followed by article 136, because the challenge is usually brought by a taxpayer, trader or manufacturer affected by the law rather than by a government. It matters because it shows the umpire is invoked by private persons.

4. State the method the umpire uses for a Union law and for a State law. For a Union law, ask whether it falls within List II or List III; if not, competence follows from article 248 with Entry 97: H.S. Dhillon. For a State law, ascertain its pith and substance from the enactment as a whole, its object, scope and effect, disregarding an incidental encroachment: Balsara and Prafulla Kumar Mukherjee.

munotes.in240

Judicial Review in the Federal Framework: The Court as Umpire

5. Why is judicial independence a federalism topic as well as a constitutionalism topic? Because an umpire appointed and removable by one of the two parties to the dispute is not an umpire, so the provisions securing tenure, salary and appointment protect the federal division as much as they protect individual rights.

6. Give the limit of the umpire's power in a federation. It can declare a law or an action invalid, but it cannot compel a government to implement an award or a direction in the way it can compel a private person, which is why an unimplemented water award or a slow-walked direction has no judicial answer.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in241

Chapter Forty-Six

Disputes Between the Union and a State: Article 131

Syllabus topic 2, "Federalism".

In one line

The Supreme Court alone may decide a legal dispute between the Union and a State, or between States, and the dispute must be about a legal right rather than about a grievance.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 131 confers on the Supreme Court, to the exclusion of any other court, original jurisdiction in any dispute between the Government of India and one or more States, between the Government of India and any State or States on one side and one or more other States on the other, or between two or more States, if and in so far as the dispute involves any question, whether of law or fact, on which the existence or extent of a legal right depends. The proviso excludes a dispute arising out of a treaty, agreement, covenant, engagement, sanad or similar instrument which was entered into before the commencement of the Constitution and continues in operation, or which provides that the jurisdiction shall not extend to such a dispute.

The four elements

A dispute. Not a mere difference of opinion or a political disagreement, but a controversy capable of judicial determination.

Between the named parties. The Government of India and one or more States, or the Union and States on one side against other States, or States between themselves. A private person cannot invoke it, and an individual cannot be a party.

Involving a question on which the existence or extent of a legal right depends. This is the operative limitation, and it is what the litigation has been about.

Excluding the instruments in the proviso, which relate to pre-Constitution treaties and covenants with the princely States.

And it is exclusive. The words "to the exclusion of any other court" mean no High Court may entertain such a dispute, which is what makes article 131 different from article 226.

What "a legal right" means

In State of Karnataka v. Union of India, 1978 AIR 68; (1977) 4 SCC 608, decided on 8 November 1977 by seven judges. Facts. Opposition members of the Karnataka Assembly gave the Union Home Minister a memorandum alleging corruption, favouritism and nepotism against the Chief Minister; the State appointed its own commission of inquiry under section 3(1) of the Commissions of Inquiry Act 1952 on 18 May 1977, and on 23 May 1977 the Government of India appointed a commission of its own, presided over by a retired judge of the Supreme Court, to inquire into the same charges excluding any matter covered by the State's notification. The State sued under article 131.

Held, by four to three. The suit is maintainable. A State which challenges the validity of Union action against one or more of its Ministers in respect of acts involving the exercise of its governmental powers has sufficient interest to maintain a suit under article 131, because what it claims appertains to the State as a State. The case involved the exercise of governmental powers vested in the State and its Ministers as against those of the Central Government, and questions about the meaning, ambit and applicability of constitutional provisions whose operation is of vital interest to every State. Where the representatives of a State and of the whole people of India differ on a question of interpretation of the Constitution, it is too technical an argument to say that no suit lies. Untwalia, Shinghal and Jaswant Singh JJ. dissented on maintainability.

munotes.in242

Disputes Between the Union and a State: Article 131

Why it matters is that it keeps the jurisdiction from being read so narrowly that it becomes useless. A State's interest in the constitutional position of its own government is a legal interest.

What article 131 will not do

It will not decide a political grievance. A State that dislikes a Union policy has no legal right infringed, and the jurisdiction does not extend to it.

It will not be used by a private person. The parties are governments.

It does not reach a water dispute. Article 262(2) permits Parliament to exclude the Supreme Court from an inter-State water dispute, and section 11 of the Inter-State River Water Disputes Act 1956 has done so.

And it does not always give the State what it wants. In State of West Bengal v. Union of India, AIR 1963 SC 1241. Facts. The Union's acquisition of coal-bearing land vested in the State under the Coal Bearing Areas (Acquisition and Development) Act 1957, the State suing under article 131 on the footing that it was sovereign within its own field. Held, by the majority. The Constitution is not traditionally federal in the sense of a compact between sovereign units, that the States were not sovereign before it, that Parliament's legislative power extends to the property of a State unless the Constitution provides otherwise, and that no constitutional guarantee protects a State's property against acquisition by the Union. Subba Rao J. dissented. Why it matters here is that the jurisdiction was available and the State still lost, which is the ordinary outcome of an umpire doing its job.

A worked example

A State wishes to challenge a Union statute that it says is beyond Parliament's legislative competence and destroys a State subject. May it use article 131, and should it?

It may. A dispute about legislative competence between the Union and a State is a question of law on which the existence or extent of a legal right depends, and there is a long-standing question, argued in more than one case, about whether a State may use article 131 to challenge the constitutionality of a Union law rather than a specific act affecting it.

munotes.in243

Disputes Between the Union and a State: Article 131

The argument that it may not is that article 131 speaks of a legal right, and a State has no legal right that a Union statute be constitutional; the appropriate route is a challenge by a person affected, under article 226 or article 32.

The argument that it may is State of Karnataka: a State has sufficient interest in questions about the ambit of constitutional provisions whose operation is of vital interest to it, and it is too technical to say no suit lies where the two representatives of the people differ on interpretation.

Whether it should is a separate question, and a good answer separates them. An article 131 suit is heard by the Supreme Court at first instance, on pleadings and issues, with no appeal. A challenge under article 226 gets a High Court judgment first, which sharpens the questions, and then a hearing under article 136. States have often preferred the second route for that reason.

And note the alternative the Union has. Under article 143 the President may refer a question of law or fact of public importance to the Supreme Court for its opinion, which is how the Berubari question and the assent question of 2025 were both decided. That is the Union's route and it is not available to a State.

The advisory jurisdiction, for contrast

Article 143(1). If at any time it appears to the President that a question of law or of fact has arisen, or is likely to arise, which is of such a nature and of such public importance that it is expedient to obtain the opinion of the Supreme Court upon it, he may refer the question, and the Court may after such hearing as it thinks fit report to the President its opinion thereon.

The opinion is not a judgment and does not bind as res judicata, but it is followed. In re Berubari Union and Exchange of Enclaves, the opinion pronounced on 14 March 1960, is the standard example. Facts. The Indo-Pakistan Agreement of 1958 requiring the division of Berubari Union and the exchange of the Cooch-Behar enclaves, and Held. Article 3 governs the internal readjustment of the territories of States and does not authorise the cession of Indian territory to a foreign State, so a law under article 3 would be incompetent and an amendment under article 368 was necessary. Why it matters here is that it shows the two federal jurisdictions side by side: article 131 is adversarial and belongs to the governments, article 143 is advisory and belongs to the President.

munotes.in244

Disputes Between the Union and a State: Article 131

Distinctions

Article 131Article 226Article 143
CourtSupreme Court, exclusivelyA High CourtSupreme Court
Who may invokeThe Union or a StateAny personThe President
NatureOriginal, adversarialOriginal, adversarialAdvisory
RequirementA question on which a legal right dependsA Part III right or any other purposeA question of law or fact of public importance
OutcomeA binding decreeA writ or directionAn opinion, not binding as res judicata
AppealNoneTo the Supreme CourtNot applicable

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean every Union and State disagreement goes to the Supreme Court. Most reach it as an ordinary challenge by a private person under article 226 and then article 136.

It does not mean a State always has standing. The dispute must involve a question on which the existence or extent of a legal right depends, and a political grievance does not.

It does not cover water disputes. Article 262 and section 11 of the Act of 1956 exclude them.

And it does not mean a successful invocation produces a successful outcome. State of West Bengal is the standing example of a State using the jurisdiction and losing.

Quick revision

Article 131: exclusive original jurisdiction of the Supreme Court in a dispute between the Government of India and one or more States, between the Union and States on one side and other States on the other, or between two or more States, if and so far as it involves a question, whether of law or fact, on which the existence or extent of a legal right depends. The proviso excludes disputes arising out of pre-Constitution treaties, covenants and similar instruments still in operation. Exclusive: no High Court may entertain such a dispute. A private person may neither invoke it nor be a party. Water disputes are excluded by article 262 and section 11 of the Inter-State River Water Disputes Act 1956. State of Karnataka v. Union of India, seven judges, four to three: a State challenging Union action against its Ministers in respect of the exercise of its governmental powers has sufficient interest, because what it claims appertains to the State as a State. State of West Bengal v. Union of India: the jurisdiction was available and the State lost. Article 143: the President's advisory reference, an opinion rather than a judgment, as in In re Berubari.

Test yourself

1. State the jurisdiction article 131 confers and the limitation on it. Exclusive original jurisdiction in a dispute between the Government of India and one or more States, between the Union and States on one side and other States on the other, or between two or more States, if and in so far as the dispute involves any question, whether of law or fact, on which the existence or extent of a legal right depends.

munotes.in245

Disputes Between the Union and a State: Article 131

2. Why can a private person not use article 131? Because the article names the parties: the Government of India and the States. An individual is neither, and a private grievance about a federal question goes to a High Court under article 226 instead.

3. What did State of Karnataka v. Union of India decide, and by what margin? By four to three, that the suit was maintainable: a State challenging Union action against its Ministers in respect of acts involving the exercise of its governmental powers has sufficient interest, because what it claims appertains to the State as a State, and it is too technical to deny a suit where the State and the Union differ on the interpretation of the Constitution.

4. Name two categories of dispute article 131 will not take. A political grievance in which no legal right is in issue; and an inter-State water dispute, which article 262(2) permits Parliament to exclude and which section 11 of the Act of 1956 has excluded.

5. Distinguish article 131 from article 143. Article 131 is adversarial original jurisdiction between governments, producing a binding decree with no appeal. Article 143 is advisory: the President refers a question of law or fact of public importance and the Court reports an opinion, which is followed but does not bind as res judicata.

6. Why do States often prefer article 226 to article 131? Because an article 131 suit is heard by the Supreme Court at first instance on pleadings and issues with no appeal, whereas a challenge through a High Court under article 226 produces a reasoned judgment that sharpens the questions before the Supreme Court hears the matter under article 136.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in246

Chapter Forty-Seven

Central Control Against State Autonomy

Syllabus topic 2, "Federalism". MU set "Explain the dynamic of federalism and an issue of Central Control Vs. State Autonomy" on Q.P. 307701 (2016) and Q.P. 25921 (2018), and "Issue of State Autonomy in India" as a short note on Q.P. 307701.

In one line

The Indian Constitution gives the Union more levers over the States than any comparable federation, and the practical balance has been set less by the text than by two judicial decisions and by where the money is.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: State autonomy means the capacity of a State to decide, within the field the Constitution assigns to it, without the Union's permission or interference. Central control means the Union's constitutional and practical capacity to direct, override or displace that decision. The Indian Constitution provides for both: an exclusive State List and an entrenched amending procedure on one side, and articles 3, 200, 249, 250, 256, 257, 293, 356 and 365 on the other. The dynamic between them has changed three times: by the Forty-second and Forty-fourth Amendments, by S.R. Bommai in 1994, and by the fiscal arrangements since 2016.

The levers, grouped by what they act on

On legislation. Article 249, entry into the State List on a two-thirds resolution of the Council of States. Article 250, the same during an emergency. Article 252, at the request of two or more States. Article 253, to implement a treaty. Article 254, Union law prevailing on a Concurrent subject. Article 248 with Entry 97, the residue.

On a Bill. Article 200, the Governor's power to reserve a Bill for the President, and article 201, the President's power to withhold assent with no time limit and no obligation to give reasons. This is the least discussed and among the most effective levers, because a Bill that is never assented to never becomes law and there is nothing to challenge.

On administration. Articles 256 and 257, directions to a State; article 365, the sanction; article 258(2), duties imposed on State officers by Union law; and the all India services under article 312.

On the government itself. Article 356, dismissal; article 155 and 156, the Governor appointed and removable by the Union.

On money. Article 271, surcharges and cesses outside the divisible pool; article 282, conditional grants for centrally sponsored schemes; article 293(3), the Union's consent required for State borrowing while any Union loan or guarantee is outstanding.

On the territory itself. Article 3, alteration of boundaries and abolition of a State by ordinary law.

What the States have on the other side

An exclusive List of sixty-one entries, justiciable, with a court as umpire.

Entrenchment. The proviso to article 368(2) requires ratification by half the States before the Seventh Schedule, the representation of States in Parliament, or article 368 itself may be amended.

A chamber of their own, whose resolution is the only route into the State List in normal times, under articles 249 and 312.

munotes.in247

Central Control Against State Autonomy

A revenue share settled by an independent body under article 280, and simultaneous taxing power under article 246A.

And the basic structure. Federalism is a basic feature, so an amendment abolishing the division would be void.

The three moments when the balance moved

1976 and 1978: two amendments in opposite directions. The Forty-second Amendment moved education, forests, weights and measures, the protection of wild animals and birds, and the administration of justice from the State List to the Concurrent List, and those transfers are permanent. The Forty-fourth Amendment tightened article 352 and inserted article 356(5) requiring an Election Commission certificate for continuance beyond a year, and it removed the clause that had made the President's satisfaction final and conclusive.

1994: S.R. Bommai. In S.R. Bommai v. Union of India, AIR 1994 SC 1918; (1994) 3 SCC 1. Facts. Proclamations under article 356 dismissing the governments of Karnataka, Nagaland, Meghalaya, Madhya Pradesh, Rajasthan and Himachal Pradesh. Held, in twelve conclusions. The satisfaction is subjective but conditioned, that relevant material is a precondition, that a Proclamation may be struck down if mala fide or based on wholly irrelevant or extraneous grounds, that the majority is to be tested on the floor of the House, that the Assembly should not be dissolved before both Houses approve, and that federalism and secularism are basic features. Why it matters here is that it changed the practice more than any amendment: the annual rate of article 356 Proclamations fell sharply after 1994, and the floor test replaced the Governor's opinion.

2016 onwards: the fiscal balance moved twice, in opposite directions. The goods and services tax gave the States simultaneous taxing power in article 246A, which Union of India v. Mohit Minerals Pvt Ltd, (2022) 10 SCC 700, held to be a real power that the Council's recommendations do not displace, describing Indian federalism as a dialogue between equal participants. But the growth of surcharges and cesses, which article 271 puts wholly outside the divisible pool, has reduced the share of Union revenue the States actually receive.

And 2025 added a fourth moment, on the assent lever. In In re Assent, Withholding or Reservation of Bills by the Governor and the President, the advisory opinion pronounced on 20 November 2025. Facts. A Presidential reference of fourteen questions following the Tamil Nadu decision. Held. The Governor has discretion under article 200 and is not bound by ministerial advice; that the function is not justiciable on the merits; that a court may not prescribe timelines under article 200 or article 201; that article 142 does not permit a deemed assent; but that a limited mandamus lies where inaction is prolonged, unexplained and indefinite. Why it matters here is that the assent lever, which the April 2025 judgment had substantially disabled, was largely restored seven months later.

munotes.in248

Central Control Against State Autonomy

A worked example

A State passes a law regulating an industry, which the Governor reserves for the President; the President neither assents nor withholds for two years. Meanwhile the Union announces a centrally sponsored scheme on the same subject with conditional funding, and the State's request to borrow for its own scheme is refused. Identify the levers and the remedies.

The reserved Bill. Article 201 puts no time limit on the President and the 2025 Reference holds that a court may not impose one. The remedy is a limited mandamus to act within a reasonable time where the inaction is prolonged, unexplained and indefinite, with no direction as to the outcome.

The scheme. Article 282 permits a grant for any public purpose even outside legislative competence. The State is not obliged to join and loses the money if it does not. There is no legal remedy at all; the forum is article 263 or the political process.

The borrowing. Article 293(3) requires the Union's consent while any Union loan or guarantee is outstanding, which it almost always is. The consent is a real discretion and there is little scope for review.

Now the point of the example. Not one of the three levers can be resisted in court in any substantial way, and none of them is unconstitutional. That is the honest answer to MU's stem: the central-control question in India is mostly not a question about the validity of Union action but about the absence of remedies against lawful Union action.

And the counterweight is worth naming. The State's own answer is political and institutional: the Council of States, the Finance Commission, the Inter-State Council, and the fact that a State government is elected and can say so publicly.

Distinctions

LeverProvisionIs it reviewable?
Dismissal of a governmentArticle 356Yes, since S.R. Bommai: relevance of the material, floor test
Directions to a StateArticles 256, 257, 365The direction, marginally; the Proclamation that follows, yes
Reserving and withholding assentArticles 200, 201Not on the merits; a limited mandamus for indefinite inaction
Legislating on a State subjectArticles 249, 250Yes, for compliance with the conditions
Conditional grantsArticle 282Effectively not
Consent to borrowArticle 293(3)Effectively not
Redrawing a StateArticle 3Very limited
Moved towards the CentreMoved towards the States
Forty-second Amendment 1976: five subjects to the Concurrent ListForty-fourth Amendment 1978: article 356(5) and the tighter emergency
Growth of surcharges and cesses outside the divisible pool, article 271S.R. Bommai 1994: article 356 made reviewable
Centrally sponsored schemes under article 282Article 246A 2016: simultaneous taxing power
The Governor's discretion restored in November 2025Mohit Minerals 2022: the GST Council recommends, it does not command
munotes.in249

Central Control Against State Autonomy

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean the Union acts unlawfully. Nearly every lever in this chapter is expressly conferred, and the constitutional question is usually about the absence of a remedy rather than about validity.

It does not mean the States are helpless. They hold an exclusive List, a chamber of their own, an entrenched amending procedure, a share of revenue settled by an independent body, and simultaneous power over the goods and services tax.

It does not mean the direction of travel is one way. Four of the eight rows in the table above run the other way, and two of them are from the last decade.

And it does not mean the answer is a list. MU asks for the dynamic. A candidate who lists ten articles without saying what has actually changed, and when, has described the machinery and not the question.

Quick revision

Levers on legislation: articles 248, 249, 250, 252, 253, 254. On a Bill: articles 200 and 201, with no time limit on the President. On administration: articles 256, 257, 258(2), 312 and 365. On the government: articles 155, 156 and 356. On money: articles 271, 282 and 293(3). On territory: article 3. Counterweights: an exclusive List of sixty-one entries with a court as umpire, the proviso to article 368(2), the Council of States under articles 249 and 312, the Finance Commission under article 280, article 246A, and federalism as a basic feature. Four moments: the Forty-second and Forty-fourth Amendments; S.R. Bommai 1994, which made article 356 reviewable and substituted the floor test; the goods and services tax with Mohit Minerals 2022, against the growth of surcharges and cesses outside the divisible pool; and the Presidential Reference of 20 November 2025, which restored the Governor's discretion under article 200 while leaving a limited mandamus for indefinite inaction.

Test yourself

1. Group the Union's levers by what they act on, with one article for each group. Legislation, article 249; a Bill, article 200; administration, article 256; the government itself, article 356; money, article 282; and territory, article 3.

2. Which lever is least discussed and why is it effective? The reservation of a Bill under article 200 and the withholding of assent under article 201, because there is no time limit, no obligation to give reasons, and a Bill that never receives assent never becomes law, so there is nothing to challenge.

3. How did S.R. Bommai change the practical balance? By holding the satisfaction under article 356 conditioned and reviewable on the relevance of the material, substituting the floor of the House for the Governor's assessment, and requiring that the Assembly not be dissolved before both Houses approve. The use of article 356 fell sharply afterwards.

munotes.in250

Central Control Against State Autonomy

4. Name one fiscal change since 2016 in each direction. Towards the States, article 246A giving them simultaneous power over the goods and services tax, held in Mohit Minerals to be a real power the Council cannot displace. Towards the Centre, the growth of surcharges and cesses, which article 271 keeps wholly outside the divisible pool.

5. What did the Presidential Reference of 20 November 2025 restore, and what did it leave? It restored the Governor's discretion under article 200, held the function non-justiciable on the merits, forbade courts to prescribe timelines and rejected deemed assent under article 142. It left a limited mandamus to act within a reasonable time where inaction is prolonged, unexplained and indefinite.

6. Why is "the Union acted unlawfully" usually the wrong frame for this question? Because nearly every lever is expressly conferred by the Constitution. The real issue is the absence of a remedy against lawful Union action, which is why the counterweights that matter are institutional and political rather than judicial.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in251

Chapter Forty-Eight

Asymmetric Federalism

Syllabus topic 2, "Federalism". MU's February 2026 paper set: "The asymmetrical federal arrangement under the Constitution is well suited for our country. Discuss in the light of special provisions for Delhi, Sixth Schedule special provisions for north east states and other states."

In one line

Not every State in India stands in the same relationship to the Union, and the Constitution says so in about twenty separate places.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: a symmetrical federation gives every constituent unit the same powers and the same relationship with the centre. An asymmetrical federation gives some units powers or protections that others do not have. India is asymmetrical by design and in several different ways: by special provisions for named States in articles 371 and 371A to 371J; by the Fifth and Sixth Schedules for Scheduled Areas and tribal areas; by the special constitutional position given to the National Capital Territory of Delhi and to Puducherry under articles 239AA and 239A; by the Union territories, which are not States at all; and, until 2019, by article 370 for Jammu and Kashmir. The Supreme Court has now described article 370 in terms as a feature of asymmetric federalism.

Why a large plural country ends up asymmetrical

Because the units are not alike. Nagaland's population is smaller than that of many Indian districts, and Uttar Pradesh's is larger than that of most countries. Treating them identically is a formal equality that produces substantive absurdity.

Because some units joined on terms. Article 371A for Nagaland and article 371G for Mizoram record undertakings given to secure accession or to end an insurgency, and those undertakings are the reason the article exists.

Because some regions inside a State need protection from that State. The Fifth and Sixth Schedules exist because a tribal population that is a minority in its State needs a guarantee the State's own majority cannot remove.

And because a capital city is not an ordinary State. The seat of the Union government cannot be under the exclusive control of a State government, which is why Delhi has articles 239AA and 239AB rather than the ordinary Part VI.

The theoretical name for the argument is worth having. The claim is that asymmetry is a device for holding a diverse polity together by giving each part what it actually needs, and the objection is that it produces resentment among the units that receive nothing and complicates the constitutional scheme.

The five families of asymmetry

One: special provisions for named States, articles 371 and 371A to 371J. Article 371 gives the Governors of Maharashtra and Gujarat special responsibility for development boards for Vidarbha, Marathwada, Saurashtra and Kutch. Article 371A protects Naga customary law and procedure, ownership and transfer of land and its resources, and provides that no Act of Parliament in respect of those matters applies to Nagaland unless the Legislative Assembly so decides. Article 371B provides for a committee of the Assam Assembly. Article 371C does the same for the hill areas of Manipur. Articles 371D and 371E provide for equitable opportunities in public employment and education in Andhra Pradesh and for a central university there. Article 371F contains the special provisions for Sikkim on its admission in 1975. Article 371G protects Mizo customary law, land and religious and social practices on the same model as Nagaland. Article 371H gives the Governor of Arunachal Pradesh special responsibility for law and order. Article 371-I contains the special provision for Goa. Article 371J provides for a separate development board for the Hyderabad-Karnataka region.

munotes.in252

Asymmetric Federalism

Two: the Fifth and Sixth Schedules. The Fifth Schedule governs Scheduled Areas in States other than the north eastern ones, with a Tribes Advisory Council and a power in the Governor to direct that an Act of Parliament or of the State Legislature shall not apply, or shall apply with modifications. The Sixth Schedule governs the tribal areas of Assam, Meghalaya, Tripura and Mizoram through Autonomous District Councils with their own legislative, executive and judicial powers.

Three: the National Capital Territory and Puducherry. Article 239AA gives Delhi a Legislative Assembly with power over the State and Concurrent Lists except public order, police and land, and article 239AB provides for the failure of constitutional machinery there. Article 239A permits Parliament to create a legislature for certain Union territories, which is Puducherry's basis.

Four: Union territories generally. Articles 239 to 241 place them under the President acting through an administrator, with Parliament legislating for them under article 246(4).

Five: article 370, until 2019. A whole constitutional relationship of its own, now ended.

A worked example

MU's February 2026 stem asks whether the asymmetrical arrangement is well suited to India, naming Delhi, the Sixth Schedule and the north east. How should the answer be built?

Open by defining the term and stating the claim. A symmetrical federation treats every unit alike; an asymmetrical one does not; India is asymmetrical in five distinct ways.

Take the three named examples in the order the paper names them, and give each its provision. Delhi: article 239AA, an Assembly with the State and Concurrent Lists except public order, police and land, and the services dispute settled by two Constitution Benches. The Sixth Schedule: Autonomous District Councils in Assam, Meghalaya, Tripura and Mizoram with legislative, executive and judicial powers of their own, which is a fourth tier of government. The north east: articles 371A to 371H, of which 371A on Naga customary law and land is the strongest, since an Act of Parliament on those subjects does not apply to Nagaland unless the Assembly so decides.

Then take "other states", which the stem invites and most answers skip. Articles 371, 371D, 371E, 371-I and 371J cover Maharashtra, Gujarat, Andhra Pradesh, Goa and the Hyderabad-Karnataka region, so asymmetry is not a north eastern phenomenon.

munotes.in253

Asymmetric Federalism

Then argue both sides. For: it answers real differences, it was the price of accession in two cases and of peace in another, and it has kept regions inside the Union that might not have stayed. Against: it complicates the scheme, it generates demands from States that have no special provision, and provisions justified as temporary have proved permanent.

And conclude with the Court's own words, which is the strongest close available. In In re Article 370 of the Constitution, decided on 11 December 2023, the Supreme Court described article 370 as a feature of asymmetric federalism and not of sovereignty, and upheld the abrogation on that footing. Asymmetry is therefore a recognised constitutional category in India and not merely a description used by writers.

The case

In In re Article 370 of the Constitution, decided on 11 December 2023. Facts. Challenges to Constitutional Order 272 of 5 August 2019, which applied the whole Constitution to Jammu and Kashmir and amended article 367 so that the reference to the Constituent Assembly of the State in the proviso to article 370(3) would be read as a reference to its Legislative Assembly; to Constitutional Order 273 of 6 August 2019 declaring that article 370 ceased to operate; and to the Jammu and Kashmir Reorganisation Act 2019, all done while the State was under President's rule with its Assembly dissolved.

Held, unanimously. The abrogation was valid though not every step of the route was. The State retained no element of internal sovereignty after the Instrument of Accession and the Proclamation of 25 November 1949, and article 370 was a feature of asymmetric federalism rather than of sovereignty. Article 370 was a temporary provision, as its historical context and its placement in Part XXI show. The power under article 370(3) did not cease when the State's Constituent Assembly was dissolved; only that Assembly's transitional power to recommend ceased, so the President could issue CO 273 unilaterally. But paragraph 2 of CO 272, which amended article 370 through article 367, was held ultra vires article 370(1)(d): an interpretation clause cannot be used to bypass the procedure for amending a provision, and what cannot be done directly cannot be done indirectly. The rest of CO 272 is valid.

Why it matters here is the phrase. Asymmetric federalism is now a term the Supreme Court has used to characterise a constitutional provision, which is why a February 2026 candidate could be expected to use it.

Distinctions

FamilyProvisionWhat it gives
Named StatesArticles 371, 371A to 371JDevelopment boards, protection of customary law and land, employment and education safeguards, special responsibilities of a Governor
Scheduled AreasFifth ScheduleA Tribes Advisory Council, and the Governor's power to disapply or modify an Act
Tribal areas of the north eastSixth ScheduleAutonomous District Councils with legislative, executive and judicial powers
The capital and PuducherryArticles 239AA, 239AB, 239AA Legislative Assembly with a truncated field
Union territoriesArticles 239 to 241, 246(4)No Statehood; administration by the President through an administrator
Jammu and Kashmir until 2019Article 370A separate constitution and a limited application of the Indian Constitution
munotes.in254

Asymmetric Federalism

The case for asymmetryThe case against
The units are genuinely unlike in size, history and social compositionIt complicates the constitutional scheme and makes comparison hard
Two special provisions were the price of accession and one of peaceIt generates demands from States with no special provision
It protects a regional minority from its own State's majorityProvisions justified as temporary become permanent
The Supreme Court has recognised it as a constitutional categoryThe units that receive nothing perceive unequal treatment

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean the States with special provisions are more sovereign. In re Article 370 is express that asymmetry is not sovereignty, and no Indian State has ever been sovereign.

It does not mean asymmetry is a north eastern phenomenon. Maharashtra, Gujarat, Andhra Pradesh, Goa, Karnataka, Delhi and Puducherry all have special provisions.

It does not mean a special provision cannot be removed. Article 370 was, and articles 371A to 371J are amendable under article 368 like anything else, subject to the basic structure.

And it does not mean the asymmetry is only about legislative power. Development boards, Governors' special responsibilities, employment quotas and separate Councils are all asymmetry, and only some of them touch the Lists.

Quick revision

Asymmetrical federalism: not every unit stands in the same relationship to the centre. Five Indian families. Named States: article 371 for Maharashtra and Gujarat, 371A Nagaland, 371B Assam, 371C Manipur, 371D and 371E Andhra Pradesh, 371F Sikkim, 371G Mizoram, 371H Arunachal Pradesh, 371-I Goa, 371J Hyderabad-Karnataka. Scheduled Areas: the Fifth Schedule, with a Tribes Advisory Council and the Governor's power to disapply or modify an Act. Tribal areas: the Sixth Schedule, with Autonomous District Councils exercising legislative, executive and judicial powers in Assam, Meghalaya, Tripura and Mizoram. The capital and Puducherry: articles 239AA, 239AB and 239A. Union territories: articles 239 to 241 and 246(4). And article 370 until 2019. In re Article 370, 11 December 2023: article 370 was a feature of asymmetric federalism and not of sovereignty; it was temporary; the power under clause (3) survived the dissolution of the State's Constituent Assembly; but amending article 370 through article 367 was ultra vires.

munotes.in255

Asymmetric Federalism

Test yourself

1. Define symmetrical and asymmetrical federalism and say which India is. A symmetrical federation gives every unit the same powers and the same relationship with the centre; an asymmetrical one does not. India is asymmetrical, in five distinct families of provision.

2. Name the five families with one provision each. Special provisions for named States, article 371A; Scheduled Areas, the Fifth Schedule; north eastern tribal areas, the Sixth Schedule; the capital and Puducherry, article 239AA; and Union territories, article 239. Article 370 was a sixth until 2019.

3. Which is the strongest special provision, and why? Article 371A for Nagaland, because it provides that no Act of Parliament in respect of Naga religious or social practices, customary law and procedure, the administration of civil and criminal justice involving decisions according to Naga customary law, or ownership and transfer of land and its resources, shall apply to Nagaland unless the Legislative Assembly by resolution so decides.

4. What did In re Article 370 say about asymmetry? That the State of Jammu and Kashmir retained no element of internal sovereignty after the Instrument of Accession and the Proclamation of 25 November 1949, and that article 370 was a feature of asymmetric federalism rather than of sovereignty.

5. Which step of the 2019 route did the Court hold invalid, and on what principle? Paragraph 2 of Constitutional Order 272, which amended article 370 through the interpretation clause in article 367. An interpretation clause cannot be used to bypass the procedure prescribed for amending a provision, and what cannot be done directly cannot be done indirectly.

6. Give one argument on each side of MU's stem. For: the units are genuinely unlike, and in Nagaland, Mizoram and Sikkim the special provisions were the price of accession or of peace, so asymmetry has kept regions inside the Union. Against: it complicates the scheme and generates demands from States with no special provision, and provisions justified as temporary have tended to become permanent.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in256

Chapter Forty-Nine

Article 370 and the Status of Jammu and Kashmir

Syllabus topic 2, "Federalism". Set as a short note on Q.P. 12192 (2015) and Q.P. 25921 (2018), in identical words: "Status of Jammu and Kashmir in the Indian federal scheme".

In one line

Jammu and Kashmir acceded to India in 1947 on limited terms, article 370 recorded those terms in the Constitution, and on 6 August 2019 the President declared that the article had ceased to operate.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the State of Jammu and Kashmir acceded to India by an Instrument of Accession executed by the Maharaja on 26 October 1947 and accepted by the Governor-General on 27 October 1947, ceding jurisdiction over defence, external affairs and communications. Article 370, placed in Part XXI among the temporary, transitional and special provisions, gave effect to that limited accession: the power of Parliament to make laws for the State was confined to those subjects and to such other matters in the Union and Concurrent Lists as the President, with the concurrence of the State Government, might specify; and the other provisions of the Constitution applied to the State only as the President by order might direct, subject to such exceptions and modifications as he might specify. Clause (3) empowered the President to declare by public notification that the article should cease to be operative, on the recommendation of the Constituent Assembly of the State.

What article 370 actually said

Clause (1)(a). Article 238, which then dealt with Part B States, shall not apply to Jammu and Kashmir.

Clause (1)(b). The power of Parliament to make laws for the State shall be limited to those matters in the Union List and the Concurrent List which, in consultation with the Government of the State, the President declares to correspond to matters specified in the Instrument of Accession; and such other matters in those Lists as, with the concurrence of the Government of the State, the President may by order specify.

Clause (1)(c). The provisions of article 1 and of article 370 itself shall apply in relation to the State.

Clause (1)(d). Such of the other provisions of the Constitution shall apply in relation to the State subject to such exceptions and modifications as the President may by order specify, the concurrence of the State Government being required for matters other than those in the Instrument of Accession.

Clause (2). Where the concurrence of the State Government was given before the Constituent Assembly of the State was convened, it had to be placed before that Assembly for its decision.

Clause (3). Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing provisions, the President may by public notification declare that this article shall cease to be operative or shall be operative only with such exceptions and modifications and from such date as he may specify, provided that the recommendation of the Constituent Assembly of the State shall be necessary before the President issues such a notification.

munotes.in257

Article 370 and the Status of Jammu and Kashmir

The marginal note is worth quoting, because it is the beginning of any answer: "Temporary provisions with respect to the State of Jammu and Kashmir."

What the arrangement produced in practice

A separate State Constitution. The Constituent Assembly of Jammu and Kashmir framed a Constitution which came into force on 26 January 1957 and was the only State Constitution in India.

A separate application of the Indian Constitution. The Constitution (Application to Jammu and Kashmir) Order 1954 applied a large part of the Indian Constitution to the State with exceptions and modifications, and it inserted article 35A, which permitted the State Legislature to define permanent residents and to confer special rights on them in relation to employment, immovable property, settlement and scholarships.

A different residuary power. Under the State's own arrangement the residuary power lay with the State, which is the reverse of article 248.

And a name that had legal significance. The State was listed in the First Schedule and its Governor was called Sadar-i-Riyasat and its Chief Minister Prime Minister until 1965.

The debate about its character, stated fairly

The case that it was temporary. The marginal note says so, it sits in Part XXI among temporary and transitional provisions, and clause (3) provides a mechanism for it to cease.

The case that it had become permanent. Clause (3) required the recommendation of the Constituent Assembly of the State, and that Assembly dissolved itself on 25 January 1957 without making any recommendation, so the condition could never be satisfied. On that reading the article had become a permanent feature by the passage of time.

The Supreme Court has now answered it, and the answer is in the next chapter.

A worked example

A student is asked the 2015 note: "Status of Jammu and Kashmir in the Indian federal scheme." What does a full answer contain?

The accession, with dates. The Instrument of Accession executed on 26 October 1947 and accepted on 27 October 1947, ceding defence, external affairs and communications.

The constitutional expression of it. Article 370, in Part XXI, marginal note "Temporary provisions", with clause (1)(b) limiting Parliament's legislative power, clause (1)(d) applying the rest of the Constitution only by Presidential order with the State's concurrence, and clause (3) providing for it to cease on the recommendation of the State's Constituent Assembly.

What it produced. A separate State Constitution in force from 26 January 1957; the Order of 1954 and article 35A; a residuary power with the State.

The argument about its character. Temporary by its terms and its placement; arguably permanent because the body whose recommendation clause (3) required had dissolved in 1957.

And then what happened, which is the part a candidate must now add, and which is the next chapter.

munotes.in258

Article 370 and the Status of Jammu and Kashmir

The federal point the answer should close on. Jammu and Kashmir was the strongest example of asymmetry the Indian Constitution has contained, and the Supreme Court has since held that it was asymmetry rather than sovereignty. That is the sentence that turns a narrative into a constitutional answer.

The case

In In re Article 370 of the Constitution, decided on 11 December 2023. Facts. Challenges to Constitutional Orders 272 and 273 of 5 and 6 August 2019 and to the Jammu and Kashmir Reorganisation Act 2019.

Held, among much else worked in the next chapter. The State of Jammu and Kashmir retained no element of internal sovereignty after the Instrument of Accession and the Proclamation of 25 November 1949 by the Yuvraj, and that article 370 was a feature of asymmetric federalism and not of sovereignty; and that article 370 was a temporary provision, both because of its historical context and because of its placement in Part XXI. It also held that the Constitution of Jammu and Kashmir is inoperative and redundant.

Why it matters here is that it settles the debate set out above: the article was temporary, and the State was never sovereign after 1947.

Distinctions

An ordinary State before 2019Jammu and Kashmir before 2019
ConstitutionThe Constitution of India onlyAlso its own, in force from 26 January 1957
Application of the Indian ConstitutionEntireOnly as applied by Presidential order under article 370(1)(d)
Parliament's legislative powerThe whole Union and Concurrent ListsLimited to the Instrument of Accession subjects and what the President specified with the State's concurrence
Residuary powerWith the Union, article 248With the State
Permanent residentsNo such conceptArticle 35A permitted the State to define them and confer special rights
Emergency on the ground of internal disturbanceAvailableRequired the State's concurrence under the 1954 Order

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean Jammu and Kashmir was sovereign. The Supreme Court has held expressly that it retained no element of internal sovereignty after accession.

It does not mean article 370 was the only asymmetry. Articles 371 and 371A to 371J and the Fifth and Sixth Schedules were and are asymmetry too.

It does not mean article 35A was part of article 370. It was inserted by the Presidential Order of 1954, made under article 370(1)(d), which is why its validity was argued as a question about the scope of that clause.

And it does not mean the arrangement was static. More than forty Constitution Orders were made between 1950 and 2019, progressively extending the Indian Constitution to the State, so the position in 2019 was very different from that in 1950.

munotes.in259

Article 370 and the Status of Jammu and Kashmir

Quick revision

Instrument of Accession executed 26 October 1947, accepted 27 October 1947, ceding defence, external affairs and communications. Article 370, Part XXI, marginal note "Temporary provisions with respect to the State of Jammu and Kashmir": clause (1)(b) limited Parliament's legislative power to the accession subjects and what the President specified with the State's concurrence; clause (1)(c) applied articles 1 and 370; clause (1)(d) applied the rest of the Constitution only by Presidential order with exceptions and modifications; clause (2) required concurrence given before the Constituent Assembly was convened to be placed before it; clause (3) let the President declare the article inoperative on the recommendation of the State's Constituent Assembly. The State had its own Constitution from 26 January 1957, its own residuary power, and article 35A on permanent residents inserted by the 1954 Order. The Constituent Assembly dissolved on 25 January 1957 without recommending, which is the basis of the argument that the article had become permanent. In re Article 370: the State retained no internal sovereignty after accession, article 370 was asymmetric federalism and not sovereignty, it was a temporary provision, and the State Constitution is inoperative and redundant.

Test yourself

1. What did the Instrument of Accession cede, and when? Defence, external affairs and communications; executed by the Maharaja on 26 October 1947 and accepted by the Governor-General on 27 October 1947.

2. Set out the effect of article 370(1)(b) and (1)(d). Clause (1)(b) limited Parliament's power to make laws for the State to the matters corresponding to the Instrument of Accession, declared by the President in consultation with the State Government, and to such other List matters as the President specified with the State Government's concurrence. Clause (1)(d) applied the other provisions of the Constitution to the State only by Presidential order, subject to such exceptions and modifications as he specified.

3. What was the condition in clause (3), and why did it become controversial? That the recommendation of the Constituent Assembly of the State was necessary before the President could declare the article inoperative. The Assembly dissolved itself on 25 January 1957 without making any recommendation, so it was argued that the condition could never be satisfied and the article had become permanent.

4. What was article 35A and where did it come from? A provision permitting the State Legislature to define permanent residents and to confer special rights on them in employment, immovable property, settlement and scholarships. It was inserted by the Constitution (Application to Jammu and Kashmir) Order 1954, made under article 370(1)(d).

5. Name three ways the State's position differed from an ordinary State's. It had its own Constitution in force from 26 January 1957; the Indian Constitution applied to it only as extended by Presidential order; and the residuary power lay with the State rather than with the Union.

munotes.in260

Article 370 and the Status of Jammu and Kashmir

6. What did the Supreme Court hold in 2023 about sovereignty and about the article's character? That the State retained no element of internal sovereignty after the Instrument of Accession and the Proclamation of 25 November 1949, that article 370 was a feature of asymmetric federalism and not of sovereignty, and that it was a temporary provision, as its historical context and its placement in Part XXI show.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in261

Chapter Fifty

The 2019 Change, and In Re Article 370

Syllabus topic 2, "Federalism".

In one line

On 5 and 6 August 2019 two Presidential Orders and an Act of Parliament ended article 370 and turned a State into two Union territories, and in 2023 the Supreme Court upheld the result while holding one step of the route unconstitutional.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: Constitutional Order 272 of 5 August 2019, made under article 370(1)(d), applied all the provisions of the Constitution of India to Jammu and Kashmir and amended article 367 by adding a clause under which the reference to the Constituent Assembly of the State in the proviso to article 370(3) would be read as a reference to the Legislative Assembly of the State. Constitutional Order 273 of 6 August 2019 declared that article 370 ceased to operate. The Jammu and Kashmir Reorganisation Act 2019 divided the State into the Union territory of Jammu and Kashmir with a legislature and the Union territory of Ladakh without one. All of this was done while the State was under President's rule and its Legislative Assembly stood dissolved.

What was done, in order

19 December 2018: President's rule. A Proclamation under article 356 was issued, the Assembly having been dissolved on 21 November 2018.

5 August 2019: Constitutional Order 272. Made in exercise of the power under article 370(1)(d) with the concurrence of the Government of the State, which at that time meant the Governor acting under President's rule. It did two things: it applied all the provisions of the Constitution of India to the State, and by paragraph 2 it added clause (4) to article 367, an interpretation provision, so that "Constituent Assembly of the State" in the proviso to article 370(3) would be read as "Legislative Assembly of the State".

5 August 2019: the resolution. Both Houses of Parliament, exercising the powers of the State Legislature under article 356(1)(b), recommended that the President issue a notification under article 370(3).

6 August 2019: Constitutional Order 273. The President declared that as from that date all clauses of article 370 shall cease to be operative, except clause (1) as substituted, which reads that all provisions of the Constitution as amended from time to time shall apply to the State.

9 August 2019: the Reorganisation Act. Act 34 of 2019, assented to on 9 August 2019. Section 3 forms the Union territory of Ladakh comprising the districts of Kargil and Leh, without a Legislature. Section 4 forms the Union territory of Jammu and Kashmir with a Legislature, comprising the residue. Section 5 provides for the Lieutenant Governor. Section 13 applies article 239A to the Union territory of Jammu and Kashmir. Section 32 confers legislative power on its Assembly over the State List except public order and police, and over the Concurrent List. Section 55 empowers the Central Government to make adaptations. Section 58 provides for the continuance of existing laws.

munotes.in262

The 2019 Change, and In Re Article 370

What the Court decided

In In re Article 370 of the Constitution, decided on 11 December 2023 by five judges. Facts. Challenges to CO 272, CO 273 and the Reorganisation Act, all made while the State was under President's rule with its Assembly dissolved.

Held, unanimously. The abrogation was valid though not every step of the route was, on the following reasoning.

On sovereignty. The State retained no element of internal sovereignty after the Instrument of Accession and the Proclamation of 25 November 1949. Article 370 was a feature of asymmetric federalism and not of sovereignty.

On the character of the article. It was a temporary provision, both because of its historical context and because of its placement in Part XXI.

On clause (3) after 1957. The power under article 370(3) did not cease when the State's Constituent Assembly was dissolved; what ceased was only that Assembly's transitional power to recommend. The President could therefore issue CO 273 unilaterally, and it is valid.

On the route through article 367. Paragraph 2 of CO 272, which amended article 370 through the interpretation clause in article 367, is ultra vires article 370(1)(d). An interpretation clause cannot be used to bypass the procedure prescribed for amending a provision, and what cannot be done directly cannot be done indirectly. The rest of CO 272 is valid.

On review of Presidential action under article 356. The exercise of power by the President after a Proclamation is subject to judicial review, and once a challenger makes out a prima facie case of mala fides the onus shifts to the Union. Parliament's power under article 356(1)(b) covers the non-legislative as well as the legislative powers of the State legislature.

On article 3. The views of a State legislature under the first proviso to article 3 are recommendatory, which is the point already made in [The Union and Its Territory: Articles 1 to 4].

On the State Constitution. It is inoperative and redundant.

And on Ladakh. The carving out of the Union territory of Ladakh was upheld under article 3.

Why the two holdings sit together

Students find it puzzling that the Court struck down a step and upheld the result. The explanation is that CO 273 did not depend on the invalid step.

CO 272's paragraph 2 was needed only if clause (3) still required a recommendation from a body that no longer existed. The Court held that it did not: the requirement of a recommendation was transitional and lapsed with the Constituent Assembly, leaving the President's power intact. So the route through article 367 was both unnecessary and impermissible.

munotes.in263

The 2019 Change, and In Re Article 370

That is a real distinction and it is worth stating in exactly those terms, because an answer that says "the Court upheld everything" is wrong and an answer that says "the Court struck down the abrogation" is wrong in the other direction.

A worked example

Suppose a State's Assembly is dissolved, President's rule is proclaimed, and Parliament then exercises the State Legislature's power under article 356(1)(b) to consent to something the State Legislature would never have consented to. Is that reviewable?

Yes, and the 2023 judgment says so. The exercise of power by the President after a Proclamation is subject to judicial review, and once a prima facie case of mala fides is made out the onus shifts to the Union to justify.

But the standard is not high. The Court did not strike down the consent given by Parliament on Jammu and Kashmir's behalf, and it held that article 356(1)(b) covers the non-legislative as well as the legislative powers of the State legislature.

So the practical answer is that this route is available and reviewable rather than unavailable. A State under President's rule can be made to consent to things by a Parliament exercising its Assembly's powers, and the check is the general one in S.R. Bommai: the Proclamation itself must rest on relevant material and is not immune from review.

And that is the standing federal question the 2019 events raise, whatever one thinks of the outcome: a State's constitutional position was altered while the body that spoke for the State did not exist.

Distinctions

InstrumentDateWhat it didStatus after 2023
CO 272, paragraph applying the Constitution5 August 2019Applied all provisions of the Constitution of India to the StateValid
CO 272, paragraph 25 August 2019Amended article 370 through article 367Ultra vires article 370(1)(d)
Parliamentary resolution5 August 2019Recommended the notification, exercising the Assembly's power under article 356(1)(b)Upheld; the power covers non-legislative functions
CO 2736 August 2019Declared article 370 to have ceased to operateValid; the President could act unilaterally
Reorganisation Act 20199 August 2019Two Union territories; Ladakh without a LegislatureUpheld under article 3
Before 5 August 2019After it
StatusA State with its own ConstitutionTwo Union territories, one with a Legislature
Application of the Indian ConstitutionBy Presidential order, with exceptionsEntire
Residuary powerWith the StateWith the Union
Permanent residents and article 35AIn forceGone with the 1954 Order
Public order and policeWith the StateWith the Union, section 32 excluding them from the Assembly's field
munotes.in264

The 2019 Change, and In Re Article 370

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean the Court approved every step. Paragraph 2 of CO 272 was held ultra vires.

It does not mean statehood cannot return. The Reorganisation Act created Union territories, and Parliament may form a State under article 2 or article 3 at any time; the Union told the Court that statehood would be restored.

It does not mean article 370 was abolished from the text. CO 273 declared it to cease to operate except for clause (1) as substituted, so the article remains in the Constitution in that altered form.

And it does not mean the reasoning is beyond criticism. The strongest objection is that a State's constitutional position was changed while its Assembly did not exist and its consent was given by Parliament on its behalf, and the Court's answer is that the power was reviewable and the challengers had not made out mala fides. An answer that states the objection and the answer is stronger than one that states either alone.

Quick revision

19 December 2018, President's rule, Assembly dissolved 21 November 2018. CO 272 of 5 August 2019, under article 370(1)(d): applied the whole Constitution to the State, and by paragraph 2 amended article 367 so that "Constituent Assembly" in the proviso to article 370(3) would read "Legislative Assembly". Parliamentary resolution of 5 August 2019 under article 356(1)(b). CO 273 of 6 August 2019: article 370 ceased to operate except clause (1) as substituted. Reorganisation Act 2019, assented 9 August 2019: section 3 Ladakh without a Legislature, section 4 Jammu and Kashmir with one, section 13 applying article 239A, section 32 giving the Assembly the State List except public order and police plus the Concurrent List. In re Article 370, 11 December 2023, five judges, unanimous: no internal sovereignty after accession; asymmetric federalism, not sovereignty; article 370 temporary; the clause (3) power survived the dissolution of the Constituent Assembly so CO 273 is valid; paragraph 2 of CO 272 ultra vires because an interpretation clause cannot bypass an amendment procedure; Presidential action after a Proclamation is reviewable with the onus shifting on a prima facie case of mala fides; article 356(1)(b) covers non-legislative powers; views under the first proviso to article 3 are recommendatory; the State Constitution is inoperative and redundant; Ladakh upheld under article 3.

Test yourself

1. Name the three instruments of August 2019 and what each did. Constitutional Order 272 of 5 August, which applied the whole Constitution to the State and amended article 367; Constitutional Order 273 of 6 August, which declared article 370 to have ceased to operate; and the Jammu and Kashmir Reorganisation Act 2019, assented on 9 August, which created two Union territories.

2. Which step did the Court hold invalid, and on what principle? Paragraph 2 of CO 272, which amended article 370 through the interpretation clause in article 367. An interpretation clause cannot be used to bypass the procedure prescribed for amending a provision, and what cannot be done directly cannot be done indirectly.

munotes.in265

The 2019 Change, and In Re Article 370

3. Why did the abrogation survive even though that step failed? Because CO 273 did not depend on it. The Court held that the power under article 370(3) did not cease when the State's Constituent Assembly dissolved; only that Assembly's transitional power to recommend ceased, so the President could act unilaterally.

4. What did the Court say about review of Presidential action taken during President's rule? That it is subject to judicial review, and that once a challenger makes out a prima facie case of mala fides the onus shifts to the Union; and that Parliament's power under article 356(1)(b) covers the non-legislative as well as the legislative powers of the State legislature.

5. What is the position of Ladakh and of the State Constitution? Ladakh is a Union territory without a Legislature, comprising Kargil and Leh, and its creation was upheld under article 3. The Constitution of Jammu and Kashmir is inoperative and redundant.

6. State the strongest objection to the 2019 route and the Court's answer. That the State's constitutional position was altered while its Legislative Assembly did not exist and its consent was given by Parliament on its behalf under article 356(1)(b). The Court's answer is that the power is reviewable, that the onus shifts on a prima facie case of mala fides, and that no such case was made out.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in266

Chapter Fifty-One

Delhi: Article 239AA and the Dispute Over Services

Syllabus topic 2, "Federalism". Named in MU's February 2026 question on asymmetric federalism.

In one line

Delhi has an elected Assembly and government but is not a State, and the eight-day gap between the Supreme Court giving it control of its civil servants and Parliament taking it back is the whole subject in miniature.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 239AA, inserted by the Constitution (Sixty-ninth Amendment) Act 1991, gives the National Capital Territory of Delhi a Legislative Assembly with power to make laws for the whole or any part of it with respect to any of the matters in the State List or the Concurrent List, except entries 1, 2 and 18 of the State List, that is public order, police and land, and entries 64, 65 and 66 so far as they relate to them. Clause (4) provides for a Council of Ministers to aid and advise the Lieutenant Governor, with a proviso permitting him to refer a difference of opinion to the President and to act in his discretion pending the President's decision. The Supreme Court has held that Delhi is sui generis among Union territories and that the aid and advice is binding on the Lieutenant Governor except where he uses the proviso.

Why Delhi is not an ordinary State and not an ordinary Union territory

Because the seat of the Union government cannot be under a State's exclusive control. Public order, police and land are the three subjects a capital city's Union government cannot leave to a State government, and those are exactly the three that article 239AA(3)(a) excludes.

But a city of that size cannot be run from a ministry either. That is why the Sixty-ninth Amendment gave it an Assembly and a Council of Ministers rather than leaving it under article 239.

So the design is deliberately in between, and the Supreme Court's word for it in 2023 is sui generis: there is no homogeneous class of Union territories with similar governance structures, and Delhi is not similar to the others.

The provisions

Article 239AA(1) names the Union territory of Delhi the National Capital Territory of Delhi and its administrator the Lieutenant Governor.

Clause (2) provides for a Legislative Assembly with seats filled by direct election, and leaves to Parliament the number of seats, the reservation of seats, the qualification for membership and other incidental matters.

Clause (3)(a) gives the Assembly power to make laws for the whole or any part of the National Capital Territory with respect to any of the matters in the State List or the Concurrent List in so far as any such matter is applicable to Union territories, except matters with respect to entries 1, 2 and 18 of the State List and entries 64, 65 and 66 of that List in so far as they relate to entries 1, 2 and 18.

munotes.in267

Delhi: Article 239AA and the Dispute Over Services

Clause (3)(b) preserves Parliament's power to make laws for the Union territory on any matter.

Clause (3)(c) provides that if a provision of a law made by the Assembly is repugnant to a law made by Parliament, the Parliamentary law prevails and the Assembly's law is void to the extent of the repugnancy, unless the Assembly's law has been reserved for the President and received his assent, and even then Parliament may add to, amend, vary or repeal it.

Clause (4) provides for a Council of Ministers, not more than ten per cent of the total number of members of the Assembly, with the Chief Minister at the head, to aid and advise the Lieutenant Governor in the exercise of his functions in relation to matters on which the Assembly has power to make laws, except in so far as he is required to act in his discretion. The proviso provides that in the case of a difference of opinion between the Lieutenant Governor and his Ministers on any matter, he shall refer it to the President and act according to the President's decision, and pending that may take immediate action where the matter is urgent.

Article 239AB provides for the President to suspend the operation of article 239AA where the administration cannot be carried on in accordance with it, which is Delhi's version of article 356.

And the Government of National Capital Territory of Delhi Act 1991 supplies the machinery, section 41 defining the matters in which the Lieutenant Governor acts in his discretion and section 44 the conduct of business.

The two judgments

2018: the aid and advice binds. In Government of NCT of Delhi v. Union of India (2018), (2018) 8 SCC 501, decided on 4 July 2018 by five judges. Facts. A batch of petitions in the Delhi High Court about unresolved issues between the Lieutenant Governor and the Council of Ministers headed by the Chief Minister; the High Court decided on 4 August 2016 and the appeals were referred to a Constitution Bench in February 2017. Held, among its conclusions. The interpretation of the Constitution must be purposive without giving the express language a complete go-by; that Parliament may make laws for the National Capital Territory on any matter in the State and Concurrent Lists while the Assembly has power over the State List except the excluded entries and over the Concurrent List; that executive power is co-extensive with legislative power; and that the aid and advice of the Council of Ministers under clause (4) is binding on the Lieutenant Governor unless he decides to exercise the power in the proviso to refer a difference to the President.

munotes.in268

Delhi: Article 239AA and the Dispute Over Services

2023: and services belong to Delhi. In Government of NCT of Delhi v. Union of India (2023), decided on 11 May 2023 by five judges. Facts. A reference of 6 May 2022 on the scope of Delhi's legislative and executive power over services, Entry 41 of List II. Held. There is no homogeneous class of Union territories with similar governance structures and that Delhi is sui generis; that the Assembly has competence over Lists II and III except the expressly excluded entries while Parliament has competence over all of Lists II and III in relation to Delhi including the excluded ones; that Delhi's executive power is co-extensive with its legislative power and the Union has executive power only over the three excluded entries; that the words "insofar as any such matter is applicable to Union Territories" cannot be read to exclude further entries; and that Delhi has legislative and executive power over services, Entry 41 of List II, because the definition of State in section 3(58) of the General Clauses Act 1897 applies to Part XIV so that Part XIV applies to Union territories, and because the rule-making power under the proviso to article 309 does not oust the legislative power over Entry 41.

What Parliament did next

An Ordinance eight days later. The Government of National Capital Territory of Delhi (Amendment) Ordinance 2023 was promulgated on 19 May 2023, and the Amendment Act followed.

It inserted a new Part IVA into the Act of 1991. Section 45D empowers the President to appoint authorities, boards, commissions and statutory bodies notwithstanding anything in any other law. Section 45E constitutes the National Capital Civil Service Authority, consisting of the Chief Minister as Chairperson ex officio, the Chief Secretary as Member ex officio, and the Principal Home Secretary as Member-Secretary ex officio. Section 45H confers its powers and functions, beginning "Notwithstanding anything contained in any other law". Sections 45I to 45K deal with the disposal of matters by a Minister, the duties of Secretaries, and the rule-making power.

Note the composition, because it is the point. The Authority that decides transfers and postings of civil servants consists of the elected Chief Minister and two civil servants, so the elected member can be outvoted two to one, and the recommendation goes to the Lieutenant Governor.

The constitutional question that follows is a real one. Article 239AA(3)(b) preserves Parliament's power to legislate for Delhi on any matter, so Parliament had the competence. The argument against the Act is that a law which removes from an elected government the control of the officers who execute its policy hollows out the very institution the Sixty-ninth Amendment created, and that representative democracy and federalism are basic features. The argument for it is that Delhi is a Union territory, that article 239AA(3)(b) is express, and that the Constitution nowhere guarantees any particular allocation of services in a Union territory.

munotes.in269

Delhi: Article 239AA and the Dispute Over Services

A worked example

The elected Delhi government wishes to transfer a Secretary who it says is obstructing a flagship scheme. Trace the position at four dates.

Before 4 July 2018. The Lieutenant Governor's position was that he could act independently of the Council of Ministers on any matter. The transfer would not happen without his agreement.

After the 2018 judgment. The aid and advice of the Council binds him unless he refers the difference to the President under the proviso. So the transfer happens unless he refers, and a reference must be a genuine difference on a matter rather than a routine device.

After 11 May 2023. Services are within Delhi's legislative and executive power, so the transfer is the elected government's decision.

After the Amendment Act of 2023. The transfer is decided by the National Capital Civil Service Authority, on which the Chief Minister sits with two civil servants, and its recommendation goes to the Lieutenant Governor. The elected government can be outvoted.

The example is the chapter. Nothing in the constitutional text changed between the third and fourth dates. What changed was an ordinary Act of Parliament passed under a clause that has been in article 239AA since 1991.

Distinctions

An ordinary StateDelhiAn ordinary Union territory
LegislatureYes, the whole State ListYes, except public order, police and landUsually none
HeadGovernor, article 153Lieutenant Governor, article 239AA(1)Administrator, article 239
Is ministerial advice binding?Yes, article 163, subject to discretionYes, article 239AA(4), subject to the provisoNot applicable
Parliament's power over the State ListOnly through articles 249, 250, 252, 253At all times, article 239AA(3)(b)At all times, article 246(4)
Failure of machineryArticle 356Article 239ABNot applicable
Services, Entry 41 of List IIThe State'sHeld to be Delhi's in 2023, then regulated by the Act of 2023The Union's

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean Delhi is a State. It is a Union territory with a special provision, and article 239AA(3)(b) preserves Parliament's power over every matter.

It does not mean the Lieutenant Governor is a figurehead. He acts in his discretion on the three excluded subjects, on matters where the law requires it, and he may refer a difference to the President under the proviso.

It does not mean the 2023 judgment was overruled. It was not: an Act of Parliament changed the statutory position on services, and the judgment's constitutional reasoning about article 239AA stands.

munotes.in270

Delhi: Article 239AA and the Dispute Over Services

And it does not mean the Amendment Act is beyond challenge. Its validity has been questioned on basic structure grounds, and a candidate should present the argument on both sides rather than assert an outcome.

Quick revision

Article 239AA, inserted by the Sixty-ninth Amendment 1991: a Legislative Assembly for the National Capital Territory with power over the State and Concurrent Lists except entries 1, 2 and 18 of List II, public order, police and land, and entries 64, 65 and 66 so far as they relate to them; clause (3)(b) preserves Parliament's power over any matter; clause (3)(c) makes a repugnant Assembly law void unless reserved and assented to, and even then Parliament may override it; clause (4) provides for a Council of Ministers to aid and advise the Lieutenant Governor, with a proviso for referring a difference to the President. Article 239AB is Delhi's article 356. The Act of 1991 supplies the machinery. Government of NCT of Delhi (2018): purposive interpretation; executive power co-extensive with legislative; the aid and advice binds unless the proviso is used. Government of NCT of Delhi (2023): Delhi is sui generis; its executive power is co-extensive with its legislative power; the Union has executive power only over the three excluded entries; and Delhi has legislative and executive power over services under Entry 41 of List II. The Ordinance of 19 May 2023 and the Amendment Act inserted Part IVA, sections 45D to 45K, creating the National Capital Civil Service Authority of the Chief Minister and two civil servants.

Test yourself

1. Which three subjects are excluded from the Delhi Assembly's competence, and why? Public order, police and land, entries 1, 2 and 18 of List II, together with entries 64, 65 and 66 so far as they relate to them. They are excluded because the seat of the Union government cannot be under the exclusive control of a State-level government.

2. What did the 2018 judgment decide about the Lieutenant Governor? That the aid and advice of the Council of Ministers under article 239AA(4) is binding on him unless he decides to exercise the power in the proviso to refer a difference of opinion to the President, and that executive power is co-extensive with legislative power.

3. What did the 2023 judgment decide about services, and on what reasoning? That Delhi has legislative and executive power over services, Entry 41 of List II, because the definition of State in section 3(58) of the General Clauses Act 1897 applies to Part XIV so that Part XIV applies to Union territories, and because the rule-making power under the proviso to article 309 does not oust the legislative power over Entry 41.

4. What did Parliament do afterwards, and under what power? It enacted the Government of National Capital Territory of Delhi (Amendment) Act 2023, following an Ordinance of 19 May 2023, inserting Part IVA and creating the National Capital Civil Service Authority. Its competence rests on article 239AA(3)(b), which preserves Parliament's power to legislate for the National Capital Territory on any matter.

munotes.in271

Delhi: Article 239AA and the Dispute Over Services

5. Who sits on the National Capital Civil Service Authority, and why does the composition matter? The Chief Minister as Chairperson ex officio, the Chief Secretary as Member ex officio and the Principal Home Secretary as Member-Secretary ex officio. It matters because the single elected member can be outvoted by the two officials.

6. State the constitutional argument on each side of the Amendment Act. Against: a law removing from an elected government control of the officers who execute its policy hollows out the institution the Sixty-ninth Amendment created, and representative democracy and federalism are basic features. For: Delhi is a Union territory, article 239AA(3)(b) expressly preserves Parliament's power over every matter, and the Constitution guarantees no particular allocation of services in a Union territory.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in272

Chapter Fifty-Two

The North East: Articles 371A to 371J and the Sixth Schedule

Syllabus topic 2, "Federalism". Named in MU's February 2026 question: "Sixth Schedule special provisions for north east states and other states".

In one line

Four north eastern States contain districts that govern themselves through elected councils with law-making, executive and judicial powers, and several north eastern States have constitutional protections that no Act of Parliament can override without their own Assembly's consent.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 244(2) provides that the Sixth Schedule shall apply to the administration of the tribal areas in the States of Assam, Meghalaya, Tripura and Mizoram. The Schedule creates autonomous districts and autonomous regions, each with a District Council or Regional Council of not more than thirty members, mostly elected, with power to make laws on land, forests other than reserved forests, canal water, shifting cultivation, village administration, inheritance, marriage and divorce and social customs; to constitute village and district councils for the trial of certain suits and offences; to assess and collect land revenue and levy certain taxes; and to receive shares of royalties. In addition articles 371A to 371H give special protections to Nagaland, Assam, Manipur, Sikkim, Mizoram and Arunachal Pradesh.

The Sixth Schedule, paragraph by paragraph

Paragraph 1 provides for the tribal areas in each of the four States to be autonomous districts, and permits the Governor to create, alter or unite them, and to define their boundaries.

Paragraph 2 constitutes a District Council for each autonomous district, of not more than thirty members, of whom not more than four are nominated by the Governor and the rest elected on the basis of adult suffrage, with a Regional Council for each autonomous region.

Paragraph 3 is the legislative power. A District or Regional Council may make laws with respect to the allotment, occupation, use or setting apart of land other than reserved forest; the management of any forest not being a reserved forest; the use of any canal or watercourse for agriculture; the regulation of jhum or other forms of shifting cultivation; the establishment of village or town committees and their powers; village or town administration including village or town police and public health and sanitation; the appointment or succession of Chiefs or Headmen; inheritance of property; marriage and divorce; and social customs. All such laws require the Governor's assent.

Paragraph 4 is the judicial power. The Council may constitute village councils or courts for the trial of suits and cases between parties all of whom belong to Scheduled Tribes within the district, and may appoint suitable persons to be members of those courts and officers for their administration.

Paragraph 6 permits a Council to establish primary schools, dispensaries, markets, ferries, fisheries, roads and waterways, and to make regulations for them.

Paragraph 8 gives the Council power to assess and collect land revenue and to levy taxes on professions, trades, callings and employments, on animals, vehicles and boats, on the entry of goods into a market, for the maintenance of schools and dispensaries and roads, and tolls.

munotes.in273

The North East: Articles 371A to 371J and the Sixth Schedule

Paragraph 9 entitles the Council to a share of royalties from licences or leases for the extraction of minerals within the district.

Paragraph 12 and 12A deal with the application of Acts of Parliament and of the State Legislature to autonomous districts, and paragraph 12A gives the District Council's law precedence in certain matters in Meghalaya.

So a District Council is a fourth level of government, below the Union and the State and distinct from the panchayats of Part IX, and article 243M excludes the Sixth Schedule areas from Part IX for that reason.

The 371 series in the north east

Article 371A, Nagaland. Notwithstanding anything in the Constitution, no Act of Parliament in respect of religious or social practices of the Nagas, Naga customary law and procedure, administration of civil and criminal justice involving decisions according to Naga customary law, or ownership and transfer of land and its resources, shall apply to the State of Nagaland unless the Legislative Assembly of Nagaland by a resolution so decides. The Governor has special responsibility for law and order so long as internal disturbances continue in the Naga Hills-Tuensang Area, and there is provision for a regional council for the Tuensang district.

This is the strongest special provision in the Constitution, because it makes the application of an Act of Parliament conditional on a State Assembly's resolution.

Article 371B, Assam. The President may provide for the constitution and functions of a committee of the Legislative Assembly consisting of members elected from the tribal areas.

Article 371C, Manipur. The President may provide for a committee of the Assembly consisting of members elected from the Hill Areas, for the modification of the Governor's rules of business, and for the Governor's special responsibility for their proper functioning.

Article 371F, Sikkim. The special provisions on its admission in 1975, including the number of Assembly seats, the protection of the different sections of the population, the Governor's special responsibility for peace and for an equitable arrangement for social and economic advancement, and the continuance of pre-existing laws.

Article 371G, Mizoram. In the same terms as article 371A, protecting Mizo religious or social practices, customary law and procedure, administration of civil and criminal justice involving Mizo customary law, and ownership and transfer of land, from an Act of Parliament unless the Assembly so resolves.

Article 371H, Arunachal Pradesh. The Governor has special responsibility for law and order and shall, after consulting the Council of Ministers, exercise his individual judgment on the action to be taken.

And article 244A, Assam. Parliament may by law form within Assam an autonomous State comprising the tribal areas, with its own Legislature or Council of Ministers, which is a provision for a State inside a State that has never been used.

munotes.in274

The North East: Articles 371A to 371J and the Sixth Schedule

A worked example

Parliament enacts a law providing that all agricultural land in India shall be held on a uniform tenure and that existing customary tenures shall cease. How does it apply in Nagaland, in the Khasi Hills of Meghalaya, and in Maharashtra?

In Maharashtra it applies subject to competence. Land is Entry 18 of List II, so the real question is whether Parliament could pass such a law at all; if it could, it applies.

In Nagaland it does not apply at all unless the Assembly says so. Article 371A(1)(a)(iv) covers ownership and transfer of land and its resources, and no Act of Parliament in respect of it applies unless the Legislative Assembly of Nagaland by resolution so decides. The Assembly's resolution is a condition of application, not a formality.

In the Khasi Hills the question is different again. That is an autonomous district under the Sixth Schedule, and paragraph 3(1)(a) gives the District Council power to make laws on the allotment, occupation and use of land other than reserved forest. Paragraph 12A gives the District Council's law precedence over a State law in Meghalaya in certain matters, and paragraph 12 governs the application of Acts of Parliament to the district.

The example shows the two mechanisms doing different work. Article 371A operates on the APPLICATION of a Union law to a State. The Sixth Schedule operates by giving a sub-State body its own legislative power over the same subject. A candidate who says only "the north east has special provisions" has not distinguished them.

The case

Asymmetry of this kind is not sovereignty, and the Supreme Court has said so. In In re Article 370 of the Constitution, decided on 11 December 2023. Facts. Challenges to the Constitutional Orders of August 2019 and to the Jammu and Kashmir Reorganisation Act. Held. The State of Jammu and Kashmir retained no element of internal sovereignty after the Instrument of Accession and the Proclamation of 25 November 1949, and that article 370 was a feature of asymmetric federalism and not of sovereignty; and that the views of a State legislature under the first proviso to article 3 are recommendatory. Why it matters here is the analogy and its limit. Articles 371A and 371G are asymmetry of the same kind, and on this reasoning they confer protection rather than sovereignty; but unlike article 370 they are not in Part XXI, carry no marginal note calling them temporary, and contain no mechanism for ceasing to operate, so the argument that they are transitional does not run.

munotes.in275

The North East: Articles 371A to 371J and the Sixth Schedule

Distinctions

The Sixth ScheduleArticles 371A and 371G
Operates at the level ofA district inside a StateThe State itself
MechanismConfers legislative, executive, judicial and taxing power on an elected CouncilMakes an Act of Parliament inapplicable unless the State Assembly resolves
WhereTribal areas of Assam, Meghalaya, Tripura and MizoramNagaland and Mizoram
SubjectsLand other than reserved forest, non-reserved forests, canal water, shifting cultivation, village administration, inheritance, marriage and divorce, social customsReligious and social practices, customary law and procedure, administration of justice according to customary law, ownership and transfer of land and its resources
Relationship with Part IXExcluded from it by article 243MNot applicable
ArticleStateWhat it gives
371ANagalandUnion law inapplicable on four subjects without an Assembly resolution; the Governor's responsibility for law and order; a regional council for Tuensang
371BAssamA committee of the Assembly of members from the tribal areas
371CManipurA committee for the Hill Areas and the Governor's special responsibility
371FSikkimAdmission terms, seat protection, and the Governor's responsibility for peace and equitable advancement
371GMizoramThe same protection as article 371A
371HArunachal PradeshThe Governor's individual judgment on law and order
244AAssamPower in Parliament to form an autonomous State within Assam, never used

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean these States are outside the Constitution. Every one of these provisions is in the Constitution and amendable under article 368 subject to the basic structure.

It does not mean a District Council is a State. It is a body created by the Sixth Schedule, its laws require the Governor's assent, and it exercises powers the Schedule gives it.

It does not mean the Sixth Schedule applies throughout the north east. It applies to the tribal areas of four States only, by article 244(2); the other north eastern States are covered, if at all, by the 371 series.

And it does not mean article 371A is a veto over Parliament. Parliament may legislate; the Act simply does not apply to Nagaland on those four subjects unless the Assembly resolves that it should.

Quick revision

Article 244(2): the Sixth Schedule applies to the tribal areas of Assam, Meghalaya, Tripura and Mizoram. The Schedule: autonomous districts and regions with District and Regional Councils of not more than thirty members, mostly elected; paragraph 3 gives legislative power over land other than reserved forest, non-reserved forests, canal water, shifting cultivation, village administration, appointment of Chiefs, inheritance, marriage and divorce and social customs, subject to the Governor's assent; paragraph 4 gives judicial power through village councils and courts; paragraphs 6, 8 and 9 give power over schools, dispensaries and markets, taxation, and a share of mineral royalties; paragraph 12 and 12A govern the application of Union and State Acts. Article 243M excludes these areas from Part IX. Articles 371A Nagaland and 371G Mizoram: no Act of Parliament on religious or social practices, customary law and procedure, administration of justice by customary law, or ownership and transfer of land and its resources applies unless the State Assembly so resolves. Article 371B Assam, 371C Manipur, 371F Sikkim, 371H Arunachal Pradesh. Article 244A: an autonomous State within Assam, never used.

munotes.in276

The North East: Articles 371A to 371J and the Sixth Schedule

Test yourself

1. To which States does the Sixth Schedule apply, and under what article? To the tribal areas of Assam, Meghalaya, Tripura and Mizoram, under article 244(2).

2. Name four subjects on which a District Council may make laws. The allotment, occupation and use of land other than reserved forest; the management of a forest not being a reserved forest; the regulation of shifting cultivation; and inheritance of property, marriage and divorce and social customs.

3. What is unusual about article 371A? That no Act of Parliament in respect of Naga religious or social practices, Naga customary law and procedure, the administration of civil and criminal justice involving decisions according to Naga customary law, or ownership and transfer of land and its resources applies to Nagaland unless the Legislative Assembly of Nagaland by a resolution so decides.

4. Distinguish the mechanism of the Sixth Schedule from that of article 371A. The Sixth Schedule confers legislative, judicial and taxing power on an elected Council inside a State. Article 371A leaves the power where it is and makes the application of a Union law to the State conditional on the State Assembly's resolution.

5. Why are the Sixth Schedule areas excluded from Part IX? Because article 243M excludes them: they already have an elected body with wider powers than a panchayat, so applying the panchayat provisions would duplicate and confuse the arrangement.

6. Is article 371A temporary in the way article 370 was? No. Article 370 sat in Part XXI, was headed "Temporary provisions", and contained a mechanism in clause (3) for ceasing to operate. Articles 371A and 371G have none of those features, so the argument that they are transitional does not run.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in277

Chapter Fifty-Three

The Fifth Schedule and the Scheduled Areas

Syllabus topic 2, "Federalism".

In one line

In the Scheduled Areas a Governor may direct that an Act of Parliament or of the State Legislature shall not apply, or shall apply with modifications, and the land of a tribal may not be transferred out of the community.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 244(1) provides that the Fifth Schedule shall apply to the administration and control of the Scheduled Areas and Scheduled Tribes in any State other than Assam, Meghalaya, Tripura and Mizoram. Paragraph 5(1) of the Schedule empowers the Governor by public notification to direct that any particular Act of Parliament or of the Legislature of the State shall not apply to a Scheduled Area, or shall apply subject to such exceptions and modifications as he may specify. Paragraph 5(2) empowers him to make regulations for the peace and good government of a Scheduled Area, and in particular to prohibit or restrict the transfer of land by or among members of the Scheduled Tribes, to regulate the allotment of land to them, and to regulate money-lending to them. Paragraph 4 provides for a Tribes Advisory Council in each State having Scheduled Areas.

The provisions

Article 244(1) applies the Fifth Schedule to the Scheduled Areas and Scheduled Tribes in any State other than the four covered by the Sixth Schedule.

Paragraph 1 of the Schedule defines "State" as excluding those four.

Paragraph 2 provides that the executive power of a State extends to the Scheduled Areas, subject to the Schedule.

Paragraph 3 requires the Governor to make an annual report to the President on the administration of the Scheduled Areas, and gives the Union executive power to give directions to the State as to their administration.

Paragraph 4 constitutes a Tribes Advisory Council of not more than twenty members, three-quarters of them representatives of the Scheduled Tribes in the Legislative Assembly, to advise on such matters pertaining to the welfare and advancement of the Scheduled Tribes as are referred to it by the Governor.

Paragraph 5(1) is the disapplication power set out above. Paragraph 5(2) is the regulation power, and by paragraph 5(3) such regulations may repeal or amend any Act of Parliament or of the State Legislature applicable to the area. Regulations require the President's assent.

Paragraph 6 provides that Scheduled Areas are those the President declares by order, and empowers him to alter them.

Paragraph 7 provides that Parliament may amend the Schedule by ordinary law, and that no such law shall be deemed to be an amendment for the purposes of article 368. That is the same device as article 4 and it is worth noticing.

Article 275(1)'s proviso provides for grants for schemes of development to raise the level of administration of the Scheduled Areas and the welfare of the Scheduled Tribes.

munotes.in278

The Fifth Schedule and the Scheduled Areas

Article 339 empowers the President to appoint a Commission to report on the administration of the Scheduled Areas and the welfare of the Scheduled Tribes, and gives the Union executive power to give directions to a State as to the drawing up and execution of schemes for that welfare.

The statute that made it operational

The Panchayats (Extension to the Scheduled Areas) Act 1996. Part IX of the Constitution did not apply to Scheduled Areas, so the panchayat system did not reach them. Section 3 extended Part IX to the Scheduled Areas with the exceptions and modifications in section 4.

Section 4 contains the provisions that matter. State legislation on panchayats in a Scheduled Area must be in consonance with customary law, social and religious practices and traditional management practices of community resources; every village shall have a Gram Sabha competent to safeguard traditions and customs, community resources and the customary mode of dispute resolution; the Gram Sabha shall approve plans and programmes for social and economic development and identify beneficiaries; consultation with the Gram Sabha or the Panchayat is mandatory before acquiring land for development projects and before resettling or rehabilitating persons affected; and the Gram Sabha or Panchayat is to be consulted before granting a prospecting licence or mining lease for minor minerals.

The cases

Land in a Scheduled Area may not be transferred to a non-tribal, and that includes a government company. In Samatha v. State of Andhra Pradesh, (1997) 8 SCC 191; AIR 1997 SC 3297. Facts. The State of Andhra Pradesh had granted mining leases in Scheduled Areas to private companies, and a regulation prohibited the transfer of land in such areas to a non-tribal. Held, by a majority. The word "person" in the regulation includes a natural person and a juristic person, so a transfer of land in a Scheduled Area to a non-tribal company is void; that government land, forest land and tribal land in a Scheduled Area cannot be leased to non-tribals or to private companies for mining; and that such leases may be granted to a State instrumentality or to a co-operative society of tribals, subject to conditions including that at least twenty per cent of the net profits be spent on local development. Why it matters here is that it turns the Schedule's land protection into an enforceable restriction on the State itself, and it is the leading case on the Fifth Schedule.

And the Gram Sabha decides on a religious claim to land. In Orissa Mining Corporation v. Ministry of Environment and Forests, (2013) 6 SCC 476. Facts. The proposed bauxite mining in the Niyamgiri Hills, which the Dongria Kondh regarded as the abode of their deity, and the rejection of forest clearance by the Ministry. Held. The question whether the community's religious and cultural rights, and their rights under the Forest Rights Act 2006, would be affected was for the Gram Sabhas to decide, and directed that the Gram Sabhas of the concerned villages consider the claims and communicate their decision, on which the Ministry would then take a final decision. Why it matters here is that it makes the Gram Sabha created by the Act of 1996 a decision-maker rather than a consultee, on the question that mattered most.

munotes.in279

The Fifth Schedule and the Scheduled Areas

A worked example

A State proposes to acquire two hundred hectares in a Scheduled Area for an industrial park and to grant a mining lease over part of it to a private company. What has to happen?

Consultation is mandatory before acquisition. Section 4(i) of the Act of 1996 requires the Gram Sabha or the Panchayats at the appropriate level to be consulted before acquiring land in a Scheduled Area for development projects and before resettling or rehabilitating persons affected.

The lease to a private company is the difficulty. On Samatha, government, forest and tribal land in a Scheduled Area cannot be leased to a non-tribal or to a private company for mining. A lease to a State instrumentality or to a co-operative of tribals is permissible on conditions.

And if the land is a place of worship or of religious significance, the Gram Sabha decides. On Orissa Mining Corporation, the question whether the community's religious and cultural rights would be affected is for the Gram Sabhas of the villages concerned.

The Governor's powers sit behind all of this. Under paragraph 5(1) the Governor may direct that a State Act, including one facilitating acquisition, shall not apply to the Scheduled Area or shall apply with modifications; and under paragraph 5(2) he may make a regulation prohibiting the transfer of land. Those powers are rarely used, and an answer that notices the gap between the power and its use is a better answer.

Distinctions

The Fifth ScheduleThe Sixth Schedule
WhereScheduled Areas in States other than Assam, Meghalaya, Tripura and MizoramTribal areas of those four States
Body createdA Tribes Advisory Council, which advisesAutonomous District and Regional Councils, which legislate
Legislative powerIn the Governor, by regulation under paragraph 5(2)In the elected Council, paragraph 3
Judicial powerNone conferredVillage councils and courts, paragraph 4
Taxing powerNone conferredParagraph 8
PanchayatsExtended by the Act of 1996Excluded by article 243M
AmendmentBy ordinary law of Parliament, paragraph 7, not an article 368 amendmentThe same, paragraph 21
munotes.in280

The Fifth Schedule and the Scheduled Areas

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean the State has no power in a Scheduled Area. Paragraph 2 provides that the executive power of the State extends to it, subject to the Schedule.

It does not mean the Governor's powers are regularly used. They are not, and the criticism of the Fifth Schedule is largely that its central safeguard is discretionary and dormant.

It does not mean no mining can occur. Samatha permits leases to State instrumentalities and to co-operatives of tribals on conditions.

And it does not mean the Tribes Advisory Council decides anything. It advises on matters the Governor refers to it, which is a much weaker thing than a District Council under the Sixth Schedule.

Quick revision

Article 244(1) and the Fifth Schedule: Scheduled Areas and Scheduled Tribes in States other than Assam, Meghalaya, Tripura and Mizoram. Paragraph 2: State executive power extends there, subject to the Schedule. Paragraph 3: the Governor's annual report to the President and Union directions. Paragraph 4: a Tribes Advisory Council of not more than twenty members, three quarters being Scheduled Tribe members of the Assembly, advising on referred matters. Paragraph 5(1): the Governor may direct that an Act of Parliament or of the State Legislature shall not apply to a Scheduled Area or shall apply with modifications. Paragraph 5(2): regulations for peace and good government, in particular prohibiting or restricting the transfer of land by or among Scheduled Tribes, regulating allotment and regulating money-lending; by 5(3) such regulations may repeal or amend an Act, and they need the President's assent. Paragraph 6: the President declares Scheduled Areas. Paragraph 7: Parliament may amend the Schedule by ordinary law, which is not an article 368 amendment. Article 275(1) proviso: grants. Article 339: a Commission and Union directions. The Act of 1996 extends Part IX with modifications, requiring consonance with customary law, a competent Gram Sabha, and mandatory consultation before acquisition and before a minor mineral concession. Samatha: land in a Scheduled Area cannot be leased to a non-tribal or a private company for mining. Orissa Mining Corporation: the Gram Sabhas decide on religious and cultural rights.

Test yourself

1. Which power in the Fifth Schedule has no counterpart elsewhere in the Constitution? Paragraph 5(1), by which the Governor may by public notification direct that a particular Act of Parliament or of the State Legislature shall not apply to a Scheduled Area, or shall apply subject to exceptions and modifications.

2. What is a Tribes Advisory Council, and what is its weakness? A body of not more than twenty members, three quarters of them Scheduled Tribe members of the Legislative Assembly, constituted under paragraph 4 to advise on matters pertaining to the welfare and advancement of the Scheduled Tribes referred to it by the Governor. Its weakness is that it advises only, and only on what is referred.

munotes.in281

The Fifth Schedule and the Scheduled Areas

3. How may the Fifth Schedule be amended? By an ordinary law of Parliament under paragraph 7, which provides that no such law shall be deemed to be an amendment for the purposes of article 368.

4. What did Samatha decide? That the word "person" in a regulation prohibiting transfer of land in a Scheduled Area to a non-tribal includes a juristic person, so government, forest and tribal land there cannot be leased to non-tribals or to private companies for mining; leases to a State instrumentality or a tribal co-operative are permissible on conditions, including spending at least twenty per cent of net profits on local development.

5. What did the Act of 1996 add, and name three of its requirements. It extended Part IX to the Scheduled Areas with modifications. State legislation must be in consonance with customary law and traditional management of community resources; every village must have a competent Gram Sabha; and consultation with the Gram Sabha or Panchayat is mandatory before acquiring land for development projects and before granting a prospecting licence or mining lease for minor minerals.

6. Give two differences between the Fifth and Sixth Schedules. The Fifth creates an advisory council and leaves legislative power with the Governor by regulation; the Sixth creates elected District Councils with legislative, judicial and taxing power. And Part IX was extended to Fifth Schedule areas by the Act of 1996, whereas article 243M excludes the Sixth Schedule areas from it.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in282

Chapter Fifty-Four

Union Territories

Syllabus topic 2, "Federalism".

In one line

A Union territory is administered by the President through an administrator, and Parliament legislates for it; two of them have been given legislatures and one of those is unlike everything else in the Constitution.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 239(1) provides that every Union territory shall be administered by the President acting, to such extent as he thinks fit, through an administrator appointed by him with such designation as he may specify. Article 239A empowers Parliament by law to create for certain Union territories a body, whether elected or partly nominated and partly elected, to function as a Legislature, or a Council of Ministers, or both. Article 239AA makes special provision for Delhi. Article 240 empowers the President to make regulations for the peace, progress and good government of the specified Union territories, and such a regulation may repeal or amend an Act of Parliament applicable to that territory. Article 241 provides for High Courts for Union territories. Article 246(4) gives Parliament power to make laws with respect to any matter for any part of the territory of India not included in a State, including matters in the State List.

The provisions

Article 239(1) vests the administration in the President acting through an administrator. Clause (2) permits the President to appoint the Governor of a State as the administrator of an adjoining Union territory, in which case the Governor exercises his functions as administrator independently of his Council of Ministers.

Article 239A permits Parliament to create a Legislature or a Council of Ministers, or both, for the Union territory of Puducherry. Such a law is not an amendment for the purposes of article 368.

Article 239AA and 239AB are Delhi's, and are worked in their own chapter.

Article 240(1) empowers the President to make regulations for the peace, progress and good government of the Andaman and Nicobar Islands, Lakshadweep, Dadra and Nagar Haveli and Daman and Diu, and Puducherry, with the proviso that once a body functioning as a Legislature is created for Puducherry the President shall not make a regulation for it while the body functions. Clause (2) provides that a regulation so made may repeal or amend any Act of Parliament or any other law applicable to the territory and, when promulgated by the President, shall have the same force and effect as an Act of Parliament.

That is a striking provision and it is easy to miss. In a Union territory the President may by regulation repeal an Act of Parliament, which is the executive amending primary legislation.

Article 241 provides that Parliament may by law constitute a High Court for a Union territory or declare any court in it to be a High Court, and that the provisions of Chapter V of Part VI apply in relation to it.

munotes.in283

Union Territories

Article 246(4) gives Parliament legislative power over any matter for any part of the territory of India not included in a State, which is the source of Union legislation for Union territories on State subjects.

Which are which

With a Legislature. Delhi, under article 239AA, and Puducherry, under article 239A read with the Government of Union Territories Act 1963. Jammu and Kashmir was given one by section 4 of the Reorganisation Act 2019.

Without. The Andaman and Nicobar Islands, Chandigarh, Dadra and Nagar Haveli and Daman and Diu, Lakshadweep, and Ladakh.

And the difference is not merely administrative. A Union territory with a Legislature has an elected body with a defined field; one without is governed by Parliament and by Presidential regulation.

The case

They are not a single class, and reasoning from one to another is a mistake. In Government of NCT of Delhi v. Union of India (2023), decided on 11 May 2023 by five judges. Facts. A reference on the scope of Delhi's legislative and executive power over services. Held, among its conclusions. There does not exist a homogeneous class of Union territories with similar governance structures, and that Delhi is not similar to the other Union territories: by virtue of article 239AA it is accorded a sui generis status. It also held that the definition of State in section 3(58) of the General Clauses Act 1897 applies to the term State in Part XIV, so Part XIV applies to Union territories. Why it matters here is that the second holding is a general one about Union territories and not only about Delhi, and the first is the warning a candidate needs.

A worked example

Parliament enacts a law regulating a subject in the State List. A Union territory without a Legislature wishes to depart from it locally; the administrator asks what may be done.

Parliament's competence is not in doubt. Article 246(4) gives it power over any matter for a territory not included in a State.

The route to a local variation is article 240, if the territory is one of the named ones. The President may make a regulation for the peace, progress and good government of the Andaman and Nicobar Islands, Lakshadweep, Dadra and Nagar Haveli and Daman and Diu, and Puducherry, and by clause (2) such a regulation may repeal or amend an Act of Parliament applicable to the territory and has the force of an Act of Parliament.

For a territory not named in article 240 there is no such route, and the answer is that Parliament must legislate.

munotes.in284

Union Territories

And if the territory is Puducherry with its Legislature functioning, the proviso to article 240(1) bars the President from making a regulation for it, so the route is the Legislature's own law or Parliament's.

The example shows the pattern. The less democratic the territory's arrangement, the wider the executive's legislative power, which is the ordinary trade-off in every constitution that provides for governing a small or distant territory.

Distinctions

A StateA Union territory with a LegislatureA Union territory without one
HeadGovernor, article 153Lieutenant Governor or administratorAdministrator, article 239
LegislatureYes, the whole State ListYes, a defined fieldNo
Parliament's power over State subjectsOnly through articles 249, 250, 252, 253At all timesAt all times, article 246(4)
Executive legislationOrdinance under article 213 onlyOrdinance, and article 240 where applicablePresidential regulation under article 240, which may repeal an Act of Parliament
High CourtIts own, article 214By article 241 or sharedBy article 241 or shared

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean a Union territory is outside the Constitution. Part III applies, article 246(4) is a constitutional grant, and article 241 provides for its courts.

It does not mean all Union territories are alike. The 2023 judgment holds that there is no homogeneous class of them.

It does not mean an administrator is a Governor. Where a Governor is appointed as administrator under article 239(2), he acts independently of his own Council of Ministers in that capacity.

And it does not mean article 240 is a dead letter. It has been used, and a regulation under it may repeal an Act of Parliament, which makes it one of the widest executive powers in the Constitution.

Quick revision

Article 239(1): administration by the President through an administrator; clause (2) permits a Governor of a neighbouring State to be appointed administrator, acting independently of his Council of Ministers. Article 239A: Parliament may create a Legislature or a Council of Ministers, or both, for Puducherry, and such a law is not an article 368 amendment. Articles 239AA and 239AB: Delhi. Article 240: Presidential regulations for the peace, progress and good government of the Andaman and Nicobar Islands, Lakshadweep, Dadra and Nagar Haveli and Daman and Diu, and Puducherry, which may repeal or amend an Act of Parliament and have the force of one; barred for Puducherry while its Legislature functions. Article 241: High Courts. Article 246(4): Parliament's power over any matter for a territory not included in a State. With Legislatures: Delhi, Puducherry, and Jammu and Kashmir since 2019. Without: Andaman and Nicobar Islands, Chandigarh, Dadra and Nagar Haveli and Daman and Diu, Lakshadweep, Ladakh. Government of NCT of Delhi (2023): there is no homogeneous class of Union territories, Delhi is sui generis, and Part XIV applies to Union territories through section 3(58) of the General Clauses Act 1897.

munotes.in285

Union Territories

Test yourself

1. How is a Union territory administered, and by whom? By the President acting, to such extent as he thinks fit, through an administrator appointed by him with such designation as he may specify: article 239(1).

2. What is unusual about article 240(2)? That a regulation made by the President for one of the named Union territories may repeal or amend an Act of Parliament or any other law applicable to that territory, and when promulgated has the same force and effect as an Act of Parliament.

3. Which Union territories have Legislatures? Delhi under article 239AA, Puducherry under article 239A read with the Government of Union Territories Act 1963, and Jammu and Kashmir under section 4 of the Reorganisation Act 2019.

4. What did the 2023 judgment say about the class of Union territories? That there is no homogeneous class of Union territories with similar governance structures, that Delhi is not similar to the others and is sui generis by virtue of article 239AA, and that Part XIV applies to Union territories because the definition of State in section 3(58) of the General Clauses Act 1897 applies to that Part.

5. What happens when a Governor is appointed administrator of a neighbouring Union territory? He exercises his functions as administrator independently of his own Council of Ministers, under article 239(2).

6. Where does Parliament get its power to legislate for a Union territory on a State subject? Article 246(4), which gives it power to make laws with respect to any matter for any part of the territory of India not included in a State, notwithstanding that the matter is in the State List.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in286

Chapter Fifty-Five

The Third Tier: Panchayats and Municipalities

Syllabus topic 2, "Federalism".

In one line

The 73rd and 74th Amendments made local government constitutional in 1992, so it can no longer be abolished, but what it may actually do is still decided by the State.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the Constitution (Seventy-third Amendment) Act 1992 inserted Part IX, articles 243 to 243-O, and the Eleventh Schedule, providing for panchayats at the village, intermediate and district levels. The Constitution (Seventy-fourth Amendment) Act 1992 inserted Part IXA, articles 243P to 243ZG, and the Twelfth Schedule, providing for Nagar Panchayats, Municipal Councils and Municipal Corporations. Both provide for elected bodies with a five-year term, reservation of seats for the Scheduled Castes, the Scheduled Tribes and women, a State Election Commission and a State Finance Commission. But article 243G and article 243W leave it to the Legislature of the State to endow these bodies with such powers and authority as may be necessary to enable them to function as institutions of self-government.

What the two Amendments made compulsory

Elected bodies at three levels. Article 243B requires panchayats at the village, intermediate and district levels in every State, the intermediate level being optional in a State with a population not exceeding twenty lakhs. Article 243Q requires a Nagar Panchayat for a transitional area, a Municipal Council for a smaller urban area and a Municipal Corporation for a larger urban area.

A fixed term and compulsory elections. Article 243E and article 243U provide a term of five years, and require that an election to constitute a body be completed before the expiry of that term, or within six months of dissolution. This is the provision that ended the practice of superseding a local body and not holding elections.

Reservation. Article 243D and article 243T reserve seats for the Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes in proportion to their population, and not less than one-third of the total seats for women, including one-third of the seats reserved for the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes; and the same proportions for the offices of chairperson.

A State Election Commission. Article 243K and article 243ZA vest the superintendence, direction and control of the preparation of electoral rolls and the conduct of elections in a State Election Commission consisting of a State Election Commissioner appointed by the Governor, who may be removed only in like manner and on the like grounds as a judge of a High Court.

A State Finance Commission. Article 243-I and article 243Y require the Governor to constitute a Finance Commission every fifth year to review the financial position of the panchayats and municipalities and to recommend the distribution between the State and them of the net proceeds of the taxes, duties, tolls and fees leviable by the State.

munotes.in287

The Third Tier: Panchayats and Municipalities

And a bar on the courts in electoral matters. Article 243-O and article 243ZG bar the courts from questioning the validity of a delimitation or allotment of seats, and provide that an election may be called in question only by an election petition, which mirrors article 329.

What the two Amendments left to the States

The powers themselves. Article 243G provides that the Legislature of a State may, by law, endow the panchayats with such powers and authority as may be necessary to enable them to function as institutions of self-government, and such law may contain provisions for the devolution of powers and responsibilities with respect to the preparation of plans for economic development and social justice and the implementation of schemes, including those in relation to the matters listed in the Eleventh Schedule. Article 243W does the same for municipalities and the Twelfth Schedule.

The word is "may". The Eleventh Schedule lists twenty-nine matters and the Twelfth eighteen, and neither Schedule transfers anything by itself. A State that devolves none of them has not breached the Constitution.

The money. Articles 243H and 243X permit the State Legislature to authorise a panchayat or municipality to levy taxes and to assign taxes to it, and to make grants in aid. Again, permissive.

That asymmetry between the compulsory and the permissive is the whole of the third-tier question, and it is the reason the answer to "is India a three-tier federation" is a qualified one.

Start with article 243A, because it is the shortest article in Part IX and the most quoted in the argument that the third tier was never really given anything. In full: "A GRAM SABHA MAY EXERCISE SUCH POWERS AND PERFORM SUCH FUNCTIONS AT THE VILLAGE LEVEL AS THE LEGISLATURE OF A STATE MAY, BY LAW, PROVIDE." Article 243(b) defines the Gram Sabha as the body consisting of the persons REGISTERED IN THE ELECTORAL ROLLS relating to a village comprised within the area of a panchayat at the village level, so it is the whole adult village in assembly, the one directly democratic institution the Constitution names. And it is given nothing. Everything it may do is what a State law says it may do. Compare section 4 of the Panchayats (Extension to the Scheduled Areas) Act 1996, worked in Module II, which does give the Gram Sabha real powers in a Scheduled Area, and the contrast makes the point: where Parliament wanted the village assembly to have competence it said so, and article 243A does not.

The permissive articles, gathered, because a question on devolution is answered out of them. COMPOSITION: article 243C leaves the composition of panchayats to the State Legislature, subject only to a proviso that the ratio between the population of a panchayat area and the number of its elected seats shall so far as practicable be THE SAME THROUGHOUT THE STATE; article 243R does the reverse for municipalities, requiring that all seats be filled by DIRECT ELECTION from wards and then permitting the State to add representation for persons with special knowledge of municipal administration and for sitting members of Parliament and of the State Legislature. DISQUALIFICATIONS: articles 243F and 243V disqualify a person who is disqualified for election to the State Legislature or by a State law, with the same proviso in both, that NOBODY IS DISQUALIFIED FOR BEING UNDER TWENTY-FIVE IF HE HAS ATTAINED TWENTY-ONE, and leave the deciding authority to State law. ACCOUNTS: articles 243J and 243Z leave the maintenance and AUDIT of accounts entirely to State law, so the third tier has no constitutionally guaranteed auditor at all. WARDS COMMITTEES: article 243S is the one structure below the municipality that the Constitution itself requires, and only in a municipality with a POPULATION OF THREE LAKHS OR MORE.

munotes.in288

The Third Tier: Panchayats and Municipalities

Planning, which is the strongest thing in Part IXA and the least used. Article 243ZD requires a DISTRICT PLANNING COMMITTEE in every district to CONSOLIDATE the plans prepared by the panchayats and the municipalities and to prepare a draft development plan for the district as a whole, with NOT LESS THAN FOUR-FIFTHS of its members elected by and from the elected members of the district panchayat and the municipalities. Article 243ZE requires a METROPOLITAN PLANNING COMMITTEE in every metropolitan area, with NOT LESS THAN TWO-THIRDS so elected. Both are mandatory, both would give the third tier a say over the plan for the whole district, and both are among the least implemented provisions in the Constitution.

And the machinery articles that make Parts IX and IXA work. Articles 243L and 243ZB apply both Parts to the UNION TERRITORIES, reading the Administrator under article 239 for the Governor and the Legislative Assembly, where one exists, for the State Legislature, with a power in the President to modify the application by public notification. Articles 243N and 243ZF are the transitional provisions: an existing State law inconsistent with the new Part continued in force only until amended or repealed or UNTIL ONE YEAR from the commencement of the Amendment, whichever was earlier, while existing panchayats and municipalities were allowed to run out their terms unless the Legislative Assembly resolved otherwise. That one year is what forced every State to legislate afresh in 1993 and 1994, and it is why the two Amendments changed the statute book so quickly and the practice so slowly.

munotes.in289

The Third Tier: Panchayats and Municipalities

Where the Sixth Schedule areas stand

Article 243M excludes Part IX from the Scheduled Areas and tribal areas, from the States of Nagaland, Meghalaya and Mizoram, from the hill areas of Manipur for which a District Council exists, and from the district level in a district having a District Council under the Sixth Schedule.

And article 243ZC excludes Part IXA from the Scheduled Areas and tribal areas.

The Act of 1996 then extended Part IX to the Scheduled Areas with modifications, which is worked in [The Fifth Schedule and the Scheduled Areas], but the Sixth Schedule areas remain outside because they already have District Councils with wider powers.

A worked example

A State does not constitute a State Finance Commission for eleven years, devolves none of the twenty-nine Eleventh Schedule matters, and postpones panchayat elections by a year on the ground of a delimitation exercise. Which of these is unconstitutional?

The failure to constitute a Finance Commission is a breach. Article 243-I requires the Governor to constitute one within one year of the commencement of the Seventy-third Amendment and thereafter at the expiration of every fifth year. The word is "shall".

The postponement of elections is a breach. Article 243E(3) requires an election to constitute a panchayat to be completed before the expiry of its five-year duration, and the Supreme Court has repeatedly directed States to hold them. A delimitation exercise is not an excuse the Constitution recognises.

The failure to devolve is not a breach. Article 243G says the Legislature "may" endow panchayats with such powers as may be necessary, and the Eleventh Schedule is a list of matters that may be devolved rather than a distribution of powers.

And that is the answer to the three-tier question in one example. The existence, composition and periodic election of the third tier are constitutionally protected. Its powers are not.

Distinctions

The Union and the StatesThe third tier
ExistenceConstitutionalConstitutional since 1992
PowersDistributed by the Seventh Schedule and justiciableDevolved by State law under articles 243G and 243W; the Schedules are lists, not a distribution
FinancesArticles 268 to 281 and the Finance CommissionArticles 243H and 243X, permissive, with a State Finance Commission under articles 243-I and 243Y
ElectionsElection Commission of India, article 324State Election Commission, articles 243K and 243ZA
Term protectionArticles 83 and 172Articles 243E and 243U, five years, with elections before expiry
May the tier above abolish it?NoNo, since 1992
May the tier above starve it?Not entirelyYes, by devolving nothing
Part IXPart IXA
Panchayats, articles 243 to 243-OMunicipalities, articles 243P to 243ZG
Three levels: village, intermediate, districtThree kinds: Nagar Panchayat, Municipal Council, Municipal Corporation
Eleventh Schedule, twenty-nine mattersTwelfth Schedule, eighteen matters
Excluded areas: article 243MExcluded areas: article 243ZC
munotes.in290

The Third Tier: Panchayats and Municipalities

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean India is a three-tier federation in the full sense. The third tier has protected existence and unprotected powers, which is a different thing from the Union and the States, whose fields are distributed by the Constitution and justiciable.

It does not mean the Schedules devolve anything. The Eleventh and Twelfth Schedules are lists of matters that a State Legislature may devolve.

It does not mean local bodies cannot be superseded. They may be dissolved under State law, but article 243E(3) requires an election within six months of dissolution.

And it does not mean the Sixth Schedule areas have no local government. They have District Councils with wider powers than a panchayat, which is why article 243M excludes Part IX from them.

Quick revision

Seventy-third Amendment 1992: Part IX, articles 243 to 243-O, and the Eleventh Schedule, twenty-nine matters. Seventy-fourth Amendment 1992: Part IXA, articles 243P to 243ZG, and the Twelfth Schedule, eighteen matters. Compulsory: three levels of panchayat under article 243B, the intermediate level optional below twenty lakhs; three kinds of municipality under article 243Q; a five-year term with elections completed before expiry or within six months of dissolution, articles 243E and 243U; reservation for the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes in proportion to population and not less than one-third of seats and of chairperson offices for women, articles 243D and 243T; a State Election Commission under articles 243K and 243ZA whose Commissioner is removable only as a High Court judge; a State Finance Commission every fifth year under articles 243-I and 243Y; and a bar on courts in electoral matters under articles 243-O and 243ZG. Permissive: the powers themselves, articles 243G and 243W, and the finances, articles 243H and 243X. Excluded areas: articles 243M and 243ZC, with the Act of 1996 extending Part IX to Scheduled Areas.

Test yourself

1. What did the 73rd and 74th Amendments make compulsory? The existence of elected panchayats and municipalities, a five-year term with elections completed before expiry or within six months of dissolution, reservation for the Scheduled Castes, Scheduled Tribes and women, a State Election Commission, and a State Finance Commission every fifth year.

2. What did they leave to the States, and in what words? The powers themselves. Article 243G provides that the Legislature of a State "may, by law, endow the Panchayats with such powers and authority as may be necessary to enable them to function as institutions of self-government", and article 243W is in the same terms for municipalities.

3. Do the Eleventh and Twelfth Schedules distribute powers? No. They list twenty-nine and eighteen matters respectively which a State Legislature may devolve. Neither Schedule transfers anything by itself.

munotes.in291

The Third Tier: Panchayats and Municipalities

4. What protection does the third tier have against being left in abeyance? Articles 243E and 243U require an election to constitute the body to be completed before the expiry of its five-year duration, or within six months of its dissolution, and the State Election Commission under articles 243K and 243ZA conducts it.

5. Which areas are excluded from Part IX and Part IXA, and why? The Scheduled Areas and tribal areas, and Nagaland, Meghalaya, Mizoram and the hill areas of Manipur with District Councils, by articles 243M and 243ZC. The Sixth Schedule areas already have District Councils with wider powers, and Part IX was extended to the Fifth Schedule areas by the Act of 1996.

6. Is India a three-tier federation? Give the qualified answer. It has three tiers of elected government but only two tiers of constitutionally protected power. The third tier's existence, composition, term and elections are protected; what it may do is devolved by State law under articles 243G and 243W and may be withheld.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in292

Chapter Fifty-Six

India and the United States Compared

Syllabus topic 2, "Federalism". Set on Q.P. 12192 (2015), "Compare and distinguish the federal features of the Constitution of India with the United States of America", and on Q.P. 11757 (2016), "the features of federal government and difference between India and U.S. federation".

In one line

The American federation was made by States that already existed and kept what they did not give away; the Indian federation was made by a Constituent Assembly that created the States and gave them what it chose.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: both India and the United States have a written and supreme constitution, a division of legislative power between two governments, a bicameral central legislature with a chamber representing the units, a rigid amending procedure and an independent judiciary as umpire. They differ in the origin of the union, the destructibility of the units, the location of the residuary power, the citizenship, the judicial system, the emergency provisions, the equality of representation in the second chamber, and whether the constitution provides for the units to be governed from the centre.

Why the two are different: the origin

The United States was made by agreement. Thirteen States, already in existence, agreed to a federal Constitution and gave up specified powers. The Preamble's "We the People" reflected the ratifying conventions.

India was not. The Constituent Assembly drafted a Constitution for the whole country, and article 1 says India shall be a Union of States, the word chosen deliberately to record that the federation was not the result of an agreement and that no State may secede.

And State of West Bengal v. Union of India, AIR 1963 SC 1241, made that a holding rather than a description. The facts were the Union's acquisition of coal-bearing land vested in the State under the Coal Bearing Areas (Acquisition and Development) Act 1957, the State suing under article 131 on the footing that it was sovereign within its own field. Held, by the majority. The Constitution is not traditionally federal in the sense of a compact between independent sovereign units, that the States were not sovereign before the Constitution, and that Parliament may compulsorily acquire land vested in a State, there being no constitutional guarantee against it; Subba Rao J. dissented. Why it matters here is that almost every difference in the table below follows from this one fact.

The differences, with the text of each

Destructibility of the units. Article IV, section 3 of the United States Constitution provides that new States may be admitted by the Congress into the Union, but that no new State shall be formed or erected within the jurisdiction of any other State, nor any State be formed by the junction of two or more States or parts of States, without the consent of the legislatures of the States concerned as well as of the Congress. Article 3 of the Indian Constitution requires only that the President refer the Bill to the State Legislature for its views.

munotes.in293

India and the United States Compared

The residuary power. The Tenth Amendment provides that the powers not delegated to the United States by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the States respectively, or to the people. Article 248 of the Indian Constitution, with Entry 97 of List I, gives the residue to Parliament.

Citizenship. The United States has dual citizenship, of the United States and of the State of residence. Articles 5 to 11 of the Indian Constitution provide for a single citizenship of India.

The judiciary. The United States has a federal court system and separate State court systems. India has a single, integrated judiciary with the Supreme Court above every High Court, and there are no State courts in the American sense.

The second chamber. The Senate gives every State two seats regardless of population. The Council of States allots seats by population under the Fourth Schedule, and its members are elected by the elected members of the State Legislative Assemblies rather than directly.

Emergency. The Indian Constitution provides for a national emergency under article 352 during which Parliament may legislate on State subjects, and for President's rule under article 356 by which the Union may assume the functions of a State government. The United States Constitution has no counterpart to either.

Constitutions. Each American State has its own Constitution. No Indian State has one, Jammu and Kashmir having been the exception until 2019.

And the Lists. The Indian Constitution enumerates three Lists in the Seventh Schedule. The American Constitution enumerates the powers of Congress in article I, section 8 and leaves the rest to the States, with no concurrent list.

What is the same

A written and supreme constitution. Article VI, clause 2 makes the Constitution and the laws made in pursuance of it the supreme law of the land; articles 13 and 245 do the same work in India.

Judicial review, though inferred there and written here.

A rigid amending procedure. Article V of the United States Constitution requires two-thirds of both Houses and ratification by three-fourths of the States; article 368 requires a special majority and, for the entrenched matters, ratification by half the States.

An umpire. Article III there, articles 131, 132 and 136 here.

And a bicameral legislature with a chamber for the units, on different principles.

A worked example

A student is asked MU's 2015 stem and writes a table of ten differences with no reasons. What is missing?

The origin, stated once at the top. Almost every difference follows from it: units that existed first keep the residue and cannot be abolished, and units created by the document do not.

The consequence, stated at the end. A federation made by agreement has to be conservative about central power because the units can withhold consent; a federation made by a Constituent Assembly against the background of Partition and five hundred and sixty-two princely States was designed for a strong centre on purpose, and Ambedkar defended it on that ground.

munotes.in294

India and the United States Compared

And one similarity that surprises examiners. Both have moved towards the centre in practice for the same reason: national economic regulation. In the United States that happened through the commerce clause and in India through the Concurrent List, articles 249 and 253, and now article 246A.

A table with reasons and a conclusion is a first-class answer. A table alone is a pass.

Distinctions

FeatureUnited StatesIndia
How the union was formedBy agreement among existing StatesBy a Constituent Assembly; article 1, a Union of States
Right to secedeDenied by the Civil War and by decisionDenied by the text; article 1
Units destructible by the centreNo; article IV, section 3 requires the consent of the legislatures concernedYes; article 3 requires only that their views be sought
Residuary powerWith the States or the people; Tenth AmendmentWith Parliament; article 248 and Entry 97
CitizenshipDualSingle; articles 5 to 11
ConstitutionsOne federal and one per StateOne only
JudiciaryFederal and State systemsSingle integrated judiciary
Second chamberEqual representation, two per StateBy population, Fourth Schedule; indirectly elected
ListsEnumerated federal powers onlyThree Lists in the Seventh Schedule
EmergencyNo provisionArticles 352 to 360
Governor of a unitElectedAppointed by the President, article 155

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean India is less federal in every respect. The Indian Constitution gives its States an exclusive List of sixty-one entries, which the American Constitution does not do at all, and an entrenched amending procedure that requires the States' ratification for the Lists.

It does not mean the American States are sovereign. They are not, and no federation's units are.

It does not mean the differences are all in the text. Both federations have moved towards the centre in practice, and in the United States that was done through interpretation of the commerce clause rather than by amendment.

And it does not mean the comparison settles anything. MU asks for a comparison, not a verdict on which is better, and an answer that argues the Indian design was correct for India is stronger than one that treats deviation from the American model as a defect.

Quick revision

Origin: the United States by agreement among existing States; India by a Constituent Assembly, article 1 saying Union of States to record that it was not an agreement and that no State may secede; State of West Bengal v. Union of India holds that the States were never sovereign. Differences: article IV section 3 protects American States from being redrawn without their legislatures' consent, while article 3 requires only that a State's views be sought; the Tenth Amendment leaves the residue with the States or the people, while article 248 and Entry 97 give it to Parliament; dual citizenship there, single citizenship under articles 5 to 11 here; separate State constitutions and separate State courts there, one Constitution and an integrated judiciary here; equal representation in the Senate, representation by population and indirect election in the Council of States; and articles 352 to 360, which have no American counterpart. Similarities: a written supreme constitution, judicial review, a rigid amending procedure, an umpire, and a second chamber for the units.

munotes.in295

India and the United States Compared

Test yourself

1. State the single fact from which most of the differences follow. That the American federation was formed by agreement among States that already existed, while the Indian federation was created by a Constituent Assembly which itself brought the States into being, so the units did not give up powers they had held.

2. Quote the two provisions on destructibility. Article IV, section 3 of the United States Constitution: no new State shall be formed or erected within the jurisdiction of any other State, nor any State be formed by the junction of two or more States or parts of States, without the consent of the legislatures of the States concerned as well as of the Congress. Article 3 of the Indian Constitution: the President refers the Bill to the State Legislature for its views, which do not bind.

3. Where does the residuary power lie in each, and under what provision? In the United States with the States respectively, or the people, under the Tenth Amendment. In India with Parliament, under article 248 and Entry 97 of List I.

4. Give three structural differences beyond the division of powers. Dual citizenship against single citizenship; separate State constitutions and State court systems against one Constitution and an integrated judiciary; and the emergency provisions in articles 352 to 360, which have no counterpart in the United States Constitution.

5. Name one respect in which the Indian States are better protected than the American. They have an exclusive List of sixty-one entries, and the Seventh Schedule cannot be amended without ratification by the legislatures of not less than half the States under the proviso to article 368(2). The American Constitution enumerates federal powers and does not give the States a list of their own.

6. What similarity between the two federations do most answers miss? That both have moved towards the centre in practice for the same reason, the need for national economic regulation: in the United States through the interpretation of the commerce clause, and in India through the Concurrent List, articles 249 and 253, and now article 246A.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in296

Chapter Fifty-Seven

Australia, Canada, and How a Federation Umpires Itself

Syllabus topic 2, "Federalism". MU's February 2026 question: "Discuss the patterns of federal government in India, USA and Australia with special reference to federal umpiring."

In one line

Every federation needs an umpire, and the three patterns differ in who the umpire is, what it construes, and whether the constitution gives it a rule for conflicts.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: federal umpiring means the mechanism by which a federation decides disputes about its own division of powers. Three patterns can be distinguished. The American pattern enumerates the powers of the centre and leaves the residue to the units, so the umpire's work is to construe the enumerated federal powers, chiefly the commerce clause. The Australian pattern enumerates concurrent powers in section 51 and leaves the residue to the States by section 107, with an express inconsistency rule in section 109, so the umpire construes the grants and applies the inconsistency rule. The Canadian and Indian pattern enumerates both sides, giving the residue to the centre, so the umpire allots a law to a list by the doctrine of pith and substance. In all three the umpire is a court, and in India it is the Supreme Court under articles 131, 132, 136 and 246 and the High Courts under article 226.

The Australian pattern

Section 51 confers on the Commonwealth Parliament power to make laws for the peace, order and good government of the Commonwealth with respect to thirty-nine enumerated matters, including trade and commerce with other countries and among the States, taxation, postal services, defence, currency, banking, insurance, marriage, divorce and matrimonial causes, and external affairs.

Section 52 confers exclusive power on a few matters, including the seat of government.

Section 107 provides that every power of the Parliament of a Colony which has become a State shall, unless it is by the Constitution exclusively vested in the Parliament of the Commonwealth or withdrawn from the Parliament of the State, continue as at the establishment of the Commonwealth. That is the residuary provision and it leaves the residue with the States.

Section 90 gives the Commonwealth exclusive power over duties of customs and excise, which has had enormous consequences for State finances.

Section 92 provides that on the imposition of uniform duties of customs, trade, commerce and intercourse among the States, whether by means of internal carriage or ocean navigation, shall be absolutely free. That is the Australian ancestor of India's article 301, and the Indian courts have cited the Australian cases on it.

Section 109 provides that when a law of a State is inconsistent with a law of the Commonwealth, the latter shall prevail and the former shall, to the extent of the inconsistency, be invalid. That is the Australian ancestor of India's article 254.

Section 128 provides for alteration of the Constitution by an absolute majority of each House and then a referendum, requiring a majority of electors in a majority of States and a national majority.

munotes.in297

Australia, Canada, and How a Federation Umpires Itself

So the Australian umpire has an express inconsistency rule and a residue with the States, and the High Court of Australia has developed doctrines of characterisation and inconsistency that closely resemble the Indian ones.

The Canadian pattern, and why it matters to India

Section 91 of the Constitution Act 1867 gives the Parliament of Canada power to make laws for the peace, order and good government of Canada in relation to all matters not coming within the classes of subjects assigned exclusively to the legislatures of the provinces, and then enumerates classes of subjects for greater certainty.

Section 92 enumerates the classes of subjects exclusively assigned to the provincial legislatures.

So Canada enumerates both sides and gives the residue to the centre, which is the pattern India followed, and it is why the framers of the Indian Constitution are said to have taken the Canadian model rather than the American.

Section 132 gives the Parliament and Government of Canada all powers necessary for performing the obligations of Canada or of any province arising under treaties, which is the ancestor of article 253.

And the umpire's method came from the Privy Council, which heard appeals from Canada, from Australia and from India, and developed the doctrines of pith and substance and incidental encroachment that all three inherited.

How the three umpires differ in method

In the United States the question is usually whether a federal law falls within an enumerated power. Because the residue is with the States, the burden is on the federal law, and the commerce clause has carried most of the weight.

In Australia the question is usually characterisation followed by inconsistency. A law is characterised against the section 51 heads; if both governments have validly legislated, section 109 decides.

In India the question is allotment. Both sides are enumerated, so the court asks which list the law in pith and substance belongs to. For a Union law the method is the one in Union of India v. H.S. Dhillon, AIR 1972 SC 1061. Facts. A challenge to the Wealth-tax Act 1957 as amended to include the capital value of agricultural land, and Held., by four to three, that the correct approach is to ask whether the law falls within List II or List III, and if it does not, competence follows from article 248 with Entry 97 without any need to identify a Union entry. Why it matters here is that this is the exact opposite of the American burden, and it follows from where the residue lies.

And the shared doctrine is the Privy Council's. In Prafulla Kumar Mukherjee v. Bank of Commerce Ltd, Khulna, (1947) 49 Bom LR 568, decided in 1947. Facts. A challenge to the Bengal Money-Lenders Act 1940 on the ground that it dealt with promissory notes, a Federal subject under the Government of India Act 1935. Held. The Act was in pith and substance a law about money-lending, that its effect on promissory notes was incidental, that a law must be examined as a whole and its true nature and character ascertained, and that the extent of the invasion of the other field is a matter of degree. Why it matters here is that the same Board applied the same method to Canadian and Australian appeals, which is why the three federations' methods are recognisably related.

munotes.in298

Australia, Canada, and How a Federation Umpires Itself

A worked example

Suppose the same problem in each of the three: a unit legislates to require a licence for the sale of a product, and the centre has a law regulating its manufacture and interstate sale.

In the United States. The question is whether the federal law is within the commerce power, and whether the State law is pre-empted by it, either expressly or by occupation of the field.

In Australia. The federal law is characterised against section 51; if valid, section 109 makes the State law invalid to the extent of the inconsistency, and the High Court has both a direct-conflict test and a covering-the-field test.

In India. The court asks which list each law belongs to by pith and substance. If the State law is under List II and the Union law under List I, article 254 does not apply at all and the question is competence, on Hoechst. If both are under List III, article 254 decides, subject to article 254(2).

The instructive point for MU's stem is the last one. The Indian umpire has a threshold question the other two do not: whether the conflict is in the concurrent field at all. That is a consequence of enumerating both sides, and it is the sharpest single answer to a question about patterns of federal umpiring.

Distinctions

United StatesAustraliaCanadaIndia
EnumerationFederal powers onlyConcurrent powers in section 51, some exclusive in section 52Both sides, sections 91 and 92Both sides, three Lists
Residuary powerStates or the people, Tenth AmendmentStates, section 107The centre, section 91Parliament, article 248 and Entry 97
Express inconsistency ruleNone; pre-emption is judge-madeSection 109None; paramountcy is judge-madeArticle 254
Freedom of internal tradeCommerce clauseSection 92Section 121Article 301
AmendmentArticle V: two-thirds and three-fourths of the StatesSection 128: absolute majority and a referendum carried in a majority of StatesPart V of the Act of 1982Article 368, with State ratification for entrenched matters
UmpireSupreme CourtHigh Court of AustraliaSupreme Court of CanadaSupreme Court and the High Courts
munotes.in299

Australia, Canada, and How a Federation Umpires Itself

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean India copied Canada wholesale. It took the pattern of enumerating both sides with the residue at the centre, and rejected other Canadian features; and the Lists themselves came from the Government of India Act 1935.

It does not mean an express inconsistency rule makes a federation more centralised. Australia has one and leaves the residue with the States; India has one and keeps the residue at the centre.

It does not mean the umpire is the same institution everywhere. Australia's High Court hears constitutional cases at first instance and on appeal; India's Supreme Court shares the work with the High Courts under article 226, which is why most Indian federal questions begin in a High Court.

And it does not mean the patterns are static. All four federations have moved towards the centre in practice, and in each case the movement came through the umpire's construction rather than through amendment.

Quick revision

Federal umpiring: who decides a dispute about the division, and by what method. United States: federal powers enumerated, residue with the States by the Tenth Amendment, no express inconsistency rule, pre-emption judge-made, the commerce clause carrying most of the work. Australia: section 51 concurrent heads, section 52 exclusive heads, section 90 exclusive customs and excise, section 92 absolute freedom of interstate trade, section 107 leaving the residue with the States, section 109 the express inconsistency rule, section 128 amendment by referendum. Canada: sections 91 and 92 enumerating both sides with the residue at the centre, and section 132 on treaty obligations, the model India followed. India: three Lists, residue with Parliament under article 248 and Entry 97, article 254 for repugnancy, article 301 for internal trade, and the Supreme Court with the High Courts as umpire. H.S. Dhillon: for a Union law ask only whether it falls in List II or III. Prafulla Kumar Mukherjee: pith and substance from the Privy Council, which supplied the method to all three.

Test yourself

1. What does federal umpiring mean, and why does every federation need it? The mechanism by which a federation decides disputes about its own division of powers. It is needed because the division is a written rule that produces disputes, and neither government can decide its own competence without abolishing the division.

2. Which Australian sections correspond to India's articles 254 and 301? Section 109, that a State law inconsistent with a Commonwealth law is invalid to the extent of the inconsistency; and section 92, that on the imposition of uniform duties of customs, trade, commerce and intercourse among the States shall be absolutely free.

munotes.in300

Australia, Canada, and How a Federation Umpires Itself

3. Which model did India follow in enumerating powers, and how do you know? The Canadian model of the Constitution Act 1867, which enumerates both sides in sections 91 and 92 and leaves the residue with the centre, unlike the American and Australian pattern of enumerating central powers and leaving the residue to the units.

4. Describe the umpire's method in each of the three patterns in one sentence. In the United States, whether the federal law falls within an enumerated power, with pre-emption of State law. In Australia, characterisation against section 51 and then the inconsistency rule in section 109. In India, allotment of the law to a list by pith and substance, with article 254 applying only in the concurrent field.

5. What threshold question does the Indian umpire have that the other two do not? Whether the conflict is in the concurrent field at all. On Hoechst, article 254 has no application where a State law under List II conflicts with a Union law under List I; there the question is competence rather than repugnancy.

6. Why do the three federations' doctrines resemble one another? Because the Privy Council heard appeals from Canada, Australia and India and developed the doctrines of pith and substance and incidental encroachment, which all three inherited; Prafulla Kumar Mukherjee is the Indian instance.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in301

Chapter Fifty-Eight

The Commissions on Centre-State Relations

Syllabus topic 2, "Federalism".

In one line

Four bodies have examined Centre-State relations since 1969, and the one that matters most recommended the Inter-State Council that article 263 had provided for since 1950 and nobody had constituted.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the Rajamannar Committee, appointed by the Government of Tamil Nadu in 1969, was the first systematic review. The Sarkaria Commission, appointed by the Union in 1983 under a retired judge of the Supreme Court, reported in 1988 with 247 recommendations. The National Commission to Review the Working of the Constitution under M.N. Venkatachaliah reported in 2002. The Punchhi Commission, appointed in 2007 under a former Chief Justice of India, reported in 2010 in seven volumes. Their most consequential single result is the Inter-State Council, established by Presidential order on 28 May 1990 on the Sarkaria Commission's recommendation, forty years after article 263 first provided for it.

The four bodies

The Rajamannar Committee, 1969 to 1971. Appointed by the Government of Tamil Nadu under Dr P.V. Rajamannar, a former Chief Justice of the Madras High Court. It recommended that the Inter-State Council be constituted at once; that the Finance Commission be made a permanent body; that articles 356, 357 and 365 be deleted or drastically curtailed; that residuary powers be transferred to the States; and that the All India Services be abolished. It was a State's commission and its recommendations reflect that; almost none was accepted.

The Sarkaria Commission, 1983 to 1988. Appointed by the Union under Justice R.S. Sarkaria, with B. Sivaraman and Dr S.R. Sen. It reported in 1988 with 247 recommendations, of which the most important were that article 356 be used sparingly and as a measure of last resort, after all available alternatives have failed, and that a warning be issued to the errant State before it is used; that the Governor be an eminent person from outside the State, not having taken part in active politics recently, and be appointed after consultation with the Chief Minister; that the Inter-State Council be constituted under article 263; that residuary powers other than taxation be transferred to the Concurrent List; and that the Union consult the States before legislating on a Concurrent subject.

The National Commission to Review the Working of the Constitution, 2000 to 2002. Under Justice M.N. Venkatachaliah, a former Chief Justice of India. It examined the whole Constitution rather than Centre-State relations alone, and on federalism it recommended a permanent Inter-State Council with its own secretariat, a stronger role for the Council of States, and safeguards on the appointment and removal of Governors.

The Punchhi Commission, 2007 to 2010. Under Justice M.M. Punchhi, a former Chief Justice of India. It reported in seven volumes and recommended, among much else, that article 356 be amended to permit LOCALISED emergency, confined to a district or part of a State, rather than the whole State; that a fixed term of five years for a Governor be provided and removal be only by a resolution of the State Legislature; that the Union consult States before making a treaty affecting a State subject; and that a superseding legislation under the Concurrent List be preceded by consultation.

munotes.in302

The Commissions on Centre-State Relations

What actually happened

The Inter-State Council was constituted on 28 May 1990, by Presidential order under article 263, on the Sarkaria Commission's recommendation. That is the single largest institutional result of forty years of commissions.

Article 356 was reformed by a court and not by a commission. Every one of the four bodies recommended restraint in its use, and what changed the practice was S.R. Bommai v. Union of India, AIR 1994 SC 1918; (1994) 3 SCC 1. Facts. Proclamations dismissing six State governments and Held. The satisfaction is subjective but conditioned, that relevant material is a precondition, that a Proclamation may be struck down if mala fide or based on wholly irrelevant or extraneous grounds, that the majority is to be tested on the floor of the House, and that the Assembly should not be dissolved before both Houses approve. Why it matters here is the comparison: four commissions recommended and one judgment delivered.

The Governor's office was not reformed. The recommendation that a Governor be appointed after consultation with the Chief Minister, or hold a fixed term, or be removable only on a resolution of the State Legislature, has never been implemented, and articles 155 and 156 stand as they were.

The residuary power was not moved. Article 248 and Entry 97 are unchanged.

And the All India Services were not abolished. Article 312 stands.

A worked example

A candidate is asked what the commissions achieved. What is the honest answer?

Name them with their dates and chairs, which is the recall part: Rajamannar 1971, Sarkaria 1988, Venkatachaliah 2002, Punchhi 2010.

Identify the recommendation each is best known for. Rajamannar: delete or curtail articles 356, 357 and 365 and move the residuary power to the States. Sarkaria: article 356 as a last resort with a prior warning, and the Inter-State Council. Venkatachaliah: a permanent Inter-State Council with a secretariat. Punchhi: a localised emergency confined to part of a State, and a fixed term for a Governor.

Then say what was implemented, which is the part that shows judgment. The Inter-State Council in 1990, and very little else. The reforms that actually changed Centre-State practice came from S.R. Bommai in 1994 and from the Forty-fourth Amendment in 1978.

munotes.in303

The Commissions on Centre-State Relations

And then draw the constitutional lesson. A commission can recommend and cannot compel, and reform of a provision that benefits whichever party holds the Union depends on that party's willingness. That is why the durable changes in Indian federalism have come from amendments passed in unusual political conditions and from judgments, rather than from expert reports.

Distinctions

BodyYearsAppointed byBest known for
Rajamannar Committee1969 to 1971The Government of Tamil NaduDelete or curtail articles 356, 357 and 365; residuary power to the States; abolish the All India Services
Sarkaria Commission1983 to 1988The UnionArticle 356 as a last resort with a prior warning; constitute the Inter-State Council; a Governor from outside the State
National Commission to Review the Working of the Constitution2000 to 2002The UnionA permanent Inter-State Council with a secretariat; safeguards for Governors
Punchhi Commission2007 to 2010The UnionA localised emergency confined to part of a State; a fixed term for a Governor and removal only on a resolution of the State Legislature
Recommended by all fourActually done
Restraint in the use of article 356Achieved by S.R. Bommai in 1994, not by legislation
Reform of the Governor's appointment and tenureNot done; articles 155 and 156 unchanged
Constitution of the Inter-State CouncilDone, 28 May 1990
Movement of the residuary powerNot done

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean the commissions were useless. The Inter-State Council exists because of Sarkaria, and the reports remain the standard reference for what is wrong and what might be done.

It does not mean their recommendations bind. None of them is a constitutional body and none of their reports has legal force.

It does not mean the Sarkaria Commission dealt with reorganisation. It dealt with Centre-State relations, and attributing the linguistic reorganisation recommendation to it is an error, which MU's own printed question has made.

And it does not mean reform is impossible. The Forty-fourth Amendment reformed the emergency provisions, and the 73rd, 74th and 101st Amendments each changed the federal structure substantially.

Quick revision

Rajamannar Committee 1969 to 1971, appointed by Tamil Nadu under Dr P.V. Rajamannar: delete or curtail articles 356, 357 and 365, a permanent Finance Commission, residuary powers to the States, abolition of the All India Services. Sarkaria Commission 1983 to 1988 under Justice R.S. Sarkaria, 247 recommendations: article 356 sparingly and as a last resort with a prior warning; a Governor from outside the State appointed after consultation with the Chief Minister; constitution of the Inter-State Council under article 263; residuary powers other than taxation to the Concurrent List. National Commission to Review the Working of the Constitution 2000 to 2002 under Justice M.N. Venkatachaliah: a permanent Inter-State Council with a secretariat and safeguards for Governors. Punchhi Commission 2007 to 2010 under Justice M.M. Punchhi, seven volumes: a localised emergency confined to part of a State, a fixed term for a Governor with removal only on a resolution of the State Legislature, and consultation before treaties affecting State subjects. Implemented: the Inter-State Council, 28 May 1990. Not implemented: the Governor reforms, the residuary power, the All India Services. Article 356 was reformed by S.R. Bommai in 1994 instead.

munotes.in304

The Commissions on Centre-State Relations

Test yourself

1. Name the four bodies with their chairs and reporting years. The Rajamannar Committee under Dr P.V. Rajamannar, 1971; the Sarkaria Commission under Justice R.S. Sarkaria, 1988; the National Commission to Review the Working of the Constitution under Justice M.N. Venkatachaliah, 2002; and the Punchhi Commission under Justice M.M. Punchhi, 2010.

2. What was the Sarkaria Commission's most important recommendation about article 356? That it be used sparingly and only as a measure of last resort after all available alternatives have failed, and that a warning be issued to the errant State before it is used.

3. What is the single largest institutional result of the four reports? The Inter-State Council, established by Presidential order under article 263 on 28 May 1990 on the Sarkaria Commission's recommendation, forty years after the article first provided for it.

4. What did the Punchhi Commission recommend about article 356 that the others did not? That it be amended to permit a localised emergency confined to a district or part of a State rather than applying to the whole State.

5. What actually changed the practice under article 356, and when? S.R. Bommai v. Union of India in 1994, by holding the satisfaction conditioned and reviewable on relevant material, substituting the floor test, and requiring that the Assembly not be dissolved before both Houses approve.

6. Why is it an error to associate the Sarkaria Commission with linguistic reorganisation? Because Sarkaria was on Centre-State relations and reported in 1988. Reorganisation on the basis of language was considered by the Dhar Commission of 1948, the JVP Committee of 1949 and the States Reorganisation Commission of 1955.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in305

Chapter Fifty-Nine

Federalism as a Dynamic Process

Syllabus topic 2, "Federalism". MU's 2019 paper printed the proposition and asked for a comment: "Federalism is understood as a dynamic process of co-operation and shared action between the two levels of Government."

In one line

The Indian federal balance is not fixed by the text: it has moved four times in seventy-five years, and it moves by amendment, by judicial decision and by fiscal practice rather than by anything the Constitution provides for.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the proposition that federalism is a dynamic process of co-operation and shared action between the two levels of government is true of India in three senses and incomplete in a fourth. It is true that the Constitution provides institutions for shared action, in articles 263, 279A and 280. It is true that the actual balance has shifted repeatedly. And it is true that the Supreme Court has adopted the language, describing Indian federalism in 2022 as a dialogue in which the States and the Centre are equal participants. It is incomplete because a great deal of the movement has not been cooperative at all: it has been produced by amendment, by litigation and by the Union's control of revenue, and a proposition that describes only cooperation omits the coercive and competitive dimensions.

The static text and the moving balance

The text has changed less than the balance. Articles 245, 246 and the three Lists are substantially as they were in 1950, and the alterations to the Lists were made in 1976.

But four things have moved the balance decisively.

One: amendment. The Forty-second Amendment 1976 moved education, forests, weights and measures, the protection of wild animals and birds, and the administration of justice from List II to List III, permanently. The Forty-fourth Amendment 1978 tightened articles 352 and 356. The 73rd and 74th Amendments 1992 created a third tier. The 101st Amendment 2016 created a simultaneous taxing power in article 246A.

Two: judicial decision. S.R. Bommai v. Union of India, AIR 1994 SC 1918; (1994) 3 SCC 1. Facts. Proclamations dismissing six State governments, Held. The satisfaction under article 356 is conditioned and not absolute, that relevant material is a precondition, that the Proclamation is reviewable, that the majority is tested on the floor of the House, and that federalism and secularism are basic features. Why it matters here is that the use of article 356 fell sharply after 1994, without a word of the Constitution changing.

Three: fiscal practice. The share of Union revenue that reaches the States depends on how much is raised through the divisible pool and how much through surcharges and cesses, which article 271 keeps wholly with the Union. That is a change in the balance made by budget decisions and by nothing else.

Four: institutions. The Inter-State Council was constituted in 1990, the Planning Commission was replaced by an advisory body without a power to allocate funds in 2015, and the Goods and Services Tax Council was created in 2016. Each altered how the two levels actually deal with one another.

munotes.in306

Federalism as a Dynamic Process

The three descriptions, and where each fits

Cooperative. The Constitution's own machinery: article 263's Inter-State Council, article 280's Finance Commission, article 279A's Goods and Services Tax Council, and the Zonal Councils. The judicial statement is in Union of India v. Mohit Minerals Pvt Ltd, (2022) 10 SCC 700. Facts. A challenge to integrated goods and services tax on ocean freight and the question whether the Council's recommendations bind, and Held. They are persuasive and not binding because article 246A confers simultaneous power, describing Indian federalism as a dialogue in which the States and the Centre are equal participants. Why it matters here is that MU's 2019 proposition now has a Supreme Court formulation from 2022 to support it.

Competitive. States competing for investment, with the Union publishing rankings. This has no constitutional machinery, and its critics say it substitutes measurement for resources.

Coercive. Directions under articles 256, 257 and 365, conditional grants under article 282, the consent required for State borrowing under article 293(3), and the reservation of Bills under articles 200 and 201. None of these is unlawful and none of them is cooperation.

A complete answer uses all three, because MU's proposition names only the first.

The counter-proposition, stated fairly

The Union is not a partner among equals in law. State of West Bengal v. Union of India, AIR 1963 SC 1241, Held. The Constitution is not traditionally federal in the sense of a compact between sovereign units, that the States were never sovereign, and that Parliament may compulsorily acquire land vested in a State; Subba Rao J. dissented. Why it matters here is that a dialogue between a body that can redraw the other's boundaries under article 3 and dismiss its government under article 356 is a dialogue of a particular kind.

And a great deal of what looks like cooperation is conditional funding. A State that joins a centrally sponsored scheme on the Union's terms has cooperated in one sense and complied in another.

The honest position is that both descriptions are true of different parts of the relationship, and a candidate who says so, with an example of each, has commented rather than agreed.

A worked example

How should the 2019 proposition be answered in twenty-five marks?

Open by taking the proposition seriously and locating its machinery. Articles 263, 279A and 280, and the Zonal Councils, are the constitutional expression of cooperation, and Mohit Minerals describes federalism as a dialogue between equal participants.

Then show the dynamism, which is the part that proves the proposition. Four movements: amendment in 1976, 1978, 1992 and 2016; judicial decision in 1994; fiscal practice through surcharges and cesses; and institutional change in 1990, 2015 and 2016.

munotes.in307

Federalism as a Dynamic Process

Then qualify it, which is what "comment" requires. Cooperation is one of three descriptions. Competitive federalism has no machinery and coercive federalism has articles 256, 257, 282, 293(3) and 365. And the two levels are not equals in law: State of West Bengal holds the States were never sovereign, and article 3 lets Parliament redraw them.

Then conclude with a position. Indian federalism is dynamic, and its dynamism has come mostly from three sources the proposition does not mention: constitutional amendment, litigation, and the Union's control of revenue. Cooperation is the mode the Constitution provides for and not the mode by which most change has actually happened.

That is an answer with a thesis, and it uses the whole module rather than one chapter.

Distinctions

Mode of changeInstrumentExample
AmendmentArticle 368Forty-second 1976, Forty-fourth 1978, 73rd and 74th 1992, 101st 2016
Judicial decisionArticles 32, 131, 136, 226S.R. Bommai 1994, Mohit Minerals 2022
Fiscal practiceArticles 271 and 282Surcharges and cesses outside the divisible pool; centrally sponsored schemes
InstitutionalArticles 263 and 279A, and executive actionInter-State Council 1990, the Planning Commission replaced in 2015, the GST Council 2016
DescriptionMachineryWhere it fits
CooperativeArticles 263, 279A, 280; Zonal CouncilsThe Constitution's own design
CompetitiveNoneRankings and investment; a policy posture
CoerciveArticles 256, 257, 282, 293(3), 365; articles 200 and 201Lawful, and not cooperation

What it does NOT mean

It does not mean the text is irrelevant. Every movement described here operated through a provision, and the federal character is a basic feature that cannot be amended away.

It does not mean cooperation is a fiction. The Finance Commission's awards have been accepted by every government, and the Goods and Services Tax Council has taken hundreds of decisions by consensus.

It does not mean the direction of travel is settled. The 101st Amendment moved power to a shared institution and Mohit Minerals protected the States' own power within it, while surcharges moved revenue the other way, both in the same decade.

And it does not mean the proposition MU printed is wrong. It is right about the Constitution's design and incomplete about its practice, and saying exactly that is the comment the question asks for.

Quick revision

MU's 2019 proposition: federalism as a dynamic process of co-operation and shared action. True in three senses: the Constitution provides machinery in articles 263, 279A and 280; the balance has moved repeatedly; and the Supreme Court in Mohit Minerals 2022 described Indian federalism as a dialogue in which the States and the Centre are equal participants. Incomplete in a fourth: much of the movement has been coercive or competitive. Four modes of change: amendment (1976, 1978, 1992, 2016), judicial decision (S.R. Bommai 1994), fiscal practice (surcharges and cesses under article 271, conditional grants under article 282), and institutions (Inter-State Council 1990, the Planning Commission replaced 2015, the GST Council 2016). The counter-proposition: State of West Bengal v. Union of India holds that the States were never sovereign and that Parliament may acquire State property, and article 3 lets Parliament redraw a State without its consent.

munotes.in308

Federalism as a Dynamic Process

Test yourself

1. In what three senses is MU's proposition true of India? The Constitution provides institutions for shared action in articles 263, 279A and 280; the actual balance has shifted repeatedly; and the Supreme Court has adopted the language, describing Indian federalism as a dialogue between equal participants.

2. Name the four modes by which the Indian federal balance has changed, with an example of each. Amendment, the 101st Amendment creating article 246A; judicial decision, S.R. Bommai making article 356 reviewable; fiscal practice, the growth of surcharges and cesses outside the divisible pool; and institutional change, the creation of the Goods and Services Tax Council.

3. Which description does the proposition omit, and what is its machinery? The coercive description, whose machinery is articles 256, 257 and 365, conditional grants under article 282, the Union's consent to State borrowing under article 293(3), and the reservation and withholding of assent under articles 200 and 201.

4. What is the constitutional answer to the claim that the two levels are equal participants? That they are equal participants in the shared field of article 246A, as Mohit Minerals held, but not equals generally: State of West Bengal v. Union of India holds the States were never sovereign, and article 3 permits Parliament to redraw or abolish a State without its consent.

5. Give one change in each direction from the last decade. Towards the States, article 246A and the holding in Mohit Minerals that the GST Council's recommendations do not bind. Towards the Centre, the growth of surcharges and cesses, which article 271 keeps wholly outside the divisible pool.

6. What is the thesis a good answer to this question should end with? That Indian federalism is genuinely dynamic, but that its dynamism has come chiefly from constitutional amendment, from litigation and from the Union's control of revenue, so cooperation is the mode the Constitution provides for rather than the mode by which most change has actually occurred.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in309

Module II

munotes.in

Chapter Sixty

What Pluralism Means

Syllabus topic 3, "Pluralism". The whole of MU's Module II, and the word the paper's title puts between constitutionalism and federalism.

In one line

Pluralism is the fact that a society contains several distinct groups, and the political and legal doctrine that this is to be accommodated rather than removed.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: pluralism describes a society composed of several groups that differ in religion, language, ethnicity, caste or culture, and which retain their distinct identity rather than merging into a single homogeneous whole. The word is used in three distinct senses. Descriptively, it states a fact about a society's composition. Normatively, it asserts that this diversity is valuable and should be preserved rather than assimilated. And as a doctrine of law and government, it means that the State recognises those groups, protects their identity and accommodates their difference, which in India is done through articles 29 and 30, Part XVII, the Fifth and Sixth Schedules and the recognition of personal law.

The three senses, kept apart

Descriptive pluralism is a statement of fact. India has more than a hundred languages with more than ten thousand speakers each, six religions with more than a million adherents, several hundred notified Scheduled Tribes and several thousand caste groups. That is true whether or not anybody approves of it.

Normative pluralism is a value judgment. It holds that this diversity is a good thing, or at least that it is not to be removed by assimilation, and that a State should not aim at homogeneity. The opposing view is that a nation requires a common culture and that difference should give way to it over time, which is the assimilationist position.

Legal and political pluralism is an institutional arrangement. It is what a State actually does about the fact: whether it recognises groups as bearers of rights, whether it lets more than one body of law apply to different people, and whether it distributes power so that a group can govern itself in some matters.

A good answer says which sense it is using. MU's stem "What is a pluralistic society" is descriptive; the phrase "in a pluralistic society", which appears in five of its questions, invites the institutional sense; and the argument about the uniform civil code in Module III is a fight between the normative and the assimilationist positions.

Value pluralism, which is a fourth thing

A separate idea travels under the same word and it is worth being able to name. Value pluralism, associated with Isaiah Berlin, holds that there are several genuine human goods which cannot all be realised together and cannot be ranked on a single scale: liberty and equality, mercy and justice, spontaneity and order.

Its constitutional relevance is direct. If values genuinely conflict, then a constitution cannot be a single principle applied consistently; it must be a set of accommodations, and the work of a court is often to hold two goods in balance rather than to derive one from the other.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in310

The rest of this chapter

Module one is free. The rest of LL.M. Constitutional and Administrative Law Semester 1 is part of the bundle.

You are reading a chapter from a later module. Everything in module one of every subject stays free, and so does every question paper and the syllabus.

See the semester for ₹798 Already bought it? Sign in

Or just the notes: ₹499

Free either way: question papers, the syllabus, and module one of every subject.

Chapter Sixty-One

India as a Plural Society

Syllabus topic 3, "Pluralism".

In one line

India is plural along five axes at once, and the Constitution names four of them in the article that forbids discrimination.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: Indian society is divided along five cross-cutting lines: religion, language, caste, tribe and region. Article 15(1) forbids discrimination on grounds only of religion, race, caste, sex or place of birth, which is the Constitution's own list of the divisions it regards as illegitimate bases for State action. The Constitution recognises the divisions in order to protect them where they are matters of identity and to forbid them where they are matters of State treatment, and that double movement, recognition for protection and prohibition for discrimination, is the structure of the whole of Modules II and III.

The five axes

Religion. The census recognises six major religions, and articles 25 to 28 govern the State's relation to all of them, while articles 29 and 30 protect religious minorities specifically. The Constitution does not define religion and the courts have declined to.

Language. The Eighth Schedule lists twenty-two languages. Part XVII, articles 343 to 351, governs the official language of the Union, of the States and of the courts, and articles 350A and 350B protect linguistic minorities. Language is the axis on which the internal map of India was redrawn between 1953 and 1971.

Caste. Article 366(24) and (25) define Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes by reference to Presidential orders under articles 341 and 342. Caste is the axis on which the whole of the reservation machinery in Module III operates, and article 17 abolishes untouchability outright.

Tribe. Scheduled Tribes are notified under article 342, and the Fifth and Sixth Schedules provide for the administration of Scheduled Areas and tribal areas. Tribal pluralism is territorial in a way the others are not.

Region. Not a ground in article 15(1), but recognised throughout: articles 371 and 371A to 371J, the Fifth and Sixth Schedules, and the whole federal division.

And the axes cross. A person may be a linguistic majority and a religious minority in the same State, or a Scheduled Tribe member and a linguistic minority, and the protections are not co-extensive. That is why the module has separate chapters for each.

What the Constitution does about it, in three moves

It forbids the State to use these divisions against a person. Articles 15(1) and 16(2) on religion, race, caste, sex, descent, place of birth and residence; article 29(2) on admission to educational institutions maintained or aided by the State; article 325 on the electoral roll.

It protects the divisions where they are identity rather than disadvantage. Article 29(1) on language, script and culture; article 30 on minority educational institutions; articles 25 to 28 on religion; article 350A on mother-tongue instruction; article 371A on Naga customary law.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in314

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Sixty-Two

Ethnic Pluralism

Syllabus topic 3, "Pluralism". Set as a short note on form 81934 (2019), and named inside the whole question on Q.P. 11757 (2016).

In one line

An ethnic group is a community that sees itself as sharing descent, and the Indian Constitution protects ethnicity without ever using the word.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: an ethnic group is a body of people who regard themselves, and are regarded by others, as a distinct community by reason of a shared ancestry, history, homeland, language or culture. Ethnic pluralism is the condition of a State containing several such groups. The Indian Constitution nowhere uses the word "ethnic", but it protects the interests ethnicity raises through four devices: the prohibition of discrimination on grounds of race and place of birth in articles 15(1) and 16(2); the protection of a section's language, script and culture in article 29(1); the notification of Scheduled Tribes under article 342 with the Fifth and Sixth Schedules; and the special provisions for named States in articles 371A to 371J.

Why the Constitution avoids the word

Because "race" was the word available in 1950 and it carried a different sense. Articles 15(1) and 16(2) forbid discrimination on grounds of race, which is the nearest term the drafters used, and international instruments of the period used it too.

Because ethnicity in India does not map onto a single axis. A group may be ethnically distinct by descent, by language, by tribe or by region, and the Constitution provides for each of those separately rather than through one concept.

And because a general ethnic category would have been unworkable. A protection defined by self-identification, with no list, would have had no boundary. The Constitution instead uses notified lists under articles 341 and 342, and named States in the 371 series.

The consequence is that an examiner's question about ethnic pluralism has to be answered through those four devices, and an answer that looks for an article using the word will find none.

Where ethnicity is protected

Article 29(1): the general protection, and it is wider than most students think. Any section of citizens residing in the territory of India or any part of it having a distinct language, script or culture of its own shall have the right to conserve the same. It is not confined to minorities, and it protects culture as well as language.

Article 342 and the Fifth and Sixth Schedules: the tribal protection. Notified Scheduled Tribes, Scheduled Areas under the Fifth Schedule with the Governor's power to disapply an Act, and the Autonomous District Councils of the Sixth Schedule. That is ethnicity protected territorially, and it is worked in [Tribal Pluralism] and in [The Fifth Schedule and the Scheduled Areas].

Articles 371A and 371G: the strongest protection there is. No Act of Parliament in respect of Naga or Mizo religious or social practices, customary law and procedure, the administration of civil and criminal justice involving decisions according to customary law, or ownership and transfer of land and its resources, applies to Nagaland or Mizoram unless the State's Legislative Assembly by resolution so decides.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in318

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Sixty-Three

Linguistic Pluralism, and Part XVII

Syllabus topic 3, "Pluralism". Named inside MU's 2016 stem: "Explain in brief ethnic, linguistic, cultural and political pluralism."

In one line

India has no national language, an official language whose transition was never completed, and a constitutional duty to teach a child in its mother tongue.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: Part XVII, articles 343 to 351, governs language. Article 343(1) makes Hindi in the Devanagari script the official language of the Union, with international numerals, and clause (2) provided that English should continue for fifteen years from the commencement, that is until 25 January 1965; clause (3) empowered Parliament to provide by law for the continued use of English thereafter, which it did by the Official Languages Act 1963. Article 345 lets a State Legislature adopt any one or more of the languages in use in the State, or Hindi, as its official language. Article 350A requires every State to endeavour to provide adequate facilities for instruction in the mother tongue at the primary stage to children of linguistic minority groups, and article 350B provides for a Special Officer for linguistic minorities.

The Union's language

Article 343(1). The official language of the Union shall be Hindi in Devanagari script, and the form of numerals to be used for the official purposes of the Union shall be the international form of Indian numerals.

Article 343(2). For a period of fifteen years from the commencement, English was to continue to be used for all the official purposes for which it was being used immediately before, with power in the President to authorise Hindi in addition.

Article 343(3). Notwithstanding anything in the article, Parliament may by law provide for the use of English, or of the Devanagari form of numerals, after the fifteen-year period for such purposes as may be specified.

The Official Languages Act 1963 exercised that power. Section 3(1) provides that notwithstanding the expiry of the fifteen-year period, English MAY CONTINUE to be used, in addition to Hindi, for all official purposes of the Union and for the transaction of business in Parliament. Section 3(5), inserted in 1967, provides that section 3 shall not cease to have effect until a resolution for its discontinuance has been passed by the Legislature of EVERY State that has not adopted Hindi as its official language, and by each House of Parliament.

That subsection is the whole political settlement, and it is worth stating. English does not lapse until every non-Hindi State agrees, which is a veto held by each of them.

Section 4 provides for a Committee on Official Language, and article 344 for a Commission and a Committee of Parliament on official language.

The States' language, and the courts'

Article 345. Subject to articles 346 and 347, the Legislature of a State may by law adopt any one or more of the languages in use in the State, or Hindi, as the language or languages to be used for all or any of the official purposes of that State; until it does, English continues.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in323

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Sixty-Four

Religious Pluralism

Syllabus topic 3, "Pluralism".

In one line

India governs several religions at once without belonging to any of them, and does so by protecting belief widely, regulating practice freely, and reforming institutions where it chooses.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: religious pluralism is the condition of a State containing several religions whose adherents are entitled to profess, practise and propagate them. The Indian arrangement rests on four articles. Article 25(1) guarantees to all persons, subject to public order, morality and health and to the other provisions of Part III, freedom of conscience and the right freely to profess, practise and propagate religion. Article 25(2) preserves the State's power to regulate secular activity associated with religious practice and to legislate for social welfare and reform. Article 26 gives every religious denomination the right to establish and maintain institutions, to manage its own affairs in matters of religion, and to own and administer property. Articles 27 and 28 keep the State's money and its schools out of religion.

What makes the Indian arrangement distinctive

It protects the individual and the denomination separately. Article 25 is a right of every PERSON, including a non-citizen; article 26 is a right of a DENOMINATION. A person may have a claim where the denomination does not, and the reverse.

It protects belief absolutely and practice conditionally. Freedom of conscience is not subject to the State's power of regulation in article 25(2); the right to practise is.

It permits the State to reform religion. Article 25(2)(b) preserves the power to make laws providing for social welfare and reform, and for throwing open Hindu religious institutions of a public character to all classes and sections of Hindus. No European constitution says this.

And it protects the minority institution specially. Articles 29 and 30 give a religious or linguistic minority rights the majority does not have, which is examined in [The Rights of Minorities: Articles 29 and 30].

The line between religion and its secular business

This is the most litigated boundary in the module. Article 25(2)(a) preserves the State's power to regulate or restrict any economic, financial, political or other SECULAR activity which may be associated with religious practice, and article 26(b) gives a denomination the right to manage its own affairs in MATTERS OF RELIGION. Everything turns on which side of that line an activity falls.

In The Commissioner, Hindu Religious Endowments, Madras v. Sri Lakshmindra Thirtha Swamiar of Sri Shirur Mutt, AIR 1954 SC 282; 1954 SCR 1005. Facts. The Madras Hindu Religious and Charitable Endowments Act 1951 subjected mutts and temples to a Commissioner's control, including a levy on their income and powers of supervision over their administration; the head of the Shirur Mutt challenged it. Held. That religion is not merely a matter of belief but includes rituals, observances, ceremonies and modes of worship, and that WHAT CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF A RELIGION IS TO BE ASCERTAINED WITH REFERENCE TO THE DOCTRINES OF THAT RELIGION ITSELF; that a denomination is entitled under article 26(b) to decide what rites and ceremonies are essential according to its tenets, and the State cannot take that over; but that the administration of property is a secular matter which the State may regulate under article 26(d), while the RIGHT of administration cannot be taken away altogether. Parts of the Act were struck down.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in329

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Sixty-Five

Cultural Pluralism

Syllabus topic 3, "Pluralism". Named inside MU's 2016 stem: "ethnic, linguistic, cultural and political pluralism".

In one line

Any section of citizens with a distinct culture may conserve it, and that right belongs to majorities as much as to minorities.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: cultural pluralism is the coexistence of several distinct cultures within one political community, each retaining its own script, literature, art, custom and way of life. Article 29(1) provides that any section of the citizens residing in the territory of India or any part of it having a distinct language, script or culture of its own shall have the right to conserve the same. Article 49 makes it an obligation of the State to protect every monument or place or object of artistic or historic interest declared to be of national importance. Article 51A(f) makes it a fundamental duty of every citizen to value and preserve the rich heritage of our composite culture.

Article 29(1), read word by word

"Any section of the citizens." Not a minority. The Supreme Court has said repeatedly that the article is not confined to minorities and that its language is deliberately wider than article 30's.

"Residing in the territory of India or any part thereof." A group need not be spread across the country; a section in one district qualifies.

"Having a distinct language, script or culture of its own." Three separate things, and any one is enough. A community with a distinct script but a shared language qualifies, and so does one with a distinct culture and no distinct language.

"Shall have the right to conserve the same." Conserve, not develop or propagate. The right is protective: it entitles a group to keep what it has against State action that would erase it.

And the right is not subject to an express limitation clause, unlike articles 19 and 25, though it is read with the rest of Part III.

What conservation actually permits

Running institutions that teach the culture. This is the practical content of the right, and it is where article 29(1) meets article 30(1).

Maintaining a script. The clearest case: a State that requires all official and educational use of a single script would engage the article directly for a community with its own.

Preserving custom, art and literature, which is why the fundamental duty in article 51A(f) speaks of the rich heritage of our composite culture.

But it does not permit exclusion. Article 29(2) provides that no citizen shall be denied admission into any educational institution maintained by the State or receiving aid out of State funds on grounds ONLY of religion, race, caste, language or any of them, and clauses (1) and (2) sit in the same article for that reason.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in334

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Sixty-Six

Political Pluralism

Syllabus topic 3, "Pluralism". Named inside MU's 2016 stem: "ethnic, linguistic, cultural and political pluralism".

In one line

Political pluralism means that power is contested by many organised groups rather than held by one, and India protects the contest while penalising defection from it.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: political pluralism is the doctrine that political power should be dispersed among many competing groups, parties, associations, unions and interests, rather than concentrated in a single party or elite; and the descriptive claim that in a working democracy it is so dispersed. It rests constitutionally on the freedoms of speech and expression, of assembly and of association in article 19(1)(a), (b) and (c); on free and fair elections conducted by an independent Election Commission under article 324; and on the accountability of the executive to a legislature in which an opposition sits. The Tenth Schedule qualifies it by disqualifying a member who votes against the party whip.

The constitutional foundations

Article 19(1)(a), (b) and (c). The freedoms of speech and expression, of assembly peaceably and without arms, and of forming associations or unions. The third is the direct constitutional basis of a political party, which the Constitution otherwise did not mention until 1985.

Article 324. The superintendence, direction and control of elections vested in an independent Election Commission, whose Chief Election Commissioner is removable only in the manner and on the grounds applicable to a judge of the Supreme Court.

Articles 325 and 326. One general electoral roll for every constituency with no exclusion on grounds of religion, race, caste or sex, and adult suffrage.

Articles 327 and 328. Parliament's and a State Legislature's power to make provision with respect to elections.

Article 329. The bar on interference by courts in electoral matters, an election being called in question only by an election petition presented to such authority and in such manner as the appropriate legislature provides.

And accountability. Articles 75(3) and 164(2) make the Council of Ministers collectively responsible to the popular house, which is what makes an opposition worth having.

The Tenth Schedule, which cuts the other way

Inserted by the Fifty-second Amendment 1985. A member of a House belonging to a political party is disqualified if he voluntarily gives up his membership of that party, or if he votes or abstains contrary to any direction issued by the party without prior permission and the act is not condoned within fifteen days.

Paragraph 4 permits a merger where not less than two-thirds of the members of the legislature party agree.

Paragraph 5 exempts the Speaker or Chairman who severs connection with the party on election to the office.

Paragraph 6 makes the decision of the Speaker or Chairman final, and paragraph 7 barred the jurisdiction of all courts.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in338

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Sixty-Eight

Multiculturalism, and the Indian Version of It

Syllabus topic 3, "Pluralism".

In one line

Multiculturalism is the doctrine that a State should not merely tolerate its groups but actively support their identity, and India adopted most of that in 1950, thirty years before the word was current.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: multiculturalism is the political theory that in a society of several cultures the State should go beyond formal equality and non-discrimination, and should recognise groups, accommodate their practices and support their institutions, on the ground that a person's identity is bound up with a culture and that leaving culture to the market disadvantages the weaker one. Its principal exponents are Will Kymlicka, who distinguishes the rights of national minorities from those of immigrant groups, Charles Taylor, who argues that recognition is a vital human need and misrecognition an injury, and Bhikhu Parekh, who argues for a dialogue between cultures rather than the assimilation of one into another.

The three positions a State can take

Assimilation. Difference is tolerated privately and disregarded publicly; the State recognises individuals and not groups, and expects difference to fade. The French model is the usual example.

Toleration or benign neglect. The State neither hinders nor helps: it protects the individual's freedom to practise a culture and does nothing more. This is formal equality applied to culture.

Multiculturalism. The State recognises groups, adjusts general rules to accommodate them, and supports their institutions with money and legal status.

India took the third, and did so in the founding document rather than as a later policy. Articles 29 and 30 recognise groups as bearers of rights; article 30(2) forbids the State to discriminate in granting aid against a minority institution; article 350A obliges States to provide mother-tongue instruction; and articles 371A and 371G let a State's Assembly block an Act of Parliament on customary law.

What Kymlicka's distinction does for an Indian answer

Kymlicka distinguishes two kinds of group claim. A national minority, which was a self-governing society incorporated into a larger State, may claim self-government. An immigrant group, which chose to move, may claim accommodation but not territory.

India's arrangement maps onto that distinction surprisingly well. The Sixth Schedule's Autonomous District Councils and article 371A are self-government claims recognised territorially. Articles 29 and 30 are accommodation claims recognised personally, without territory.

And it explains an Indian anomaly. Religious minorities in India are dispersed rather than territorial, so their protection is institutional under article 30 rather than territorial. Linguistic minorities are partly territorial, which is why linguistic reorganisation was possible and religious reorganisation was not.

Taylor's contribution is different and is worth one sentence. If recognition is a vital human need and misrecognition is a form of harm, then a State that treats a group's identity as invisible is not neutral; it is imposing the majority's identity as the default. That is the strongest theoretical argument for articles 29 and 30, and it is the argument the assimilationist has to answer.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in348

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Sixty-Nine

Secularism as India Practises It

Syllabus topic 3, "Pluralism". Set as a whole question on Q.P. 50548 (2019): "Discuss with leading cases the principle of Secularism in the Indian Constitution."

In one line

Indian secularism is not a wall between religion and the State but a principled distance from all religions, which lets the State regulate and reform them while belonging to none.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: secularism in India means that the State has no religion of its own, treats all religions equally, and neither favours nor penalises a person for belief. It differs from the American model of separation because the Constitution expressly permits the State to regulate secular activity associated with religious practice under article 25(2)(a) and to legislate for social welfare and reform under article 25(2)(b). It is not merely a Preamble adjective: it has been held to be a basic feature of the Constitution, so a State government acting against the secular character of the Constitution is amenable to action under article 356, and an electoral appeal on religious grounds is a corrupt practice.

The four propositions Indian secularism contains

One: the State has no religion. There is no established church; article 27 forbids compelling payment of a tax whose proceeds are appropriated for the promotion or maintenance of a particular religion; article 28(1) forbids religious instruction in a wholly State-funded institution.

Two: the State treats all religions equally. Articles 15(1) and 16(2) forbid discrimination on the ground of religion, article 29(2) forbids denial of admission to a State-aided institution on that ground, and article 325 forbids exclusion from the electoral roll on it.

Three: the State may regulate and reform religion. Article 25(2)(a) preserves the power to regulate economic, financial, political or other secular activity associated with religious practice; article 25(2)(b) preserves the power to legislate for social welfare and reform and to throw open Hindu religious institutions of a public character to all classes and sections of Hindus.

Four: the State protects the minority. Articles 29 and 30, which give a religious minority rights the majority does not have. That is a deliberate asymmetry and it is why Indian secularism is not neutrality in the simple sense.

The usual name for the combination is principled distance, and the phrase captures it: the State keeps its distance from religion but may step in, in favour of a religion or against it, where equality or a reform requires.

The cases MU's stem asks for

Secularism is a basic feature and its breach can cost a government its office. In S.R. Bommai v. Union of India, AIR 1994 SC 1918; (1994) 3 SCC 1. Facts. A group of appeals about Proclamations under article 356 dismissing State Governments, including those of Madhya Pradesh, Rajasthan and Himachal Pradesh on 15 January 1993 after the demolition of the disputed structure at Ayodhya. Held. Among twelve conclusions, that the satisfaction under article 356 is subjective but conditioned, relevant material being a precondition; that the Proclamation is reviewable and may be struck down if mala fide or based on wholly irrelevant or extraneous grounds; that a government's majority is tested on the floor of the House; and that SECULARISM IS A BASIC FEATURE, so that a State government which acts against the secular character of the Constitution is amenable to action under article 356. The Karnataka, Meghalaya and Nagaland Proclamations were held bad; those relating to Madhya Pradesh, Rajasthan and Himachal Pradesh were upheld. Why it matters here is that this is the case that turns secularism from an adjective into an operative standard with a sanction.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in352

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Seventy

Freedom of Religion: Articles 25 to 28

Syllabus topic 3, "Pluralism". MU set "Examine critically the freedom of religion and press in India" on Q.P. 50548 (2019), which asks for this chapter and [The Press in a Plural Society] together.

In one line

Every person may believe what they like and practise it subject to public order, morality and health, while the State keeps its money and its schools out of religion and reserves the power to reform it.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 25(1) guarantees to all persons equally the freedom of conscience and the right freely to profess, practise and propagate religion, subject to public order, morality and health and to the other provisions of Part III. Article 25(2) preserves the State's power to regulate secular activity associated with religious practice, and to provide for social welfare and reform and the throwing open of Hindu religious institutions of a public character. Article 26 gives every religious denomination four rights: to establish and maintain institutions for religious and charitable purposes, to manage its own affairs in matters of religion, to own and acquire property, and to administer such property in accordance with law. Article 27 forbids compelling payment of a tax for the promotion of a particular religion. Article 28 governs religious instruction in educational institutions.

Article 25, clause by clause

Clause (1), first limb: freedom of conscience. The inner freedom to hold or reject a belief. It is not subject to the State's regulatory power in clause (2), which reaches only practice.

Clause (1), second limb: to profess, practise and propagate. Profess is to declare; practise is to perform the acts the religion requires; propagate is, on Rev. Stainislaus, to transmit or spread one's religion by an exposition of its tenets, and NOT a right to convert another.

Clause (1)'s limitations. Public order, morality and health, and the other provisions of Part III. The last is important and is often missed: article 25 is expressly subject to the rest of Part III, so a religious practice that violates another person's article 21 right cannot be saved by it.

Clause (2)(a). Nothing in the article affects the operation of any existing law or prevents the State from making any law regulating or restricting any economic, financial, political or other secular activity which may be associated with religious practice.

Clause (2)(b). Or providing for social welfare and reform, or the throwing open of Hindu religious institutions of a public character to all classes and sections of Hindus. Explanation I provides that the wearing and carrying of kirpans shall be deemed to be included in the profession of the Sikh religion; Explanation II provides that the reference to Hindus includes persons professing the Sikh, Jaina or Buddhist religion, and that references to Hindu religious institutions are to be construed accordingly.

Note the two Explanations. They are frequently forgotten and each answers a question an examiner can ask directly.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in357

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Seventy-One

Essential Religious Practices

Syllabus topic 3, "Pluralism".

In one line

Indian courts protect a religious practice only if it is essential to the religion, and they decide what is essential, which is the most criticised doctrine in Indian constitutional law.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the essential religious practices doctrine holds that articles 25 and 26 protect only those practices which are essential or integral to a religion, and not every practice a community follows. It originates in Shirur Mutt, where the Court said that what constitutes an essential part of a religion is to be ascertained with reference to the doctrines of that religion itself, and in Durgah Committee, where it added that practices though religious may be extraneous and unessential accretions. The consequence is that a court decides which practices are essential, and the criticism is that this is a theological question the Constitution did not assign to judges.

How the doctrine arose

It was not designed; it emerged from a phrase. In The Commissioner, Hindu Religious Endowments, Madras v. Sri Lakshmindra Thirtha Swamiar of Sri Shirur Mutt, AIR 1954 SC 282; 1954 SCR 1005. Facts. The Madras Hindu Religious and Charitable Endowments Act 1951 subjected mutts and temples to a Commissioner's control, including a levy and powers of supervision; the head of the Shirur Mutt challenged it. Held. That religion is not merely a matter of belief but includes rituals, observances, ceremonies and modes of worship; that what constitutes an essential part of a religion is to be ascertained WITH REFERENCE TO THE DOCTRINES OF THAT RELIGION ITSELF; that a denomination may decide what rites and ceremonies are essential according to its tenets and the State cannot take that over; but that the administration of property is secular and regulable, though the right of administration cannot be extinguished. Why it matters here is the ambiguity in the phrase: the Court said the doctrines of the religion supply the answer, and it is a court that reads the doctrines.

Seven years later the sifting became explicit. In The Durgah Committee, Ajmer v. Syed Hussain Ali, AIR 1961 SC 1402; 1962 (1) SCR 383. Facts. The Durgah Khawaja Saheb Act 1955 vested the administration of the Ajmer shrine in a government-appointed committee, and the Khadims claimed rights under article 26. Held. The Act was substantially valid, the Khadims having no proprietary right in the offerings; and the Court cautioned that practices though religious may have sprung from merely superstitious beliefs and may in that sense be EXTRANEOUS AND UNESSENTIAL ACCRETIONS to religion itself, to which article 26 does not extend. Why it matters here is that this converts the enquiry from "what does the religion teach" into "what is essential and what is accretion", which is a judgment a court now makes.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in363

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Seventy-Two

Who Is a Minority

Syllabus topic 3, "Pluralism".

In one line

The Constitution uses the word minority four times and never defines it, so the courts had to, and they decided that a minority is a community numerically less than half the population of a State, the State and not the country being the unit.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: articles 29(1), 30(1) and 350B speak of minorities, and article 350A of linguistic minority groups, but no article defines the term. The Supreme Court supplied the definition in stages. In its advisory opinion on the Kerala Education Bill it held that a community numerically less than fifty per cent of the population of the State is a minority, and it rejected the argument that the unit should be the locality where the institution stands. In T.M.A. Pai Foundation v. State of Karnataka, eleven judges settled the question: for article 30 the unit is the STATE and not the country as a whole. Separately, section 2(c) of the National Commission for Minorities Act 1992 gives a statutory definition of a wholly different kind, a community notified as such by the Central Government, under which six communities stand notified.

The word the Constitution never defines

Where it appears.

  • Article 29(1) gives the right to conserve a distinct language, script or culture to ANY SECTION OF THE CITIZENS. The marginal note says "Protection of interests of minorities", but the text is wider than the note, and that gap decides cases.
  • Article 29(2) forbids denial of admission to a State-maintained or State-aided educational institution on grounds only of religion, race, caste, language or any of them.
  • Article 30(1) gives ALL MINORITIES, whether based on religion or language, the right to establish and administer educational institutions of their choice.
  • Article 30(1A) requires that a law acquiring the property of a minority educational institution fix an amount that would not restrict or abrogate the right.
  • Article 30(2) forbids the State to discriminate in granting aid on the ground that an institution is under minority management.
  • Article 350A requires every State and local authority to endeavour to provide primary education in the mother tongue to children of LINGUISTIC MINORITY GROUPS.
  • Article 350B provides for a Special Officer for Linguistic Minorities appointed by the President, who investigates matters relating to safeguards for linguistic minorities and reports to the President.

Two kinds of minority, and only two. Article 30(1) names minorities based on RELIGION and minorities based on LANGUAGE. Caste is not a ground; a Scheduled Caste or Scheduled Tribe is protected by articles 15, 16, 17, 46, 244, 330, 332 and 335 and not by article 30. This distinction is regularly missed in answers.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in368

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Seventy-Three

The Rights of Minorities: Articles 29 and 30

Syllabus topic 3, "Pluralism".

In one line

Article 29 protects any section of citizens in conserving its language, script or culture and forbids exclusion from State-aided education on grounds of religion, race, caste or language; article 30 gives minorities alone the right to establish and administer educational institutions and forbids discrimination against them in aid.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the two articles stand under the heading "Cultural and Educational Rights" and do different work. Article 29(1) is a conservation right and its holder is any section of the citizens with a distinct language, script or culture, whether that section is a majority or a minority. Article 29(2) is a non-discrimination right of the individual citizen against a State or State-aided institution. Article 30(1) is the group right of a minority, religious or linguistic, to establish AND administer educational institutions of its choice; article 30(1A) protects the property of such an institution on compulsory acquisition; and article 30(2) forbids the State to discriminate in granting aid on the ground that an institution is under minority management.

The provisions, clause by clause

Article 29(1). Any section of the citizens residing in the territory of India or any part of it having a distinct language, script or culture of its own shall have the right to CONSERVE the same. Three things follow. The holder is a SECTION OF THE CITIZENS, so the right is available to a section of the majority as well; the protected subject is language, SCRIPT or culture, and the script is a separate head, which decided D.A.V. College; and the verb is conserve, which the Court has read as including the means of conservation, of which an educational institution is the obvious one.

Article 29(2). No citizen shall be denied admission into any educational institution maintained by the State or receiving aid out of State funds on grounds ONLY of religion, race, caste, language or any of them. Note three features. It is a right of the CITIZEN, not of the institution or the community. It bites only on institutions that are State-maintained or State-aided. And the word ONLY is doing work: an institution may reject a candidate on merit, on eligibility, on the discipline offered, and only a rejection on the listed grounds alone is forbidden.

Article 30(1). All minorities, whether based on religion or on language, shall have the right to ESTABLISH AND ADMINISTER educational institutions of their choice. The conjunction is important: the right is to establish and to administer, and a claim that fails on establishment cannot be repaired by long administration.

Article 30(1A), inserted by the Forty-fourth Amendment in 1978. In making any law providing for the compulsory acquisition of property of an educational institution established and administered by a minority, the State shall ensure that the amount fixed or determined would not restrict or abrogate the right guaranteed by article 30(1). This is the only place in the Constitution where the ADEQUACY of an acquisition amount is made justiciable, and it exists because article 31 had been repealed and the right to property moved to article 300A.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in374

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Seventy-Four

Minority Educational Institutions

Syllabus topic 3, "Pluralism".

In one line

Every minority institution case turns on four questions, administration, admission, appointment and aid, and the answer to each depends on whether the institution takes State money.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 30(1) protects the right to establish and administer, and the extent of the protection has been worked out in a sequence of Constitution Bench decisions. In T.M.A. Pai Foundation v. State of Karnataka eleven judges held the State to be the unit for minority status, and drew the line between aided and unaided institutions. Islamic Academy of Education v. State of Karnataka set up fee and admission committees. P.A. Inamdar v. State of Maharashtra, seven judges, held that admissions to unaided minority institutions cannot be regulated by the State except as to eligibility and academic standards, and that no institution may charge a capitation fee. Parliament answered Inamdar with the Ninety-third Amendment inserting article 15(5), which expressly excepts minority institutions. Society for Un-aided Private Schools of Rajasthan v. Union of India held section 12(1)(c) of the Right to Education Act inapplicable to unaided minority schools, and Pramati Educational and Cultural Trust v. Union of India extended that to ALL minority schools, aided and unaided.

The four questions

Administration. Who runs the institution, appoints and disciplines its staff, and controls its managing body. This is the core of article 30(1), and The Ahmedabad St. Xavier's College Society v. State of Gujarat is where the line was drawn: regulation for standards is valid, transfer of control is not.

Admission. Whom the institution may admit, on what procedure, and how far it may prefer its own community. Here article 29(2) pulls the other way, and St. Stephen's College v. University of Delhi produced the fifty per cent rule for aided institutions.

Appointment. The choice, service conditions and discipline of teachers. Aid makes a difference: where the State pays salaries, service conditions may be regulated.

Aid. Whether the State gives money and on what terms. Article 30(2) forbids discrimination in aid on the ground of minority management; the Kerala Education Bill opinion forbids conditioning aid on surrender of the right.

The answer to all four is a sliding scale, and where an institution sits on that scale is fixed by aid.

The sequence

2002, eleven judges. In T.M.A. Pai Foundation v. State of Karnataka, (2002) 8 SCC 481; AIR 2003 SC 355. Facts. A Bench of eleven was constituted to settle the rights of minority and non-minority educational institutions under articles 19(1)(g), 29 and 30, and in particular how far the State may regulate admissions, fees and the appointment of staff in private aided and unaided institutions. Held. Among eleven answers, that the unit for determining a minority under article 30 is the STATE; that a private UNAIDED institution enjoys the greatest autonomy, an AIDED institution less; that the State may regulate in the interest of academic standards and against maladministration; and that the right to administer does not include a right to maladminister. Why it matters here is that it is the framework the rest of the sequence works within, and that the difference between aided and unaided became the organising distinction of the subject.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in380

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Seventy-Five

The National Commission for Minorities

Syllabus topic 3, "Pluralism".

In one line

The National Commission for Minorities is a statutory body of seven, set up by an Act of 1992, which evaluates, monitors, studies and recommends, and has the powers of a civil court for some of that work, but cannot compel anybody to do anything.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the Commission is constituted under section 3 of the National Commission for Minorities Act 1992, consisting of a Chairperson, a Vice-Chairperson and five Members nominated by the Central Government from persons of eminence, ability and integrity, of whom five including the Chairperson must be from the minority communities. Its functions are in section 9: evaluation, monitoring, recommendation, looking into complaints, studies and reports. For three of those functions it has the powers of a civil court trying a suit. Its recommendations are not binding, but section 9(2) requires the Central Government to lay them before each House of Parliament with a memorandum of action taken and the reasons for non-acceptance, and section 13 requires the annual report and the audit report to be laid the same way. The word minority for the purposes of the Act means, under section 2(c), a community NOTIFIED as such by the Central Government.

How the office came about

The Commission preceded the Act by fourteen years. A Minorities Commission was set up by a resolution of the Government of India in 1978 as a non-statutory body. The Act of 1992 gave it statutory status, which is the point the statement of objects makes: a non-statutory commission depends on the executive resolution that made it, and can be unmade the same way.

The constitutional office is a different one. Article 350B, inserted by the Seventh Amendment with effect from 1 November 1956, provides that there shall be a SPECIAL OFFICER FOR LINGUISTIC MINORITIES to be appointed by the President, whose duty it is to investigate all matters relating to the safeguards provided for linguistic minorities under the Constitution and to report to the President at such intervals as the President may direct, and the President shall cause all such reports to be laid before each House of Parliament and sent to the Governments of the States concerned.

Note the two differences that matter. Article 350B covers LINGUISTIC minorities only; the Act of 1992 covers whatever communities are notified, and all six notified communities are religious. And article 350B is in the Constitution, so the office cannot be abolished by an ordinary law, whereas the Commission can.

The Act, section by section

Section 2(c). "Minority", FOR THE PURPOSES OF THIS ACT, means a community notified as such by the Central Government. Six communities stand notified: Muslims, Christians, Sikhs, Buddhists and Parsis (Zoroastrians) from 1993, and Jains from 27 January 2014.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in386

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Seventy-Six

Freedom of Speech and Expression

Syllabus topic 3, "Pluralism".

In one line

Every citizen has the right to freedom of speech and expression, and it may be restricted only by a reasonable restriction imposed in the interests of one of the eight grounds article 19(2) lists, and by nothing else at all.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 19(1)(a) guarantees to all citizens the right to freedom of speech and expression. Article 19(2) permits the State to make a law imposing REASONABLE RESTRICTIONS on that right in the interests of the sovereignty and integrity of India, the security of the State, friendly relations with foreign States, public order, decency or morality, or in relation to contempt of court, defamation or incitement to an offence. Those eight grounds are exhaustive. A restriction must be by law, must fall within one of the eight, and must be reasonable, which today includes proportionate.

What the right covers

Speech and expression are not confined to spoken words. The Supreme Court has read the guarantee to include:

  • The propagation of ideas, and therefore circulation. Romesh Thappar v. The State of Madras held that freedom of speech and expression includes the freedom of propagation of ideas, and that the freedom is ensured by the freedom of CIRCULATION.
  • The volume of circulation, not merely the matter circulated. Sakal Papers (P) Ltd v. Union of India.
  • The freedom of the press, which article 19 nowhere names: Indian Express Newspapers (Bombay) Pvt Ltd v. Union of India.
  • The right of the listener as well as the speaker. A restriction on circulation injures the reader.
  • Expression over the internet. Anuradha Bhasin v. Union of India held that the freedom of speech and expression and the freedom to carry on trade OVER THE MEDIUM OF THE INTERNET have constitutional protection under articles 19(1)(a) and 19(1)(g).
  • The right to be silent. Bijoe Emmanuel v. State of Kerala protected children who stood respectfully but did not sing the national anthem.

And it is a right of the citizen. A company is not a citizen, but in Bennett Coleman & Co v. Union of India the majority held that the rights of shareholders as citizens are not lost when they associate to form a company, so the presence of the company is no bar to relief.

The eight grounds, and the two amendments that produced them

Article 19(2) as originally enacted saved laws relating to libel, slander, defamation, contempt of court, or any matter which offends against decency or morality or which UNDERMINES THE SECURITY OF, OR TENDS TO OVERTHROW, THE STATE. It did not contain the word "reasonable", and it did not contain public order.

Two 1950 judgments exposed that. In Romesh Thappar v. The State of Madras, 1950 AIR 124; 1950 SCR 594. Facts. The Government of Madras banned the entry and circulation of the petitioner's journal in the State under section 9(1-A) of the Madras Maintenance of Public Order Act 1949, for securing public safety and maintaining public order; a preliminary objection was taken that the petitioner should have gone first to the High Court. Held. The objection was overruled, the Supreme Court being constituted the protector and guarantor of fundamental rights; and on the merits, freedom of speech and expression includes freedom of propagation of ideas, ensured by freedom of circulation, and a law restricting speech could be saved by article 19(2) as then enacted only if directed SOLELY against undermining the security of the State or its overthrow, so a restriction for public safety and public order generally was not saved. Fazl Ali J. dissented. Why it matters here is that public order was held OUTSIDE the saving clause, which is exactly what Parliament then changed.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in391

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Seventy-Seven

The Press in a Plural Society

Syllabus topic 3, "Pluralism".

In one line

The Constitution gives the press no right of its own, so the press claims the citizen's right under article 19(1)(a), and the case law has made that right cover circulation, page numbers, newsprint, advertising revenue and the internet.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: unlike the First Amendment to the American Constitution, which names the press expressly, article 19 of the Indian Constitution does not. The Supreme Court has repeatedly held that the freedom of the press is INCLUDED IN article 19(1)(a), and that it is therefore subject to the same eight grounds of restriction in article 19(2) and to no others. The consequence in practice has been a broad protection, because the Court has struck at indirect interference, with circulation in Romesh Thappar and Sakal Papers, with pages and newsprint in Bennett Coleman, with the cost of production in Indian Express Newspapers, and with connectivity in Anuradha Bhasin. Article 361A adds a specific immunity for the publication of a substantially true report of legislative proceedings.

Why the press has no separate right, and why it matters

The Constituent Assembly did not omit the press by accident. Dr Ambedkar's answer was that the press has no special rights not enjoyed by the citizen, and that the editor and the manager are exercising the right of expression which every citizen has. So the press is not a privileged institution; it is citizens publishing.

The practical consequences are three, and they cut in both directions.

First, the press cannot claim a wider protection than the citizen. It has no immunity from the general law: not from tax, not from labour law, not from the law of defamation, not from contempt.

Second, it cannot be restricted on any ground on which a citizen could not be. Article 19(2) is the only source of restriction, and its eight grounds are exhaustive. That is a strong protection, because most press regulation is defended in the name of the public interest, which is not a ground.

Third, a company is not a citizen, so the vehicle matters. Bennett Coleman & Co v. Union of India, AIR 1973 SC 106, solved this. Facts. The Newsprint Control Order and newsprint policy limited the number of pages a newspaper might publish, prevented a common ownership unit from starting a new paper, and restricted the interchange of newsprint quota between papers of the same unit; the Union argued that this was rationing of a scarce commodity, that it touched trade rather than speech, and that a company could not claim article 19(1)(a). Held. By the majority, the fundamental rights of SHAREHOLDERS AS CITIZENS are not lost when they associate to form a company, and where their rights as shareholders are impaired by State action their rights are protected, because the shareholders' rights are necessarily affected if the company's are; the individual rights of editors, directors and shareholders are expressed THROUGH their newspapers, so the presence of the company is no bar to relief. On the merits the newsprint policy was struck down, because a restriction on pages operates directly on circulation and content and cannot be defended as mere rationing of a commodity. Why it matters here is the reasoning on locus, and the refusal to let a speech restriction be relabelled as commodity regulation.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in398

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Seventy-Eight

The Right to Dissent

Syllabus topic 3, "Pluralism".

In one line

The Constitution nowhere uses the word dissent, and protects it completely, through the right to say what the Government dislikes, the right to gather and say it, and the right not to be locked up for saying it.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the right to dissent is not a separate fundamental right but the combined effect of article 19(1)(a), which protects speech including advocacy of unpopular causes, article 19(1)(b), which protects assembly peaceably and without arms, and article 21, which protects life and personal liberty against deprivation otherwise than by a procedure established by law. Its historical antagonist is the law of sedition. Section 124A of the Indian Penal Code was upheld in Kedar Nath Singh v. State of Bihar only by being READ DOWN to acts involving incitement to violence or the tendency to create public disorder; in S.G. Vombatkere v. Union of India the Supreme Court, on the Union's own statement that it would re-examine the provision, ordered that pending proceedings under section 124A be kept in ABEYANCE; and from 1 July 2024 the Indian Penal Code was replaced by the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita 2023, whose section 152 is a differently drawn offence with an express explanation protecting criticism of the Government.

Where the right lives

Article 19(1)(a): to say it. The protection is not confined to opinions the majority shares; a right to say only what is agreeable is not a right at all. Shreya Singhal v. Union of India supplies the working distinction: DISCUSSION and ADVOCACY are protected, and only INCITEMENT may be restricted. That single sentence answers most dissent questions.

Article 19(1)(b): to gather and say it. All citizens have the right to assemble PEACEABLY AND WITHOUT ARMS, subject under article 19(3) to reasonable restrictions in the interests of the sovereignty and integrity of India or public order. The qualification is in the right itself, so a violent assembly is outside the guarantee and not merely restricted by a law.

Article 21: not to be locked up for it. Preventive detention, arrest and prosecution are the instruments by which dissent is actually suppressed, and article 21, read with articles 20 and 22, is what stands against them.

And article 19(1)(a) protects the refusal to speak. In Bijoe Emmanuel v. State of Kerala, AIR 1987 SC 748; (1986) 3 SCC 615. Facts. Three children of Jehovah's Witnesses in a Kerala school stood respectfully when the national anthem was sung but did not join in the singing, their faith forbidding them to sing any anthem; they were expelled. Held. The expulsion violated articles 19(1)(a) and 25. The question is not whether a religious belief or practice appeals to the court's reason or sentiment, but whether the belief is genuinely and conscientiously held as part of the profession or practice of religion; the children had not been disrespectful, and there was no provision of law obliging anyone to sing. Why it matters here is that it is the purest case in the reports of dissent protected: not a protest, not a speech, simply a refusal to join in, and the Court protected it.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in405

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Seventy-Nine

Hate Speech, and the Limits of Toleration

Syllabus topic 3, "Pluralism".

In one line

Hate speech is speech that attacks a group rather than an argument, India punishes several kinds of it without ever defining it, and the reason for the gap is that every definition offered has been thought either too narrow to catch anything or too wide to be safe.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: there is no definition of hate speech in the Constitution or in any Indian statute. The Supreme Court in Pravasi Bhalai Sangathan v. Union of India declined to supply one, holding that the existing law was adequate and that the remedy lay in enforcement rather than judicial legislation, and requested the Law Commission of India to examine the question. The Commission's 267th Report recommended new offences prohibiting incitement to hatred and causing fear, alarm or provocation of violence, and those recommendations have not been accepted. The law that does exist is scattered: article 19(2) permits restriction in the interests of public order, decency or morality and against incitement to an offence; sections 196, 197, 299 and 302 of the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita 2023 create the criminal offences; and sections 123(3) and 123(3A) of the Representation of the People Act 1951 make religious appeals and the promotion of enmity corrupt practices at an election.

Why the definition is missing

In Pravasi Bhalai Sangathan v. Union of India, (2014) 11 SCC 477, decided on 12 March 2014. Facts. A petition seeking directions against hate speeches made by elected representatives, religious leaders and others, and asking the Court to define hate speech and lay down guidelines.

Held. The Court DECLINED to lay down guidelines, holding that the existing law is adequate and that the remedy lies in its enforcement rather than in judicial legislation. It REQUESTED THE LAW COMMISSION OF INDIA to examine the issues thoroughly, to consider defining the expression "hate speech", and to make recommendations to Parliament to strengthen the Election Commission to curb the menace of hate speeches whenever made; a copy of the judgment was sent to the Chairman of the Law Commission.

Why it matters here is that the absence of a definition is a deliberate judicial choice and not an oversight, and a candidate who says "hate speech is defined as..." has begun with an error.

What the Law Commission then said, as summarised by the Supreme Court in Amish Devgan: the 267th Report on Hate Speech recommended amendments to the criminal law inserting new provisions prohibiting INCITEMENT TO HATRED and CAUSING FEAR, ALARM OR PROVOCATION OF VIOLENCE in certain cases, but these have NOT been accepted by the Government. Referring to the Constituent Assembly Debates, the Report observed that the right to speech was not to be treated as absolute; that if the State were denied power to restrict speech on the basis of content, debates would be informed by public prejudice and vulnerable groups would be marginalised and denied equal space; and that the mode of exercise of free speech, the context and the extent of abuse are what fix the contours of permissible restriction. The Commission also thought that laying down a definite standard might itself curtail free speech, which is the same concern that has kept the courts from defining the term.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in412

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Eighty

Tribal Pluralism

Syllabus topic 3, "Pluralism".

In one line

The Constitution treats tribal communities not merely as a backward class to be helped but as societies with land, forest and custom of their own, and two statutes of 1996 and 2006 turned that promise into rights a village assembly can enforce.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the constitutional protection of the Scheduled Tribes runs on four tracks. There is the equality track, articles 15(4), 46 and 335, which treats them as a disadvantaged class. There is the political track, articles 330 and 332, reserving seats in the House of the People and in the State Legislative Assemblies, and article 338A, creating the National Commission for Scheduled Tribes. There is the territorial track, article 244 with the Fifth and Sixth Schedules, and article 371A for Nagaland, which give tribal areas a different administration altogether. And there is the identification track, article 342, by which the President specifies the tribes and only Parliament may vary the list. Two statutes complete the picture: the Panchayats (Extension to the Scheduled Areas) Act 1996 and the Scheduled Tribes and Other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act 2006, both of which make the GRAM SABHA the operative authority.

What makes tribal protection different from backward-class protection

A backward class is helped to enter the mainstream. A tribal community is also protected from it. Reservation, scholarships and relaxation of standards are instruments of inclusion. The Fifth and Sixth Schedules, the land transfer regulations and the forest rights are instruments of INSULATION: they exist so that a community may continue to live where and how it lives, and not be dispossessed by people better placed to use the ordinary law.

That is the pluralist point, and it is what an examiner is looking for. Tribal protection in India is not only an equality measure; it is a recognition that the country contains societies with their own land tenure, their own dispute resolution and their own religion, and that the general law would extinguish them.

Article 46 states the objective in the Directive Principles: the State shall promote with special care the educational and economic interests of the weaker sections and IN PARTICULAR of the Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes, and shall protect them from social injustice and all forms of exploitation.

Article 342 provides for identification: the President may by public notification, and in relation to a State after consultation with the Governor, specify the tribes or tribal communities deemed to be Scheduled Tribes in relation to that State, and Parliament may by law include or exclude any tribe from the list, which is why the list is not adjusted by executive act after the first notification.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in419

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Eighty-One

Caste, and the Abolition of Untouchability

Syllabus topic 3, "Pluralism".

In one line

Article 17 abolishes untouchability outright, without qualification, without a saving clause and without a State to enforce it against, because it operates against everybody.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 17 provides that "Untouchability" is ABOLISHED and its practice IN ANY FORM is forbidden, and that the enforcement of any disability arising out of untouchability shall be an offence punishable in accordance with law. Three features distinguish it from every neighbouring provision. It is ABSOLUTE, subject to no reasonable restriction and to no emergency saving of its own. It is HORIZONTAL, enforceable against private persons and not merely against the State. And it CONTEMPLATES ITS OWN STATUTE, the second sentence requiring that enforcement be made an offence, which by article 35 only Parliament may do. The statutes are the Protection of Civil Rights Act 1955 and the Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes (Prevention of Atrocities) Act 1989.

The article, read closely

"Untouchability" is in inverted commas, and the Constitution never defines it. The quotation marks are doing work, and the leading authority says so.

In Devarajiah v. B. Padmanna, AIR 1958 Mys 84; AIR 1958 Kant 84, decided on 10 September 1957. Facts. A complaint alleged that the accused had asserted that the complainant, a Jain, had no right to worship in or enter a Jain temple and should be prevented from doing so, and that the accused was encouraging untouchability by instigating Jains not to have social or religious intercourse with the complainant, contrary to sections 3, 7 and 10 of the Untouchability (Offences) Act 1955. Held. The petition was dismissed. The conduct complained of related to the position of a person WITHIN HIS OWN COMMUNITY and to the religious or social observances of that community, and had no relation solely to their origin in a particular class; conduct of that character does not come within the mischief of the Act. Why it matters here is that it is the principal authority for the proposition that "untouchability" in article 17 and in the Act is NOT used in a literal or general sense: it does not mean every case of a person being kept at a distance, but the practice as it developed historically against certain classes by reason of birth in them.

"Abolished" and not "prohibited". The verb removes the institution, not merely a State practice of it. There is no clause permitting reasonable restrictions and no exception for religion; article 25(1) is expressly subject to the other provisions of Part III, so a claim that a caste exclusion is an essential religious practice cannot survive article 17.

"In any form" forecloses the argument from indirectness. Segregated seating, separate utensils, a bar on entering a street, refusal of a barber's or a washerman's service, and exclusion from a well are each a form.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in427

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Eighty-Two

What Pluralism Is Up Against

Syllabus topic 3, "Pluralism".

In one line

A plural constitution can be defeated without a single article being amended, by communal mobilisation, by majority rule mistaken for democracy, and by fanaticism, and Indian law has answers to all three that are better than they are usually given credit for.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: pluralism in India faces three distinct threats, and they are not the same thing. COMMUNALISM is the organisation of political life around religious community, so that a citizen is addressed as a member of a group before he is addressed as a citizen. MAJORITARIANISM is the claim that the numerical majority may decide questions the Constitution has removed from decision by numbers. RELIGIOUS FANATICISM is the claim that a religious command overrides constitutional obligation. The constitutional answers are respectively the secular election law and article 15(1), the counter-majoritarian structure of Part III and the basic structure doctrine, and the subjection of article 25(1) to public order, morality, health and the other provisions of Part III. To these Parliament added a specific statute, the Places of Worship (Special Provisions) Act 1991, which froze the religious character of every place of worship as it stood on 15 August 1947, excluding one site by name.

The three threats, distinguished

Communalism treats religious community as the unit of politics. Its constitutional answers are article 15(1), which forbids the State to discriminate on grounds only of religion, race, caste, sex or place of birth; sections 123(3) and 123(3A) of the Representation of the People Act 1951, which make a religious appeal for votes and the promotion of enmity at an election corrupt practices; and the offences in sections 196 and 197 of the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita 2023.

Majoritarianism is the more dangerous because it wears democratic clothes. Its answer is structural rather than penal, and it is the whole of Module I: fundamental rights that a majority in the legislature cannot take away, judicial review, and the basic structure doctrine, which puts secularism and the equality of all religions beyond even a constituent majority.

Religious fanaticism is the claim of a religious command against a constitutional one. Its answer is textual: article 25(1) guarantees freedom of conscience and the right freely to profess, practise and propagate religion SUBJECT TO PUBLIC ORDER, MORALITY AND HEALTH AND TO THE OTHER PROVISIONS OF PART III, and article 25(2) preserves the State's power to regulate secular activity and to make laws for social welfare and reform.

A candidate who blurs the three loses marks. Communalism is a politics; majoritarianism is a theory of authority; fanaticism is a claim of obligation. They reinforce each other and they are not identical.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in436

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Module III

munotes.in

Chapter Eighty-Three

Article 44, and Exactly What It Says

Syllabus topic 4, "Uniform Civil Code".

In one line

Article 44 is nineteen words in the unenforceable Part of the Constitution, and almost everything argued about it turns on four of those words.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 44 provides that "The State shall endeavour to secure for the citizens a uniform civil code throughout the territory of India." It is a Directive Principle of State Policy, so by article 37 it is not enforceable by any court, though the principles in Part IV are nevertheless FUNDAMENTAL IN THE GOVERNANCE OF THE COUNTRY and it is the duty of the State to apply them in making laws. The Supreme Court has repeatedly regretted that it remains unimplemented, in Shah Bano in 1985, in Sarla Mudgal in 1995, in John Vallamattom in 2003 and in Jose Paulo Coutinho in 2019; and it has just as consistently refused to compel implementation, most clearly in Ahmedabad Women Action Group v. Union of India.

The text, word by word

"The State". The obligation is on the State as defined in article 12, and legislative competence is in Entry 5 of the Concurrent List, so both Parliament and a State Legislature may act. That single fact is what made the Uttarakhand Act of 2024 possible, and it is worked in its own chapter.

"Shall endeavour to secure". Compare article 45 as it now stands, which also says "shall endeavour to provide", with article 21A, which says "The State SHALL provide". The framers knew how to impose a duty of result and did not do so here. The obligation is to make the attempt.

"For the citizens". Not for communities, and not for religions. The unit of the article is the citizen, which is the pivot of the whole case in favour: a code addressed to citizens does not ask a community's permission.

"A uniform civil code". Two words carry an argument each. CIVIL, so the subject matter is marriage, divorce, maintenance, guardianship, adoption and succession, and not criminal law, which is already uniform, nor contract, tort, property or procedure, which are already uniform too. UNIFORM, which is not the same word as identical: a code may be uniform in that one law governs everybody while still containing options, exemptions and different provisions for different situations, as the Special Marriage Act 1954 does.

"Throughout the territory of India". Territorial reach, and the phrase that makes the Goa position and the Uttarakhand position both anomalous in opposite directions. Goa has had a common civil code since long before the Constitution; Uttarakhand has enacted one for one State, which is uniformity within a State and diversity across the country.

Where it sits, and what that means

Article 37 provides that the provisions of Part IV shall NOT BE ENFORCEABLE BY ANY COURT, but that the principles laid down are NEVERTHELESS FUNDAMENTAL IN THE GOVERNANCE OF THE COUNTRY and that it shall be the DUTY OF THE STATE to apply them in making laws.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in444

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Eighty-Four

The Constituent Assembly Debate on Article 44

Syllabus topic 4, "Uniform Civil Code".

In one line

The Assembly debated a uniform civil code for one afternoon, defeated every attempt to protect personal law from it, and passed it only after being assured by three speakers that nobody would be compelled.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: draft article 35, which became article 44 without amendment, was debated on 23 November 1948. Three Muslim members moved provisos to protect personal law, and the objections were that the clause contradicted the fundamental right of religious freedom in draft article 19 and that it would be tyrannous to minorities. K.M. Munshi and Alladi Krishnaswami Ayyar answered for the Drafting Committee, and Dr Ambedkar replied with two observations and an assurance: that India already had a uniform civil code in almost every field except marriage and succession, that Muslim personal law had not in fact been uniform or immutable in India, and that a future Parliament might well provide that the code apply ONLY TO THOSE WHO DECLARE THEMSELVES WILLING TO BE BOUND BY IT, so that the application might in the initial stage be purely voluntary. Two provisos were negatived and the article was adopted.

Who said what

Mohammad Ismail Khan moved that a proviso be added: "Provided that any group, section or community of people shall not be obliged to give up its own personal law in case it has such a law." His grounds were that the right to follow personal law is part of a people's way of life, part of their religion and part of their culture; that a secular State should not interfere with it; that European precedent existed, and he read the treaty clause by which the Serb, Croat and Slovene State agreed to grant the Mussulmans provisions on family law and personal status suitable to Mussulman usage; and that harmony is not secured by regimenting the civil law but by leaving each section free.

Naziruddin Ahmad moved a different proviso: that the personal law of any community guaranteed by statute should not be changed EXCEPT WITH THE PREVIOUS APPROVAL OF THE COMMUNITY, ascertained in such manner as the Union Legislature might determine by law. His argument was constitutional. Draft article 19, the freedom of religion clause, is justiciable and gives the subject a right; draft article 35 is not justiciable and gives the State a latitude; so the later article "is likely to encourage the State to break the guarantees given in article 19". He accepted that the goal should be a uniform civil code, but said the change must be gradual and with the consent of those concerned, adding that in 175 years the British had enacted the Registration Act, the Limitation Act, the two procedure Codes, the Penal Code, the Evidence Act, the Transfer of Property Act and the Sarda Act and had never touched marriage and inheritance.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in450

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Eighty-Five

The Personal Law Systems of India

Syllabus topic 4, "Uniform Civil Code".

In one line

India has no single family law, and the reason the argument is hard is that the systems overlap, are mostly statutory already, and differ on some subjects and not on others.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the civil law of the family in India is divided by religion. Hindus, Buddhists, Jains and Sikhs are governed by the four codifying Acts of 1955 and 1956; Muslims by the Muslim Personal Law (Shariat) Application Act 1937 read with uncodified Muslim law and three later statutes; Christians by the Indian Christian Marriage Act 1872 and the Indian Divorce Act 1869; Parsis by the Parsi Marriage and Divorce Act 1936 and the Indian Succession Act 1925; and anybody at all, of any religion or none, may instead marry under the Special Marriage Act 1954 and take the Indian Succession Act with it. Overlaying all of them is section 125 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, now section 144 of the Bharatiya Nagarik Suraksha Sanhita 2023, which applies to everybody.

Who is governed by what

Hindus, by four statutes. The Hindu Marriage Act 1955, the Hindu Succession Act 1956, the Hindu Minority and Guardianship Act 1956 and the Hindu Adoptions and Maintenance Act 1956.

Section 2 of the Hindu Marriage Act does the defining, and it is defined NEGATIVELY, which is the point most often missed. The Act applies (a) to any person who is a HINDU by religion in any of its forms or developments, including a Virashaiva, a Lingayat or a follower of the Brahmo, Prarthana or Arya Samaj; (b) to any person who is a BUDDHIST, JAINA OR SIKH by religion; and (c) to any other person domiciled in the territories to which the Act extends WHO IS NOT A MUSLIM, CHRISTIAN, PARSI OR JEW by religion, unless it is proved that such a person would not have been governed by Hindu law had the Act not been passed.

So "Hindu" in these Acts is a residual legal category, not a religious one. The explanation extends it to a child both of whose parents are Hindus, Buddhists, Jains or Sikhs; to a child one of whose parents is, and who is brought up as a member of that parent's community; and to a convert or re-convert. And section 2(2) provides that the Act does NOT apply to the members of any Scheduled Tribe within article 366(25) unless the Central Government by notification otherwise directs, which is a standing exemption a uniform civil code would have to deal with.

Muslims, by section 2 of the Act of 1937 plus uncodified law. Section 2 provides that NOTWITHSTANDING ANY CUSTOM OR USAGE TO THE CONTRARY, in all questions (SAVE QUESTIONS RELATING TO AGRICULTURAL LAND) regarding intestate succession, special property of females, marriage, dissolution of marriage INCLUDING TALAQ, ILA, ZIHAR, LIAN, KHULA AND MUBARAAT, maintenance, dower, guardianship, gifts, trusts and trust properties, and wakfs, THE RULE OF DECISION IN CASES WHERE THE PARTIES ARE MUSLIMS SHALL BE THE MUSLIM PERSONAL LAW (SHARIAT).

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in458

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Eighty-Six

Is Personal Law 'Law' Under Article 13

Syllabus topic 4, "Uniform Civil Code".

In one line

A Bombay High Court decision of 1951 held that uncodified personal law is not "law in force" under article 13, so it cannot be tested against fundamental rights, and seventy-five years later that is still the position, though two Supreme Court judges have said it is wrong.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 13(1) provides that all laws in force immediately before the commencement of the Constitution, in so far as they are inconsistent with Part III, shall to the extent of the inconsistency be void, and article 13(3)(a) defines "law" to include custom or usage having the force of law. In The State of Bombay v. Narasu Appa Mali the Bombay High Court held that uncodified PERSONAL LAW is not within either expression, so it is immune from Part III. In Shayara Bano v. Union of India Nariman J. avoided the question by holding talaq-e-biddat to be STATUTORY law recognised by section 2 of the Act of 1937, while doubting Narasu expressly; and in Indian Young Lawyers Association v. State of Kerala Chandrachud J. said Narasu is based on flawed premises and deserves detailed reconsideration in an appropriate case. Neither observation is a holding, so Narasu stands.

The text

Article 13(1). All laws in force in the territory of India immediately before the commencement of this Constitution, in so far as they are inconsistent with the provisions of this Part, shall, to the extent of such inconsistency, be void.

Article 13(3)(a). "Law" INCLUDES any Ordinance, order, bye-law, rule, regulation, notification, CUSTOM OR USAGE having in the territory of India the force of law.

Article 13(3)(b). "Laws in force" INCLUDES laws passed or made by a Legislature or other competent authority in the territory of India before the commencement of this Constitution and not previously repealed.

Article 372 continues in force all the law in force in the territory of India immediately before the commencement, until altered, repealed or amended.

Note the word "includes" in both definitions. It is inclusive, not exhaustive, and that single word is the strongest textual argument against Narasu.

What Narasu decided

In The State of Bombay v. Narasu Appa Mali, AIR 1952 Bom 84; (1951) 53 Bom LR 779; ILR 1951 Bom 775, decided on 24 July 1951 by Chagla C.J. and Gajendragadkar J. Facts. The Bombay Prevention of Hindu Bigamous Marriages Act 1946 was challenged as discriminating against Hindus, on the ground that Muslim personal law permitting polygamy had itself become void under article 13(1) as inconsistent with Part III, so that the Act applied to Hindus alone without a reasonable basis.

Held. The Act was valid, and the proposition the case is cited for is that PERSONAL LAW IS NOT "LAW IN FORCE" WITHIN ARTICLE 13(1), so uncodified personal law is not tested against Part III. Muslims and Hindus have their own personal laws based on their religious texts, embodying their own evolution, and there was therefore a reasonable basis for the classification.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in464

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Eighty-Seven

Shah Bano, and the Statute That Followed It

Syllabus topic 4, "Uniform Civil Code".

In one line

A divorced Muslim woman won maintenance under a criminal procedure code in 1985, Parliament passed an Act in 1986 to take it away, and in 2001 the Supreme Court upheld the Act by construing it to give her more than she had won in the first place.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: in Mohd. Ahmed Khan v. Shah Bano Begum the Supreme Court held that section 125 of the Code of Criminal Procedure 1973 applies to all citizens irrespective of religion, that a divorced Muslim wife unable to maintain herself is a "wife" for its purposes, and that the payment of mahr does not by itself discharge the husband's liability. Parliament responded with the Muslim Women (Protection of Rights on Divorce) Act 1986, whose section 3 confines the former husband's obligation to a reasonable and fair provision and maintenance "to be made and paid to her WITHIN THE IDDAT PERIOD". In Danial Latifi v. Union of India the Court upheld the Act but construed section 3(1)(a) so that the liability to make a REASONABLE AND FAIR PROVISION is not restricted to the iddat period: the provision must be MADE within iddat but may EXTEND BEYOND it, and so read the Act does not offend articles 14, 15 and 21.

The judgment of 1985

In Mohd. Ahmed Khan v. Shah Bano Begum, AIR 1985 SC 945; (1985) 2 SCC 556; 1985 (3) SCR 844, decided on 23 April 1985. Facts. Shah Bano Begum, a Muslim woman divorced by her husband after forty-three years of marriage, applied for maintenance under section 125 of the Code of Criminal Procedure 1973. The husband contended that under Muslim personal law his obligation was limited to maintenance during the period of IDDAT and to the payment of MAHR, and that he had discharged it.

Held. The appeal was dismissed and the High Court's award confirmed. Section 125 is a provision of the GENERAL LAW OF CRIMINAL PROCEDURE applicable to all citizens irrespective of religion, its object being to prevent VAGRANCY AND DESTITUTION; a divorced Muslim wife who is unable to maintain herself is a "wife" for its purposes and is entitled to apply. The payment of mahr does not by itself discharge the liability. The Court held that there was no conflict between the provisions of section 125 and those of Muslim personal law on the obligation of a Muslim husband to provide maintenance for a divorced wife unable to maintain herself. It added observations regretting that article 44 had remained a DEAD LETTER and expressing the hope for a common civil code. Liberty was reserved to apply under section 127(1) for enhancement on proof of changed circumstances.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in470

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Eighty-Eight

Sarla Mudgal and Lily Thomas

Syllabus topic 4, "Uniform Civil Code".

In one line

A married Hindu who converts to Islam and takes a second wife commits bigamy, because his first marriage is not dissolved by his change of religion.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: in Sarla Mudgal v. Union of India the Supreme Court held that the second marriage of a Hindu husband after conversion to Islam, without his first marriage having been dissolved under law, is INVALID; the second marriage is void in terms of section 494 of the Indian Penal Code and the apostate husband is guilty of the offence under that section. In Lily Thomas v. Union of India a review of that judgment was dismissed: the Court affirmed that a Hindu husband who converts and marries again during the subsistence of the first marriage commits bigamy, since the first marriage CONTINUES and is not dissolved by his conversion; and it clarified that Sarla Mudgal had NOT directed the Government to enact a uniform civil code, article 44 being a Directive Principle, and that the judgment DECLARED THE LAW AS IT ALREADY STOOD rather than making new law with retrospective effect.

The statutory frame

Section 5(i) of the Hindu Marriage Act 1955 makes it a condition of a Hindu marriage that NEITHER PARTY HAS A SPOUSE LIVING at the time of the marriage.

Section 11 makes a marriage solemnised after the commencement of the Act NULL AND VOID if it contravenes clause (i), (iv) or (v) of section 5, and it may be so declared on a petition by either party against the other.

Section 17 provides that any marriage between two Hindus solemnised after the commencement of the Act IS VOID if at the date of the marriage either party had a husband or wife living, and that the provisions of sections 494 and 495 of the Indian Penal Code shall apply accordingly.

Section 82(1) of the Bharatiya Nyaya Sanhita 2023, which replaced section 494 on 1 July 2024, punishes whoever, HAVING A HUSBAND OR WIFE LIVING, marries in any case in which such marriage is VOID BY REASON OF ITS TAKING PLACE DURING THE LIFE of such husband or wife, with imprisonment up to seven years and fine. The exception excludes a person whose marriage has been declared void by a competent court, and a person whose spouse has been continually absent for seven years and not heard of as alive, provided the fact is disclosed before the subsequent marriage. Section 82(2) raises the maximum to ten years where the former marriage was CONCEALED from the person with whom the subsequent marriage is contracted.

Read those together and the reasoning writes itself. The offence requires (a) a subsisting marriage and (b) a second marriage void BY REASON of the first. The whole question is whether conversion dissolves the first marriage. If it does not, both limbs are satisfied.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in477

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Eighty-Nine

John Vallamattom, Ahmedabad Women Action Group and Pannalal Bansilal

Syllabus topic 4, "Uniform Civil Code".

In one line

A court will test a codified provision against article 14 and strike it down, but it will not accept an invitation to reform personal law wholesale, and it will not hold a partial reform bad for being partial.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: in John Vallamattom v. Union of India the Supreme Court declared section 118 of the Indian Succession Act 1925 unconstitutional as violating article 14, the classification having no reasonable nexus with the object; in Ahmedabad Women Action Group v. Union of India it dismissed petitions asking it to declare provisions of Hindu, Muslim and Christian personal law void, holding that the matters were for the LEGISLATURE and that the desirability of a uniform civil code does not authorise a court to strike down personal law at the instance of a public interest petitioner; and in Pannalal Bansilal Pitti v. State of Andhra Pradesh it upheld a statute regulating Hindu religious endowments against the objection that it did not touch other religions, holding that a uniform law though highly desirable may be counter-productive if enacted in one go and that a legislature may proceed step by step.

The first: a statute struck down

In John Vallamattom v. Union of India, AIR 2003 SC 2902; (2003) 6 SCC 611, decided on 21 July 2003 by Khare C.J. with Sinha and Lakshmanan JJ. Facts. A Christian priest of the Roman Catholic denomination and another member of the Christian community petitioned under article 32 against section 118 of the Indian Succession Act 1925, which imposed restrictions on a person having a NEPHEW OR NIECE OR NEARER RELATIVE bequeathing property for religious or charitable uses, requiring the will to be executed at least TWELVE MONTHS BEFORE DEATH and deposited within six months. No such restriction applied to persons governed by other personal laws.

Held. Section 118 was declared UNCONSTITUTIONAL as violative of article 14. The classification had no reasonable nexus with the object, and the restriction operated only against a person having a nephew or niece or nearer relative. Sinha J. added that although charity and compassion are preached in every religion, that alone does not make them a RELIGIOUS PRACTICE within article 25. Lakshmanan J. noted that Parliament had not removed the discrimination even after the High Court's decision. The Court also observed that article 44 REMAINS UNIMPLEMENTED.

Two things to take from it. First, the mechanism: this is a codified provision, so it is plainly "law" under article 13 and article 14 applies without any Narasu difficulty. Second, Sinha J.'s point about article 25 is a useful weapon in the other direction: a rule is not saved from equality review merely because a religion approves of the underlying value.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in483

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Ninety

Shayara Bano, and the Act of 2019

Syllabus topic 4, "Uniform Civil Code".

In one line

Three judges of five set aside instant triple talaq for three different reasons, and Parliament then criminalised a pronouncement the Court had already declared to have no legal effect.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: in Shayara Bano v. Union of India a Bench of five, by a majority of three to two, set aside the practice of talaq-e-biddat, the pronouncement of talaq three times at one sitting. Of the majority, Kurian Joseph J. held that what is bad in theology cannot be good in law and that the practice is not an essential part of the religion; Nariman and Lalit JJ. held that talaq-e-biddat was RECOGNISED BY SECTION 2 of the Muslim Personal Law (Shariat) Application Act 1937 and was therefore statutory "law" within article 13, and that it was MANIFESTLY ARBITRARY and so violated article 14. The minority, Khehar C.J.I. and Nazeer J., held that the practice could not be struck down on the grounds article 25(1) permits, namely public order, health and morality, since it does not impinge on any of them, and would have injuncted it for six months while Parliament legislated. Parliament then enacted the Muslim Women (Protection of Rights on Marriage) Act 2019, section 3 of which makes any pronouncement of talaq void and illegal and section 4 of which makes it punishable with imprisonment up to three years.

The judgment

In Shayara Bano v. Union of India, (2017) 9 SCC 1; AIR 2017 SC 4609, decided on 22 August 2017. Facts. Shayara Bano, divorced by talaq-e-biddat, the pronouncement of talaq three times at one sitting, petitioned under article 32 for a declaration that the practice was unconstitutional. Her petition was heard with a suo motu writ petition on Muslim women's entitlements and with the petitions of Ishrat Jahan and Atiya Sabri. The respondents argued that personal law is protected by article 25(1) and that reform must come from the legislature.

Held. By a majority of three to two the practice of talaq-e-biddat was SET ASIDE.

Kurian Joseph J. held that WHAT IS BAD IN THEOLOGY CANNOT BE GOOD IN LAW and that the practice is not an essential part of the religion. This route avoids article 13 entirely: it asks whether the practice is protected at all, not whether it is void.

Nariman and Lalit JJ. held that talaq-e-biddat was RECOGNISED by section 2 of the Muslim Personal Law (Shariat) Application Act 1937, which makes Muslim personal law the rule of decision in questions of dissolution of marriage "including talaq, ila, zihar, lian, khula and mubaraat", and was therefore statutory "law" within article 13; and that it was MANIFESTLY ARBITRARY, since it permits a marital tie to be broken capriciously and whimsically without any attempt at reconciliation, and so violated article 14.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in488

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Ninety-One

Goa, and Jose Paulo Coutinho

Syllabus topic 4, "Uniform Civil Code".

In one line

One Indian State has had a common civil code for a century and a half, and it is there because Portugal left it behind, not because article 44 was implemented.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the Portuguese Civil Code 1867, as applied to Goa, continued in force after 20 December 1961 by section 5 of the Goa, Daman and Diu (Administration) Act 1962, which provides that all laws in force immediately before the appointed day shall continue in force until amended or repealed by a competent Legislature or other competent authority. In Jose Paulo Coutinho v. Maria Luiza Valentina Pereira the Supreme Court held that the Code governs the succession of a Goan domiciliary to property situated ANYWHERE IN INDIA, and observed that GOA IS A SHINING EXAMPLE OF AN INDIAN STATE WHICH HAS A UNIFORM CIVIL CODE APPLICABLE TO ALL, REGARDLESS OF RELIGION, EXCEPT WHILE PROTECTING CERTAIN LIMITED RIGHTS, and that since 1956 there has been no attempt to frame a uniform civil code for the country despite the Court's exhortations in Shah Bano and Sarla Mudgal.

How the code got there

Not by article 44. The Portuguese Civil Code of 1867 was extended to the Portuguese territories in India. On 20 December 1961 Goa, Daman and Diu came under Indian administration, and the Goa, Daman and Diu (Administration) Ordinance of 5 March 1962 and then the Act of 1962 continued the existing law.

Section 5(1) of the Act of 1962, headed "Continuance of existing laws and their adaptation", provides that "All laws in force immediately before the appointed day in Goa, Daman and Diu or any part thereof shall continue to be in force therein until amended or repealed by a competent Legislature or other competent authority."

So the code is Indian law now, in the same way that the Indian Penal Code of 1860 is: it derives its present force from an Indian statute continuing it, not from the authority that first enacted it. The Supreme Court made the point expressly: this is not a question of private international law, because the Indian Parliament has made the earlier Portuguese Civil Code applicable in the State of Goa.

And it has been partly replaced by Indian legislation. With effect from 22 December 2016 certain portions of the Portuguese Civil Code were repealed and replaced by the GOA SUCCESSION, SPECIAL NOTARIES AND INVENTORY PROCEEDINGS ACT 2012, which the Court said is BY AND LARGE IN LINE with the Portuguese Civil Code.

What the code actually contains

The Supreme Court set out its salient features, and a candidate should be able to give these five:

Community of assets. A married couple JOINTLY HOLDS THE OWNERSHIP OF ALL THE ASSETS owned before marriage or acquired after marriage by each spouse. On divorce, each spouse is entitled to HALF the assets.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in494

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Ninety-Two

The Special Marriage Act as an Optional Code

Syllabus topic 4, "Uniform Civil Code".

In one line

Any two persons in India may marry under a single secular law, take a single secular law of succession with it, and neither has to leave their religion to do it.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the Special Marriage Act 1954 provides a complete civil law of marriage, divorce and succession available to ANY TWO PERSONS irrespective of religion. Section 4 sets the conditions of a valid marriage, section 5 requires notice to the Marriage Officer of a district where one party has resided for thirty days, sections 6 to 8 provide for publication, objection and inquiry, section 15 allows a marriage celebrated in another form to be REGISTERED under the Act, and section 21 provides that succession to the property of a person married under the Act and of the issue of the marriage shall be regulated by the Indian Succession Act 1925 notwithstanding the restrictions in that Act as to particular communities. So the code Ambedkar described in the Constituent Assembly, applying to those who declare themselves willing to be bound by it, was enacted in 1954, and it has been available ever since.

What the Act provides

Section 4, the conditions. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING CONTAINED IN ANY OTHER LAW relating to the solemnisation of marriages, a marriage between ANY TWO PERSONS may be solemnised under the Act if: (a) NEITHER PARTY HAS A SPOUSE LIVING; (b) neither party is incapable of valid consent through unsoundness of mind, or suffers from mental disorder of such a kind or extent as to be unfit for marriage and the procreation of children, or is subject to recurrent attacks of insanity; (c) the male has completed twenty-one and the female eighteen; and (d) the parties are not within the degrees of prohibited relationship, with a PROVISO that where a CUSTOM governing at least one of the parties permits such a marriage it may be solemnised notwithstanding.

Note two things. Monogamy is a condition of validity for everybody, so a man who marries under this Act cannot rely on a personal law permitting more. And the proviso to clause (d) preserves custom, which is the Act's own concession to pluralism.

Section 5, notice. The parties shall give NOTICE IN WRITING in the form in the Second Schedule to the Marriage Officer of the district in which at least one of them has resided for NOT LESS THAN THIRTY DAYS immediately preceding.

Section 6, publication. The Marriage Officer keeps the notices with the records of his office, enters a true copy in a MARRIAGE NOTICE BOOK which is OPEN FOR INSPECTION at all reasonable times WITHOUT FEE BY ANY PERSON, and causes every notice to be PUBLISHED by affixing a copy in a conspicuous place in his office; and where a party is not permanently resident in that district, a copy goes to the Marriage Officer of the district where that party permanently resides, to be affixed there too.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in499

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Ninety-Three

The Case For a Uniform Civil Code

Syllabus topic 4, "Uniform Civil Code".

In one line

A citizen's rights should not depend on the religion they were born into, and in India today they do.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the case for a uniform civil code rests on four propositions. That equality before the law and the equal protection of the laws under article 14 are denied when the law of marriage, divorce, maintenance and succession applied to a citizen is chosen by their religion. That article 15(1) forbids discrimination on grounds only of religion and sex, and the personal law systems discriminate on both. That national integration is weakened when the citizen's most intimate legal relations are governed by community membership rather than by citizenship. And that the woman inside each system bears the cost, since it is she who is disadvantaged on divorce, maintenance and inheritance in system after system. To these is added the practical argument, that the courts have repeatedly said the code is overdue, in Shah Bano, Sarla Mudgal, John Vallamattom and Jose Paulo Coutinho, and the constitutional argument, that article 25(2)(b) expressly preserves the power to make laws for social welfare and reform.

The equality argument

The premise is simple and hard to answer. Two women, both Indian citizens, both divorced, both destitute. One has a statutory right to a share of a coparcenary; the other has a fixed fractional share half the size of her brother's. One may be one of four wives; the other may not. The difference between them is not their circumstances, their contribution or their need. It is the religion of their birth.

Article 14 is engaged. Equality before the law and equal protection of the laws are denied where the LAW ITSELF is selected by a personal characteristic. The State's answer is that the classification is founded on an intelligible differentia, religion, with a nexus to the object of respecting religious identity. The reply is that religion is not a permissible basis of classification for the distribution of civil rights, which is what article 15(1) says.

Article 15(1) is engaged twice over. The State shall not discriminate against any citizen on grounds ONLY of religion, race, caste, sex, place of birth or any of them. Personal law discriminates on the ground of religion in choosing WHICH law applies, and on the ground of sex WITHIN most of the systems it chooses.

And the Court has acted on exactly this reasoning where it could. John Vallamattom v. Union of India struck down section 118 of the Indian Succession Act 1925 under article 14, because a classification which cannot be related to the object of the provision fails. Shayara Bano v. Union of India set aside talaq-e-biddat, Nariman and Lalit JJ. holding it manifestly arbitrary and so violative of article 14. Both are personal law provisions, and both fell to the equality article.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in505

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Ninety-Four

The Case Against It, and the Middle Way

Syllabus topic 4, "Uniform Civil Code".

In one line

The Constitution protects the right of communities to their own way of life in five separate articles and two Schedules, and a code that overrode all of them would have to explain why those provisions are there.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the case against a uniform civil code rests on three constitutional limbs and one empirical one. The constitutional limbs are the freedom of religion in articles 25 and 26, the cultural and educational rights of minorities in articles 29 and 30, and the express protections of customary law for tribal communities in article 371A and the Sixth Schedule. The empirical limb is that reform from within has worked: the Hindu law statutes of 1955 and 1956, the amendment of 2005, the Indian Divorce (Amendment) Act 2001, Danial Latifi, Vineeta Sharma and the Act of 2019 have each changed a system without abolishing it. To these is added the argument from method, in Pannalal Bansilal Pitti, that a uniform law though highly desirable may be counter-productive if enacted in one go, and the argument from justiciability, in Ahmedabad Women Action Group, that these are matters for the legislature.

The first limb: articles 25 and 26

Article 25(1) guarantees to all persons freedom of conscience and the right freely to profess, practise and PROPAGATE religion, subject to public order, morality, health and the other provisions of Part III.

Article 26 gives every religious denomination the right to establish and maintain institutions for religious and charitable purposes, to MANAGE ITS OWN AFFAIRS IN MATTERS OF RELIGION, to own and acquire property, and to administer such property in accordance with law.

The argument is not that a code is forbidden by these articles. Article 25(1) is subject to the other provisions of Part III and article 25(2)(b) preserves reform, so the drafters plainly contemplated legislation touching religious practice. The argument is narrower and better: that in a Constitution which protects the freedom to practise religion, the right of a denomination to manage its own affairs in matters of religion, and the right of minorities to conserve their culture and to run their own educational institutions, the DISPLACEMENT of a community's law of marriage and succession requires a justification proportionate to what is displaced, and that the justification cannot simply be uniformity for its own sake.

And the minority argument has a specific edge. A majority community's law can be reformed by the ordinary political process, because the majority controls the legislature. A minority's cannot. When the legislature reforms a minority's family law, the reform is done TO the community rather than BY it, and the Constitution's minority provisions exist precisely because the framers did not think that a safe assumption.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in511

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Ninety-Five

What the Law Commission Has Said, Twice

Syllabus topic 4, "Uniform Civil Code".

In one line

The Law Commission examined article 44 twice, concluded in 2018 that a uniform civil code was neither necessary nor desirable at this stage and that the answer was to remove discrimination law by law, and in 2023 reopened the question and never answered it.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the Ministry of Law and Justice referred the uniform civil code to the Law Commission of India on 17 June 2016. The Twenty-first Law Commission issued a questionnaire and public appeals and then, on 31 August 2018, a CONSULTATION PAPER ON REFORM OF FAMILY LAW. It concluded that it is DISCRIMINATION AND NOT DIFFERENCE which lies at the root of inequality; that it had therefore dealt with laws that are discriminatory RATHER THAN providing a uniform civil code, "which is neither necessary nor desirable at this stage"; and that the best way forward may be to preserve the diversity of personal laws while ensuring that they do not contradict fundamental rights, for which all personal laws relating to family matters must FIRST BE CODIFIED to the greatest extent possible, and inequalities in codified law remedied by amendment. On 14 June 2023 the Twenty-second Law Commission, saying that more than three years had lapsed and bearing in mind the relevance and importance of the subject and the various court orders on it, decided AGAIN to solicit views from the public at large and from recognised religious organisations. It never reported.

The reference and the first inquiry

The reference is dated 17 June 2016, from the Ministry of Law and Justice, "to examine matters in relation to uniform civil code".

The Twenty-first Commission consulted before it concluded. It issued an appeal with a questionnaire dated 7 October 2016 and further public appeals and notices dated 19 March 2018, 27 March 2018 and 10 April 2018. It records that it received OVER 75,378 RESPONSES, and notes that a majority of them dealt specifically with triple talaq, which is one among the various other issues needing attention.

Then, on 31 August 2018, the Consultation Paper on Reform of Family Law, 185 pages. Note the title. The Commission was asked about a uniform civil code and answered about the reform of family law, and the change of subject is the conclusion.

What the paper actually says

Its central proposition. "This Commission is of the view that it is DISCRIMINATION AND NOT DIFFERENCE which lies at the root of inequality."

Its conclusion, in full. "While diversity of Indian culture can and should be celebrated, specific groups, or weaker sections of the society must not be dis-privileged in the process. Resolution of this conflict does not mean abolition of difference. This Commission has therefore dealt with laws that are discriminatory rather than providing a uniform civil code WHICH IS NEITHER NECESSARY NOR DESIRABLE AT THIS STAGE. Most countries are now moving towards recognition of difference, and the mere existence of difference does not imply discrimination, but is indicative of a robust democracy."

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in518

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Ninety-Six

Uttarakhand 2024: The First State Code

Syllabus topic 4, "Uniform Civil Code".

In one line

A State has done what Parliament never did, and the code it produced excludes the Scheduled Tribes, requires live-in couples to register with the State, and was itself amended within two years.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the Uniform Civil Code, Uttarakhand, 2024, Act No. 3 of 2024, was passed by the Uttarakhand Legislative Assembly and assented to by the PRESIDENT on 11 March 2024, and was brought into force on 27 JANUARY 2025 by a notification under section 1(2). Its long title is "An Act to govern and regulate the laws relating to marriage and divorce, succession, live-in relationships, and matters related thereto". Section 2 provides that nothing in the Code shall apply to members of any Scheduled Tribe within article 366(25) read with article 342, or to persons whose customary rights are protected under Part XXI. Part 3, sections 378 to 389, makes it obligatory for partners to a live-in relationship within the State to submit a statement to the Registrar, who must forward it to the police, and creates offences for failing to do so. It was amended by Uttarakhand Act No. 2 of 2026, assented on 6 April 2026.

How a State could do this at all

Entry 5 of the Concurrent List covers marriage and divorce; infants and minors; adoption; wills, intestacy and succession; joint family and partition; and all matters in respect of which parties in judicial proceedings were immediately before the commencement of the Constitution subject to their personal law.

Article 246(2) gives a State Legislature power to make laws with respect to any matter in the Concurrent List, subject to Parliament's power. So a State may legislate a civil code for itself.

Article 254 supplies the limit. Where a State law is repugnant to a law of Parliament on a Concurrent List matter, the parliamentary law prevails and the State law is void to the extent of the repugnancy, UNLESS the State law has been reserved for and received the ASSENT OF THE PRESIDENT, in which case it prevails in that State.

Which is why the assent matters. The Act was assented to by the President on 11 March 2024. That is the mechanism by which a State code can displace the central personal law statutes within the State, and it is the first thing to say about the Act's constitutional standing.

Article 44 does not authorise it and does not forbid it. It is a directive to "the State", which includes a State Government and Legislature, and its object is a code "throughout the territory of India". A State code is therefore a partial performance of a national objective, which is either a beginning or a contradiction depending on which side of the argument one is on.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in524

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Ninety-Seven

Article 14: Equality Before Law and Equal Protection of the Laws

Syllabus topic 5, "Equality in Plural Society".

In one line

The State may not deny to any person equality before the law or the equal protection of the laws, and those are two different guarantees which came from two different constitutions.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 14 provides that "The State shall not deny to any person equality before the law or the equal protection of the laws within the territory of India." The first limb, equality BEFORE the law, is taken from the English rule of law as Dicey stated it, and is negative: no person is above the law, and all are equally subject to the ordinary law administered by the ordinary courts. The second limb, the equal protection OF the laws, is taken from the Fourteenth Amendment to the Constitution of the United States, and is positive: like should be treated alike, and the State must extend the same protection to persons similarly situated. From the second limb comes the doctrine of reasonable classification, and from the first the modern doctrine that equality is antithetic to arbitrariness, stated in E.P. Royappa v. State of Tamil Nadu.

The two limbs

Equality before the law. The negative concept. It means the absence of any special privilege in favour of any person, the equal subjection of all persons to the ordinary law of the land, and that no person is above the law. It has EXCEPTIONS built into the Constitution itself: article 361 gives the President and the Governors immunity from court process; articles 105 and 194 give members of the legislatures immunity for anything said or any vote given; and public international law gives immunity to foreign sovereigns, ambassadors and diplomats.

Equal protection of the laws. The positive concept. It means that among equals the law should be equal and equally administered, and that like should be treated alike. It does NOT mean that the same law must apply to everybody, because persons are not all similarly situated. From this follows the whole doctrine of classification worked in the next chapter.

Why the distinction earns marks. The first limb attacks a privilege; the second attacks a distinction. A law giving a Minister immunity from prosecution offends the first. A law giving one class of litigant a shorter limitation period without reason offends the second. A candidate who can produce an example of each has understood the article.

Who is protected, and against whom

"Any person." Article 14 is not confined to citizens. It protects a natural person of any nationality and, on the settled construction, a juristic person such as a company or a society. Contrast article 15(1) and article 16(1), which protect CITIZENS.

"The State." Article 12 defines the State to include the Government and Parliament of India, the Government and Legislature of each State, and all local or other authorities within the territory of India or under the control of the Government of India. The width of "other authorities" decides who is bound.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in531

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Ninety-Eight

The Doctrine of Reasonable Classification

Syllabus topic 5, "Equality in Plural Society".

In one line

Article 14 forbids class legislation but permits classification, and a classification is good only if it rests on a real difference and that difference has something to do with what the law is trying to achieve.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 14 does not require that the same law apply to everybody, because persons are not similarly situated. What it forbids is CLASS LEGISLATION, which improperly discriminates by conferring privileges on a class arbitrarily selected. It permits CLASSIFICATION, and a classification satisfies article 14 only if it fulfils two conditions: first, that it is founded on an INTELLIGIBLE DIFFERENTIA which distinguishes persons or things grouped together from those left out; and second, that the differentia has a RATIONAL NEXUS with the object sought to be achieved by the statute. Both conditions must be satisfied, and the second is where most classifications fail.

The two tests

Test one: an intelligible differentia. There must be a real and substantial distinction between those inside the class and those outside it, and it must be capable of being understood. A classification of "such persons as the Government may specify" has no differentia at all, which is why Anwar Ali Sarkar struck down the power to refer "any case".

Test two: a rational nexus with the object of the Act. The difference relied on must bear a reasonable relation to what the statute is trying to do. This is the operative test, and the mistake candidates make is to stop after the first.

Two consequences follow, and both are examinable.

The object must be identified before the test can be applied. You cannot ask whether a difference is relevant without knowing what it is supposed to be relevant to. That is why every good answer states the object of the impugned law before applying the test.

And the object itself must be lawful. A classification perfectly related to an unconstitutional object is not saved by the relation. If the object is itself to discriminate on a ground article 15(1) forbids, the nexus makes matters worse rather than better.

Where the doctrine came from

In State of West Bengal v. Anwar Ali Sarkar, AIR 1952 SC 75. Facts. Section 5(1) of the West Bengal Special Courts Act 1950 empowered the State Government to refer "any case" to a Special Court following a special procedure. Held. The section was discriminatory and void under article 14 so far as it allowed the reference of "any case". The special procedure itself was not on its face calculated to prejudice a fair trial, and the need for a speedier trial COULD form the basis of a reasonable classification, so the section was unobjectionable in authorising the reference of offences, classes of offences or classes of cases. What was fatal was the vesting of an ABSOLUTE AND ARBITRARY POWER to pick out an individual case, with no principle stated in the Act to guide the choice. Why it matters here is that it separates the two questions cleanly: a speedier trial is an intelligible and legitimate basis of classification; a power to select without a stated principle is no classification at all.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in537

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter Ninety-Nine

Arbitrariness: The Newer Doctrine

Syllabus topic 5, "Equality in Plural Society".

In one line

Article 14 strikes at an act for which no reason can be given, whether or not anybody else is being treated better.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the classification doctrine tests a law by comparing those inside a class with those outside it. From E.P. Royappa v. State of Tamil Nadu a second doctrine grew, which does not require a comparison at all: equality is antithetic to arbitrariness, and where an act is arbitrary it is implicit in it that it is unequal and therefore violative of article 14. Maneka Gandhi v. Union of India joined articles 14, 19 and 21 into a single scheme, so that a procedure which is arbitrary is no procedure at all. Ajay Hasia v Khalid Mujib Sehravardi applied the doctrine to an executive act, holding that allotting a third of the marks to an interview conducted in that way was EXCESSIVE AND ARBITRARY. And in Shayara Bano v. Union of India Nariman and Lalit JJ. applied MANIFEST ARBITRARINESS to strike down a rule of law itself.

Where the doctrine came from

In E.P. Royappa v. State of Tamil Nadu, AIR 1974 SC 555. Facts. A Chief Secretary complained that his transfer to another post was mala fide and violated articles 14 and 16. Held. The plea of mala fides failed on the facts, and the importance of the case is its reasoning: that article 14 is the GENUS and article 16 a SPECIES; that equality is a DYNAMIC CONCEPT with many aspects and dimensions and cannot be cribbed, cabined and confined within traditional and doctrinaire limits; and that "from a positivistic point of view, equality is antithetic to arbitrariness. In fact equality and arbitrariness are SWORN ENEMIES; one belongs to the rule of law in a republic while the other, to the whim and caprice of an absolute monarch. Where an act is arbitrary it is implicit in it that it is unequal both according to political logic and constitutional law and is therefore violative of article 14." Why it matters here is the last sentence: arbitrariness is not evidence of inequality; it IS inequality.

Four years later the doctrine acquired a structure. In Maneka Gandhi v. Union of India, AIR 1978 SC 597. Facts. The petitioner's passport was impounded under section 10(3)(c) of the Passports Act 1967 in the public interest, without reasons and without a hearing. Held. That articles 14, 19 and 21 are NOT MUTUALLY EXCLUSIVE but form a single scheme, so a law depriving a person of personal liberty must answer the tests of all three; that the procedure established by law in article 21 must be RIGHT, JUST AND FAIR, and not arbitrary, fanciful or oppressive, and that a procedure which is arbitrary is NO PROCEDURE AT ALL; that the right to travel abroad is part of personal liberty; and that the audi alteram partem rule applies to the impounding of a passport, though a post-decisional hearing may suffice in urgent cases. Why it matters here is that it made article 14 a control on the QUALITY of a procedure and not merely on its distribution, which is how arbitrariness became a substantive test.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in544

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter One Hundred

Equating Equals With Unequals

Syllabus topic 5, "Equality in Plural Society".

In one line

Formal equality gives everybody the same rule, substantive equality gives everybody the same chance, and the Constitution chose the second while keeping the first as the default.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the proposition that equating equals with unequals perpetuates inequality is the foundation of the doctrine of reasonable classification and of the whole scheme of compensatory discrimination. Article 14 guarantees equality before the law and the equal protection of the laws, which means equal treatment of persons SIMILARLY SITUATED; it does not require identical treatment of persons who are not. Accordingly the Constitution itself carries provisions permitting differential treatment where the difference is real: article 15(3) for women and children, article 15(4) for socially and educationally backward classes and for the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes, article 16(4) for backward classes not adequately represented in the services, and article 38(2) directing the State to minimise inequalities in income and to eliminate inequalities in status, facilities and opportunities. In State of Kerala v. N.M. Thomas the Court held that if equality of opportunity means EFFECTIVE MATERIAL EQUALITY then article 16(4) is not an exception to article 16(1) but an emphatic way of putting the extent to which equality of opportunity may be carried; and in Indra Sawhney v. Union of India nine judges affirmed that clause (4) is not an exception but an instance and illustration of the classification inherent in clause (1).

What the sentence means

Two propositions are packed into it, and both must be brought out.

One: identical treatment of the unequal is not equality. If a race is run from different starting lines, giving everyone the same rule about the finishing line does not make the race fair. Applying one law to a person who has had schooling and to one who was excluded from schooling produces inequality by operation of the law itself.

Two: differential treatment of the equal is inequality. If two persons are similarly situated and the law treats them differently, that is precisely what article 14 forbids. The maxim is not a licence to differentiate; it is a statement about WHEN differentiation is required and when it is forbidden.

And the doctrine of classification is the instrument that decides between them. It asks whether the persons grouped together really are distinguishable by an intelligible differentia, and whether that difference matters to what the law is trying to do. Answer both questions and you have decided whether the case is one of equating unequals or of separating equals.

Formal and substantive equality

Formal equality is the same rule for everybody. Its virtue is that it is impartial, predictable and cannot be manipulated. Its vice is that it takes the existing distribution of advantage as given.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in550

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter One Hundred One

Article 15: No Discrimination on the Prohibited Grounds

Syllabus topic 5, "Equality in Plural Society".

In one line

The State may not discriminate against a citizen on grounds only of religion, race, caste, sex or place of birth, and no citizen may be excluded on those grounds from shops, restaurants, hotels, places of public entertainment, wells, tanks, roads or places of public resort.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 15(1) provides that the State shall not discriminate against any citizen on grounds ONLY of religion, race, caste, sex, place of birth or any of them. Article 15(2) provides that no citizen shall, on those grounds, be subject to any disability, liability, restriction or condition with regard to access to shops, public restaurants, hotels and places of public entertainment, or the use of wells, tanks, bathing ghats, roads and places of public resort maintained wholly or partly out of State funds or dedicated to the use of the general public. Five grounds are enumerated and the list is closed. The holder of the right is a CITIZEN, unlike article 14 which protects any person. And article 15(2), unlike 15(1), operates against private persons as well as the State.

The five grounds and the closed list

Religion, race, caste, sex, place of birth. No other ground is named. Descent, which appears in article 16(2), is not in article 15; nor is residence, which is also in article 16(2); nor age, nor disability, nor language, though language appears in article 29(2).

The list being closed matters. A claim that a law discriminates on a ground not in the list must be brought under article 14 and tested by classification or arbitrariness. This is why so many equality claims are pleaded under both articles.

But the grounds have been read purposively. In Navtej Singh Johar v. Union of India, (2018) 10 SCC 1, section 377 of the Indian Penal Code was held unconstitutional to the extent that it criminalised consensual sexual conduct between adults in private, as violating articles 14, 15, 19 and 21, and Suresh Kumar Koushal was overruled; the Court held that CONSTITUTIONAL MORALITY, and not popular or majoritarian morality, governs the interpretation of fundamental rights. The article 15 limb of that reasoning treats discrimination founded on sexual orientation as falling within the ground of SEX, which is the most significant modern development in the article.

The word "only"

The narrow reading. If a provision rests on sex TOGETHER WITH some other consideration, then it does not discriminate on the ground of sex ONLY, and article 15(1) is not attracted. This is the "sex plus" reasoning.

Where it comes from. In Air India v. Nergesh Meerza, (1981) 4 SCC 335; AIR 1981 SC 1829, decided on 28 August 1981. Facts. Regulation 46 of the Air India Employees' Service Regulations and regulation 12 of the corresponding Indian Airlines Regulations required an air hostess to retire on attaining thirty-five years, or on marriage within four years of service, or on FIRST PREGNANCY, whichever occurred earlier; regulation 47 gave the Managing Director a discretion to extend service to forty-five. Held. Partly allowed. The words "or on first pregnancy whichever occurs earlier" were held unconstitutional, void and violative of article 14 and struck down as A CLEAR CASE OF OFFICIAL ARBITRARINESS, severable from the rest; the Managing Director's unguided discretion was also struck down, so that extensions became a matter of course subject to medical fitness; the bar on marriage within the first four years was UPHELD; and the argument that the conditions discriminated on the ground of SEX ONLY was OVERRULED, the Court holding that the differentiation rested on sex COUPLED WITH OTHER CONSIDERATIONS, so article 15(1) was not attracted, and that air hostesses formed a class separate from the male cabin crew. Why it matters here is that it is the leading statement of the narrow reading, and that the pregnancy clause was struck down anyway, under article 14. The narrow reading of "only" costs a claimant the article 15 ground but not necessarily the case.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in556

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter One Hundred Two

Article 15(4) and 15(5): Special Provision for Backward Classes

Syllabus topic 5, "Equality in Plural Society".

In one line

Twice the Constitution has been amended to permit reservation that a judgment had held unconstitutional, and both amendments have been upheld.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 15(4), inserted by the Constitution (First Amendment) Act 1951 with effect from 18 June 1951, provides that nothing in article 15 or in article 29(2) shall prevent the State from making ANY SPECIAL PROVISION FOR THE ADVANCEMENT OF ANY SOCIALLY AND EDUCATIONALLY BACKWARD CLASSES OF CITIZENS OR FOR THE SCHEDULED CASTES AND THE SCHEDULED TRIBES. Article 15(5), inserted by the Constitution (Ninety-third Amendment) Act 2005 with effect from 20 January 2006, provides that nothing in article 15 or in article 19(1)(g) shall prevent the State from making any special provision by law for the advancement of the same classes so far as such provisions relate to their ADMISSION TO EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS INCLUDING PRIVATE EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS, WHETHER AIDED OR UNAIDED BY THE STATE, OTHER THAN THE MINORITY EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS REFERRED TO IN CLAUSE (1) OF ARTICLE 30.

Article 15(4): what it answers

In State of Madras v. Champakam Dorairajan, AIR 1951 SC 226; 1951 SCR 525, decided on 9 April 1951. Facts. A Government order reserved seats in State medical and engineering colleges among named communities in fixed proportions, and was defended by reference to article 46 in the Directive Principles. Held. The order was VOID. Article 29(2) forbids the denial of admission to a State-maintained or State-aided educational institution on grounds only of religion, race, caste, language or any of them, and it is SUBJECT TO NO EXCEPTION; and the Directive Principles, being unenforceable, cannot override a fundamental right. Why it matters here is that Parliament amended the Constitution within ten weeks of the judgment. The First Amendment inserted article 15(4), and the words "or in clause (2) of article 29" at its opening are aimed directly at the reasoning of the case.

What article 15(4) does and does not authorise.

It is an ENABLING provision. It does not confer a right on anybody. It removes an obstacle, so that a special provision is not struck down by article 15(1) or 29(2).

It names two classes. "Socially and educationally backward classes of citizens", and "the Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes". Note that the first requires backwardness that is BOTH social AND educational, and note that the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes are named separately and are not required to be shown backward at all under this clause.

It authorises "any special provision", not merely reservation. Scholarships, hostels, fee concessions, coaching and relaxation of qualifying marks are all within it.

And it was immediately limited by the Court. In M.R. Balaji v. State of Mysore, AIR 1963 SC 649; 1962 Supp (1) SCR 439. Facts. A Mysore order reserved sixty-eight per cent of seats in professional and technical colleges for backward classes identified on a basis in which caste was almost the sole criterion, sub-classified into backward and more backward. Held. The order was struck down. Treating CASTE as almost the sole basis of social backwardness is inconsistent with the requirements of article 15(4); caste may be a relevant factor but cannot be the sole or predominant one. A reservation of sixty-eight per cent was a FRAUD ON THE CONSTITUTIONAL POWER; special provision under article 15(4) should be LESS THAN FIFTY PER CENT; and the sub-classification into backward and more backward was not warranted on the material. Why it matters here is that two of those three propositions have since moved: the fifty per cent rule survives as a rule with recognised exceptions, and sub-classification is now permissible.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in562

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter One Hundred Three

Article 15(6): The Economically Weaker Sections

Syllabus topic 5, "Equality in Plural Society".

In one line

Parliament created a ten per cent reservation for the poor who are not backward, expressly excluding those who are, and a Constitution Bench upheld it by three to two.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the Constitution (One Hundred and Third Amendment) Act 2019, in force from 14 January 2019, inserted clause (6) in article 15 and clause (6) in article 16. Article 15(6) permits the State to make any special provision for the advancement of any ECONOMICALLY WEAKER SECTIONS of citizens OTHER THAN THE CLASSES MENTIONED IN CLAUSES (4) AND (5), and, so far as such provisions relate to their admission to educational institutions including private institutions whether aided or unaided, other than the minority educational institutions referred to in article 30(1), which in the case of reservation would be IN ADDITION TO THE EXISTING RESERVATIONS AND SUBJECT TO A MAXIMUM OF TEN PER CENT of the total seats in each category. Article 16(6) permits reservation of appointments or posts in favour of the same sections, other than the classes mentioned in article 16(4), in addition to the existing reservation and subject to a maximum of ten per cent of the posts in each category. In Janhit Abhiyan v. Union of India a Constitution Bench upheld the Amendment by three to two.

What the clauses say

Article 15(6)(a) permits any special provision for the advancement of economically weaker sections OTHER THAN the classes mentioned in clauses (4) and (5).

Article 15(6)(b) permits such a provision so far as it relates to admission to educational institutions INCLUDING PRIVATE EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS, WHETHER AIDED OR UNAIDED, OTHER THAN THE MINORITY EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS referred to in article 30(1), which in the case of reservation would be IN ADDITION TO THE EXISTING RESERVATIONS and subject to a maximum of TEN PER CENT of the total seats in each category. The clause also overrides article 19(1)(g) and article 29(2).

Article 16(6) permits reservation of appointments or posts in favour of economically weaker sections other than the classes mentioned in clause (4), IN ADDITION TO THE EXISTING RESERVATION and subject to a maximum of TEN PER CENT of the posts in each category.

Three features to notice.

The exclusion is written into the power. The clauses do not merely permit a reservation for the poor; they permit one for the poor OTHER THAN those already covered by articles 15(4), 15(5) and 16(4). A person who is both backward and poor cannot take the benefit.

The ten per cent is expressed as an addition. The words "in addition to the existing reservations" appear in the text, which is what made the ceiling argument so difficult for the challengers.

And minority educational institutions are excepted again, in the same terms as article 15(5).

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in568

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter One Hundred Four

Article 16: Equality of Opportunity in Public Employment

Syllabus topic 5, "Equality in Plural Society".

In one line

Every citizen has an equal opportunity of employment under the State, and the five clauses that follow say who may be preferred, on what ground and by whom.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 16(1) guarantees equality of opportunity for all citizens in matters relating to employment or appointment to any office under the State. Article 16(2) forbids ineligibility for or discrimination in respect of such employment on grounds only of religion, race, caste, sex, DESCENT, PLACE OF BIRTH, RESIDENCE or any of them. Article 16(3) permits PARLIAMENT, and Parliament alone, to prescribe a requirement as to residence within a State or Union territory for a class of employment. Article 16(4) permits reservation for any backward class of citizens which in the opinion of the State is not adequately represented in the services. Article 16(4A), inserted in 1995 and substituted in 2001, permits reservation IN MATTERS OF PROMOTION, WITH CONSEQUENTIAL SENIORITY, for the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes. Article 16(4B), inserted in 2000, permits unfilled reserved vacancies to be carried forward as a SEPARATE CLASS which is not counted with the vacancies of the year for the fifty per cent ceiling. Article 16(5) saves a law requiring the incumbent of an office of a religious or denominational institution to profess a particular religion. Article 16(6), inserted in 2019, permits reservation for economically weaker sections.

Clause by clause

16(1), the guarantee. Equality of OPPORTUNITY, for all CITIZENS, in matters relating to EMPLOYMENT OR APPOINTMENT TO ANY OFFICE UNDER THE STATE. Three limits are built in: it is opportunity and not outcome; it belongs to citizens; and it covers employment under the State, so it does not reach private employment.

16(2), the prohibited grounds. Religion, race, caste, sex, descent, place of birth, residence, or any of them. Two of these are not in article 15: DESCENT and RESIDENCE. The word "only" appears here as it does in article 15(1), and carries the same difficulties.

16(3), the residence exception. Nothing in the article prevents PARLIAMENT from making a law prescribing, for a class or classes of employment or appointment to an office under the Government of, or any local or other authority within, a State or Union territory, any requirement as to residence within that State or Union territory PRIOR TO such employment. Note the two limits: the power is Parliament's alone, not a State's; and the requirement is of residence PRIOR to employment.

16(4), reservation. Nothing in the article prevents the State from making any provision for the reservation of appointments or posts in favour of ANY BACKWARD CLASS OF CITIZENS WHICH, IN THE OPINION OF THE STATE, IS NOT ADEQUATELY REPRESENTED in the services under the State. Note the two conditions: a backward class, and inadequate representation. And note that unlike article 15(4) it does not require the backwardness to be SOCIAL AND EDUCATIONAL, and does not separately name the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in574

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter One Hundred Five

Indra Sawhney: The Mandal Judgment

Syllabus topic 5, "Equality in Plural Society".

In one line

Nine judges decided that caste may identify a backward class, that the creamy layer must be excluded, that fifty per cent is the rule, and that article 16(4) does not permit reservation in promotion, and Parliament immediately reversed the last of those.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: in Indra Sawhney v. Union of India a Bench of nine judges considered the Office Memorandum of 13 August 1990 implementing the Mandal Commission's recommendation of twenty-seven per cent reservation for the Other Backward Classes in Central Government posts, and a later Memorandum of 25 September 1991 adding a preference for the poorer sections among them and ten per cent for other economically backward sections. The Court's answers include: that a provision under article 16(4) may be made by the EXECUTIVE as well as by a legislature and is enforceable the moment it is made; that clause (4) is NOT AN EXCEPTION to clause (1) but an INSTANCE AND ILLUSTRATION of the classification inherent in it; that a CASTE can be and often is a social class in India; that the CREAMY LAYER can be and must be excluded; that a backward class cannot be identified only and exclusively by ECONOMIC CRITERIA; that there is no constitutional bar to classifying backward classes into BACKWARD AND MORE BACKWARD; that reservations should not exceed FIFTY PER CENT, subject to extraordinary situations approached with extreme caution, the rule applying to each year; and that article 16(4) does NOT permit reservation IN PROMOTION.

The background

Article 340 empowers the President by order to appoint a Commission to investigate the conditions of SOCIALLY AND EDUCATIONALLY BACKWARD CLASSES within the territory of India and the difficulties under which they labour, to make recommendations as to the steps to be taken by the Union or a State to remove those difficulties and improve their condition, and as to the grants to be made; and the Commission presents a report to the President setting out the facts as found.

The Second Backward Classes Commission was appointed under that article and reported in 1980. Its recommendation of twenty-seven per cent reservation for the Other Backward Classes in Central Government posts was implemented by the Office Memorandum of 13 August 1990.

Article 335 stands beside the whole scheme: the claims of the members of the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes shall be taken into consideration, CONSISTENTLY WITH THE MAINTENANCE OF EFFICIENCY OF ADMINISTRATION, in the making of appointments to services and posts. Its provisos permit relaxation of qualifying marks and of standards of evaluation.

The propositions

In Indra Sawhney v. Union of India, AIR 1993 SC 477; 1992 Supp (3) SCC 217, decided on 16 November 1992 by a Bench of nine judges. Facts. The Memoranda of 13 August 1990 and 25 September 1991 were challenged. Held, in the Court's own summary of its answers:

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in580

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter One Hundred Six

Creamy Layer, the Fifty Per Cent Ceiling, and What Has Happened to Both

Syllabus topic 5, "Equality in Plural Society".

In one line

Reservation must exclude the well-off within the beneficiary class, and must ordinarily stay under half the posts, and both rules have been argued about ever since.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: two limits on reservation come from Indra Sawhney v. Union of India. The first is the creamy layer: the socially advanced members of a backward class CAN BE AND MUST BE EXCLUDED, because a person who has risen above the backwardness that justified the measure no longer needs it and takes the place of one who does. The second is the ceiling: reservations should NOT EXCEED FIFTY PER CENT, that being the rule subject to extraordinary situations approached with extreme caution, and applied to each year. The creamy layer rule was applied to the twenty-seven per cent central reservation in Ashoka Kumar Thakur, and extended to the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes for the purposes of promotion in M. Nagaraj, which Jarnail Singh declined to disturb. The ceiling has been qualified by article 16(4B), which takes carried-forward vacancies out of the year's calculation, and by the majority in Janhit Abhiyan, which held the fifty per cent limit not inflexible and applicable only to the reservations envisaged by articles 15(4), 15(5) and 16(4).

The creamy layer

Where it comes from. In Indra Sawhney v. Union of India, AIR 1993 SC 477; 1992 Supp (3) SCC 217, decided on 16 November 1992 by nine judges, among the Court's answers was that THE CREAMY LAYER CAN BE AND MUST BE EXCLUDED.

The reason, which is the part to state. The justification for a special provision is the backwardness of the class. A member of that class who has ceased to be backward has ceased to answer the justification. If such a person takes a reserved place, the measure operates against the very persons it exists for, and the benefit concentrates in a few families.

What the exclusion looks like. The criteria are administrative and are fixed by the Government: holders of constitutional posts, persons in specified higher service categories, and persons whose income or agricultural or other wealth exceeds a prescribed limit, together with their children. A candidate need not memorise the figures; what matters is that the exclusion is by rule, is reviewable, and is a CONDITION of the validity of the scheme rather than a matter of grace.

Its first big application. In Ashoka Kumar Thakur v. Union of India, (2008) 6 SCC 1; AIR 2008 SC 1, decided on 10 April 2008. Facts. A challenge to the Ninety-third Amendment and the Central Educational Institutions (Reservation in Admission) Act 2006, reserving twenty-seven per cent of seats for the Other Backward Classes. Held. The Amendment and the Act were upheld so far as they related to State-maintained and aided institutions, and the twenty-seven per cent was sustained SUBJECT TO THE EXCLUSION OF THE CREAMY LAYER; the Court directed that cut-off marks for the Other Backward Classes be set NOT MORE THAN TEN MARKS out of a hundred below the general category, and emphasised that reservation or preference must not lead to REVERSE DISCRIMINATION.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in586

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter One Hundred Seven

Reservation in Promotion

Syllabus topic 5, "Equality in Plural Society".

In one line

The Supreme Court held in 1992 that article 16(4) does not permit reservation in promotion, and Parliament has amended the Constitution four times since to permit it.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: Indra Sawhney v. Union of India held that article 16(4) does NOT permit reservation in promotion, the ruling operating prospectively and with five years' grace. Parliament answered by the Constitution (Seventy-seventh Amendment) Act 1995, inserting article 16(4A) to permit reservation in matters of promotion for the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes not adequately represented in the services; by the Eighty-first Amendment 2000, inserting article 16(4B) on carried-forward vacancies; by the Eighty-second Amendment 2000, adding a proviso to article 335 permitting relaxation of qualifying marks and standards of evaluation; and by the Eighty-fifth Amendment 2001, substituting words in article 16(4A) to add CONSEQUENTIAL SENIORITY, retrospectively from 17 June 1995. In M. Nagaraj v. Union of India the amendments were upheld as ENABLING provisions, subject to the State collecting quantifiable data on backwardness, inadequacy of representation and efficiency; and in Jarnail Singh v. Lachhmi Narain Gupta the backwardness requirement was held INVALID as contrary to Indra Sawhney.

The sequence

1975, the possibility opens. In State of Kerala v. N.M. Thomas, AIR 1976 SC 490; (1976) 2 SCC 310; 1976 (1) SCR 906, a Kerala rule and orders giving members of the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes a temporary exemption from a departmental test required FOR PROMOTION were upheld by majority, on the reasoning that article 16(4) is not an exception to article 16(1) but an emphatic statement of the extent to which equality of opportunity may be carried, and that article 16(1) itself permits classification as article 14 does, subject to article 16(2).

1992, the door closes. Indra Sawhney v. Union of India, AIR 1993 SC 477; 1992 Supp (3) SCC 217, nine judges: article 16(4) does NOT permit reservation in promotion; the ruling to operate PROSPECTIVELY, with FIVE YEARS' GRACE for existing schemes.

1995, the Seventy-seventh Amendment inserts article 16(4A): nothing in the article prevents the State from making any provision for reservation in matters of promotion to any class or classes of posts in the services under the State in favour of the SCHEDULED CASTES AND THE SCHEDULED TRIBES which, in the opinion of the State, are NOT ADEQUATELY REPRESENTED in the services under the State. Note that it is confined to those two classes; the Other Backward Classes have no promotion quota.

2000, the Eighty-first Amendment inserts article 16(4B): unfilled reserved vacancies of a year may be considered as a SEPARATE CLASS of vacancies to be filled in a succeeding year, and shall not be considered together with the vacancies of the year in which they are filled for determining the ceiling of fifty per cent on that year's total. This answers the problem of the backlog, which the fifty per cent rule applied year by year had made unfillable.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in592

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter One Hundred Eight

Sub-classification Inside a Reserved Class

Syllabus topic 5, "Equality in Plural Society".

In one line

A State may now give preference to the most disadvantaged castes within the Scheduled Castes, which for twenty years it could not.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: in E.V. Chinnaiah v. State of Andhra Pradesh a Constitution Bench of five held that the castes in the Presidential List under article 341 form a HOMOGENEOUS GROUP which a State may not re-group for the purposes of reservation, that to do so would amount to discrimination in reverse and attract article 14, and that only Parliament may include or exclude a caste from the List under article 341(2). In State of Punjab v. Davinder Singh, decided on 1 August 2024, seven judges held that sub-classification within the Scheduled Castes IS constitutionally permissible and OVERRULED Chinnaiah: article 341 creates a DEEMING FICTION whose only consequence is that the listed castes receive the benefits the Constitution provides, and it does not create an integrated homogeneous class; sub-classification does not violate article 341(2) because no caste is thereby included in or excluded from the List; and the State may sub-classify under articles 15(4) and 16(4) if there is a RATIONAL PRINCIPLE OF DIFFERENTIATION with a NEXUS to the purpose.

The provisions

Article 341(1). The President may, with respect to any State or Union territory, and where it is a State after consultation with the Governor, BY PUBLIC NOTIFICATION specify the castes, races or tribes, or parts of or groups within castes, races or tribes, which shall for the purposes of the Constitution be deemed to be Scheduled Castes in relation to that State or Union territory.

Article 341(2). PARLIAMENT may by law include in or exclude from the list any caste, race or tribe or part of or group within any caste, race or tribe, but save as so provided a notification issued under clause (1) shall NOT BE VARIED BY ANY SUBSEQUENT NOTIFICATION.

Article 342 does the same for the Scheduled Tribes.

The question the two cases answer. Given a single list for a State, may that State treat the castes on the list differently among themselves when distributing the benefit of a reservation? Or is the list a single class which must be treated as one?

The position from 1962 to 2004

On the Other Backward Classes, sub-classification was permitted. Indra Sawhney v. Union of India held that there is NO CONSTITUTIONAL BAR to classifying backward classes into BACKWARD AND MORE BACKWARD. That reversed the view M.R. Balaji v. State of Mysore had taken in 1962 on the material before it.

But on the Scheduled Castes the answer went the other way. In E.V. Chinnaiah v. State of Andhra Pradesh, (2005) 1 SCC 394; AIR 2005 SC 162, decided on 5 November 2004 by a Constitution Bench of five: Santosh Hegde, Variava, B.P. Singh, Sema and S.B. Sinha JJ. Facts. Accepting the report of the Justice Ramachandra Raju Commission, Andhra Pradesh divided the fifty-seven castes in the Presidential List of Scheduled Castes into four groups by inter se backwardness and apportioned the State's fifteen per cent reservation among them as one, seven, six and one per cent. Held. The apportionment was STRUCK DOWN. The castes in the Presidential List under article 341 form a HOMOGENEOUS GROUP which a State may not re-group for the purposes of reservation and appointments; to do so would amount to DISCRIMINATION IN REVERSE and attract article 14; and only Parliament may include or exclude a caste from the List under article 341(2). "Justice to one group at the cost of injustice to another is another way of perpetuating injustice."

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in597

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter One Hundred Nine

Compensatory Discrimination as a Doctrine

Syllabus topic 5, "Equality in Plural Society".

In one line

The Constitution treats a special provision for a disadvantaged class not as an exception to equality but as the way equality is brought about.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: compensatory discrimination, also called protective discrimination or affirmative action, is the deliberate differential treatment of a disadvantaged class in order to bring it to a position from which it can compete on equal terms. It STRENGTHENS equality rather than derogating from it because the guarantee in article 14 is of the equal protection of the laws among those SIMILARLY SITUATED, and persons whose starting positions differ are not similarly situated. The Constitution says so in its own structure: article 15(3) for women and children, articles 15(4), 15(5) and 15(6) for backward classes, minorities in education and economically weaker sections, articles 16(4), 16(4A) and 16(6) for public employment, article 46 in the Directive Principles, articles 330 and 332 for political representation, article 335 for services, and article 338 and its successors for the machinery. In State of Kerala v. N.M. Thomas and Indra Sawhney v. Union of India the Supreme Court held that these are not exceptions to the equality guarantee but INSTANCES AND ILLUSTRATIONS of the classification inherent in it.

The theory

The premise. A guarantee of equal treatment operating on an unequal distribution reproduces the distribution. If two candidates compete for a post, and one has had schooling, nutrition, language and social access which the other was denied, then a rule that both be judged by the same examination guarantees the same result as before.

The move. So the equality guarantee has to be read as a guarantee of equality of CONDITION as well as of TREATMENT, or, in the Court's language in N.M. Thomas, of EFFECTIVE MATERIAL EQUALITY. Once that is accepted, a measure which corrects a starting position is not an exception to the guarantee; it is the guarantee being performed.

The doctrinal expression. N.M. Thomas: if equality of opportunity guaranteed by article 16(1) means effective material equality, then article 16(4) is NOT AN EXCEPTION to article 16(1) but AN EMPHATIC WAY OF PUTTING THE EXTENT to which equality of opportunity may be carried, even to the point of reservation; and article 16(1) itself permits classification as article 14 does, subject to article 16(2). Indra Sawhney: clause (4) is NOT AN EXCEPTION to clause (1) but AN INSTANCE AND ILLUSTRATION OF THE CLASSIFICATION INHERENT IN IT.

And its limits are internal to it. If the justification is the disadvantage, then the measure must be addressed to those who have it, must be proportionate to it, and must end when it ends. That is where the creamy layer, the ceiling, the requirement of data and the machinery of review all come from. They are not concessions to the opponents of the doctrine; they follow from the doctrine itself.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in603

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter One Hundred Ten

The Protections Given to Women

Syllabus topic 5, "Equality in Plural Society".

In one line

The Constitution permits the State to make any special provision for women, directs it to secure them equal rights at work, reserves seats for them in local bodies and, once a delimitation is done, in the legislatures.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the protections given to women run on four tracks. There is the equality track, article 15(1) forbidding discrimination on the ground of sex, article 16(2) forbidding it in public employment, and article 15(3) permitting the State to make ANY SPECIAL PROVISION for women and children. There is the directive track, article 39(a) requiring the State to direct its policy towards securing that men and women EQUALLY have the right to an adequate means of livelihood, article 39(d) requiring EQUAL PAY FOR EQUAL WORK for both men and women, and article 42 requiring just and humane conditions of work and MATERNITY RELIEF. There is the representation track, articles 243D and 243T reserving not less than one-third of seats and of offices of chairperson in panchayats and municipalities, and articles 330A, 332A and 334A inserted by the One Hundred and Sixth Amendment 2023. And there is the statutory track, of which the Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace Act 2013 is the leading example, itself the enactment of the guidelines laid down in Vishaka v. State of Rajasthan.

The constitutional provisions

Article 15(1) and 16(2). Sex is a prohibited ground of discrimination in both, and article 16(2) adds employment or office under the State.

Article 15(3). Nothing in article 15 shall prevent the State from making any special provision for WOMEN AND CHILDREN. It is not confined to a subject matter, unlike article 15(4) which is about advancement, or 15(5) which is about admission. It is the widest of the enabling clauses.

Article 39(a) and 39(d). The State shall direct its policy towards securing that the citizens, MEN AND WOMEN EQUALLY, have the right to an adequate means of livelihood; and that there is EQUAL PAY FOR EQUAL WORK for both men and women.

Article 42. The State shall make provision for securing JUST AND HUMANE CONDITIONS OF WORK AND FOR MATERNITY RELIEF.

Article 51A(e). A fundamental duty of every citizen to promote harmony and the spirit of common brotherhood transcending religious, linguistic and regional or sectional diversities, and TO RENOUNCE PRACTICES DEROGATORY TO THE DIGNITY OF WOMEN.

Articles 243D and 243T. In every panchayat and every municipality, not less than ONE-THIRD of the seats reserved for the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes shall be reserved for women of those classes, and not less than one-third of the TOTAL number of seats shall be reserved for women; and not less than one-third of the offices of CHAIRPERSON shall be reserved for women. This is the reservation that has actually operated, since 1993.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in609

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter One Hundred Eleven

The Protections Given to the Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes

Syllabus topic 5, "Equality in Plural Society".

In one line

The Constitution protects the Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes in seven separate fields, and a good answer names the field and the article together.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the protections fall under seven heads. IDENTIFICATION, by Presidential notification under articles 341 and 342, variable only by Parliament. EDUCATION AND ADVANCEMENT, articles 15(4) and 15(5), with the directive in article 46. EMPLOYMENT, articles 16(4), 16(4A) and 16(4B), read with article 335. POLITICAL REPRESENTATION, articles 330 and 332 for the legislatures, 243D and 243T for panchayats and municipalities, and article 334 for the period. TERRITORY AND LAND, article 244 with the Fifth and Sixth Schedules and grants under article 275(1). SOCIAL DISABILITY, article 17 abolishing untouchability, with the Protection of Civil Rights Act 1955 and the Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes (Prevention of Atrocities) Act 1989. And MACHINERY, articles 338, 338A and 164(1).

Head by head

Identification. Article 341(1): the President may, with respect to any State or Union territory and after consultation with the Governor where it is a State, BY PUBLIC NOTIFICATION specify the castes, races or tribes, or parts of or groups within them, which shall be deemed to be Scheduled Castes in relation to that State. Article 341(2): PARLIAMENT may by law include or exclude, and save as so provided the notification SHALL NOT BE VARIED by any subsequent notification. Article 342 does the same for the Scheduled Tribes. The lists are STATE-SPECIFIC, which is why a person may be a Scheduled Caste in one State and not in another.

Education and advancement. Article 15(4), special provision for the advancement of the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes, overriding article 15 and article 29(2). Article 15(5), the same as to admission to educational institutions including private ones, aided or unaided, other than minority institutions. And article 46, the directive that the State shall promote WITH SPECIAL CARE the educational and economic interests of the weaker sections and IN PARTICULAR of the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes, and shall PROTECT THEM FROM SOCIAL INJUSTICE AND ALL FORMS OF EXPLOITATION.

Employment. Article 16(4), reservation for a backward class not adequately represented; article 16(4A), reservation in promotion with consequential seniority, confined to the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes; article 16(4B), the carried-forward backlog as a separate class. Article 335: the claims of members of the Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes shall be taken into consideration CONSISTENTLY WITH THE MAINTENANCE OF EFFICIENCY OF ADMINISTRATION in the making of appointments, with provisos permitting relaxation of qualifying marks and of standards of evaluation.

Political representation. Article 330, reservation of seats in the House of the People. Article 332, reservation in the Legislative Assembly of every State, EXCEPT for the Scheduled Tribes in the autonomous districts of Assam, with separate provision for those districts. Articles 243D and 243T, reservation in panchayats and municipalities in proportion to population, with not less than one-third of those seats for women of those classes, and reservation of chairperson offices.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in616

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter One Hundred Twelve

Article 17 and the Untouchability Statutes

Syllabus topic 5, "Equality in Plural Society".

In one line

Article 17 abolishes untouchability and leaves Parliament alone to punish it, and the two statutes Parliament made contain the presumptions, the special courts and the bail rules that decide whether the abolition means anything.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 17 abolishes untouchability, forbids its practice in any form, and makes the enforcement of any disability arising out of it an offence punishable in accordance with law; article 35(a)(ii) gives PARLIAMENT, and expressly denies a State Legislature, the power to prescribe punishment for acts declared offences under Part III, and requires Parliament to make such laws as soon as may be. The statutes are the Protection of Civil Rights Act 1955, enacted as the Untouchability (Offences) Act 1955 and renamed in 1976, and the Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes (Prevention of Atrocities) Act 1989. In Subhash Kashinath Mahajan v. State of Maharashtra the Supreme Court read safeguards into the Act of 1989; Parliament removed them by inserting section 18A; and in Prathvi Raj Chauhan v. Union of India the Court UPHELD the removal.

The enforcement machinery of the Act of 1955

The offences themselves are worked in Module II. What matters here is the apparatus around them, because a right that cannot be proved is not a right.

Section 7A, deemed enforcement. Whoever compels any person, ON THE GROUND OF UNTOUCHABILITY, to do any SCAVENGING OR SWEEPING, or to remove any carcass, or to flay any animal, or to remove the umbilical cord, or to do any other job of a similar nature, shall be DEEMED to have enforced a disability arising out of untouchability, and is punishable with imprisonment of not less than three months. The deeming provision removes the need to prove the ground separately once the compulsion and the nature of the work are shown.

Section 12, the presumption. Where any act constituting an offence under the Act is committed in relation to a member of a Scheduled Caste, THE COURT SHALL PRESUME, UNLESS THE CONTRARY IS PROVED, that the act was committed on the ground of untouchability. This is the single most important evidentiary provision in the Act, because the ground is the element hardest to prove directly.

Section 13. No civil court shall entertain a suit, pass a decree or execute one contrary to the Act, and no court shall recognise any custom, usage or right which would inflict a disability contrary to it.

Sections 8 and 9, the economic sanctions. Cancellation or suspension of a LICENCE held by a person convicted, and resumption or suspension of a GRANT made by Government to a place of public worship whose manager or trustee is convicted.

Section 10A, the collective fine. Where after inquiry the State Government is satisfied that the inhabitants of an area are concerned in or abetting an offence under the Act, or harbouring offenders, or failing to render assistance in discovering or apprehending them, or suppressing material evidence, it may by notification impose a COLLECTIVE FINE on those inhabitants and apportion it according to its judgment of their respective means.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in623

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter One Hundred Thirteen

Who Decides Which Classes Are Backward

Syllabus topic 5, "Equality in Plural Society".

In one line

Who counts as backward is decided by the President for the Union's purposes and by each State for its own, and the second half of that sentence was true, then false, then true again between 2018 and 2021.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: identification runs on three separate tracks. The Scheduled Castes are specified by the President under article 341 and varied only by Parliament; the Scheduled Tribes the same under article 342. The socially and educationally backward classes were, until 2018, identified by the Union for its purposes and by each State for its own, on the basis of commissions appointed under article 340 or under State law. The One Hundred and Second Amendment 2018 inserted article 338B, giving the National Commission for Backward Classes constitutional status, and article 342A, providing for a Presidential notification. The One Hundred and Fifth Amendment 2021 then substituted words in article 342A(1) to confine the Presidential notification to a CENTRAL LIST for the purposes of the CENTRAL GOVERNMENT, inserted an Explanation defining that list, and inserted article 342A(3) permitting every State or Union territory to prepare and maintain, for its own purposes, a list whose entries MAY BE DIFFERENT from the Central List.

The three tracks

Scheduled Castes: article 341. The President, by public notification, after consultation with the Governor where it is a State, specifies the castes, races or tribes or parts of or groups within them deemed to be Scheduled Castes IN RELATION TO THAT STATE OR UNION TERRITORY. Parliament alone may include or exclude, and save as so provided the notification shall not be varied by any subsequent notification.

Scheduled Tribes: article 342. The same scheme.

Socially and educationally backward classes: article 342A, inserted by the One Hundred and Second Amendment with effect from 15 August 2018 and substantially rewritten by the One Hundred and Fifth Amendment with effect from 15 September 2021. As it now stands:

  • 342A(1). The President may, with respect to any State or Union territory and after consultation with the Governor where it is a State, by public notification specify THE SOCIALLY AND EDUCATIONALLY BACKWARD CLASSES IN THE CENTRAL LIST WHICH SHALL FOR THE PURPOSES OF THE CENTRAL GOVERNMENT be deemed to be socially and educationally backward classes in relation to that State or Union territory. The words in capitals are the 2021 substitution; before it, the notification operated "for the purposes of the CONSTITUTION".
  • 342A(2). Parliament may by law include in or exclude from the Central List, and save as aforesaid the notification shall not be varied by any subsequent notification.
  • The Explanation, inserted in 2021: "Central List" means the list prepared and maintained by and for the Central Government.
  • 342A(3), inserted in 2021: notwithstanding clauses (1) and (2), EVERY STATE OR UNION TERRITORY MAY, BY LAW, PREPARE AND MAINTAIN, FOR ITS OWN PURPOSES, A LIST of socially and educationally backward classes, ENTRIES IN WHICH MAY BE DIFFERENT FROM THE CENTRAL LIST.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in629

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter One Hundred Fourteen

Equality and Transgender Persons

Syllabus topic 5, "Equality in Plural Society".

In one line

The Supreme Court declared a third gender and the right of a person to decide their own, and the statute Parliament then made put that decision in the hands of a District Magistrate.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: in National Legal Services Authority v. Union of India the Supreme Court declared that hijras and eunuchs, apart from the binary genders, be treated as a THIRD GENDER for the purpose of safeguarding their rights under Part III; that a transgender person's RIGHT TO DECIDE THEIR SELF-IDENTIFIED GENDER is upheld and that the Centre and the States grant legal recognition as male, female or third gender; that they be treated as socially and educationally backward classes with reservation in educational admissions and public appointments; and that any insistence on SEX REASSIGNMENT SURGERY for declaring one's gender is IMMORAL AND ILLEGAL. Parliament enacted the Transgender Persons (Protection of Rights) Act 2019, whose section 3 prohibits discrimination on eight enumerated heads, section 4 confers a right to be recognised, sections 5 and 6 provide for an application to the DISTRICT MAGISTRATE and the issue of a certificate of identity, section 7 governs a change in gender, and section 18 creates offences.

The judgment

In National Legal Services Authority v. Union of India, (2014) 5 SCC 438; AIR 2014 SC 1863, decided on 15 April 2014. Facts. A petition by the National Legal Services Authority and others sought legal recognition of persons who identify as neither male nor female, and redress for the exclusion of the transgender community from education, employment, healthcare and public facilities.

Held. The Court declared and directed:

  • That HIJRAS AND EUNUCHS, apart from the binary genders, be treated as a THIRD GENDER for the purpose of safeguarding their rights under Part III and under laws made by Parliament and the State Legislatures.
  • That a transgender person's RIGHT TO DECIDE THEIR SELF-IDENTIFIED GENDER is upheld, and that the Centre and the States grant legal recognition of gender identity as male, female or third gender.
  • That the Centre and the States take steps to treat them as SOCIALLY AND EDUCATIONALLY BACKWARD CLASSES and extend reservation in educational admissions and public appointments.
  • That separate HIV sero-surveillance centres be operated.
  • That ANY INSISTENCE ON SEX REASSIGNMENT SURGERY for declaring one's gender is IMMORAL AND ILLEGAL.
  • That medical care and separate public facilities be provided, welfare schemes framed, and public awareness created.

Where the constitutional reasoning sits. Article 15 names five grounds and gender identity is not one of them. The route is to read discrimination on the ground of gender identity as discrimination on the ground of SEX, which is exactly the purposive move Navtej Singh Johar v. Union of India, (2018) 10 SCC 1, later made for sexual orientation when it held section 377 of the Indian Penal Code unconstitutional so far as it criminalised consensual conduct between adults in private, as violating articles 14, 15, 19 and 21, and held that CONSTITUTIONAL MORALITY, not popular or majoritarian morality, governs.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in635

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter One Hundred Fifteen

Equality and Disability

Syllabus topic 5, "Equality in Plural Society".

In one line

Equality for a disabled person is not achieved by applying the same rule to them, but by changing the rule enough that they can use it, and Indian law now treats a refusal to make that change as discrimination.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: disability is not one of the grounds named in article 15(1), so the constitutional claim rests on article 14, on article 21 read with Justice K.S. Puttaswamy (Retd.) v. Union of India, and on the directive principles in articles 41 and 46. The operative law is the Rights of Persons with Disabilities Act 2016. Section 2(y) defines REASONABLE ACCOMMODATION as necessary and appropriate modification and adjustments, WITHOUT IMPOSING A DISPROPORTIONATE OR UNDUE BURDEN in a particular case, to ensure to persons with disabilities the enjoyment or exercise of rights EQUALLY WITH OTHERS. Section 3(3) provides that no person with disability shall be discriminated against on the ground of disability UNLESS IT IS SHOWN THAT THE IMPUGNED ACT OR OMISSION IS A PROPORTIONATE MEANS OF ACHIEVING A LEGITIMATE AIM. Section 32 reserves not less than five per cent of seats in higher education for persons with benchmark disabilities; section 34 reserves not less than four per cent of vacancies in every Government establishment. And in Vikash Kumar v. Union Public Service Commission the Supreme Court held that a failure to provide reasonable accommodation CONSTITUTES DISCRIMINATION.

The constitutional footing

Article 14. Both routes are available. The classification route asks whether a rule which applies alike to a disabled and a non-disabled person is treating unequals alike; the arbitrariness route asks whether the rule rests on any determining principle at all.

Article 15(1) does NOT name disability. The five grounds are religion, race, caste, sex and place of birth, and the list is closed. This is why disability litigation in India is statutory in a way that sex-discrimination litigation is not.

Article 16 covers public employment, and section 34 of the Act operates in that field.

Article 21. Puttaswamy held privacy an intrinsic part of the right to life and personal liberty, with spatial, informational and DECISIONAL dimensions including bodily integrity, and required any invasion to satisfy legality, need in terms of a legitimate State aim, and PROPORTIONALITY. Dignity and autonomy under article 21 are what a claim to accommodation ultimately rests on.

Article 21A, free and compulsory education for children between six and fourteen, which section 31 of the Act works out for children with benchmark disabilities.

Articles 41 and 46. Article 41 directs the State, within the limits of its economic capacity and development, to make effective provision for securing the right to work, to education and to public assistance in cases of unemployment, old age, sickness and DISABLEMENT, and in other cases of undeserved want. Article 46 directs the State to promote with special care the educational and economic interests of the WEAKER SECTIONS.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in641

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter One Hundred Sixteen

Article 18: Titles

Syllabus topic 5, "Equality in Plural Society".

In one line

The State may not confer a title, a citizen may not accept one from a foreign State, and a national award is not a title provided nobody puts it in front of their name.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 18(1) provides that NO TITLE, NOT BEING A MILITARY OR ACADEMIC DISTINCTION, shall be conferred by the State. Article 18(2) provides that no citizen of India shall accept any title from any foreign State. Article 18(3) provides that no person who is not a citizen shall, WHILE HE HOLDS ANY OFFICE OF PROFIT OR TRUST UNDER THE STATE, accept without the consent of the President any title from any foreign State. Article 18(4) provides that no person holding any office of profit or trust under the State shall, WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE PRESIDENT, accept any present, emolument or office of any kind from or under any foreign State. In Balaji Raghavan v. Union of India a Constitution Bench held that the National Awards do not amount to "titles" within article 18(1) and should not be used as suffixes or prefixes, and that a recipient who does so should forfeit the award.

Why an article about titles sits among the equality rights

Because a hereditary title is a permanent legal inequality. The Court's reasoning in Balaji Raghavan is the answer, and it should be reproduced: hereditary titles of nobility CONFLICT WITH THE PRINCIPLE OF EQUALITY in so far as they create a SEPARATE, IDENTIFIABLE CLASS of people who are distinct from the rest of society and have access to SPECIAL PRIVILEGES; and titles which are not hereditary but carry SUFFIXES OR PREFIXES have the same effect, though in lesser degree.

And because of the history. The Court noted that the Indian Constitution may be unique in requiring that awards conferred by the State are not to be used as suffixes or prefixes, and that the difference is born of the peculiar problems these titles created in pre-independence India and the earnest desire of the framers to prevent their repetition.

So article 18 is not a curiosity. It is the equality code operating on STATUS rather than on treatment, which is the same subject as article 17, where the status abolished was a disability rather than a privilege. A candidate who pairs articles 17 and 18 in an answer is reading Part III correctly.

The four clauses

18(1), the prohibition on conferment. No title, NOT BEING A MILITARY OR ACADEMIC DISTINCTION, shall be conferred by the State. Two exceptions are written into the clause: a military distinction and an academic one. So a gallantry decoration and a degree or a professorship are outside it.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in648

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Module IV

munotes.in

Chapter One Hundred Seventeen

Why a Constitutional Paper Ends in International Law

Syllabus topic 6, "Pluralism and International Concerns".

In one line

A constitution is made by a majority, and the whole difficulty of a plural society is what happens to those the majority does not represent, which is exactly what international human rights law exists to answer.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: MU's fourth module joins pluralism to international concerns, and the join is not accidental. The instruments in this module, the Universal Declaration of Human Rights 1948, the two Covenants of 1966, the Genocide Convention 1948 and the United Nations Declaration on Minorities 1992, were made in response to what majorities had done to minorities inside sovereign States, and they assert that how a State treats those within its own territory is not a matter for that State alone. India's own constitutional text acknowledges this: article 51(c) directs the State to FOSTER RESPECT FOR INTERNATIONAL LAW AND TREATY OBLIGATIONS; article 51A(c) makes it a fundamental duty of every citizen to uphold and protect the sovereignty, unity and integrity of India; article 253 gives Parliament power to legislate for the whole or any part of India for IMPLEMENTING ANY TREATY, agreement or convention; and Entries 13 and 14 of List I place participation in international conferences and the entering into and implementing of treaties in the Union's exclusive field.

The provisions

Article 51. The State shall endeavour to (a) promote international peace and security; (b) maintain just and honourable relations between nations; (c) FOSTER RESPECT FOR INTERNATIONAL LAW AND TREATY OBLIGATIONS IN THE DEALINGS OF ORGANISED PEOPLES WITH ONE ANOTHER; and (d) encourage settlement of international disputes by arbitration. It is a Directive Principle, so article 37 makes it unenforceable by any court while declaring the principles fundamental in the governance of the country.

Article 51A(c). A fundamental duty of every citizen to uphold and protect the SOVEREIGNTY, UNITY AND INTEGRITY of India. It is placed here because the objection to international human rights supervision is always an objection about sovereignty, and the Constitution itself makes sovereignty a value.

Article 253. The implementing power: Parliament may make any law for the whole or any part of India to give effect to a treaty or to a decision at an international conference, and its opening non-obstante words let it do so even on a STATE List subject. A treaty obligation therefore displaces the ordinary division of legislative power, which is why this article belongs as much to Module I as to this one.

Entries 13 and 14 of List I. Participation in international conferences and the implementing of decisions made there; and the making and implementing of treaties. Both sit in the UNION List, so treaty-making is an exclusively Union function and no State has any part in it.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in653

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter One Hundred Eighteen

The Universal Declaration of Human Rights, 1948

Syllabus topic 6, "Pluralism and International Concerns".

In one line

Thirty articles adopted on 10 December 1948, which are not a treaty and bind nobody by their own force, and which have become the most influential legal text of the century.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the Universal Declaration of Human Rights was adopted by the General Assembly of the United Nations on 10 DECEMBER 1948, by resolution 217A (III), with forty-eight States in favour, none against and eight abstentions. It is a DECLARATION, not a treaty, so it created no legal obligation when adopted; its authority comes from the Charter provisions it elaborates, from its subsequent acceptance, and from the two Covenants of 1966 which turned it into binding law. It has a Preamble and thirty articles, which fall into five groups: articles 1 and 2, the foundation; articles 3 to 21, civil and political rights; articles 22 to 27, economic, social and cultural rights; article 28, the right to an international order; and articles 29 and 30, the duties and the limitation clause.

Where it comes from

The Charter of the United Nations 1945 contains the obligation the Declaration elaborates. Article 1(3) makes it a purpose of the Organization to achieve international co-operation in solving international problems of an economic, social, cultural or humanitarian character, and in PROMOTING AND ENCOURAGING RESPECT FOR HUMAN RIGHTS AND FOR FUNDAMENTAL FREEDOMS FOR ALL WITHOUT DISTINCTION as to race, sex, language or religion. Article 55 requires the United Nations to promote universal respect for and observance of human rights, and ARTICLE 56 pledges all Members to take joint and separate action in co-operation with the Organization for the achievement of those purposes.

The Charter did not say what those rights were. The Declaration is the answer to that gap, drafted by the Commission on Human Rights and adopted two years after the Commission first met.

And it was adopted the day after the Genocide Convention, 9 December 1948, which is a fact worth stating because it explains the temper of both.

The thirty articles

Group one: the foundation, articles 1 and 2.

  • Article 1. All human beings are BORN FREE AND EQUAL IN DIGNITY AND RIGHTS; they are endowed with reason and conscience and should act towards one another in a SPIRIT OF BROTHERHOOD.
  • Article 2. Everyone is entitled to all the rights and freedoms WITHOUT DISTINCTION OF ANY KIND, such as race, colour, sex, language, religion, political or other opinion, national or social origin, property, birth or other status; and no distinction shall be made on the basis of the political, jurisdictional or international status of the country to which a person belongs, whether independent, trust, NON-SELF-GOVERNING or under any other limitation of sovereignty. The second sentence is aimed at colonial territories.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in659

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter One Hundred Nineteen

How the Constitution Mirrors the Universal Declaration

Syllabus topic 6, "Pluralism and International Concerns".

In one line

Part III of the Constitution carries most of the Declaration's civil and political rights and Part IV most of its economic and social ones, and the correspondence is close enough to be worth an article-by-article table and imperfect enough to be worth an argument.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the Universal Declaration was adopted on 10 December 1948 and the Constitution of India on 26 November 1949, so the two texts were drafted in the same years by people reading the same materials. The correspondence is structural: the Declaration's civil and political rights, articles 3 to 21, correspond to Part III, and its economic, social and cultural rights, articles 22 to 27, to Part IV. That correspondence is also the difference: what the Declaration states as a single body of rights, the Constitution divides into the ENFORCEABLE and the UNENFORCEABLE, article 37 making Part IV not enforceable by any court while declaring the principles fundamental in the governance of the country. Four of the Declaration's rights have no counterpart in Part III at all: asylum in article 14, nationality in article 15, the right to marry and found a family in article 16, and the right to property in article 17, which WAS a fundamental right until the Forty-fourth Amendment moved it to article 300A.

The table: civil and political rights

DeclarationConstitution
1, born free and equal in dignity and rightsPreamble; article 14
2, no distinction of any kindArticles 14, 15(1), 16(2)
3, life, liberty and security of personArticle 21
4, no slavery or servitudeArticle 23
5, no torture or cruel, inhuman or degrading treatmentArticle 21, as construed; article 20(1) and 20(3) in part
6, recognition everywhere as a person before the lawArticle 14, "any person"
7, equality before the law and equal protectionArticle 14, in the same two limbs
8, an effective remedy before national tribunalsArticles 32 and 226
9, no arbitrary arrest, detention or exileArticles 21 and 22
10, fair and public hearing by an independent tribunalArticle 21 as construed; article 50 in Part IV
11, presumption of innocence; no retrospective penal lawArticle 20(1), and 20(2) on double jeopardy
12, privacy, family, home, correspondence, honourArticle 21: Justice K.S. Puttaswamy (Retd.) v. Union of India
13, movement and residence; leaving and returningArticles 19(1)(d) and 19(1)(e); Maneka Gandhi on travel abroad
14, asylumNO COUNTERPART
15, nationalityNO COUNTERPART in Part III; Part II, articles 5 to 11, deals with citizenship
16, marriage and familyNO COUNTERPART: Supriyo holds there is no fundamental right to marry
17, propertyREMOVED from Part III by the Forty-fourth Amendment; now article 300A
18, thought, conscience and religionArticles 25 to 28
19, opinion and expressionArticle 19(1)(a)
20, peaceful assembly and associationArticles 19(1)(b) and 19(1)(c)
21, participation, public service, electionsArticles 326, 324 to 329; article 16(1) for public service

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in666

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter One Hundred Twenty

The Two Covenants of 1966

Syllabus topic 6, "Pluralism and International Concerns".

In one line

The Universal Declaration was turned into binding law in 1966, and it took two treaties because the world could not agree that economic rights were rights in the same sense as political ones.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the International Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights and the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights were adopted and opened for signature by General Assembly resolution 2200A (XXI) of 16 DECEMBER 1966. The first entered into force on 3 January 1976 and the second on 23 March 1976. Together with the Universal Declaration they form the INTERNATIONAL BILL OF HUMAN RIGHTS. The two share an identical article 1, the right of SELF-DETERMINATION of all peoples, and diverge immediately afterwards: article 2 of the Civil and Political Covenant obliges each party TO RESPECT AND TO ENSURE the rights to all individuals within its territory and subject to its jurisdiction, while article 2 of the Economic Covenant obliges each party to TAKE STEPS, individually and through international assistance and co-operation, TO THE MAXIMUM OF ITS AVAILABLE RESOURCES, WITH A VIEW TO ACHIEVING PROGRESSIVELY the full realisation of the rights. India acceded to the Civil and Political Covenant on 10 April 1979.

Why two treaties

The Commission on Human Rights was first asked for one. The Declaration of 1948 had put civil, political, economic, social and cultural rights in a single document, and the intention was that a single binding treaty would follow.

The division was political. The Western States argued that civil and political rights are OBLIGATIONS OF RESULT, immediately binding and judicially enforceable, whereas economic and social rights depend on a State's resources and can only be aims. The Socialist and many newly independent States argued that the economic rights were the ones that mattered to their populations and that a treaty confining itself to the political ones would be a treaty about very little.

The compromise was two instruments. Same day, same resolution, same article 1, different obligation clauses and different machinery. Whether the split was a failure or a realistic accommodation is a genuine question, and a good answer takes a view.

The seed was already in the Declaration. Article 22 qualified realisation of the economic and social rights by "the ORGANIZATION AND RESOURCES OF EACH STATE", which is progressive realisation in embryo.

The Covenant on Civil and Political Rights

Part I, article 1. ALL PEOPLES HAVE THE RIGHT OF SELF-DETERMINATION; by virtue of that right they freely determine their political status and freely pursue their economic, social and cultural development. Article 1(2), all peoples may freely dispose of their natural wealth and resources, and IN NO CASE MAY A PEOPLE BE DEPRIVED OF ITS OWN MEANS OF SUBSISTENCE. Article 1(3), the parties, including those responsible for Non-Self-Governing and Trust Territories, shall promote the realisation of the right and shall respect it.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in672

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter One Hundred Twenty-One

The Convention Against Genocide

Syllabus topic 6, "Pluralism and International Concerns".

In one line

Genocide is the intentional destruction, in whole or in part, of a national, ethnical, racial or religious group as such, and the Convention of 1948 makes it a crime whether committed in peace or in war and whoever commits it.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the Convention on the Prevention and Punishment of the Crime of Genocide was adopted by the General Assembly on 9 DECEMBER 1948, the day before the Universal Declaration, and came into force on 12 January 1951. It has nineteen articles. Article I confirms that genocide, WHETHER COMMITTED IN TIME OF PEACE OR IN TIME OF WAR, is a crime under international law which the parties undertake to PREVENT AND TO PUNISH. Article II defines it. Article III lists the five punishable acts. Article IV makes the crime punishable whether the offender is a constitutionally responsible ruler, a public official or a private individual. Article V requires the parties to enact the necessary legislation. Article VI provides for trial by the territorial State or by an international penal tribunal. Article VII excludes the political offence exception to extradition. Article VIII allows any party to call on the competent organs of the United Nations. And article IX gives the INTERNATIONAL COURT OF JUSTICE jurisdiction over disputes, including those relating to the responsibility of a STATE for genocide.

Article II, the definition

"In the present Convention, genocide means any of the following acts committed with INTENT TO DESTROY, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, A NATIONAL, ETHNICAL, RACIAL OR RELIGIOUS GROUP, AS SUCH:

  • (a) Killing members of the group;
  • (b) Causing serious bodily or mental harm to members of the group;
  • (c) Deliberately inflicting on the group conditions of life calculated to bring about its physical destruction in whole or in part;
  • (d) Imposing measures intended to prevent births within the group;
  • (e) Forcibly transferring children of the group to another group."

Five elements, and every one of them is examinable.

The mental element is a SPECIAL INTENT. Not merely an intention to do the act, but an intent TO DESTROY the group. This is what distinguishes genocide from a crime against humanity or from mass murder, and it is the element on which cases are actually decided.

"In whole or IN PART". Destruction of the entire group is not required. What "in part" means, and whether the part must be substantial, is worked in the next chapter.

FOUR protected groups: national, ethnical, racial, religious. POLITICAL groups and SOCIAL or economic classes are NOT in the list, and their exclusion was deliberate; a proposal to include political groups was dropped in the drafting. So the mass killing of a political opposition is not genocide within this Convention, however grave it is.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in679

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter One Hundred Twenty-Two

Genocide in Practice: What the Courts Have Made of the Convention

Syllabus topic 6, "Pluralism and International Concerns".

In one line

The Convention has been litigated four times at the International Court of Justice, and what the litigation has produced is a very demanding rule about proving intent and a surprisingly strong rule about the duty to prevent.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: article IX of the Convention gives the International Court of Justice jurisdiction over disputes relating to the interpretation, application or fulfilment of the Convention, INCLUDING THOSE RELATING TO THE RESPONSIBILITY OF A STATE FOR GENOCIDE. Four proceedings have been brought under it. In Bosnia and Herzegovina v. Serbia and Montenegro, 26 February 2007, the Court held that the killings at SREBRENICA in July 1995 were genocide, that the acts were not attributable to Serbia, but that Serbia had VIOLATED ITS OBLIGATION TO PREVENT genocide and its obligation to punish. In Croatia v. Serbia, 3 February 2015, the Court held the acts proved but the SPECIFIC INTENT not proved, and dismissed both the claim and the counter-claim. The Gambia v. Myanmar is pending on the merits after hearings in January 2026. And Ukraine v. Russian Federation is proceeding after a judgment on jurisdiction of 2 February 2024.

The obligations the Court has found in article I

Article I says the parties "undertake to PREVENT and to PUNISH". Until 2007 it was arguable that this was merely an introductory statement and that the operative obligations were the criminal ones in articles III to VI.

In Bosnia and Herzegovina v. Serbia and Montenegro, judgment of 26 February 2007, the Court held otherwise, and three of its findings should be given together.

One, Srebrenica was genocide. After extensive findings of fact the Court held that massive killings and other atrocities were perpetrated throughout the territory of Bosnia and Herzegovina but were NOT accompanied by the specific intent that defines genocide; and that THE KILLINGS IN SREBRENICA IN JULY 1995 WERE COMMITTED WITH THE SPECIFIC INTENT TO DESTROY IN PART THE GROUP OF BOSNIAN MUSLIMS IN THAT AREA, and that what happened there was genocide. There was corroborated evidence that the decision to kill the adult male population of the Muslim community in Srebrenica had been taken by some members of the VRS Main Staff.

Two, the acts were not attributable to Serbia. The evidence did not prove that the acts of the VRS could be attributed to the Respondent under the rules of the international law of State responsibility.

Three, and this is the holding that changed the law: Serbia violated the obligation TO PREVENT. The Court held that the obligation in article I requires States THAT ARE AWARE, OR SHOULD NORMALLY HAVE BEEN AWARE, OF THE SERIOUS DANGER THAT ACTS OF GENOCIDE WOULD BE COMMITTED, TO EMPLOY ALL MEANS REASONABLY AVAILABLE TO THEM to prevent genocide, within the limits permitted by international law. Serbia had not done so.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in685

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter One Hundred Twenty-Three

Minorities in International Law

Syllabus topic 6, "Pluralism and International Concerns".

In one line

International law protects minorities by giving rights to the persons who belong to them, and the one instrument that protects a group as a group is the Genocide Convention.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the protection of minorities in international law began with the League of Nations, through the adoption of several MINORITY TREATIES, and passed to the United Nations after 1945. The central provision is article 27 of the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights: "In those States in which ethnic, religious or linguistic minorities exist, PERSONS BELONGING TO SUCH MINORITIES shall not be denied the right, IN COMMUNITY WITH THE OTHER MEMBERS OF THEIR GROUP, to enjoy their own culture, to profess and practise their own religion, or to use their own language." Around it sit the general guarantees of the Universal Declaration, article 2 on non-discrimination, article 18 on freedom of religion and article 26 on education; the United Nations Declaration on Minorities of 1992; and the Genocide Convention, which is the only instrument in this module whose protected object is a GROUP AS SUCH.

Who is a minority

There is no internationally agreed definition as to which groups constitute minorities. It is often stressed that THE EXISTENCE OF A MINORITY IS A QUESTION OF FACT, and that any definition must include both OBJECTIVE factors, such as the existence of a shared ethnicity, language or religion, and SUBJECTIVE factors, including that individuals must IDENTIFY THEMSELVES as members of a minority.

The working definition everybody cites was offered in 1977 by FRANCESCO CAPOTORTI, Special Rapporteur of the United Nations Sub-Commission on Prevention of Discrimination and Protection of Minorities: a minority is "a group NUMERICALLY INFERIOR to the rest of the population of a State, in a NON-DOMINANT POSITION, whose members, BEING NATIONALS OF THE STATE, possess ethnic, religious or linguistic characteristics differing from those of the rest of the population and show, IF ONLY IMPLICITLY, A SENSE OF SOLIDARITY, directed towards preserving their culture, traditions, religion or language."

Three things about that definition are examinable.

The nationality criterion has often been challenged. Confining minority status to NATIONALS of the State excludes migrants and refugees, and that limitation is contested.

The non-dominance requirement remains important. In most cases a minority will be a numerical minority, but a numerical MAJORITY may find itself in a minority-like or non-dominant position, the standing example being Black South Africans under apartheid. And a group which is a majority in a State as a whole may be non-dominant in a particular region.

And recognition is not solely for the State. It is now commonly accepted that recognition of minority status is NOT SOLELY FOR THE STATE TO DECIDE, but should rest on both objective and subjective criteria. Compare the Indian position, where T.M.A. Pai Foundation v. State of Karnataka fixes the STATE as the unit for article 30 and Bal Patil v. Union of India holds that notification under section 2(c) of the National Commission for Minorities Act 1992 is for the Central Government and cannot be compelled by a court. The Indian statutory scheme is closer to the position international law has moved away from.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in692

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter One Hundred Twenty-Four

The 1992 Declaration on the Rights of Persons Belonging to Minorities

Syllabus topic 6, "Pluralism and International Concerns".

In one line

Nine articles adopted without a vote in 1992, which take article 27's individual right and add participation, contact across frontiers, mother-tongue instruction and a duty on the State to protect the group's existence.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Persons Belonging to National or Ethnic, Religious and Linguistic Minorities was adopted BY CONSENSUS in 1992, and its Preamble records that it was INSPIRED BY THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 27 of the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights. It has nine articles. Article 1 obliges States to protect THE EXISTENCE and the identity OF MINORITIES and to adopt legislative and other measures. Article 2 confers five rights on PERSONS BELONGING TO MINORITIES. Article 3 provides that those rights may be exercised individually as well as in community, and that no disadvantage shall result from their exercise or non-exercise. Article 4 imposes five duties of implementation, including mother-tongue instruction. Article 5 requires national policies and programmes to be planned with due regard to minorities' legitimate interests. Articles 6 and 7 provide for co-operation between States. Article 8 contains four savings, including that measures taken shall NOT PRIMA FACIE be considered contrary to the principle of equality. And article 9 addresses the specialised agencies.

Article by article

Article 1, the duty on the State, and the only article whose object is the minority itself.

  1. States SHALL PROTECT THE EXISTENCE and the national or ethnic, cultural, religious and linguistic IDENTITY OF MINORITIES within their respective territories, and shall ENCOURAGE CONDITIONS for the promotion of that identity.
  2. States shall adopt appropriate legislative and other measures to achieve those ends.

Article 2, the five rights of persons belonging to minorities.

  1. To ENJOY THEIR OWN CULTURE, to PROFESS AND PRACTISE THEIR OWN RELIGION, and to USE THEIR OWN LANGUAGE, IN PRIVATE AND IN PUBLIC, freely and without interference or any form of discrimination.
  2. To PARTICIPATE EFFECTIVELY in cultural, religious, social, economic and PUBLIC LIFE.
  3. To PARTICIPATE EFFECTIVELY IN DECISIONS at the national and, where appropriate, regional level concerning the minority to which they belong or the regions in which they live, in a manner NOT INCOMPATIBLE WITH NATIONAL LEGISLATION.
  4. To ESTABLISH AND MAINTAIN THEIR OWN ASSOCIATIONS.
  5. To establish and maintain, without any discrimination, free and peaceful CONTACTS with other members of their group and with persons belonging to other minorities, as well as CONTACTS ACROSS FRONTIERS with citizens of other States to whom they are related by national or ethnic, religious or linguistic ties.

Article 3, the manner of exercise.

  1. The rights may be exercised INDIVIDUALLY AS WELL AS IN COMMUNITY with other members of the group, without any discrimination.
  2. NO DISADVANTAGE shall result for any person belonging to a minority as the consequence of THE EXERCISE OR NON-EXERCISE of the rights.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in698

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter One Hundred Twenty-Five

The Right of Self-determination

Syllabus topic 6, "Pluralism and International Concerns".

In one line

All peoples have the right freely to determine their political status, and the law then spends most of its energy explaining that this does not mean any group may leave any State.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: self-determination enters international law through the Charter, article 1(2) making it a purpose of the Organization to develop friendly relations among nations based on RESPECT FOR THE PRINCIPLE OF EQUAL RIGHTS AND SELF-DETERMINATION OF PEOPLES, and article 55 repeating it. Chapter XI, article 73, and Chapter XII, article 76, apply it to territories whose peoples have not attained a full measure of self-government and to trust territories. Article 1 of BOTH Covenants of 1966 states it as a RIGHT: all peoples have the right of self-determination, by virtue of which they FREELY DETERMINE THEIR POLITICAL STATUS and freely pursue their economic, social and cultural development. And General Assembly resolution 2625 (XXV) of 1970, the Declaration on Principles of International Law concerning Friendly Relations, elaborates it, listing the MODES of implementation and adding the territorial integrity proviso which is where every modern argument about the right takes place.

Where it comes from

Article 1(2) of the Charter. A purpose of the United Nations is to develop friendly relations among nations BASED ON RESPECT FOR THE PRINCIPLE OF EQUAL RIGHTS AND SELF-DETERMINATION OF PEOPLES, and to take other appropriate measures to strengthen universal peace. Article 55 repeats the formula as the foundation of the economic and social co-operation the Organization is to promote.

Note the word. The Charter calls it a PRINCIPLE, not a right, and it appears in the purposes and in the chapter on international economic and social co-operation, not among any list of rights.

Article 73, the declaration regarding non-self-governing territories. Members which have or assume responsibilities for the administration of territories whose peoples HAVE NOT YET ATTAINED A FULL MEASURE OF SELF-GOVERNMENT recognise the principle that the INTERESTS OF THE INHABITANTS ARE PARAMOUNT, and accept as a SACRED TRUST the obligation to promote their well-being, to ensure their political, economic, social and educational advancement with due respect for their culture, to develop self-government, TO TAKE DUE ACCOUNT OF THE POLITICAL ASPIRATIONS OF THE PEOPLES, and to assist in the progressive development of their free political institutions.

Article 74, which is the sentence Chapter XI ends on. Members agree that their policy in respect of those territories, "NO LESS THAN IN RESPECT OF THEIR METROPOLITAN AREAS, must be based on the general principle of GOOD-NEIGHBOURLINESS, due account being taken of the interests and well-being of the rest of the world, in social, economic, and commercial matters". It is the least quoted provision of the Chapter and the one that gives the sacred trust an outward face: the administering State owes something not only to the inhabitants under article 73 but to everybody else as well, which is why the affairs of a colony were never purely its administrator's business.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in704

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter One Hundred Twenty-Six

Self-determination in Practice

Syllabus topic 6, "Pluralism and International Concerns".

In one line

Nobody has yet won a case on a right to secede, but the reasons for losing are different in each case, and the reasons are the law.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: three decisions are worked here. In Reference re Secession of Quebec the Supreme Court of Canada held that the right to self-determination of a people is NORMALLY FULFILLED THROUGH INTERNAL SELF-DETERMINATION, that a right to external self-determination arises ONLY IN THE MOST EXTREME OF CASES, and that neither the population of Quebec nor its institutions possess a right under international law to secede unilaterally; but that a clear majority on a clear question would confer democratic legitimacy which the other participants in Confederation would have to recognise, giving rise to a DUTY TO NEGOTIATE. In its Advisory Opinion of 22 July 2010 on Kosovo the International Court of Justice concluded that the declaration of independence adopted on 17 February 2008 DID NOT VIOLATE INTERNATIONAL LAW, on the narrow ground that it had to determine whether a rule PROHIBITED such a declaration and not whether international law conferred a POSITIVE ENTITLEMENT. And in its Advisory Opinion of 25 February 2019 on the Chagos Archipelago it held that the process of decolonisation of Mauritius WAS NOT LAWFULLY COMPLETED, that the United Kingdom's continued administration is a WRONGFUL ACT, and that respect for the right to self-determination is an obligation ERGA OMNES.

Quebec, 1998

The question. Whether Quebec had a right, under the Constitution of Canada or under international law, to effect a unilateral secession.

On the SCOPE of the right the Court held: that the recognised sources of international law establish that the right to self-determination of a people is NORMALLY FULFILLED THROUGH INTERNAL SELF-DETERMINATION, that is "a people's pursuit of its political, economic, social and cultural development WITHIN THE FRAMEWORK OF AN EXISTING STATE"; and that a right to EXTERNAL self-determination, which in that case would take the form of a right to unilateral secession, "arises IN ONLY THE MOST EXTREME OF CASES and, even then, UNDER CAREFULLY DEFINED CIRCUMSTANCES". It defined external self-determination by quoting resolution 2625's three modes.

On WHEN external self-determination arises, the Court gave the summary that has been used ever since. The international law right to self-determination "only generates, AT BEST, a right to external self-determination in situations of FORMER COLONIES; where a people is OPPRESSED, as for example under FOREIGN MILITARY OCCUPATION; or where A DEFINABLE GROUP IS DENIED MEANINGFUL ACCESS TO GOVERNMENT to pursue their political, economic, social and cultural development. IN ALL THREE SITUATIONS, THE PEOPLE IN QUESTION ARE ENTITLED TO A RIGHT TO EXTERNAL SELF-DETERMINATION BECAUSE THEY HAVE BEEN DENIED THE ABILITY TO EXERT INTERNALLY THEIR RIGHT TO SELF-DETERMINATION."

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in712

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter One Hundred Twenty-Seven

The Doctrine of Domestic Jurisdiction

Syllabus topic 6, "Pluralism and International Concerns".

In one line

The Charter forbids the United Nations to intervene in matters essentially within a State's domestic jurisdiction, and eighty years of human rights law have consisted of establishing that fewer and fewer matters are.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: article 2(7) of the Charter provides that "Nothing contained in the present Charter shall authorize THE UNITED NATIONS TO INTERVENE IN MATTERS WHICH ARE ESSENTIALLY WITHIN THE DOMESTIC JURISDICTION OF ANY STATE or shall require the Members to submit such matters to settlement under the present Charter; BUT THIS PRINCIPLE SHALL NOT PREJUDICE THE APPLICATION OF ENFORCEMENT MEASURES UNDER CHAPTER VII." It is the Charter's guarantee of sovereignty against the Organization it creates, and the counterpart of article 2(4)'s prohibition on the threat or use of force against the territorial integrity or political independence of any State. Its scope has narrowed steadily, because articles 55 and 56 make human rights a matter the Organization is required to promote and Members pledge to act on, and because the Security Council's power under article 39 to determine the existence of a threat to the peace has been used in situations previously regarded as internal.

The text, taken apart

"Nothing contained in the present Charter shall authorize THE UNITED NATIONS to intervene." The addressee is the ORGANIZATION. Compare the Covenant of the League of Nations, whose corresponding clause was addressed to the Council in a dispute; and compare article 2(4), which is addressed to Members. Article 2(7) is a limit on the competence of the United Nations, not a rule of State-to-State conduct.

"to INTERVENE". The word is not defined. On a narrow reading it means dictatorial interference, so discussion, investigation and recommendation are not intervention. On a wide reading any authoritative dealing with the matter is. The narrow reading has prevailed in practice, which is why the General Assembly can debate a State's internal affairs and adopt resolutions about them.

"in matters which are ESSENTIALLY WITHIN THE DOMESTIC JURISDICTION of any state". Note the word ESSENTIALLY, which replaced the League Covenant's SOLELY. The change was deliberate and it widened the reserved domain in appearance; in practice the opposite has happened, because what is "essentially" domestic is decided by reference to international law as it stands at the time, and international law has expanded.

"or shall require the Members to submit such matters to settlement under the present Charter". A second, separate protection: a Member cannot be compelled to take a domestic matter to the Charter's dispute settlement machinery.

"but this principle shall not prejudice the application of ENFORCEMENT MEASURES UNDER CHAPTER VII". The exception, and the only one written into the article. Where the Security Council determines under ARTICLE 39 the existence of a threat to the peace, a breach of the peace or an act of aggression, and decides on measures under articles 41 or 42, article 2(7) does not stand in the way.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in719

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter One Hundred Twenty-Eight

Race, Women and Children: Three More Conventions

Syllabus topic 6, "Pluralism and International Concerns".

In one line

Three conventions take the general equality guarantee and apply it to race, to sex and to childhood, and each of them defines discrimination by what a measure does rather than by what it was meant to do.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the International Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Racial Discrimination 1965 defines racial discrimination in article 1 and obliges parties in article 2 to pursue WITHOUT DELAY a policy of elimination, requires them in article 4 to act against propaganda and organisations based on racial superiority, lists the rights to be guaranteed in article 5, and provides an OPTIONAL individual communication procedure in article 14. The Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination against Women 1979 defines discrimination against women in article 1, imposes the policy obligation in article 2, permits TEMPORARY SPECIAL MEASURES in article 4, requires States in article 5 to MODIFY SOCIAL AND CULTURAL PATTERNS OF CONDUCT resting on stereotype, and deals with marriage and family relations in article 16. The Convention on the Rights of the Child 1989 defines a child in article 1, requires non-discrimination in article 2, makes THE BEST INTERESTS OF THE CHILD A PRIMARY CONSIDERATION in article 3, gives the child a right to be heard in article 12, and repeats the minorities formula for children in article 30.

The Convention on Racial Discrimination, 1965

Article 1(1), the definition. "Racial discrimination" means any DISTINCTION, EXCLUSION, RESTRICTION OR PREFERENCE based on RACE, COLOUR, DESCENT, OR NATIONAL OR ETHNIC ORIGIN which has the PURPOSE OR EFFECT of nullifying or impairing the recognition, enjoyment or exercise, ON AN EQUAL FOOTING, of human rights and fundamental freedoms in the political, economic, social, cultural or any other field of PUBLIC LIFE.

Four things about that definition. The grounds include DESCENT, which article 15 of the Indian Constitution does not name and which has been the subject of long argument about whether caste falls within it. The measure may be a PREFERENCE as well as an exclusion. The test is PURPOSE OR EFFECT, so a facially neutral measure with a discriminatory effect is caught. And the field is PUBLIC LIFE.

Article 2(1). States Parties CONDEMN racial discrimination and undertake to pursue BY ALL APPROPRIATE MEANS AND WITHOUT DELAY a policy of eliminating it in all its forms and of promoting understanding among all races; and in particular each undertakes to ENGAGE IN NO ACT OR PRACTICE of racial discrimination against persons, groups or institutions, and to ensure that ALL PUBLIC AUTHORITIES AND PUBLIC INSTITUTIONS, NATIONAL AND LOCAL, act in conformity.

Article 4. States Parties CONDEMN ALL PROPAGANDA AND ALL ORGANIZATIONS which are based on ideas or theories of superiority of one race or group of persons of one colour or ethnic origin, or which attempt to justify or promote racial hatred and discrimination in any form, and undertake to adopt IMMEDIATE AND POSITIVE MEASURES designed to eradicate all incitement to, or acts of, such discrimination, WITH DUE REGARD TO THE PRINCIPLES EMBODIED IN THE UNIVERSAL DECLARATION and the rights expressly set forth in article 5. That closing qualification is the balance with freedom of expression, and it is why article 4 is the most reserved-against provision in the Convention.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in725

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter One Hundred Twenty-Nine

Indigenous and Tribal Peoples in International Law

Syllabus topic 6, "Pluralism and International Concerns".

In one line

International law now distinguishes indigenous peoples from minorities by their attachment to ancestral land and by a right to consent rather than a right to be consulted, and India accepts the older instrument and not the newer one.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: there is NO UNIVERSALLY ACCEPTED INTERNATIONAL DEFINITION of indigenous peoples, and guidance is taken from the work of the Working Group on Indigenous Populations, from Convention No. 169 of the International Labour Organization, and from the United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples. The characteristics cited, alone or in combination, are that indigenous peoples are DESCENDANTS OF THE PEOPLES WHO INHABITED THE LAND OR TERRITORY PRIOR TO COLONIZATION OR THE ESTABLISHMENT OF STATE BORDERS; that they possess DISTINCT SOCIAL, ECONOMIC AND POLITICAL SYSTEMS, languages, cultures and beliefs and are determined to maintain and develop that identity; that they exhibit a STRONG ATTACHMENT TO THEIR ANCESTRAL LANDS AND THE NATURAL RESOURCES contained in them; and that they belong to the NON-DOMINANT groups of a society and IDENTIFY THEMSELVES AS INDIGENOUS. The United Nations applies the principle of SELF-IDENTIFICATION to indigenous peoples as to minorities.

Indigenous peoples and minorities: the same and different

What they share. Both are usually in a NON-DOMINANT POSITION in the society in which they live; their cultures, languages or religious beliefs may differ from those of the majority or dominant groups; and both commonly wish to retain and promote their identity. An indigenous group may find itself in a minority-like situation, and some minorities have long-standing attachments to their lands as indigenous peoples do.

What separates them. Minorities do NOT NECESSARILY HAVE the long ancestral, traditional and spiritual attachment and connection to land and territory that is usually associated with self-identification as indigenous.

And the difference shows in what each claims. Minorities have traditionally highlighted the protection of their EXISTENCE as a group, recognition of their IDENTITY, EFFECTIVE PARTICIPATION in public life, and respect for cultural, religious and linguistic pluralism. Indigenous peoples, while claiming those too, have also advocated recognition of RIGHTS OVER LAND AND RESOURCES, SELF-DETERMINATION, and BEING PART OF DECISION-MAKING in matters that affect them.

The sharpest difference is in the standard of participation. The United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples requires States to CONSULT AND CO-OPERATE with indigenous peoples TO OBTAIN THEIR FREE, PRIOR AND INFORMED CONSENT before undertaking development activities that might have an impact on them. The United Nations Minorities Declaration contains only a MORE GENERAL RIGHT TO PARTICIPATE in decision-making, and requires that the legitimate interests of persons belonging to minorities be taken into account in national planning and programmes.

That is the same distinction Module II drew inside Indian law, between CONSULTATION under section 4(i) of the Panchayats (Extension to the Scheduled Areas) Act 1996, a MANDATORY RECOMMENDATION for minor minerals under sections 4(k) and (l), and WRITTEN FREE INFORMED CONSENT under section 4(2)(e) of the Forest Rights Act 2006. The Indian statutes contain all three standards; international law assigns the strongest of them to indigenous peoples.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in732

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter One Hundred Thirty

The European Convention and the European Court of Human Rights

Syllabus topic 6, "Pluralism and International Concerns".

In one line

A court an individual may take his own government to, whose judgments the government has undertaken to abide by, and whose compliance another political body supervises.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the European Convention for the Protection of Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms was opened for signature in Rome in 1950 under the auspices of the Council of Europe. Article 1 obliges the High Contracting Parties to SECURE TO EVERYONE WITHIN THEIR JURISDICTION the rights and freedoms defined in Section I. Article 19 establishes a EUROPEAN COURT OF HUMAN RIGHTS to ensure the observance of the engagements undertaken. Article 32 gives the Court jurisdiction over all matters concerning the interpretation and application of the Convention and its Protocols referred to it under articles 33, 34, 46 and 47. Article 33 provides for INTER-STATE cases; article 34 for INDIVIDUAL APPLICATIONS from any person, non-governmental organisation or group of individuals claiming to be the victim of a violation; article 35 sets the admissibility criteria, beginning with the EXHAUSTION OF DOMESTIC REMEDIES; article 41 provides for JUST SATISFACTION; article 46 makes the final judgment BINDING and gives its supervision to the COMMITTEE OF MINISTERS; and article 47 provides for advisory opinions at the request of the Committee of Ministers.

What makes the system unlike anything else

One: an individual may sue his own State, as of right. Article 34: "The Court may receive applications from ANY PERSON, NON-GOVERNMENTAL ORGANISATION OR GROUP OF INDIVIDUALS CLAIMING TO BE THE VICTIM of a violation by one of the High Contracting Parties of the rights set forth in the Convention or the Protocols." There is no need for a separate declaration accepting the Court's competence, unlike article 41 of the Civil and Political Covenant for inter-State communications, or article 14 of the racial Convention for individual ones. The right of individual application is built into the Convention.

Two: the judgment binds. Article 46(1): the High Contracting Parties UNDERTAKE TO ABIDE BY THE FINAL JUDGMENT of the Court in any case to which they are parties. There is no international human rights body outside the regional systems whose findings bind the State in that sense; the Human Rights Committee under the Covenant issues views, not judgments.

Three: compliance is supervised by a political body. Article 46(2): the final judgment is transmitted to the COMMITTEE OF MINISTERS, WHICH SHALL SUPERVISE ITS EXECUTION. That is the answer to the standing objection that an international judgment is unenforceable, and it is why the Convention system produces changes in national law.

Four: the Court can award money. Article 41, JUST SATISFACTION: if the Court finds a violation, and if the internal law of the party concerned allows ONLY PARTIAL REPARATION to be made, the Court shall, if necessary, afford just satisfaction to the injured party.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in738

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter One Hundred Thirty-One

The Other Regional Systems

Syllabus topic 6, "Pluralism and International Concerns".

In one line

Three continents have built regional human rights systems and Asia has none, and the differences between the three are differences about how much access an individual is given.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: three regional systems exist. The EUROPEAN system, under the Convention of 1950, gives an individual a direct right of application to a permanent Court whose judgments bind and whose execution the Committee of Ministers supervises. The INTER-AMERICAN system, under the American Convention on Human Rights 1969, gives ANY PERSON OR GROUP OF PERSONS, or any non-governmental entity legally recognised in a member State, the right to lodge PETITIONS WITH THE COMMISSION; but under article 61 ONLY THE STATES PARTIES AND THE COMMISSION may submit a case to the Court, and under article 62 the Court's jurisdiction depends on a State's DECLARATION recognising it. The AFRICAN system, under the Charter of 1981, has a Commission which considers communications other than those of States only where A SIMPLE MAJORITY of its members so decides, and whose report goes to the Assembly of Heads of State and Government with such recommendations as it deems useful. And ASIA HAS NO REGIONAL HUMAN RIGHTS COURT AT ALL.

The Inter-American system

The two organs. Article 33: the organs competent with respect to the fulfilment of the commitments are the INTER-AMERICAN COMMISSION ON HUMAN RIGHTS and the INTER-AMERICAN COURT OF HUMAN RIGHTS. Article 34: the Commission is composed of SEVEN MEMBERS.

How an individual gets in, article 44. "Any person or group of persons, or ANY NONGOVERNMENTAL ENTITY LEGALLY RECOGNIZED in one or more member states of the Organization, may lodge PETITIONS WITH THE COMMISSION containing denunciations or complaints of violation of this Convention by a State Party." Two features are unusual: the petitioner need not be the VICTIM, unlike article 34 of the European Convention; and no declaration by the respondent State is needed.

And the inter-State route is the one that needs a declaration. Article 45: a State Party may declare that it recognises the competence of the Commission to receive and examine INTER-STATE communications. So the Inter-American system reverses the usual pattern: individual access is automatic and State-to-State access is optional.

Who may go to the Court, article 61. "ONLY THE STATES PARTIES AND THE COMMISSION SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT TO SUBMIT A CASE TO THE COURT", and the Commission's own procedures under articles 48 and 50 must first have been completed. An individual therefore has no standing before the Court; the Commission is the gatekeeper.

Whether the Court has jurisdiction at all, article 62. A State Party may DECLARE that it recognises as binding, IPSO FACTO AND NOT REQUIRING SPECIAL AGREEMENT, the jurisdiction of the Court on all matters relating to the interpretation or application of the Convention; and the declaration may be made unconditionally, ON THE CONDITION OF RECIPROCITY, for a specified period, or FOR SPECIFIC CASES.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in746

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter One Hundred Thirty-Two

How International Law Enters Indian Law

Syllabus topic 6, "Pluralism and International Concerns".

In one line

A treaty India ratifies does not become Indian law, and four techniques have grown up to give it effect anyway.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: India follows the DUALIST theory: international law and municipal law are separate systems, and a rule of the first becomes a rule of the second only by an act of the second. So a treaty binds India internationally on ratification and creates no rights in an Indian court. Article 253 gives Parliament the power to legislate for the whole or any part of India to implement a treaty, notwithstanding the distribution of legislative power, and Entries 13 and 14 of List I make treaty-making an exclusively Union function. But Gramophone Company of India Ltd v. Birendra Bahadur Pandey holds that the doctrine of INCORPORATION is accepted for CUSTOMARY international law, that where there is a conflict MUNICIPAL LAW PREVAILS, and that comity requires a statute to be construed, so far as its language admits, so as not to conflict with international law. And Vishaka v. State of Rajasthan shows a third technique: where there is a gap and a fundamental right is engaged, a court may declare guidelines drawn from an international instrument as law under article 141 until Parliament legislates.

The constitutional provisions

Article 51(c). The State shall endeavour to FOSTER RESPECT FOR INTERNATIONAL LAW AND TREATY OBLIGATIONS in the dealings of organised peoples with one another. A directive principle, unenforceable under article 37, and a recognised aid to the construction of statutes.

Article 73. The executive power of the Union extends to the matters with respect to which Parliament has power to make laws, and to the exercise of such rights, authority and jurisdiction as are exercisable by the Government of India by virtue of any treaty or agreement. So the power to MAKE a treaty is executive and needs no legislation; the power to give it DOMESTIC EFFECT is legislative and does.

Article 246 with Entries 13 and 14 of List I. Entry 13, participation in international conferences, associations and other bodies and implementing of decisions made thereat. Entry 14, entering into treaties and agreements with foreign countries and implementing of treaties, agreements and conventions with foreign countries. Both exclusively Union.

Article 253. NOTWITHSTANDING anything in the foregoing provisions of the Chapter, Parliament has power to make ANY LAW for the whole or any part of the territory of India for IMPLEMENTING ANY TREATY, AGREEMENT OR CONVENTION with any other country or countries or ANY DECISION MADE AT ANY INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE, association or other body. The non-obstante words let Parliament legislate on a STATE LIST subject for that purpose.

Article 372. Continuance in force of the existing law until altered, repealed or amended, which carried pre-Constitution law, including law giving effect to earlier international obligations, into the new order.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in753

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter One Hundred Thirty-Three

The Protection of Human Rights Act 1993 and the Commission

Syllabus topic 6, "Pluralism and International Concerns".

In one line

India answered the international human rights machinery with a domestic statutory commission that can inquire into anything, recommend everything and order nothing, and whose one real power is to take the case to a court itself.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the Protection of Human Rights Act 1993, Act 10 of 1994, constitutes a National Human Rights Commission under section 3, State Commissions under section 21 and Human Rights Courts under section 30. Section 2(1)(d) defines human rights by reference BOTH to the Constitution AND to the International Covenants, so the Act is one of the ways in which treaty obligations become part of Indian law. Section 12 lists the functions, section 13 gives the powers of a civil court, and section 18 lists what may be done at the end of an inquiry. Those steps are RECOMMENDATIONS to the concerned Government, with one exception in clause (b), a power to approach the Supreme Court or the High Court for directions, orders or writs. Section 19 makes the armed forces a special case, section 20 sends the reports to Parliament, and section 36 keeps the Commission out of matters pending before another Commission and out of anything more than a year old.

What the Act calls a human right

Section 2(1)(d). "'Human Rights' means the rights relating to LIFE, LIBERTY, EQUALITY AND DIGNITY OF THE INDIVIDUAL guaranteed by the Constitution OR EMBODIED IN THE INTERNATIONAL COVENANTS AND ENFORCEABLE BY COURTS IN INDIA."

Three things follow from that sentence, and a good answer makes all three.

First, the definition is not confined to the Constitution. A right embodied in the Covenants is a human right for the purposes of this Act even if Part III does not contain it in those words. Section 2(1)(f) tells you which Covenants: the INTERNATIONAL COVENANT ON CIVIL AND POLITICAL RIGHTS and the INTERNATIONAL COVENANT ON ECONOMIC, SOCIAL AND CULTURAL RIGHTS adopted by the General Assembly on the 16TH DECEMBER, 1966, "and such other Covenant or Convention adopted by the General Assembly of the United Nations as the Central Government may, by notification, specify". So Parliament left itself a way to add instruments without amending the Act.

Second, the four words are the vocabulary of the Constitution's own guarantees. Life and liberty is article 21, equality is article 14, and dignity is what the Preamble assures and what the Court has read into article 21. Parliament chose words that already had constitutional content.

Third, the closing phrase does real work. "AND ENFORCEABLE BY COURTS IN INDIA" qualifies the definition. The Act is not a general licence to apply unratified international standards; the right must be one an Indian court could enforce. That is consistent with the dualism of the previous chapter, and it is why the Act, rather than the Covenants themselves, is the operative source.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in760

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

Chapter One Hundred Thirty-Four

Refugees and Statelessness, and Where India Stands

Syllabus topic 6, "Pluralism and International Concerns".

In one line

India is party to neither the Refugee Convention of 1951 nor its Protocol, has no refugee statute at all, and protects refugees instead through article 21, which the Supreme Court has held to bind the State in favour of every human being, citizen or not.

In the wording a student can write in an exam: the international law of refugees rests on the Convention relating to the Status of Refugees, Geneva, 28 July 1951, whose article 1 defines a refugee, whose article 3 forbids discrimination in applying it, whose article 31 forbids penalties for illegal entry, whose article 32 restricts expulsion of a refugee lawfully present, and whose article 33 states the principle of NON-REFOULEMENT. India is not a party. Indian law therefore treats every refugee as a FOREIGNER under the Foreigners Act 1946 and the Citizenship Act 1955, and what protection exists comes from the Constitution: in National Human Rights Commission v. State of Arunachal Pradesh the State was held bound to protect the life and liberty of every human being, be he a citizen or otherwise; in State of Arunachal Pradesh v. Khudiram Chakma and again in Mohammad Salimullah v. Union of India the right to reside and settle was held to be a right of citizens alone; in Sarbananda Sonowal v. Union of India the Court treated large scale illegal migration as external aggression under article 355; and in Md. Rahim Ali v. State of Assam it held that the State must have some material basis before it can set the machinery in motion against a person at all.

The Convention, and what it actually says

Article 1, the definition. The term refugee applies to any person who, "As a result of events occurring before 1 January 1951 and owing to WELL-FOUNDED FEAR OF BEING PERSECUTED for reasons of RACE, RELIGION, NATIONALITY, MEMBERSHIP OF A PARTICULAR SOCIAL GROUP OR POLITICAL OPINION, is outside the country of his nationality and is unable or, owing to such fear, is unwilling to avail himself of the protection of that country; or who, not having a nationality and being outside the country of his former habitual residence as a result of such events, is unable or, owing to such fear, is unwilling to return to it."

Three features of that sentence decide most refugee questions.

The fear must be WELL-FOUNDED, and it must be of PERSECUTION. A person fleeing an earthquake, a famine or general poverty is not a refugee within the definition, however desperate. That is the gap the phrase "climate refugee" is trying to fill, and it is a gap in the treaty, not in the vocabulary.

The persecution must be for one of FIVE reasons, and the list is closed: race, religion, nationality, membership of a particular social group, political opinion. "Membership of a particular social group" is the elastic one, and most of the modern expansion of refugee law has come through it.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in769

The rest of this chapter comes with the notes. See the semester

The rest of this subject

These notes are cut from the University's printed syllabus. Open the syllabus itself, or the past papers, for the same subject.

Report or request
Done!